“Omnes res creatw sunt divine sapientix et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex cconomié in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper astimata ;

A veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckyer, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

ev" e eo © oe 6 ete « Lhe sylyan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL, IX.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XLIX.

Page

I. On Two Skulls of the Ornithosaurian 2hamphorhynchus. By

Apher WOODWARD, 0..D., F.RS,. (Plate Ts). . necce oc xie ceiere

II. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEZ# or Spiders with

reference to their Type Species. By F. Prckarp Campriper, B.A.

III. New Genera and Species of Coccide, with Notes on known

Reece bo D. DA. CockeR Mids 5 /, .osii0ls ir lGele vase thon

IV. The “ Cahow” of the Bermudas, an Extinct Bird. By A. E.

isha a aren sf Akama Uae Si cine cele w eect cans

V. Ona small Collection of Butterflies made by C. Stuart Betton

in British East Africa. By A.G. Butter, Ph.D. ..............

VI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XII. Heteroptera: Fam. Pyrrhocoride.

REL UMETAREE Sys olla ids Saleh low Sieca esi etanate sae va 1tES ba eet

VII. Descriptions of Two new Gerbils from Egypt. By W. E.

a tool lacs nicer TE aw ai viain oa tw'Y woty ae 45m aie m= oN

VIII. Notices of Two new Species of Potto from the French

Senge sornory. By WE. DE“WENTON . 655.0000 0. 05 vacate st

1X. On the Southern Snapping-Turtle (Chelydra Rossignonit,

Bocourt). By G. A. Boutenesn, F.R.S. ...... 00.60. cece eee

X. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from North-

western Ecuador. By G. A. BoutencEr, F.R.S. ..............

XI. A new Blue Duiker from Nyasaland. By Otprreip Tuomas.

XII. On Mammals from the Serra do Mar of Parana, collected by

Mr. Alphonse Robert. By OtprirLtp Tuomas, F.R.S. ..........

XII. On the Classification of Diatoms. By C. Mrerescuxowsky.

XIV. Descriptions of a new Alyceus from Perak and a Bulimulus

mom ten. by Hien: Fovroni ones buck den avsawe yes chee

XV. Descriptions of Two new Fishes of the Genus Loricaria from

North-western Ecuador. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS. ......,.

XVI. Preliminary Report on a Collection of Meduse from the

Coast of British Columbia and Alaska. By Lovrs Mursacu and

IS PMSA REY 05 iy foc eta d oP oe ae Eb < 5.dnie’n a's

iv CONTENTS.

Page

New Books :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalgenz in the British

Museum. Volume III. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Arctiane)

and Agaristide in the Collection of the British Museum, By

Sir GrorGe F. Hampson, Bart.—The Flora of the Presidency

of Bombay. By THEoporE Cooxr, C.I.E., formerly Principal

of the College of Science at Poona and Director of the Botanical

Survey of Western India. Ranunculacee to Rutacee.—Zoolo-

gical Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea,

Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,

1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Sc. Part V. ........ 74, 75

NUMBER L.

XVII. New Species of Eastern and Australian Heterocera. By

Colonel :C. Swinsor,; NLA, Fai&., Gee, 26 ths Avs ve ee a hs 77

XVUIL On an Amioid Fish (Megalurus Mawsoni, sp. nu.) from

the Cretaceous of Bahia, Brazil. By A. Smrru Woopwarp, LL.D.,

PERS (Plate 10) cl chbenes eek sss wv aeaeteee ee Seu dh ee 87

XIX. On Rutelid and Melolonthid Beetles from Mashonaland

and East Africa. By GILBERT J. ARROW..........ceeeeveccees 89

XX. North-American Bees of the Genus Andrena. By T. D. A.

GCRMBELD «3 52 y)<c «>. -.< cnn ener en ee eine eleee aera ara Ace 101

XXI. Investigations upon the Life-history of Salmon, and their

Bearing on the Phenomena of Nuptial and Sexual Ornamentation

and Development in the Animal Kingdom generally. By G. E. H.

BaRReEttT-Hamitton, Capt. 5th Royal Irish Rifles .............. 106

XXII. On some Questions of Malacological Nomenclature. By

O. v. MOLLENDORFF, Ph.D..... dd '> 6.8 SOREN 9 ev eee er er 120

XXIII. Descriptions of Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Morocco,

By G. A, BouLRNGER, FURS. .....c00s0ssscuccnvecssesue seine 124

XXIV. On Mammals from Cochabamba, Bolivia, and the Region

noith of that place. By OLprreLp Tuomas, F.R.S. .........-++ 125

XXV. Description of a new Characinid Fish discovered by

Dr. W. J. Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A. BouLencrEr,

ERS. (Plate TIL) opis acse sek ceenn tres ieee hose 144

XXVL. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera

from the Oriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonidae, Fossores, and

Anthophila). By P. CAMERON ......ccesscecsessesecccecs o.. 146

New Books :—Fauna, Flora, and Geology of theClyde Area Edited

by G. F. Scorr Evtior, Matcom Laurik, and J, BarcLtay

Murpocu.—Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern

Canada. By J. F. Wurrraves, LL.D.—Catalogue of the

Collection cf Birds’ Eggs in the British Museum (Natural

History). Vol. I. Ratite, Carinate (Tinamiformes—Lari-

formes), By EUGENE W:, OATHS 2... :ccccncossucesses 155, 156

CONTENTS.

NUMBER LI.

XXVII. A Contribution to the Systematics of the Pedipalpi. By

PE EMEOCDOS sep eee t es ox ve lece ee ROE CECT AN Cire wesea ned’

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Eastern and Australian Moths.

By Colonel C. Swinnor, M.A., F.L.S., ce. ..... eee cere ee eeee .

XXIX. Descriptions of new Species of Land-Mollusca from New

Peace: “By Huai HeLiON, <i, ois ost eee ess cee acer sade

XXX. On Sellaphora, a new Genus of Diatoms. By C. Merrscu-

PRT OM PE IAGOCE VW Qcnies «vos Yew nce udv eds syeegens eaers aes

XXXI. On a Hermaphrodite Example of the Herring (Clupea

harengus). By THOMAS SOUTHWELL ........ee eee eeeeeeereeees

XXXII. Description of a new Lizard from Pitt Island, near

Chatham Island, New Zealand. By G. A. Boutencer, F.RS.....

XXXIII. Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—II. On

the Berycide. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS, .... eee eee eee eee

XXXIV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera

from the Oriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonide, Fossores, and

Anthophila). By P.CAMERON........... awe Weis eh Ravelry eae >

XXXYV. On the Bear of Ecuador. By OLpFreLp THOMAS

XXXVI. On Two new Species of Mus discovered by Mr. 58. L.

Hinde in British East Africa. By OLpFreLp THomas, F.RS. ...,

XXXVII. On a new Genus of Vespertilionine Bat from New

Guinea. By OLpFIELD THOMAS ..........++ eee te fae errata

XXXVIII. On Mammals collected by Mr. Perry O. Simons in the

Southern Part of the Bolivian Plateau. By OLpFietp THomas....

XXXIX. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.

—XII. On some Genera of Bees. By T. D. A. Cockrrett and

MBRSONATEING .5 056.0 c tcc testi sess cenedneeevaswetaaens

New Books :—A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lan-

KESTER, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.—Part IV. The Platyhelmia,

Mesozoa, and Nemertini. By W. Bu axtanp Brenna, D.Sc.

(Lond.), M.A. (Oxon.).—Use-inheritance. Illustrated by the

direction of Hair on the Bodies of Animals. By WALTER

Kipp, M.D., F.Z.S.—A Guide to the Shell and Star-fish

Galleries (Mollusca, Polyzoa, Brachiopoda, Tunicates, Echino-

derma, and Worms), Department of Zoology, British Museum

(Natural History).—The Soares and Geography of the Maldive

and Laccadive Archipelagoes. Edited by J. Stantey Gar-

“se

230

Benet Wet VO). ko Part Lie ce nates sere es 254—256

NUMBER LI.

XL. On Mammals collected at Cruz del Eje, Central Cordova, by

Mr. P.O: Sinions. “By OcpFrery THOMAS (2.2 c sce c ces wecnes

XLI. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera

from the Oriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonidae, Fossores, and

wamnopnua). By PLCAMERON 2.2 ceusesscapeverversarecious’s

245

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XLII. The Taxonomy of Recent Species of Limulus. By R. 1.

Podocse, (Plates V..&. VIL). cid is civais vse nv ony vewle dn ae borer 256

XLIII. On the Geographical Races of the Kinkajou. By Oxp-

BIRED THOMAS oe. sy sis peste wpe wml ee Sa eR aCe . 266

XLIV. On a new Species of Atherura discovered by Capt. Guy

Burrows on the Congo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ........++ee eee

XLY. A new Hipposiderus from Borneo. By Oiprretp THomas. 271

XLVI. A Preliminary Report on Hydromeduse from the Falk-

land Islands. By Epwarp T. Browne, Zoological Research

Laboratory, University College, London ...........ceeesseeeeces 272

XLVIL. Descriptions of new Fishes and Reptiles discovered by

Dr. F. Silvestri in South America. By G. A. BouLenGEr, F.R.S, 284

XLVIII. Description of anew Barbus from Natal. By G. A.

BOULENGER, FURS. asi ces oe en EN se ae re de ee ee 288

XLIX. The Generic Term “ Dama.” By P. L. Scrarrr, F.R.S. 289

L. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XXII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &......... 291

LI. Nomenclature of Genera &e. in the Oribatide. By A. D.

Mronar., PLS. &e. @oary ei dasivs ne deaeye taewo) ele ah ee 309

LII. Descriptions of new Species of Ampelita and Tropidophora

from Madagascar. By Hueu FuLTon :

OG 0 6 9 Bs h a a0 BD Che io 0.0 01d weitere

LIII. Descriptions of new Species of Helicoids from German New

Guinea and New Mecklenburg (New Ireland). By Hueu Fuiton. 315

New Bovks :—Zoology. An Elementary Text-Book. (Cambridge

Natural Science Manuals.) By A. E, Surprey, M.A., and

KE. W. MacBripr, M.A.—Dragons of the Air. By H. G.

eo eR I are, Pere jaye ce 518, 319

Proceedings of the Geological Society .........0.0-eee is win aa 320

NUMBER LIII.

LIV. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera. By

HepserT Davck, F.LS, &e. . ieee ccceacentecevcten deve uwon 321

LY. Description of a new Deep-sea Gadid Fish from South A friea,

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS. ... cece eee cece rece nee e eee eee 335

LVI, List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected by

the late Mr. P. O. Simons in the Provinces of Mendoza and Cor-

dova, Argentina. By G. A. BouLENnGnR, F.R.S............+..+. 336

LVI. A new Name for the Common Agama of the Transvaal.

By G. A. BouLenGEr, F.BS. 20... eee eee eee eee eee teens 339

LVILI. On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. I. Distant in

the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of supposed new

Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C, T. BINGHAM .... 6+... seer seers 340

CONTENTS. vil

Page

LIX. Rhynchotal Notes.—XIII. Heteroptera: Families Tingidide, _

Phymatide, and Aradide. By W.L. DISTANT ....... eee ee eee 353

LX. New Species of Dipodillus and Psammomys. By OLDFIELD

EES SRE RE wire perry Peer rae 362

LXI. A new Genet from British East Africa. By OLpFmLp

THOMAS

Sam 65 0 @ Me 6. 86a.» 0 pig 66 0.210 '@ aig op oe 60.8 Oe @ CA Bae 9.619 580 He 5 8. 2

LXII. Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide in

the British Museum Collection. By Miss GerrrupE Ricarpo .. 366

LXIII. Relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla) to the living

Reena toe 0a, 20. DRAB 6 orice coca tins Rae ok aw neler ee 381

New Book :—The Foraminifera : an Introduction to the Study of the

Protozoa. By Freprrick Cuapman, A.LS., F.R.MS.,

Palzontologist, National Museum of Melbourne ............ 398

Ceratovacuna brasiliensis, Hempel: a Correction, by Adolph Hempel. 400

NUMBER LIV.

LXIV. New Species of Spiders belonging to the Genus Ctenus,

with Supplementary Notes. By FrrpErick Pickarp CAMBRIDGE,

EAC Sg FEA 6 | Dane Ot - ceae a hoe eesti He 2 401

LXV. New Species of Eastern and Australian Heterocera. By

Penne WIN EO, WCB .5.5 ACR oe Soin sn oo. on gle ele lane oe 415

LXVI. Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide

in the British Museum Collection. By Miss GErrrupE Ricarpo., 424

LXVII. The Zycaon and Pedetes of British East Africa, and a

new Gerbille from N. Nyasa. By Orprirtp THoMAsS............ 458

LXVIII. On the Species of Mydaus found in Borneo and the

Natuna Islands. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ..........0e00e0ss000> 442

LXIX. On a new Marmot from North Siberia. By OLpFIrLp

CL LAA a a Er II cite ell ey Peery mnie eee re 444

LXX. Description of a new Uromys from the Solomon Islands.

SRI RISMMI RIOMATS 05 seal d as ee ciate sees seit e wna des nee 446

LXXI. The “Cahowe”’ of the Bermudas. By the Rey. Canon

er eee, MOA. TED. BRS, Be. oo ec arswecsscsecnsic 447

LXXII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Bactrododema (Phas-

mid@) in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History).

Se eee SEeOES EEL ey BES, os» rca gp «Hn singe nade hho ew seas 448

LXXIII. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Coccide. By

Eee ROMMEL oon 6 a vos oo # 0,0, dm 4 <i dteispeminDoe Rin» ays Binh oil 450

LXXIV. On Two new Earthworms of the Family Megascolicida.

Pema Pe SEDDARD PG 4 cdecsedevasiessnedas t's piees'ss 456

vill CONTENTS.

Page

New Books:—The Fish River Bush and its Wild Animals. By

W. T. Brack, M.R.C.S., L.S.A.—‘The Country.’ Edited by

Harpy Ropenses 63 iss ss is dees Ve eee she eta ake 463

Proceedings of the Geological Society...........sceseeeveee 464, 465

Observations on the Flowering of Lobelia cardinalis and Lobelia

syphilitica, by Thomas Meshan 4.4 v0»sves sik ds weber es hwne 465

PMGOK ls 5e dilee as sal kine Bes biviss och aeds pp tim alate ul spaces oe SI 467

PLATES IN VOL. IX.

Prate I. Skulls of Rhamphorhynchus Gemmingi and Rh. longiceps.

II. Megalurus Mawsoni.

III. Citharidium Ansorgii.

IV. New Diatoms.

afi tecent species of Limulus,

VII. New species of Ctenus,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

O <Svcknaipnasevle per litora spargite museum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.

N. Parthenii Giannettusi, Eel,

No. 49. JANUARY 1902.

1.— On Two Skulls of the Ornithosaurian Rhampho-

thynchus. By A. Sarra Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S.

[Plate I.]

I. Rhamphorhynchus Gemming!, Meyer.

(Pl. I. figs. 1, 2.)

The palate of the Ornithosauria remains very imperfectly

known. A new specimen of Rhamphorhynchus Gemming/

acquired by the British Museum from the Lithographic Stone

of Bavaria is thus of considerable interest. It is a frag-

mentary skeleton preserved in the usual manner on a slab of

fine-grained limestone, and among the scattered remains thie

skull is shown directly from beneath. The mandible is fortu-

nately displaced, so that the palate is completely exposed, ani

the only imperfections in the latter result from flaking at tie

time when the block containing the fossil was split.

The skull (fig. 1) exhibits its elongated and attenuated

form, with a slight production of the slender rostrum in

advance of the foremost teeth. The premaxille (pmz.) are

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. I

2 Dr. A. S. Woodward on Two Skulls

shown to occupy more than half the total length of the skull,

and their anterior half is much attenuated. They seem to be

fused together in the median line, and their stout palatal

plates are slightly divergent behind where they form the

anterior border of the fossa into which the posterior nares

open. The jagged suture between the premaxilla and maxilla

(mx.) is distinet on each side of the fossil, while the palatal

plate of the maxilla, doubtless followed behind by the palatine

bone, lies in the same plane as the premaxillary roof of the

mouth, and forms the lateral boundary of the posterior narial

fossa. Crushing on the right and imperfection on the left

side obscure the form of the palatine (pa.) ; but it is quite a

small element and seems to be a little thickened at the

rounded angle, where it abuts upon the pterygoid. Behind

the palatine there is a small infraorbital vaeuity (ov.), which

is longer than broad. The pterygoids (pt.) are very slender

bones, separated for the greater part of their length by a large

iiterpterygoid vacuity (7pv.). Fora considerable extent they

are shown only in impression in the fossil. The hinder limit

of the pterygoid element is not clear on either side, but it

evidently expands into a thin vertical lamina overlapping the

quadrate (qu.). In front of this it becomes a slender bar,

expanding slightly outwards at its middle, where the infra-

orbital vacuity is separated by a small rod of bone from the

rather larger infratemporal vacuity (¢tv.). This very small

rod (x) is probably a transverse bone connecting the pterygoid

with the hinder end of the maxilla. In front of this point

the two pterygoids begin to converge forwards, first touching

the palatines, and eventually meeting in the middle line

as they bend upwards to the roof of the posterior narial

fossa. ‘They doubtless meet the vomers in front, but it seems

impossible to remove enough matrix to expose the latter

elements. At the back of the skull the small basicranial

axis is searcely seen; but a pair of long and slender basi-

pterygoid processes (bpt.) connect it with the pterygoids.

The elongated quadrate (qu.) is inclined sharply forwards as

usual, but its articulation for the mandible is broken away.

‘The post-temporal vacuity (ptv.) between the quadrate and

the quadratejugal is conspicuous, ‘Teeth are confined to the

margin of the jaw, where they are arranged in regular pairs.

‘They are long, slender, smooth, and somewhat laterally com-

pressed, with a minute pulp-cavity towards the base. ‘They

are very obliquely inserted in well-separated sockets, eight

contained in each premaxilla, two in each maxilla.

The mandible (fig. 2) is remarkable for the slenderness of

its anterior toothless beak, which is longer than that of the

of the Ornithosdurian Wham phorhyachus. J

upper jaw (unless the latter be broken and deceptive, which

seems improbable). It bears only seven pairs of teeth, similar

to those of the upper jaw.

The new specimen of Rhamphorhynchus thus shows that

the palate in this genus is essentially reptilian in all respects,

only modified by the great development of the premaxillary

tegion and the small size of the brain-case. It agrees with

the palate of tlie pterodactyl from the Whitby Lias named

Scaphoynathus Purdoni*, so far as the latter can be com-

pared. It also suggests that the so-called undivided poste-

rior narial vacuity described by Marsh t and Williston ¢ in

the Cretaceous Pteranodon is really the fossa into which the

actual and normal posterior nares will be found to open as

soon as the pterygoids and vomers are completely known in

that genus.

II: Lhamphorhynchus longiceps, sp. ui.

(Pl. 1. fig. 3.)

The newly-prepared skull and mandible of a relatively

large species of hamphorhynchus in the British Museum

exhibit so many differerices from the corresponding parts of

Rk. Gemmingi and other known species of this genus that

they seem worthy of special descriptions ‘They are asso-

ciated with a considerable part of the skeleton in a slab of

Lithographic Stone from Hichstadt, Bavaria. The specimen

was tightly referred to the genus Rhamphorhynchus by

Lydekker in 1888§, but it was at the same time wrongly

identified with the imperfectly known Pterodactylus grandis

of Cuvier ||, which seems to be a true Pterodactylus or an

allied short-tailed genus §j.

The head is exposed from the right lateral aspect and is

shown of the natural size in fig. 3: The facial region of the

skull is seet to be low and much elongated, though its

original profile is partly destroyed by crushing from above.

The rostrum terminates in a sharp point; but its toothless

* FE. T. Newton, “ On the Skull, Brain, and Auditory Organ of a new

Species of Pterosaurian (Scaphognathus Purdoni), from the Upper Lias

near Whitby, Yorkshire,” Phil. Trans. 1888 B, p. 504, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 4.

+ O. . Marsh, “The Skull of Pteranodon,” Amer. Journ. Sci. [3]

vol. xxvii. (1884) p. 424, ph. xv. fig. 3.

} S. W. Williston, “On the Skull of Ornithostoma,” Kansas Univ.

Quart. vol. iv. (1896) p. 197, pl. i. : ;

§ R. Lydekker, Catal. Foss. Rept. B. M. pt. i. (1888) p. 33 (B. M.

no. 37002).

| G, Cuvier, Ossem. Foss. ed; 2, vol. vy. (1824) pt. ii. p. 382.

K. A. von Zittel, Handb. Paleont. vol. iii. (1890) p. 792; H. G.

Seeley, ‘ Dragons of the Air’ (1901), p. 169,

4 On the Ornithosausian Rhamphorhynelus.

portion is very short and deep. The external narial opening

(na.) of each side is high on the face, perhaps dorsally placed.

Its length is somewhat doubtful, but certainly less than half

that of the snout in front of it. It is separated by a broad

bar from the antorbital vaeuity (aov.), which is well below

but begins seareely further back. This vacuity is also elon-

gated and narrow, about three times as long as deep. Most

of its posterior margin is broken away in the fossil, so that by

accident it appears to be directly continuous with the orbit

(orb.). The rock is traversed by a fracture across this cavity,

but the bones do not seem to have been displaced. The

orbit is very large, as usual, and widest above where it

excavates the frontal region. Its maximum width does not

much exceed its maximum depth. The length of the post-

orbital region of the cranium is nearly, if not quite, equal to

the maximum width of the orbit, and the lateral temporal

vacuity (/tv.) is much larger than is usual in Rhampho-

rhynchus. This vacuity is bounded in front, above, and

below by a rather broad bar; but the posterior bar is

narrower. ‘The superior temporal vacuity, though incom-

pletely exposed, is seen to be correspondingly large. The

oral border of the skull exhibits a series of well-separated

protuberances for the insertion of nine teeth, and then curves

slightly downwards to the mandibular articulation. The

mandible (md.) is very slender and is exposed sufficiently

from beneath to show the extent of the symphysis. ‘The

latter (s.) occupies one quarter of the total length of the jaw,

is very much laterally compressed, and curves gently upwards

in a toothless beak. The large size of the tooth-sockets in

the dentary imparts a wavy appearance to the bone of the

oral border of the mandible. The teeth of both jaws are

large, smooth, and laterally compressed, and very obliquely

inserted in the ordinary manner. Those of the two jaws

alternate and interlock, the foremost pair being in the upper

. jaw. Only a few are preserved, but they are shown to vary

in size, and the two hindermost teetl—presumably those of

the maxilla—are relatively small. ‘here are many slight

fissures in the bones, but none can be definitely recognized as

sutures.

This head is readily distinguished from that of Rhampho-

rhynchus Gemmingi and the three other satisfactorily known

species of L’hamphorhynchus by the form ‘of the beak and the

elongate proportions of the cranial region. It therefore seems

to indicate a distinct species of this genus, which is larger

than any hitherto discovered, and may be named Rnaampho-

rhynchus longiceps, in allusion to the most remarkable feature

A Revision of the Genera of the Aranee. 5

of its cranium. The bones associated with the head comprise

some of the cervical vertebra, the greater part of the tail, one

scapula and coracoid, the greater part of one wing, remains

of the other wing, and one hind foot. ‘The scapula and

coracoid are fused together. ‘Ihe humerus, which is tmperfect

distally, cannot have exceeded 0°075 m. in length, while (as

already noted by Lydekker) the respective lehgths of the

second, third, and fourth wing-phalanges are 07165 m.,

0-140 m., and 0°136 m. respectively. ‘lhe hind foot measures

0070 m. in length, and, judging from the slenderness of its

toes, the hind limb must have been as sinall and weak as in

the other species of Rhamphorhynchus. Though equally

long, the toes are only about half as stout as those of another

portion of hind limb in the British Museum, which was also

provisionally ascribed to “ Rhamphorhynchus grandis” by

Lydekker (/oc. cit. p. 33, no. 42737).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Rhamphorhynchus Gemmingi, Meyer ; palatal aspect of skull, nat.

size.—Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic Stone); Solenhofen,

Bavaria. bpt., basipterygoid processes; tov., infraorbital va-

cuity ; ¢pv., interpterygoid vacuity ; #v., infratemporal vacuity ;

mx., maxilla; pa., palatine ; pma., premaxilla; pt., pterygoid ;

ptv., posterotemporal vacuity; gw., quadrate; 2, supposed

transverse bone. (Brit. Mus. no. R. 2786.)

Fig. 2. Ditto ; mandible of same specimen, oral aspect, nat. size.

Fig. 3. Rhamphorhynchus longiceps, sp. n.; skull and mandible, right

lateral aspect, nat. size.—Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic

Stone); ichstadt, Bavaria. aov., antorbital vacuity; /tv.,

lateral temporal vacuity ; md., mandible; na., external nares;

orb., orbit ; s., hinder end of mandibular symphysis. (Brit.

Mus, no. 37002.)

Il.—A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEZ or Spiders

with reference to their Type Species. By F. Pickarp

CAMBRIDGE, B.A.

‘THE following notes contain some important conclusions with

regard to the signification and synonymy of various genera

aud species.

Many generic names which have been treated by authors

as either unsuitable or superfluous, or both, will have to be

restored, at all events to the extent of ascertaining what is

their type species. Such, for instance, are those published

by Simon in 1864 and those founded by Templeton and

published by Blackwall in the same year. [t is possible that

6 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A —evision

the latter will never take position as indicating recognized

generic groups, because the type species have never been

identified, ard possibly never will be; but if they ever should

he idert fied and any generic group founded on them, or if

they be discovered to be congeneric with any group founded

under some Jater name, then they will have to be recognized.

In any case the names themselves are not ayailable for use

in any other branch of zoology; and since they are not in-

cluded in Scudderx’s ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ it is advisable

to publish them.

Many of Simon’s genera, however, will doubtless at some

future time take their place in systematic arachnology, for

the tendency is always towards increased subdivision, as the

analysis of cliaracters becomes more minute and their delinea-

tion more accurate; and it is absolutely essential, if we are

ever to see an end to the present chaos, that type species

should be selected for them by one or other of the processes

explained in my recent communications (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol. vii., Jan. 1901; and op, cit. vol. viii., Nov.

1901).

With regard to these methods, I must here make one

restriction, and that with reference to the removal of a species

from a genus by ‘‘ ¢mplication”’ into another genus previously

founded.

As a matter of fact, the action involved would amount to

an assumption tliat the author had no right to place that

particular species under his genus on the grounds that it was

congeneric with the type of some earlier genus, and had by

implication already been removed.

Of course an author has a perfect right to include any

species he likes, and must face the consequences if the last

species left in his gronp by subsequent withdrawals turns out

to be congeneric with the type of some earlier genus, whereby

he Joses his own name as a synonym,

The process, moreover, is indirect and leads to great con-

fusion, for it may afterwards be urged that the implication

hypothesized in the removal was erroneous, that the species

removed was not congeneric with the earlier genus, and that

therefore the selection of the type of the later genus, based

on that removal, is not valid.

By this renewed claim of the species in question to enter

again amongst the species whence tlie type ot the later genus

can be selected, the equilibrium is upset all along the line,

and down come a score, perhaps, of generic ninepins whose

stability depended upon the validity of this first step.

It is not possible of course to entirely avoid this tragedy of

of the Genera of the Aranee. 7

the ninepins so well known to and so justly feared by every-

one who has endeavoured to fix genera upon solid ground,

because under any process where an assumption is made that

such a species was withdrawn under another name and placed

in a new genus, and further steps based upon that action,

there is always the possibility that it may turn out that the two

species were after all not identical, and down come several

ninepins, and tle whole position has to be reconsidered.

We have to recognize and face this possibility. What we

want to do, however, is to avoid as much as possible any steps

of elimination which might court such a catastrophe.

The case of the genus Neriene (see page 9 of the present

paper) will furnish a good illustration. Blackwall had a

perfect right to include N. marginata if he pleased, and it

cannot be helped if, being the last species left in, owing to

the withdrawal of the other two, it becomes the type of

Neriene, and being congeneric (sec. authors) with Linyphia,

he loses his genus as a synonym of the latter.

Jf, however, this species be regarded as removed by impli-

eation under Linyphia, Latreille, then V. cornuta will be left

in as the type of the genus. In this case cornuta would not

be available as the type of Dicyphus, Menge, as it would

be if “implication”? weie not recognized.

But it may afterwards be discovered that N. marginata is

not really congeneric with Linyphia, and it renews its right

to serve as the type of Nerzene, and being the last left in

becomes the type: cornuta forthwith loses its position as

the type and claims again a right to serve as the type of

Dicyphus, other subsequent genera will be involved, and so

on to distraction.

Apart from these lamentable consequences, retrospective

implication cannot be upheld, because it involves the denial of

the right of an author to include any species he likes in any

genus he likes to make, and claim that species as the type,

even to his own undoing.

Subsequent withdrawals of species, moreover, can obviously

only take place directly under the same name or under a

recognized synonyin.

It is unfortunate that there appears to be no way of

avoiding the catastrophe I have referred to above in connexion

with steps based upon an assumption of the identity of species.

‘It might be urged, Why not wait until the synonymy of all

the species involved has been finally settled? ‘Theoretically,

no doubt, this should be the first step to take; practically it

cannot be done without years of labour, and even then with

very doubtful results. What hopes can one entertain when

8 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A Revision

perhaps an authors conception of one of his own species

becomes mod.fied as time rolls on and he sends three totally

different forims to represent it at three different stages of his

career in answer to urgent requests for examples of his

species ?

List of Genera referred to.

Walckenaeria, Blackwall, p. 8. | Zygiella, nom. novy., p. 15,

Arrecerus, Simon, p. 10. Nuctohia, Simon, p. 15.

Cornicularia, Menge, p. 9. Leucauge, Darwin, p. 16.

Diplocephalus, Bertkau, p. 9. Ariadne, Doleschall, p. 16.

Prosopotheca, Simon, p. 9. Lagenicola, Simon, p. 17.

Metargus, nom. nov., p. 8. Trechona, C. L. Koch, p. 17.

Nertene, Blackwall, p. 9. Pezionya, Simon, p. 18.

Viderius, Simon, p. 10. Sigaloéssa, Templeton, p. 18.

Gonatium, Menge, p. 10. Smmamorus, Templeton, p. 18.

Lycena, Sundevyall, p. 10. Avbatus, Templeton, p. 19.

Lycodia, Sundevall, p. 11. Myagrus, Templeton, p. 19.

Steatoda, Sundevall, p. 11. Xenophonus, Templeton, p. 19.

Eucharia, C. 1. Koch, p. 15, Ceroclus, Templeton, p. 19.

Stearodea, gen. nov., p. 15. Amaurobius, C. Li. Koch, p. 19.

Phrurolithus, C. L. Koch, p. 18. Cavator, Blackwall, p. 20.

Zilla, C. L. Koch, p. 14. | Ciniflo, Blackwall, p. 26.

Zygia, C. L. Koch, p. 14. Celotes, Blackwall, p. 20.

WALCKENAERIA, Blackwall, Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag. 3, iii.

p- 104 (August 1833).

Three species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) W. acuminata, Blackw.; (2) W. cristata, Blackw. ;

(3) W. cuspidata, Blackw. ‘The generic name being spelt

as above, not Walckenaera.

W. acuminata was withdrawn under Micryphantes, subgenus

Arrecerus, by Simon in 1864 under the name A. camelinus

(C. L. Koch), with which, sec. Thorell and Simon, it is

identical.

The second, W. cristata, was withdrawn by Walckenaer in

1841 under his genus Argus under the name A. bdicornis,

which, sec. ‘Thorell and Simon,= W. cristata, And thus

W. cuspidata is left in as the type.

Note.—I|t mikes no difference that Argus is anom. preocc.,

and in case any species should be left in the group, | here

propose the name Me/argus in its place. If all tle species

originally under Argus have been previously removed to other *

genelic names, then Metargus becomes a synonym under

whatever generic name is connected with the last species left

in or otherwise selected as type, because the name under

which the type of Argus has ken removed is in reality a

of the Genera of the Aranex. 9

name substituted for Argus, Walck.,—a nom. preoce. by

Temminck for Aves.

W. cristatus, Blackw., is not the type of Diplucephalus,

Bertkau, as stated by Simon (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 657), but

D, foraminifer (O. P. Cambr.). Ws acuminata was selected

as the type of Walck naerta by Thorell in 1869, but it had

alieady been withdrawn by Simon in 1864.

A. monoceros, Wid., was quoted ky Menge as the type of

his genus Cornicularta in 1869, but his description and

figures do not represent this species, but W. unicorns, Cambr.,

sec. ‘Thorell and Simon; and A. monoceros, Wil., was in

1884 referred by oe to his genus Prosopotheca, and subse-

quently (Hist. Nat. Ar. ii. p. 662) selected as the type.

e can account, denis for the genera and species involved

as follows :—

WALCKENAERIA, Blackw., 1853.— Type, W. cristata,

Blackw.

ARRECERUS, Simon, 1864.—T ype, A. camelinus = acumina-

tus, Blackw.

CorniICuLARIA, Menge, 1869.—T'y pe, C. unicornis (Cambr.).

DIpLOcEPHALUS, Bertkau, 1884.—T ype, D. foraminifer

(Cambr.).

PROSOPOTHECA, Simon, 1884.—T ype, P. monoceros (Wid.).

NERIENE, Blackwall, Lond. Edinb. Phil. Mag. 3, ili. p. 187

(Sept. 1833).

Three species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) N. marginata, Blackw.; (2) WV. rubens, Blackw.; (3) NV.

cornuta, Blackw.

‘The genus was first broken up when the second species,

N. rubens, was removed under Argus by Walckenaer under the

name 4. cheliferus in 1841, and subsequently again removed

in 1868 under Gonatiwm by Menge under the name G. chel/-

ferum, which,sec. Thorell, Simon, and Kulezynski,=N. rubens,

Blackw.

The third species was removed under Dicyphus by Menge

in 1869 under the name J). eélunculus, which, sec. Uhorell

and Simon,=JN, cornuta, Blackw.

NV. marginata is thus lett in as the type of the genus, and,

sec. Thorell, Simon, and Kulezynski, this species = Linyphia

clathrata, Sundevall. Neriene will thus follow the fortunes

of this species, for no type had ever been definitely selected

for Nerene until November 1900, when the Rev. O. Pickard

Cambridge (‘ List of British and Irish Spiders,’ p. 41) re-

terred one species, NV. rubens, to the genus with the words

10 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A Revision

“ Nertene, Blackw. (sensu restricto).”” But the action of

elimination had already set in, and left the type high and

dry, so that this selection becomes void.

Nearly every author had ignored Blackwall’s name Neriene

until 1894, when Simon restored it, but assigned to it as its

type N. fusca, Blackw., a species not originally included in

the genus.

Type, Nertiene marginata, Blackw.,= ZL. cluthrata, Sund.—

Europe.

ARRECERUS, Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 197 (1864).

‘Two species were included in this genus originally :—

(1) A. camelinus, C. Koch; (2) A. monoceros, Wid.

A. monoceros, Wid., was withdrawn by Simon under his

new genus Prosopotheca (Ar. Fr. v. p. 829, 1884), leaving

camelinus as the type. ‘This is undoubtedly identical with

Walckenacria acuminata, Blackw. (female).

‘Type, Arrecerus camelinus (C. Koch) (= W. acuminata,

Blackw.).—Germany.

VIpERIuS, Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 196 (1864).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) V. cucullatus, Koch ; (2) V. tibialis, Koch.

The first was taken out as the type of Jthyomma by Bertkau

in 1884, being the only species referred to the genus, leaving

the second as the type. This species is now regarded as

identical with antica, Wid.

Type, Viderius tibialis (Koch) = V. antica (Wid.).—

Germany.

Gonatium, Menge, Preuss. Spinn. p. 180 (1868).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) G. cheliferum, Wider; (2) G. tsabellinum, C. L. Koch.

This genus has never been broken up, nor had the type

been selected until 1884, when Simon selected rubens, Blackw.,

as the type (Ar. Fr. v. p. 546, 1854), a species which is

regarded by both Thorell and Simon as identical with chede-

jferum, Wider.

Type, Gonatium cheliferum (Wider), 1834=G. rubens

(Blackwall), 1833.—Europe.

Lycana, Sundevall, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handlingar (Act.

Holm.), p. 265 (1833).

A single species only was referred to this genus originally.

of the Genera of the Avanee. i}

The name is, however, a nom. preoce. by Fabricius for

Lepidoptera, 1808. Cf. under Lycodia, 1833.

‘ype, Lycena spinimana, Sundevall, 1833.—Sweden.

LycopiA, Sundevall, Conspectus Arachnidum, p. 22 (1833).

The author refers to this genus thus:— Lycodia, nol.

(Act. Holm. 1832, add, ad Aran.).”” The date given is that

on which the paper was read. The generic name given,

however, is Lycena, not Lycodia, in Sundevall’s reference.

It appears from Thorell (Europ. Spid. p. 141) and from

Westring (Aran. Suec, p. 325) that Sundevall leaves no

doubt that the name Lycodia includes all that the author

intended under Lycena, and, further, that Sundevall states

that the name was a typographical error, due to a slip of the

en or to a misprint, and that he wished the name //ecaerge,

3lackwall, to take its place (cf Kongl. Vet.-Akad. 1837-40,

p- 340).

I have not been able to examine this work, but the above

statement is made by Westring and Thorell, and | assume it

to be correct.

Thorell and Westring, followed by other authors, have

placed Lycodia as a synonym under Zora, for LHecaerge was

also preoccupied. ‘lhe question is whether Lycodia is to

stand or not,

Is the name Lycodia available for any otlier genus in the

future? ‘lhorell, Westring, and other authors evidently

think not, for they make it a synonym of Zora. But if it

caunot be used again, it has already fulfilled the functions of

a sound generic name applied under conditions which are

valid according to recognized rules of nomenclature. If, then,

it is a sound generic name there can be no legitimate reason

for passing it over.

The name is a good one, not a mere misprint of Lycaena,

It is not even a typographical error in the strict sense of the

term. (‘The chances are that Sundevall had the Lycosa-like

character of the type in his mind and unconsciously wrote a

Latin name equivalent to Lycana, which was selected— ob

similitudinem, saltem oculorum, cum araneis s. d. lupis.’’)

And it is impossible not to recognize it and restore it to its

generic position, with the type of Lycena, Sund., as its

representative species.

Type, Lycodia spinimana, Sundevall, 1833.—Sweden.

STEATODA, Sundevall, Conspectus Arachnidum, p. 16 (1833).

Four species were originally referred to this genus, but no

12 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A Revision

author of the species was quoted :—(1) Therid. 4-punctatum ;

(2) Therid. castaneum ; (3) Therid. albomaculatum ; (4) Therid.

lunatum.

The first species, presumably Walckenaer’s, which, sec.

Thorell, Simon, and Kulezynski,= Eucharia bipunctata, C. L.

Koch,= Aranea bipunctata, Linn., and the second species,

presumably Olivier’s, which, sec. Thorell,=Hucharia hera,

C. L. Koch, were both removed by the latter author to his new

genus ELucharia in 1835. The third, which, sec. Thorell,=

Aranea lineata, Linn., was removed by Koch under Boly-

phantes in 1841 (or, if it be Zh. albomaculatum, Lahn, which,

sec. Thorell,=corollatus, Linn., was removed by Kochi under

Phrurolithus in 1839).

The fourth species then, which, sec. Thorell and Simon,=

tepidaricrum, C. L. Koch, is left as the type of the genus,

and the name Steatoda must follow the fortunes of this species.

Thorell says: “ According to Sundevall’s characteristics of

this genus, Th. 4-punctatum and Th. castaneum must be con-

sidered as its types, and these species are also the first entered

by him as thereto belonging ; afterwards he names T°. albo-

maculatum &e.”

Now Sundevall quotes the species after lis diagnosis,

exactly as 1 have placed them above, and he nowhere defi-

uitely points to either of the species as more typical than the

others. ‘They all, for Sundevall, fell under his genus—or, if

nut, why did he place them there ?—and must bear equal

rcsponsibility. As to characters in the diagnosis, under

Theridium he says the eyes are small, and under Steatoda he

says they are large; and even this qualification is placed in

brackets, as though he were doubtful of its value.

Seeing that the author, presumably with full consciousness

of the characters contained in his diagnosis, immediately

includes four distinct species, how can it be reasonably urged

that he did net mean to include the last two ?

Under these considerations it is impossible to allow

Thorell’s theory of Sundevall’s wishes to override C. L.

Koch’s action when he removed, as he had a perfect right to

do, the first two species under Lucharia. I\t makes no

ditterence that Luckaria was a nom. preocc. ‘The species

included follow the fortunes of the Eucharian group; they

cannot, so far as fixing on the type ts concerned, be replaced

in the original generic group.

Otherwise, ot course, Thorell’s action, for he forms a new

genus Lithyphantes, with corollatus=albomaculatum as its

ty pe, would have been a perfectly legitimate selection of two

of the Genera of the Aranee. 13

typical species or a restriction of the group to the first two

species.

Type, Steatoda lunata, Sund. (= T. tepidariorum, C. L. K.).

—1urope.

Eucuartia, C. L. Koch, Deutsch. Ins. (Panzer) Heft 134

(1835) (sec. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.S., in Index Ani-

malium, MS.).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) EB. hera, Heft 134, 9; (2) EL. dipunctata, Hett 134, 10,

at.

The genus was first broken up by Koch himself, who in

1839 removed . bipunctata, and placed it, under the name

P. ornatus, C. L. Koch (which, sec. Thorell, Simon, and

Kulezynski, is a synonym), in his genus Phrurolithus.

The first species then, which, sec. Thorell,=custaneus,

Clerck, and castanea, Oliv., remains as the type of the

genus. Eucharia is, however, a nom. proce. by Hiibner,

Lepidoptera, 1816.

The type is included by Simon in his genus Teutana, 1881.

Type, Lucharia hera, C. L. Koch,=£#. castanea (Olivier),

1789.—Europe.

STEARODEA, gen. nov.

Since Aranea bipunctata, Linn., was withdrawn by Koch

under his new genus Hucharia in 1835, and there is no other

name available under which this species and its allies have

at any time been placed, I here propose the name Stearodea

(oréap, wax ; oidov, resembling), which means essentially the

same as Steatoda, for the group of wiich A. bipunctata,

Linn., is typical.

Type, Stearodea bipunctata (Linn.).—Europe.

Pururouituus, C. L. Koch, Die Arach. vi. p. 100 (1839).

Nine species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) P. corollatus (Linn.) ; (2) P. hamatus, Koch; (3) P. lu-

natus, Koch; (4) P. erythrocephalus, Koch; (5) P. festivus,

Koch; (6) 2. minimus, Koch; (7) P. rufescens, Koch ;

(8) P. ornatus, Koch; (9) P. trifasciatus, Koch.

This group was not broken up or restricted in any effectual

manner until 1869 ; for Westring’s action in 1851 (Gétheborg.

Kongl. Vetenskaps, Heft 2, p. 46) is not valid, as definitely

limiting the genus to the two species mentioned, since he

l4 Mr. I’. P. Cambridge—A Revision

makes no new genus including any of the species originally

included under Phrurolithus. Under Micaria Westring places

(1) fulgens, Walck., and (2) pulicaria, Sund., neither of

these, either directly or through a synonym, having been

referred to the original genus. In 1869 (Europ. Spid. p. 146)

Thorell selected fest’vus, Koch, as the type of Phrurolithus.

Type, Phrurolithus festivus (C. L. Koch), 1835.—Europe.

Zita, C. L. Koch, Deutsch. Ins. (Panzer) Heft 124, 125

(1834) (sec. Index Animalium, MS.).

Two species were originally referred to this genus :—

(1) Z. albimacula, C. L. Koch; (2) Z. montana, C. L. Koch.

The group was not broken up nor was the type selected

until 1837, when Koch himself selected, on p. 5 of the ‘ Ueber=

sicht,’ under Zilla, “ 'l'yp. Zilla albimacula, Koch, Deutsch.

Ins.” This species is, sec. Thorell, Simon, and Kulczynski,

identical with dtodia, Walck., this latter name having

riority.

‘ Thorell, in 1869 (Europ. Spid. p. 60), says :—“ As type

for the genus Zilla, Koch, it is true, gives Z. a/bimacula (Ep.

diodia, Walck.), but as we feel ourselves obliged to refer that

species to the genus Epetra, we have assumed as typical

species Zygia calophylla (Walck.) = Z. «-notata (Clerck),

which appears to us best to express the peculiarities of the

genus, is the first species of the genus described, and has

since been by Koch himself assigned to Zilla.”

But neither Thorell nor Koch himself can, according to

the customary views of systematists, alter the published and

selected type any more than Koch could alter the name Zilla

itself in a subsequent publication, and, in any case, calophylla,

Walck., was not included when Zilla was first founded.

Type, Zilla albimacula, C. L. Koch,=diodia, Walck.—

Europe.

Zyeia, C. L. Koch, Deutsch. Ins. (Panzer) Heft 123, 17,

18, 19 (1834) (sec. Index Animalium, MS.).

A single name only was originally referred to this genus :—

Arana calophylla, Walck. Faune Par, ii. p. 200.

Under this name, however, two species were involved (cf.

Koch, ‘Thorell, and Simon)—a-notata, Clerck (= A. litterata,

Olivier), and Eucharia atrica, C. L. Koch. Both these

species were included by C. L. Koch under Zygia, the male

of the latter on fig. 17, the female of the former on figs. 18, 19.

This male Koch, in 1844, renamed atrica, reserving the

name calophylla for the female, referring the former to his

of the Genera of the Aranee. 15

genus Eucharia of 1835. This action, however, does not

constitute a withdrawal of this species from the possibility of

serving as the type of Zygia, because a withdrawal could

only be effective if made at the time when the genus was first

founded.

In 1866 Menge placed calophylla, Koch, under Zilla, and

atrica, Koch, under Zygia; but this action, again, does not

constitute a limitation or selection of a type, and either of the

two species involved may still be the type of Zygia.

I am not able to find that any type has ever been definitely

selected for Zygia, and I therefore select as the type the

species represented by the male figured by Koch, Heft 123

vgs

; toe, Zygia calophylla (Walck.), al partem,= Hucharia

atrica, C. L. Koch, 1844.—Europe.

ZYGIELLA, nom. nov. for Zygia, preoccupied by Fabricius

for Coleoptera, 1775.

I here propose the name Zygiella in the place of Zygia,

with Z. atrica (C. L. Koch) male, Deutsch. Ins. Heft 123

(17), as the type.

Type, Zygiella atrica (C. L. Koch), 1844,= Ar. calophylla,

Walck., ad partem.

Nucrosia, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 236 (1864).

Ten species were originally referred to this genus which

were included in the two subgenera Meta, C. L. Koch, and

Zilla, C. L. Koch. Simon evidently intended the name to

be applied to a group embracing these two genera of Kochi’s ;

but so far as the selection of types is concerned, a subgenus

and genus rank together on equal terms as groups, without

reference to their relative systematic importance. ‘Thorell

considers that Nuctobia is not needed because the species

included fall under either Meta or Zilla. But since it is

impossible to say what future subdivisions may or may not

be made, it is sater to ascertain the type of Nuctobia ; for if

a new genus were ever founded upon one or other of the

species originally included under it, this name would have to

be revived, It is not a “ generic nomen nudum,” and there-

fore has a type species belonging to it.

‘The type species of the two earlier subgenera having been

ascertained, then the type of Nuctobia will be looked for

amongst the residue left in.

The species originally included are the following :—

(1) Meta fusea, Walck., Europe; (2) I. albomaculata, Lucas,

16 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A Revision

Algiers; (3) Zilla calophylla, Walck., France; (4) Z. atrica,

C. L. Koch, Europe; (5) Z. acalypha, Walck., Europe ;

(6) Z. diodia, Walck., Europe; (7) Z. tnclinata, Walck.,

Kurope; (8) Z. albimaculata, C, L. Koch, Germany ;

(9) Z. geniste, C. L. Koch, Germany; (10) Z. antriada,

Walck., France.

Of these, fusca, Walck., and antriada, Walck. (which are,

sec. Thorell and Simon, identical), are no longer available for

selection, the former being the type of Meta; while a/bimacu-

lata, C. L. Koch, a misquotation for albimacula, is the type

of Zilla and is identical with Z. diodia (Walck.). I am not

able to find that any of the remaining six species have been

withdrawn under new genera (for geniste, C. L. K.,=acalypha,

Walck., was not originally included under JMangora, O. P.

Cambr.), or that any type has ever been selected for the

genus; and | therefore cite number (3) calophylla, Walck.

(=a#-notata, Clerck), as distinct from number (4) Z. atrica,

Koch, as the type ot Nuctobia.

Type, Nuctodia calophylla, Walck. (ad partem=2-notata,

Clerck=/tterata, Olivier, the last name having priority,

since Clerck’s names have been dropped).

LeucauGe, Darwin, in White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

vol. vil. p. 473 (1841).

A single species was referred to this genus by Darwin in

his MSS.—Leucauge argyrobapta, the specific name being

conferred by White. Adam White distinctly says that

the generic name was proposed by Darwin, and he gives

part of Darwin’s original description of the spider, with an

account of its web and habit—a horizontal orb-web, with

a tangle of cross-threads above and below, the spider hanging

underneath the former, its red spots shining like “aruby with

a bright light behind it.” No one who has ever been in a

tropical Brazilian forest will hesitate one moment in recog-

nizing this as a species of the Argyroepetra group of Emerton.

One feels sorry at the necessity of sacrificing so beautiful

a name for the ugly one Leucauge proposed by Darwin, but

priority lies with the latter. ,

Type, Leucauge argyrobapta, White, 1811.—Rio Janeiro.

ARIADNE, Doleschall, Natuurkundig Tijdsch. voor Ned. Ind.

xiil. p. 410 (1857).

A single species was originally referred to this name :—

A. flagellum, Dol., p. 411. :

For this gencric name was substituted by Thorell (Europ.

of the Genera of the Aranee. 17

Spid. p.63, 1869) Aréamnes, on the ground that it was identical

with Ariadna, Aud. in Sav.; but this action is no longer

admitted as valid by systematists—cf. Attus (Arachnida) and

Atta (Hymenoptera), both names being now accepted.

Ariadne is, however, preoccupied by Horsfall for Lepido-

ptera, 1829.

Type, Ariadne flagellum, Doleschall, 1857.—Amboina.

LAGENICOLA, P. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 816 (1864).

A single species only was originally referred to this genus :—

LI. Doumerct (Walck.).—Bois de Boulogne.

Both Walckenaer and Simon evidently mistook the identity

of this spider in referring it to the group Aétus, as Simon

himself points out in Ar. Fr. iv. p. 299. It is perfectly

evident from Walckenaer’s description of the cocoon (Ins,

Apt. i. p. 425) and from Simon’s remark—‘‘ Coque en forme

de bouteille”—and from his drawing on page 322 op. cit,,

that the species is really an Agraca.

The question is which species, for the name Doumerct

must be retained and one or other species referred to it,

according to the rules of nomenclature. Walckenaer says:

*“trouvée vers le milieu de juin au bois de Boulogne, dans le

pare de Madrid, par le Docteur Doumerce.”

Simon (Ar. Fr. iv. pp. 302,304) says that both the species

Agreca Haglundi, Thor., and Agrwca brunnea, Blk., are

found in the environs of Paris—the former being “ trés com-

mune dans les bois des environs de Paris,” the latter being

“beaucoup moins commune que la précédente.”’

I here reserve the name Doumerct for Haglundi, Thorell,

the first name of course having precedence. The type of

Agreca is A, linotina (C. L. Koch),= A. brunnea, Blackw.,

so that Lagenicola becomes a synonym of Agraca, Westring,

1862.

Type, Lagenicola Doumerct (Walck.).—Europe.

Trecuona, C. L. Koch, Uebersicht, v. p. 74 (1850).

Six species were originally included under this name :—

(1) Mygale zebra, Walck., C. L. Koch, Die Arachn. ix. p. 60,

fig. 729; (2) Ml. bistriata, C. L. Koch, v. p. 16, fig. 347;

(3) M. ineana, C. L. Koch, ix. p. 70, fig. 735; (4) MM. tc-

tertca, C. L. Koch, v. p. 22, fig. 351; (5) M. lycostformis,

C. L. Koch, ix. p. $5, fig. 745; (6) ML. drassiformis, C. L.

Koch, ix. p. 69, fig. 734.

The genus was first broken up by Simon, who in 1864

removed MM. zebra, Walck., and MM. drassiformis, C, L. Koch,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 2

18 Mr. F. P. Cambridge—A Revision

under his new genus Peztony# (Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 68). 41. ae-

terica, C. L. Koch, was removed under Brachythele by

Ausserer in 1871 (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 173), and in the

same publication he limits T'rechona to M. zebra and M. lyco-

sijormis, the latter being included doubtfully— Hierher

gehirt vielleicht hoch.” JZ. zebra, however, was no longer

available under Trechona, and cannot possibly be the type,

since it had already been removed by Simon; so that M. ly-

cosiformis remains as the type, for it was originally included

in the genus, and, doubttully or otherwise, was definitely

referred by Ausserer to 7rechona in his limitation, an action

which is quite valid, since he founded a new genus at the

time out of the species originally included.

Simon, in Hist. Nat. Ar. (2) i. p. 179, selected J. venosa

(Latreille) =zebra, Walck., as the type, sinking his own

genus Peztonyx.

Type, Trechona lycosiformis (C. L. Koch).—Brazil.

Przionyx, E. Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. p. 68 (1864).

Four species were originally referred to this genus:—

(1) Mygale zebra, Walck., Brazil; (2) Diplura macrura,

Koch, St. Juan; (8) Trechona drassiformis, Koch (pumilio,

Walck.), St. Thomas; (4) Mygale guyanensis, Walck.,

Guiana.

Of these macrura had already been occupied as the type of

Diplura, C. L. Koch (Uebersicht, v. p. 75, 1850).

‘This genus has never, so far as J am aware, been broken

up, nor have any of the species been removed to any new

genera founded on them. The reference of one or more of

them to Trechona and other genera by authors does not in-

volve any valid process of elimination or limitation.

The type, then, remains to be selected, and I here select

P. zebra (Walck.) =P. venosa (Latreille) as the type.

Type, Pezionyx zebra (Walck.) =P. venosa (Latreille).—

Brazil.

S1GALoéssA, Templeton, in Blackw. Sp. Gt. Bt. & Ix. pt. ii.

p. 198 (1864); MS. History of Inish Arachnida.

Blackwall publishes Templeton’s species Sigalvéssa aurata

under Theridion auratum.

Type, Stgaloéssa aurata, Templeton, 1864.—Ireland.

Srvamorvs, Templeton, in Blackwall, Sp. Gt. Bt. & Ir.

pt. ii. p. 198 (1864); MS. History of Irish Arachnida,

Blackwall publishes Templeton’s species Sinamorus hema-

tostigma under Theridion hamatostigma.

of the Genera of the Aranex. 1g

Type, Sinamorus hemutostigm1, Lempleton, 1864.—

Ireland.

Aonatus, Templeton, in Blackw. Spid. Gt. Bt. & Ir. pt. ii.

p. 237 (1864); MS. History of Irish Arachnida.

Blackwall publishes ‘'empleton’s species Mobatus nasatus

under Linyphia nasata.

Type, 4obatus nasatus, Templeton, 1864.—lIreland.

Myaarus, Templeton, in Blackw. Spid. Gt. Bt. & Iv. pt. ii.

p. 283 (1864); MS. History of Irish Arachnida.

Blackwall publishes Templeton’s species Myagrus pilosus

under Neriene pilosa.

Type, Myagrus pilosus, Templeton, 1854.—Ireland.

XENOPHONUS, Templeton, in Blackw. Spid. Gt. Bt. & Ir.

pt. ii. p. 283 (1864) ; MS. History of Irish Arachnida.

Blackwall publishes Templeton’s species Xenophonus palli-

du/us under Neritene pallidula.

Type, Xenophonus pallidulus, 'Templeton, 1864.—TIreland.

Crrocius, Templeton, in Blackw. Spid. Gt. Bt. & Iv. pt. ii.

p- 284 (1864); MS. History of Irish Arachnida,

Blackwall publishes Templeton’s species Ceroclus carinatus

under Neriene carinata.

Type, Ceroclus carinatus, Templeton, 1864.—Ireland.

Amaurostus, C. L. Koch, Deutsch. Ins. (Panzer), Heft 141,

5, 6 (Oct. 1st, 1836) (sec. Index Animalium, MS.).

This date, 1st October, 1836, appears on the cover of the

above work with the species quoted which were published at

the time. The ‘ Uebersicht,’ C. L. Koch (erstes Heft), in

which the genus Amaurobius occurs, was published, according

to the cover, in 1837. It is probable that the ‘ Uebersicht’

was written first because Amaurobius roscidus and tigrinus

are there published as new species, whereas in the Deutsch,

Ins. they are referred to the author (Koch). But, whether or

no, the Deutsch. Ins. was published first. _

Two species were originally included in this genus :—

A. tigrinus, Koch, and A. roscidus, Koch, _

The first species (which, sec. Thorell and Simon, = Clubiona

sazatilis, Blackwall, and=Drassus atropos, Walckenaer)

was withdrawn in 1840 under Cavator by Blackwall (Proc.

D)*

29 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new

Linn. Soc. i. p. 66), leaving A. roscidus in as the type.

This species has been identified by Thorell (1873) as Drassus

segestriformis, Dufour, 1820 ; and this specific name therefore

has priority, for though it is doubtful what species segestr-

formis really is, we must take the first identification as correct.

Type, Amaurobius roscidus, C. lL. Koch,=Drassus seges-

triformis, Dufour, 1820.—Kurope.

Cavator, Blackwall, Proc. Linn. Soc. i. p. 66 (1810).

A single species was originally referred to this genus :—

Clubiona saxatilis, Blackwall. ;

The name Cavator becomes a synonym of Amaurobius, if

A. segestriformis (Duf.) and A. atropos (Walck.) are regarded

as congeneric.

Type, Cavator sazxatilis (Blackwall)=Drassus atropos,

Walckenaer, 1830.—Europe.

CrintF_o, Blackwall, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. p. 229

(1840).

A single species was originally referred to this genus :—

Clubiona atrox, Latreille.

Since the name Amaurobius has now been restored to its

original signification the name Cini/lo must also be restored,

and under it will be included the species which have usually

been referred to Amaurobtus.

Type, Cinijlo atrox (Latreille) = Aranea fenestralis, Stroem.

—Europe.

Ca ores, Blackwall, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 618 (1841)

A single species was originally referred to this genus,

Drassus saxatilis, Blackwall—a species which had already

been referred to the genus Cavator by Blackwall.

The name Celotes therefore becomes a synonym of Cavator,

both being now synonyms of Amaurobius.

Type, Celotes saxatilis (Blackwall) =Drassus atropos,

Walckenaer, 1830.—Europe.

{11.—New Genera and Species of Coccide, with Notes on

known Species. By T. D. A. COCKERELL,

ALL measurements of legs, antenna, &e. are in wp. The

tarsus is measured without the claw.

Ttipersia sporoboli, sp. n.

?.—24 millim. long, 1 broad; much elongated, broad

Genera and Species of Coccide. 21

posteriorly, narrowing anteriorly, with the anterior end

pointed, the head being the narrowest part of the whole

insect ; abdomen very distinctly segmented; colour very

dark purple-grey ; insect entirely covered by a white cottony

secretion, in which are laid many pale pinkish eggs, which

are rather more elongate than is usual in the genus.

Whole insect very free from hairs, except the caudal region,

which is quite hairy. Legs not hairy. No noticeable caudal

tubercles nor especially large caudal bristles. Hairs of anal

ring six, about 75 long. Labium very short and broad,

length 60, breadth 78. Middle leg with femur + trochanter

108, tibia 60, tarsus 45; width of femur 33. This is from a

female which had laid eggs; another, containing embryos,

had femur+trochanter 99, tibia 42, tarsus 42; width of

femur 27. It would seem that an immature form of leg may

last until a very late period.

Antenne 192 w apart, six-jointed, joints measuring: (1) 24-

30, (2) 27, (3) 24-380, (4) 18, (5) 21-27, (6) 45-51.

$ —Dark-coloured, about 430 long (when dry) ; antenna

normal; wings long, length about 800. The only male

found was dead and shrivelled.

Hab. On stems of Sporobolus depauperatus (Torrey), this

grass kindly identified for me by Mr. H. D. Merrill. Arroyo

Pecos, Las Vegas, New Mexico, Oct. 5, 1901.

The antenna are remarkably small and resemble in

measurements those of £. serrata or the penultimate stage of

fh. viridula; but these insects are in other respects very

different.

In all things 2. sporobol’ is most nearly related to R. fes-

tuce, Kuwana. For purposes of comparison I have made

the following measurements of an example of festuce having

6-jointed antenne, received from Mr. Kuwana :—

Ripersia festuce, Kuwana, 1901.

Labium 72 long, 90 broad. Middle leg: femur +tro-

chanter 180, tibia 120, tarsus 66. Antennal segments:

(1) 42, (2) 45, (3) 54, (4) 27, (5) 33, (6) 75. This species

is found in California.

Dactylopius salinus, sp. n.

9 —Grey, with some white secretion ; six caudal tassels

and two cephalic ones. Boiled in liquor potasse turns

crimson ; legs and antenne ferruginous. Mounted specimen

about 2830 long, 1350 broad. Skin with numerous small

round glands and a very few hairs; no distinct caudal

22 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new

tubercles ; bristles of anal ring very short, about 42 long ;

caudal bristles very short, not or hardly longer than the

spines; legs quite hairy ; claw with no denticle on inner side ;

claw-digitules filiform.

Middle leg: femur+trochanter 255, tibia 195, tarsus 75 ;

width of femur 57.

Labium dimerous, long and narrow; length 135, breadth 75.

Antenne 8-jointed, about 285 apart; measurements of

joints: (1) 60, (2) 54-60, (3) 51-54, (4) 36, (5) 39-42,

(6) 39-45, (7) 86-39, (8) 75-78.

Larve in female very long and narrow: length 396,

breadth 162. Halt-grown examples are still long and narrow :

length 1500, breadth 660.

Hab. On grass on cliffs by the sea, La Jolla, California,

Aug. 6, 1901.

A distinct species, having the shape of a Pergandiella when

young. It resembles D. aphyllonis and D. quercus in the

red colour it gives on boiling, but otherwise it is quite

distinct. The antenne come nearest to D. neomewicanus.

Dactylopius neomexicanus, Tinsley, var. B.

? .—Pale dull yellowish, covered with a mealy secretion ;

segmentation conspicuous; no lateral tassels; quite hairy ;

caudal tubercles well-marked, with bristles about 180 long ;

bristles of anal ring about 90 long. Middle leg: femur+

trochanter 180, tibia 120, tarsus 66. Antennal segments:

(1) 39, (2) 39, (3) 33-35, (4) 21-24, (5) 24-27, (6) 24-27,

(7) 27, (8) 72.

Immature form.—Antennex’ 6-jointed: (1) 30, (2) 30,

(3) 42, (4) 21, (5) 21, (6) 63. Joint 3 is inclined to be

divided into two, measuring 28 and 14; joint 5 is cup-shaped.

Middle leg: temur+trochanter 105, tibia 66, tarsus 62.

The legs are quite stout, the breadth of the middle femur

being 57 to 60, of middle tibia 33. The anterior legs are by

no means so broad.

Hab. Crowded at extreme base of stem of some Composite

plant, apparently Lr/yeron. Beulah, New Mexico, 8000 feet

(Wilmatte P. Cockerell).

This is possibly a distinct species, but the antenne are

practically as in neomextcanus, and the same may be said of

the legs. ‘The immature form has legs much like a Ripersta

(except in the proportions of tibia and tarsus), and its an-

tennee closely resemble those of R. candidata and R. confu-

sella, though in these two joint 5 is always longer than 4.

It seems that L’/persia is certainly a more primitive type

> = Oe 4 ieee

Genera and Spectes of Coccide. 23

than Dactylopius, the latter passing through a Ripersia-stage

in the course of its development.

Eriococcus Palmert, Ckll., var. a.

2? .—Without ovisac very dark red, with white bristles at

sides posteriorly ; dorsum not bristly; antenne and legs

ferruginous. Ovisac pure white, about 3 millim. long, often

smaller.

Largest dermal spines 48 long. Front leg with femur+

trochanter 174, tibia 102, tarsus 117; hind leg with femur +

trochanter 192, tibia 120, tarsus 129; claw with a minute

denticle near tip. Caudal tubercles about 90 long, 60 broad

at base. Antenne 6-jointed, formula 3 (12) 6 45, or 3 (6 2 1)

(45). Segments: (1) 30, (2) 30, (3) 75, (4) 21-24, (5) 21,

(6) 27-30.

Hab, La Jolla, California, Aug. 7, 1901, clustered on twigs

of Eriogonum fasciculatum, Bentham.

E. Palmeri is new to the U.S. fauna,

Cissococcus, gen. nov.

Belongs to the Eriococcinit. Larva typically Eriococcine,

with rows of dorsal spines and prominent caudal tubercles ;

legs slender, claw very long; anal ring with long bristles ;

antenne 6-jointed, last joint short, third longest. Adult living

in a cup-shaped gall; mouth-parts minute but well developed ;

legs and antennez rudimentary; anal region strongly chiti-

nous, with a pair of plates simulating those of the Lecaniine.

Type C. Fullerc.

Cissococcus Fullert, sp. n.

Galls in clusters on branches of Cissus cunetfolia; gall

cup-shaped, with the top flat, with a minute central orifice.

Diameter of gall about 6 millim., height 5 millim.

2? .—Produces a small amount of cottony secretion. Skin

colourless, with numerous small dark chitinous protuberances ;

a few hairs and cireular glands, the latter having lines radia-

ting from a central circle, or (differently focussed) ten dots

arranged around a central dot. ‘Trachew and spiracles large

and prominent. Mouth-parts minute but well developed.

Legs rudimentary, about 105 w long, stout, with the claw

and digitules well developed; tarsus extremely short, much

broader than long. Anal region dark, strongly chitinous,

with an elongated-oval structure, pointed apically, consisting

of two contiguous plates, which are covered with tubercles

bearing stout bristles, recalling the armature of a pine-apple.

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new

This is set in a deep oval cavity, open posteriorly, the edges

of which are strongly chitinized. ‘lhe contiguous edges of

the plates towards the base have a wavy outline, the con-

vexities of one side fitting the concavities of the other.

Embryonic larva bright crimson after boiling in liquor

potasse.

Hab. Umquahumbi Valley, 8. Africa (Claude Fuller).

It is infested by a dipterous parasite, the puparia of which

were found in the galls.

Pseudolecanium digitatum, sp. n.

9 .—Pyriform, with the hind end pointed ; about 2} millim.

long; dark ferruginous, shiny, producing some cottony

material. End of abdomen strongly chitinized, with the form

usual in the genus. The diagnostic characters, as in all

species of the genus, are derived mainly from the larva, the

female being a mere bag of eggs.

Larva extremely long and narrow, length 600, breadth

160 p. Anterior extremity truncate, crenulate, with six

short, blunt, finger-tip-like spines; a row of fifteen blunt

spines down each side of body; no dorsal spines ; legs well

developed, anterior tibia 60, its tarsus 39 w long; the tibia

has a constriction about 27 from base, making it look almost

2-jointed, this being more or less apparent on all the legs ;

tarsal digitules long, with small knobs ; claw-digitules shorter,

filiform, knobbed. Antenne 24 apart at base and 30 pw from

anterior end of head; 6-jointed, joints measuring: (1) 18,

(2) 12, (3) 27-33, (4) 20, (5) 21, (6) 30. Anal ring small,

circular, without bristles on its margin, but posterior to it

are set four bristles, of which the inner two are shortest ;

anterior to anal ring is a row of four finger-like blunt spines ;

on each side is a caudal bristle, about 1$0 w long, and beyond

each of these a pair of finger-like spines; anterior to and a

little Jaterad of each caudal bristle is a small round gland.

The last two segments have each a pair of bristles on the

ventral surface, those on the last being twice as long as those

on the penultimate segment.

Hab. On leaves of grass, Richmond, Natal (Claude Fuller,

no. 2). It has a Chalcidid parasite.

The genus Pseudolecanium is new to Africa.

EPICOCCUS, gen. nov.

Belongs to the Dactylopiini. Anal ring without hairs.

Adult female with legs and antenne well developed ; antennx

6-jointed, cylindrical, last joint long.

Genera and Species of Coccide. 25

Type Epicoccus acacie ( Coccus acacie, Maskell, Tr. N. Z.

Inst. xxix. p. 319). Australian.

This is near the stem-form from which Spherococcus must

have been derived.

LuZULASPIS, n. n.

Signoretia, Targioni-Tozzetti; not of Stal, 1860.

Type Luzulaspis luzule (Aspidiotus luzule, L. Dufour ;

Signoretia clypeata, Targ.). Kuropean.

Phenacaspis natalensis, sp. n.

? .—Scale white, about 3 millim. long, pyriform; exuvix

pale orange-brown.

Five groups of cireumgenital glands ; median of 10, ante-

rior laterals 22-26, posterior laterals 19-26. Anal and

genital apertures opposite. Median lobes large, widely

diverging, broader than long, the long inner margin strongly

serrulate ; their bases well apart, the space occupied by the

usual pair of short spines. Second lobe represented by three

elongated and rounded lobules, the first of which is largest

and bears a spine. ‘Third lobe represented by a very long

narrow lobule bearing a spine, followed by a broad and much

shorter lobule, and then a very broad serrulate lobule, having

its outer slope much the longest. The fourth lobe is repre-

sented by a triangular lobule bearing a spine and two slight

swellings of the margin, too slight to be called lobules.

gd .—WNcale feebly tricarinate or barely keeled at all.

Hab. Durban, Natal, abundant on underside of leaves of

mango (Claude Fuller, no. 25).

Closely allied to Phenacaspis chinensis (Chionaspis chi-

nensis, Ckll. Rep. Cal. Bd. Hort. v. p. 37), but the median

lobes are more sloping. Of the Ceylon species described by

Green it comes nearest to Phenacaspis megaloba (Chionaspis

megaloba, Green, ‘ Coccidx of Ceylon,’ pt. 11. 1899) ; but mega-

loba has two lobules in place of the slight swellings of the

fourth lobe described above, and differs also in the position of

the anal and genital orifices.

Hemichionaspis cyanogena, Okll., 1901.

A new locality is Verulam, Natal (fuller, no. 18),

Odonaspis secretus, var. Greenti, nov.

Aspidiotus secretus, Green, Coccidz of Ceylon, pt. i. p. 64. (Had.

Ceylon.)

Green and Maskell have pointed out distinctions between

26 Mr. A. E. Verrill on the

the Ceylon and Japan forms of O. seeretus, but unfortunately

a varietal name (/obulata, Maskell) has been applied to the

Japanese insect, which is the true secretus.

Monophlebus Championi, sp. n.

Monophlebus sp., Ckll., Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coccide (1899), p. 3, middle

of page.

This name is proposed for the species described in the place

cited from a male, having only four fleshy processes on the

abdomen. It was hoped that the female might be obtained ;

but as this now seems unlikely, it is best to give a name toa

species so strongly distinguished.

Cryptophyllaspis Riibsaament, sp. n.

Gall small, cylindrical, about 2 millim, long, thickly clus-

tered on leaves of Codiceum.

?.—Orange, oblong, caudal end sunken, overlapped at

the sides by lobiform projections; no circumgenital glands ;

anal orifice broad-oval, about 17 uw long, and distant about

39 w from bases of median lobes ; lobes and squames formed

as in C. occultus (Green) ; three pairs of lobes, not even the

median ones darkened in the least; median lobes slightly

notched on each side; squames narrow and pointed, strongly

fringed; beyond the third lobe are three double squames,

each having the appearance of two squames united basally ;

spines small,

Hab. Bismarck Archipelago; received from Mr. E. H.

Riibsaamen.

I sent a copy of the description to Mr. Riibsaamen, to be

published in connexion with his studies of galls, but it seems

desirable that it should also appear in a paper devoted to

Coccidee.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Oct. 31, 1901.

1V.— The “* Cahow” of the Bermudas, an Extinct Bird.

By A. E. VERRILL.

DurinG my two recent visits to Bermuda I made special

investigations in regard to the history and identity of the

“cahow” or “cohowe,” a bird described by the earliest

settlers as very abundant and easily captured, so that its

flesh and eggs were largely used as food. Indeed, had it not

“ Cahow” of the Bermudas. 27

been for this source of food-supply in winter, it is probable

that many of the early shipwrecked crews and first settlers

would have died of starvation. Good accounts of the bird

and its habits were written by two of the party wrecked on

these islands with Sir George Somers in 1609. Other pub-

lished accounts were written by some of the earliest settlers,

especially by the Rev. Lewis Hughes and Governor Butler,

1614 to 1621. See Lefroy’s ‘ Memorials’ and the ‘ Historye

of the Bermudaes,’ by Nathaniel Butler (not by John Smith,

as supposed by the editor).

The islands were settled in 1612, and in 1616 this bird

had become nearly extinct, as stated by Governor Butler.

This was largely due to the famine of 1615, when 150

starving people were sent by Governor More “in the be-

ginning of the newe yeare” to Cooper’s Island, which was

one of the principal breeding-places, to feed on the birds

and their eggs or young (for they bred in December and

January, when other birds could not be obtained). These

famished people, according to Mr. Hughes and Governor

Butler, were inordinately gluttonous, and killed and ate the

birds in vast and wasteful numbers, so that many persons soon

became ill, and some died of surfeit. This caused their subse-

quent removal to Port Royal, where they had to live largely

on fish; but still they could get some of the birds from “ the

adjacent islands.” ‘This statement indicates that the cahow

bred also on some of the islands in Great Sound.

The following extracts from the ‘ Historye of the Ber-

mudaes,’ by Governor Nathaniel Butler, written about 1619,

relates to the famine of 1615, and shows some of the causes

of the very rapid extermination of the birds :—

“ Whilst this Pinnace was on her way for England,

scarcetie and famine every day more and more prevayleinge

upon the sickly colony, caused the governour to look well

about him; in the beginning of the newe yeare, therefore

(1615), 150 persons, of the most ancient, sick, and weake,

wer sent into Coopers Iland, ther to be relieved by the

comeinge in of the sea-birds, especially the Cahowes, wher,

by this half hunger-starved company, they are found in

infinite numbers, and with all so tame and amazed they are,

that upon the least howeteinge or noyce, they would fall

downe, and light upon tlieir shoulders as they went, and leggs

as they satt, suffering themselves to be caught faster than

they could be killed.

“ Wittnesse the generall carriage and behaviour of this

company, who being thus arrived and gott up to a libertie

and choice of eateing as much as they would, how monstrous

28 Mr. A. E. Verrill on the

was it to see, how greedily everything was swallowed downe ;

how incredible to speake, how many dozen of thoes poore

silly creatures, that even offered themselves to the slaughter,

wer tumbled downe into their bottomlesse mawes: wherupon

(as the sore effect of so ranck a cause, the birds with all

being exceedeingly fatt) then sodenly followed a generall

surfettinge, much sicknesse, and many of their deathes.”

In the next year (1616) a law was passed, “ but overlate,”

to prevent the ‘‘spoyle and havock of the cahowes and other

birds.”? Cooper’s Island, Castle Island, and several smaller

islands, where it probably bred, were fortified and garrisoned

from 1612 to 1620, and this was, without doubt, another

important factor in its extermination.

The act of 1616 is thus referred to in Governor Butler’s

‘ Historye’ :—

‘In the same moneth he held his second generall Assize

at St. George’s, as irregularly as the first, wherein not any

matter of note was handled, only a proclamation (or rather

article, as it was then tearmed) was published (but overlate)

against the spoyle and havock of the cahowes, and other birds,

which already wer almost all of them killed and scared awaye

very improvidently by fire, diggeinge, stoneinge, and all

kinds of murtheringes.”

It was probably entirely extinct by 1625 or earlier, and it

seems to have been entirely forgotten by the natives for over

200 years. Mr. J. L. Hurdis, in 1849, thought that he had

rediscovered it breeding on Gurnet Head Rock, for he found

a few pairs of “dusky shearwaters” (probably Puffinus

Auduloni) breeding there in crevices of the rocks. But the

cahow was certainly not a shearwater. None of the early

accounts apply to the shearwater, in respect to size, colour,

habits, &c. Moreover, the flesh and eggs of the bird are

described as of excellent flavour, which is not the case with

the shearwaters, all of which have such a strong, oily, and

musky flavour that they are inedible. Moreover, the cahow

bred chiefly in holes in the soil, “like conyes in a warren.”

It laid one large white egg, “like a henne’s egg’’ in size,

colour, and flavour.

The early writers describe another nocturnal sea-bird that

they called the “ pimlico,” from its note; but it was not

eaten by the settlers. This was, without much doubt, the

shearwater found by Mr. Hurdis. This name is still used by

the native fishermen for the shearwater.

Some writers have been misled as to the breeding-place of

the cahow, in consequence of the name of the small, high,

almost inaccessible, bare island, now often called ‘ Gurnet

“ Cahow” of the Bermudas. 29

Rock,” but formerly called Gurnet Head Rock, as it was

named on the map made before 1622 by Norwood. This island

was thus called because it lies in front of “ Gurnet Head,” a

high cliff on Castle Island, on which a fort, now in ruins, was

built about 1615. This name occurs in Governor Butler’s

‘Historye,’ written about 1619-1620, as well as on Norwood’s

map of 1622.

This name, it appears, does not refer to that of a bird (the

gannet), which several writers have imagined to have been

one of the old names given to the calow, in consequence of

contusing it with the real gannet; but there is no evidence

whatever to support that view. Probably Mr. Hurdis was

also misled by the name of this rock when he supposed that

the cahow could be found breeding on it. There is no reason

whatever for supposing that it ever has bred there, even in

the earliest times, for there 7s no soil on the summit in which

the cahow could have made its nests, as I ascertained by a

personal examination this year. Cooper’s Island is the only

particular place that the early writers mentioned by name as

a breeding-place of the cahow, though they say it bred on

several of the smaller uninhabited islands. ‘The soil is deep

on some parts of Cooper’s Island, and at present is filled with

the holes of large land-crabs, where it is not cultivated.

Possibly the cahow may have made use of the deserted holes

of the crabs for its nests, instead of making new ones.

Cooper’s Island contains about 77 acres, so that there was

room enough there, before it was settled, for a large colony

of these birds. Governor Butler wrote (about 1619) that at

the time of the 1615 famine “they are found in infinite

numbers,” breeding there. It may yet be possible to find

the bones of the cahow by excavations made in suitable

places on Cooper’s Island, but the best of the soil has long

been cultivated. We made excavations for this purpose on

Castle Island and Goat Island, both long uninhabited, but

without suecess, though we found bones of other birds, many

fishes, two human skeletons, gun-flints, and various old relics,

due to their ancient garrisons. Castle Island was again

garrisoned during the war of 1812, after long disuse.

What may be said of the bird can be briefly summarized

as follows :—

1. The cahow is an extinct web-footed sea-bird, unknown

to ornithologists. It rapidly became extinct over 250 years

ago, as the direct result of the occupation of the islands on

which it bred by the earliest settlers.

2. It was not a shearwater, nor like any other known

member of the petrel family. It may have been related to

30 On the “ Cahow” of the Bermudas.

the auks (Alcide), some of which have similar white eggs

and burrowing habits, and are edible.

3. It was strictly nocturnal in its habits. It flew only at

night and made a “strange hollow and harsh howling” and

a loud call, from which its name (cahow) was given. It

came readily to persons imitating its note, and could then be

easily taken by the hand, in the night.

4, It had good powers of flight, but could also run about

on the ground without difficulty. It was very tame and

unsuspicious. .

5. It laid generally, if not always, in burrows in the soil,

a single large white egg, of good flavour, like a hen’s egg in

size and taste.

6. It arrived at the Bermudas in October and remained

till about the first of June (Hughes).

7. It laid its eggs in December and January, “in the

coldest months of the year.”” In this respect it differed from

all other sea-birds of the northern hemisphere. Therefore it

probably spent its summer south of the equator, or else it

was a local pelagic species that remained constantly at sea

in summer, perhaps not far away.

8. In size it was compared to a “ pigeon” and to a “ green

plover ” and to a “ partridge.” Therefore its egg must have

been very large in comparison with the size of the body of

the bird. The large number of birds said to have been eaten

at a meal also indicates a rather small bird.

9. It had a strong hooked bill and could bite viciously.

No mention was made of its ejecting oily or other matter

from its bill for defence, as do the petrels.

10. Its colour was “ russet-brown” on the back; its quill-

feathers were russet-brown and white; its belly was white

(Strachy).

In this combination of characters it differs from all known

birds.

The following graphic account of the bird and its habits

was written by Mr. W. Strachy, one of the party of 150

persons who were wrecked with Sir George Somers in tlie

“Sea Venture,’ July, 1609 :—

“A kinde of webbe-footed Fowle there is, of the bignesse

of an English greene Plover, or Sea-Meawe, which all the

Summer we saw not, and in the darkest nights of November

and December (for in the night they onely feed) they would

come forth, but not flye farre from home, and hovering in the

ayre, and over the Sea, made a strange hollow and harsh

howling. They call it of the ery which it maketh, a Cohow.

Their colour is inclining to Russet, with white bellies, as are

On Butterflies from British East Africa, 31

likewise the long feathers of their wings, Russet and White,

these gather themselves together and breed in those Ilands

which are high, and so farre alone into the Sea, that the

Wilde Hogges cannot swimme over them, and there in the

ground they have their Burrowes, like Conyes in a Warren,

and so brought in the loose Mould, though not so deepe ;

which Birds with a light bough in a darke night (as in our

Lowbelling) wee caught, I have beene at the taking of three

hundred in an houre, and wee might have laden our Boates.

Our men found a prettie way to take them, which was by

standing on the Rockes or Sands by the Sea-side, and

hollowing, laughing, and making the strangest outcry that

possibly they could; with the noyse whereof the Birds would

come flocking to that place, and settle upon the very armes

and head of him that so eryed, and still creepe neerer and

neerer, answering the noyse themselves; by which our men

would weigh them with their hand, and which weighed

heaviest they took for the best and let the others alone, and

so our men would take twentie dozen in two houres of the

chiefest of them; and they were a goodand well relished Fowle,

fat and full as a Partridge. In January wee had great store

of their Egges, which are as great as a Hennes Egge, and so

fashioned and white shelled and have no difference in yolke

nor white trom an Hennes Egge. ‘There are thousands of

these Birds, and two or three [lands full of their Burrowes,

whether at any time (in two houres warning) wee could send

our Cockboat, and bring home as many as would serve the

whole Company : which Birds for their blindnesse (for they

see weakly in the day) and for their ery and whooting, wee

called the Sea Owle ; they will bite cruelly with their crooked

Bills.”

V.—On a small Collection of Butterflies made by C. Stuart

Bettun in British East Africa. By A. G. Buruer, Ph.D.

THE following species were received this year from Mr. Bet-

ton, collected at E. Quaso, Masai, in October 1900.

Nymphalide.

1. Melanitis solandra, Fabr.

2. Neocenyra Gregorit, Butler.

3. Precis Gregorii, § 3 3 2, Butler.

The female of this species was new to me; it 1s interesting

32 Dr. A. G. Butler on

from the fact that it shows the short excavation of the outer

margin to the primaries characteristic of P. stygia, but, on

the other hand, has a much less angular and less irregular

margin to the secondaries. Neither sex could by any possi-

bility be confounded with the Western species.

4, Precis tereoides, Butler.

Lycenide.

5. Axtocerses harpax, Fabr.

Papilionide.

6. Mylothris Jacksont, 8 3 2, EK. M. Sharpe.

7. Terias brigitta, Cramer.

8. Papilio phorcas ¢ , Cramer.

9. Papilio Mackinnon’, Ki. M. Sharpe.

10. Papilio bromius, Doubl.

11. Papilio Jacksont ¢ , EK. M. Sharpe.

Hesperiide.

12. Celenorrhinus opalinus ? , Butler.

13. Celenorrhinus Bettont, sp. n.

3. Above this species bears a remarkable resemblance,

both in the disposition of its markings and general coloration,

to the Indian C. ambareesa* ; the tint of the wings, including

the hyalme markings, is slightly more yellow, and the fringes

are chequered with ochreous. On the undersurface this species

shows its African character, being coloured and marked more

nearly in the manner of C. galenus: the primaries are deep

chocolate-brown irrorated with ochreous; the basal half of

costal area ochreous; the hyaline markings are edged with

ochreous, the three larger ones forming part of an oblique

central belt commencing in the ochreous costal streak and

terminating in a quadrate ochreous patch near outer margin

on interno-median area; theinternal area is ochraceous whitish:

secondaries bright deep ochreous; the base, including the

basal two thirds of discoidal cell, an irregular (key-pattern)

band from costa to submedian vein crossing the end of the

cell, the apical two thirds of costa, an irregular discal band

* Figured in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. liii. pl. x. fig. 9 (1883).

butterflies from British East Africa, 33

barely traceable in the centre, but forming large quadrate

spots at its extremities, and an uneven series of large, more

or less quadrate, marginal spots, dusky greyish ; veins termi-

nating in black-brown spots on the fringe: body below

dusky, clothed with yellow hair, the tibie and tarsi ochreous

below; venter with pale yellowish bands, ochreous at anal

extremity.

Expanse of wings 38 millim.

The female has all the dusky markings on the under surface

replaced by distinct chocolate-brown, so that the character of

the secondaries approaches somewhat nearer in aspect to that

of some of the Oriental species.

One pair, 27th October.

14. Acleros Mackenii, Trimen.

15. Cyclopides metis, Linn.

16. Kedestes? mirandus, sp. n.

9. Most like K. fenestratus on the upper surface, but the

fringes sandy brown; the hyaline spots below the end of the

cell larger, placed less obliquely, and only divided by the

blackish second median branch; the interno-median spot

larger, ochreous; the subapical spots larger, the uppermost

spot minute, opaque, ochreous ; the discoidal cell and internal

area of secondaries clothed with ochreous hairs. Below, there

is no resemblance, the colouring reminding one of some of

the smaller Geometrites of the Ennomid group: primaries

blackish ; costal border ochraceous, suffused with vinous

towards the base, expanding into a triangular bright ochreous

patch (enclosing the hyaline spots) towards apex; the sub-

apical hyaline spots with blackish external margins; the

triangular patch is also partly bounded externally by an

oblique blackish macular streak and by a wide terruginous

brown border which tapers at each extremity ; fringe vinous

brown; internal area somewhat greyish; interno-median

spot whitish: secondaries bright ochreous ; the costal border,

internal area, and outer border ferruginous ; four dark ferru-

ginous spots on the basal third, two in the cell, the other two

above and below it, forming a diamond pattern ; a large sub-

costal quadrate spot, washed with lilacine and partly black-

edged, beyond these, and a small bifid spot lying obliquely

beyond this again; a prominent, straight, slightly tapering,

dark ferruginous band from submedian vein to apex, and

beyond this an imperfect dark ferruginous line partly limiting

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 3

a4 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

the external border; a marginal series of small dark ferru-

ginous spots; fringe vinous brown: body below ochreous.

Expanse of wings 33 millim.

One female, 26th October.

Although so dissimilar in the coloration of the under

surface from any of the other types of Kedestes, ] can find

no other genus of the Cyclopides group to which it seems

to show so much affinity.

17. Padraona zeno, Trimen.

VI.—Rhynchotal Notes.—XI11. Heteroptera: Fam. Pyrrho-

coride. By W. L. Distant.

In this communication will be found the result of an examina-

tion of Walker’s descriptions relating to this family, com-

mencing at page 163 of his ‘ Catalogue of Heteroptera,’ vol. v.,

and terminating at p. 40 of his vol. vi. of the same publica-

tion. Some other species in the British Museum collection,

which have been acquired during recent years, are also

described.

Fam. Pyrrhocoride.

Subfam. Larerz.

Genus LARGUS.

Largus bilineatus.

Acinocoris bilineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 38. n. 3 (1878).

Var. Acinocoris includens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 4.

Largus crassipes.

Largus crassipes, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1861, p, 197.

Largus concisus, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 88 (1875).

A very variable species in the markings to the under

surface ot the abdomen. All the specimens now before me

have the bases of the scutellum and corium narrowly black.

Sometimes, but very seldom, the basal margins of the

membrane are narrowly black.

Genus THERANEIS.

Theraneis lurida, sp. nu.

Black ; antennz with the second, third, and fourth joints

ochraceous; corium pale ochiaceous ; margins of membrane

ALE Tt? ee ee

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride. 35

greyish white; anterior portion of head above, lateral and

posterior margins of anterior lob2 and a central longitudinal

line and basal margin to posterior pronotal lobe pale greyish

pubescent ; body beneath thickly greyishly pilose.

Antenne with the first joint longer than the fourth, the

second a little longer than the third; posterior lobe of pro-

notum very obsoletely punctate; clavus and corium coarsely

punctate ; anterior femora with a long spine near apex.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Amazons (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to 7. pulchra, Dist., from which it differs by the

different colour of the corium, greater length of the first joint

of the antennz, obsolete punctuation of the posterior pronotal

lobe, and the strongly punctured corium and clavus.

Theraneis spinosa, sp. n.

Black ; corium ochraceous; margins of pronotum, a trans-

verse fascia at posterior margin of anterior lobe, connected

centrally with posterior margin, argentaceous; body beneath

silvery grey, a lateral spot on the sternal segments, a large

spot on the lateral areas of the fifth abdominal segments, legs,

and antenne black; apex of second joint and the whole of

third and fourth joints of antenna ochraceous.

Pronotal angle produced into long, acute, backwardly

directed spines; pronotum coarsely punctate; clavus and

corium impunctate.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Amazons: Ega (Brit. Mus.).

In colour and appearance very similar to 7. lurid, Dist.,

but differing by the long pronotal spines, impunctate

corium, &c.

Genus Ipuita,

Iphita lycoides.

Melamphaus lycoides, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 17. n. 12 (1873).

Allied to I. limbata, Stal; rostrum only reaching the

intermediate cox; lateral margins of the pronotum less

sinuate.

Genus PHYSOPELTA.

Physopelta? lateralis.

Pyrrhocoris lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 172. n. 20 (1872).

I have provisionally placed this small Australian species in

the genus Physopelta,

Sth

36 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

Genus ANTILOCHUS.

Antilochus Boerhavie.

Lygeus Boerhavia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 152. 57 (1794). i:

Antilochus submaculatus, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii.

p. 268 (1896).

The figure given of Kirby’s type (Joe. ett. pl. xii. fig. 4)

is unsatisfactory, not showing the basal lateral ochraceous

margin to the corium, and giving a wrong direction to the

basal oblique fascia—both correctly described, however, by

Kirby. It is stated by the deseriber, “ Allied to A. Boerhavie,

Fabr., but very distinct.” Here Kirby had_ evidently

accepted and been misled by Walker’s determination of

O. Boerhavie (Cat. Het. v. p. 176), which was applied to

some South-African specimens which = A. nigrocruciatus,

Stal.

Antilochus discifer.

Antilochus discifer, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 594 (1863).

Melamphaus scutifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 16, n. 10 (1873).

Antilochus discoidalis.

Pyrrhocoris discoidalis, Burm. Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi., Suppl. p. 299,

t. xli. fig. 12 (1834).

Dindymus discoidalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 6. n. 20 (1873).

Var. Melamphaus angulifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 15. n. 9.

Walker apparently identified this species correctly and then

redescribed it under Burmeister’s specific name.

Genus Ecratoprs.

Ectatops indignus.

Dindymus indignus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 10. n. 30 (1873).

Ectatops largoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n. 12.

Abdomen beneath luteous, posterior margins of the abdo-

minal segments very narrowly piceous. Apparently allied

to E. erythromelas, Stal, but differing in the colour of the

abdomen.

Hab. Siam.

Var.—Corium almost entirely red; basal angle and apical

margin of the membrane ochraceous.

Hab, Arakan.

Lctatops adustus.

Ectatops adustus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 25. n. 13 (1873).

Fourth joint of antenne broadly luteous near base; rostrum

reaching base of third abdominal segment.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride. 37

Ectatops costalis.

Melamphaus costalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 14. n. 5 (1873).

Eetatops rubiaceus.

Ectatops rubiaceus, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hem. p. 273 (1843).

Dindymus imitator, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 7. n. 23 (1873).

Genus ASSCHINES.

Aischines bucculatus.

Eschines bucculatus, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 402 (1863).

Pyrrhocoris ramosus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 172. n. 19 (1872).

Ectatops tenuicornis, Walk. loc. cit. vi. p. 25. n. 14 (1873).

Genus Euscopus.

Euscopus indecorus.

Pyrrhocoris indecorus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 172. n. 18 (1872).

A very small luteous spot near centre of apical margin of

corium.

EHuscopus vittiventris.

Pyrrhocoris vittiventris, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 171. n. 16 (1872).

Genus STICTAULAX.

Stictaulax circumspecta.

Stictaulax circumspecta, Stal, En. Hem. i. p. 107 (1870).

Dindymus effusus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 7. n. 24 (1873).

Genus MELAMPHAUS.

Melamphaus fulvomarginatus.

Dysdercus fulvomarginatus, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 405 (1860).

Melamphaus lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 13. n. 4 (1873).

Melamphaus marginalis, Walk. /oc, cit. p. 14. n. 6.

Melamphaus rubrocinctus,

Dysdercus? rubro-cinctus, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 403 (1863).

Melamphaus femoratus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 15. n. 8 (1873).

Genus CALLIBAPHUS.

Callibaphus longtrostris.

Cimex longirostris, Dru. Ill. Nat. Hist. iii, Index & p. 60, pl. xliii.

fig. 5 (1782).

Roscius fasciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 174. n. 4 (1872).

38 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

Genus ODONTOPUS.

Odontopus dilectus.

Odontopus dilectus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 176. n. 8 (1872).

Antilochus ? dilectus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 248 (1894).

Allied to O. sexpunctatus, Lap. The British Museum now

possesses a long series of specimens collected by Col. Yerbury

at Aden.

Odontopus scutellaris.

Odontopus scutellaris, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 178. n. 16 (1872).

This species appears to have been missed in the Catalogue

of Lethierry and Severin.

Odontopus nigricornis.

Odontopus nigricornis, St&l, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 146 (1861).

Physopelta plana, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 21. n. 12 (1873).

Physopelta bimaculata, Walk, loc. cit, p. 22. n. 18,

COdontopus binotatus.

Odontopus binotatus, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 898 (1863),

Physopelta immunis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 22. n. 14 (1878).

Odontopus angolensis, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; central lobe and base of head, antenne,

tiansverse anterior disk of pronotum, scutellum, head be-

neath, large coxal spots to sternum, trochanters, legs,

rostrum, and anterior areas of abdominal segments, dark

sanguineous ; base of clavus, a transverse central spot and

an apical rounded spot to corium, and marginal spots to con-

nexivum above and beneath black.

Long. 18-21 millim.

Hab, Angola (Brit. Mus., Coll. Dist.).

Allied to OU. seapunctatus, Lap., trom which it differs by

the wider and more tumid anterior margin of the pronotum

(which is also distinctly longer than in OU, seapunctatus),

body more elongate, &c.

Odontopus modestus, sp. n.

Very pale luteous; head, antennw, transverse space on

auterior area of pronotum, and legs ochraceous, third and

fourth joints of antenne piceous; corium with a central spot

and a spot near apical angle brownish ochraceous ; membrane

and sternal incisures pale brownish ochraceous ; abdominal

segmental incisures roseate.

_— ) “2

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride. 39

Antenne with a few scattered hairs, to be found princi-

pally on the basal joint and at the apices of the second and

third joints; first, second, and fourth joints subequal in

length, third shortest; head and transverse anterior area to

pronotum very finely and obscurely punctate, remaining

area of pronotum (excluding the lateral margins) and corium

very thickly and finely punctate; sternum (excluding coxal

areas) distinctly punctate.

Long. 14-20 millim.

Hab. British Kast Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.).

Odontopus confusus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head, rostrum, and legs, sometimes the under

surface of the body, more or less pale sanguineous ; antenna

black, first joint, and sometimes the base of the second,

sanguineous; two transverse black lines on anterior area of

pronotum, between which the colour is more or less san-

guineous ; corium with a spot near inner angle and another

spot near apex black; discal area of prosternum and anterior

areas of meso- and metasterna black or dull reddish; anterior

abdominal segmental margins black or dull reddish.

Antenne with the second joint a little longer than the

fourth, third shortest; corium very finely but distinctly

punctate.

Long. 14-17 millim.

Hab. Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson, Brit. Mus.) ; Zanzibar

(Coll. Dist.).

By the colour of the antenne this species is allied to

O. notabilis, Dist., and O. modestus, Dist.

Genus DINDYMUS.

Dindymus crudelis.

Dindymus crudelis, Stil, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 397. 3 (1863).

Dindymus reduvoides, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 9. n. 27 (18738).

Dindymus pyrochrous.

Dysdercus pyrochrous, Boisd. Voy. Astrol., Ent. ii. p. 642 (1835), fig.

inexact.

Dindymus varius, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 9. n. 29 (1878).

Dindymus intermedius, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 9. n. 28 (1873).

This species is founded on a single immature form, of

which at present nothing can be determined.

40 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

Dindymus circumeinetus.

Dindymus circumeinctus, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vii. p. 400 (1863).

Dindymus cinctifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 12. n. 35 (1873).

Dindymus dubius, Walk. loc. cit. n. 35.

Dindymus relatus, sp. n.

Pale sanguineous ; posterior lobe of pronotum, membrane,

and the abdomen pale ochraceous; base of scutellum, tibiae,

and tarsi piceous; antenne black, base of first joint san-

guineous ; apical joint, anterior margin of prosternum, and

posterior margins of pro-, meso-, and metasterna pale ochra-

ceous; margins of abdomen dark ochraceous ; apex of fourth

joint of antenn piceous. Corium thickly punctate, remaining

upper surface practically impunctate; lateral margins of

pronotum strongly laminately reflexed.

Long. 12 millim.

Hab. South Africa: near Lake Tanganyika (A. Carson,

Brit. Mus.).

Most nearly allied to the Malayan D. rubiginosus, Fabr.

Dindymus natalensis, sp. n.

Black ; anterior, lateral, and posterior margins of pronotum,

inner and apical claval margins, lateral and apical margins of

corium, antennal tubercle, coxze, lateral margins of sternum

and abdomen, sternal incisures, and apical margin of last

abdominal segment sanguineous or reddish ochraceous ; the

disks of second, third, and fourth abdominal segments ochra-

ceous.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum very obscurely punctate or

impunctate ; corium distinctly punctate, its lateral margins

impunctate.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Natal (Brit. Mus.).

Allied to D. nigriceps, Stal.

Dindymus ceneus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and sternum black; antenna,

Jateral (broadly) and posterior (narrowly) margins of pro-

notum, corium, abdomen, lateral margins of sternum, and

Jegs pale sanguineous ; clavus and acurved claval margin on

corium purplish black ; posterior lateral margin of corium,

Jateral margin of abdomen, and the membrane ochraceous ;

rostrum, bases of femora, a spot at the posterior apices of the

third and fourth, and the central area of the fourth and fifth

Mr, W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride. 41

abdominal segments black; apical joint of the antennez

stramineous.

Pronotum with the anterior lobe anteriorly and posteriorly

defined by a linear series of coarse punctures, posterior pro-

notal lobe and the corium thickly punctate, lateral margins of

the pronotum and corium impuncetate ; anterior femora robust,

spined beneath ; eyes prominent.

Long. 11 millim.

Hab, Nilgiri District: Utakamand (Atkinson Coll., Brit.

Mus.).

Genus SYNCROTUS.

Syncrotus amabilis.

Ectatops amabilis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 26. n. 15 (1873).

Genus CENZUS.

Ceneus semiflavus, sp. n.

Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, base of lateral

margin to corium, sternum, and legs very pale sanguineous ;

posterior margin of pronotum, corium, and abdomen beneath

pale ochraceous ; apical joint of antenna, anterior area of

pronotum, basal margin of scutellum, rostrum, apical joint of

the tarsi, and margins of sternal segments black ; membrane

pale greyish. Corium somewhat thickly punctate ; remaining

upper surface practically impunctate ; lateral pronotal margins

distinctly recurved.

Long. 8-10 millim.

Hab, East Africa: Ruwenzori (Scott Eliot, Brit. Mus.).

Genus PYRRHOPEPLUS.

Pyrrhopeplus pictus, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous ; anterior area and lateral margins of pro-

notum, scutellum, lateral margins of corium, connexivum,

lateral sternal margins, coxe, and femora testaceous or very

dark ochraceous ; antenne, discal margins of central lobe and

basal margin of head, anterior and posterior margin of ante-

rior raised area of pronotum, basal margin of scutellum, a

rounded spot on corium near anterior angle, margins of in-

cisures to sternum and abdomen, a central fascia to head

beneath, tibize, and tarsi black.

Pronotum and scutellum somewhat darkly punctate ; head

and anterior transverse disk of pronotum impunctate, the

Jast with its black margins thickly and coarsely punctate.

42 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

Long. 9-11 millim.

Hab. Sylhet (Brit. Mus.); Naga Hills (Doherty, Coll.

Dist.).

Genus DYSDERCUS.

Dysdercus discolor.

Dysdercus discolor, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 190. n. 40 (1872).

Dysdercus annuliger, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. xiii. p. 189 (1894).

Dysdercus melanoderes.

Dysdercus melanoderes, Karsch, Ent. Nachr, 1892, p. 135.

This species is, as Karsch pointed out, to be known by its

unicolorous hemelytra and its large size. In many specimens,

however, there is a distinct black discal spot on each corium.

The body beneath is also pale unicolorous and the seg-

mental margins little and narrowly darker.

Dysdercus simplex.

Dindymus simplex, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 6 (1873°.

Dysdercus decorus, Bredd. Zeit. fiir Entomologie, 1901, p. 115.

Hab. Siklim, Nicobar Islands, Dinding Islands, Celebes,

Obi Island (Brit. Mus.).

Dysdercus variegatus, nom. nov.

Dysdercus simplex, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1888, p. 485 (nom, preeocc.).

Walker’s Dindymus simplex proving to be a Dysdercus, it

is necessary to rename the above.

Dysdercus impictiventris.

Dysdercus impictiventris, Stal, En, Hem. i. p. 120 (1870).

Dysdercus albescens, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 190. n. 38 (1872).

Dysdercus pecilus.

Pyrrhocoris pecilus, Herr.-Schaft. Wanz. Ins. vii. p. 17, fig. 699 (1844),

Dysdercus pecilus, Bredd, Wien. entomol. Zeit. xx. p. 85 (1901).

Dysdercus concinnulus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 190 (1872).

Dysdercus biguttatus.

Dindymus biguttatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 11 (1873).

Dysdercus pretiosus, sp. n.

Pronotum and corium Juteous ; head, antenne, scutellum,

a somewhat broad, transverse, medial fascia to corium and

apical angle of same, membrane, and legs black; sternum

| a

Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride. 43

and abdomen luteous ; subanterior area to pronotum, sternal

segmental margins, coxe, trochanters, and basal abdominal

segmental margins pale bright castaneous; rostrum dark

castaneous and almost reaching apex of second abdominal

segment.

Anterior femora strongly spined beneath; pronotum ob-

scurely, corium distinctly punctate; membrane with the

apical margins narrowly greyish.

Long. 12-13 millim.

Hab. Kast Central Africa: Ruwenzori (Scott Elliot, Brit.

Mus.).

Dysdercus Clarki, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; anterior area and

lateral margins of pronotum red, its anterior margin narrowly

fuscous ; corium dark obscure olivaceous, with about apical

third black ; membrane black, its apical margins narrowly

greyish; sternum and abdomen beneath pale luteous, a large

transverse reddish-ochraceous spot on each side of the sternal

segments ; fifth abdominal segment and base of sixth black,

both laterally reddish ochraceous ; legs very dark castaneous ;

antenne fuscous, base of last joint luteous ; rostrum brownish,

its apical joint piceous.

Pronotum with the lateral margins strongly concavely

sinuate ; anterior margin and posterior area of pronotum and

the corium thickly punctate, the corium most distinctly so ;

anterior femora spined beneath near apices.

Long. 83 millim.

Hab. Rio Province (Hamlet Clark Exped., Brit. Mus.).

Dysdercus evanescens, 8). 0.

Very pale ochraceous; head, anterior area and _ lateral

margins of pronotum, scutellum, lateral and apical margins

of corium, and legs reddish ochraceous ; antennz and a small

round spot on the disk of corium black; body beneath pale

ochraceous ; lateral margins of sternum, prosternum with a

spot. behind the area of each eye connected with a narrow

transverse line, anterior area of mesosternum, a large lateral

spot to metasternum, and anterior areas of abdominal segments

reddish ochraceous; abdominal marginal incisures very

narrowly black; membrane pale brownish. Prosternum

coarsely and roughly punctate, pronotum and corium thickly

punctate, the last most finely so.

Long. 17-20 millim.

44 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pyrrhocoride.

Hab. Sikhim: Mungphu (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus., and

Coll. Dist.). Khasia and Garo Hills (Coll. Dist.).

In some specimens the pale ochraceous coloration is uni-

formly replaced by reddish ochraceous. The species may

also be recognized by its large size, pale membrane, &c.

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Mum. Pyrrhocoride.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Odontopus dilectus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 176. n. 8 (1872).

scutellaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 178. n. 16.

Dysdercus jamaicensis, Walk. loc. cit, p. 182. n. 11.

Fervens, Walk. loc. ctt. n. 12.

discolor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 190. n. 40.

Dindymus decisus, Walk. loc. cit. vi. p. 5. n. 18 (1873).

basifer, Walk. loc. cit. n. 19.

clarus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 6. n. 21.

-—_— rutilans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 8. n. 26.

Melamphaus circumdatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 16. n. 11.

Physopelta apicalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 11.

Ectatops adustus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 25. n. 13,

subjectus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 26. n. 16.

venustus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17.

coloratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 27. n. 18.

Largus torridus, Walk. loc. eit. p. 34. n. 24.

anticus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 25.

— divisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35, n. 26,

Arhaphe cicindeloides, Walk. loc, cit. p. 36. n. 2.

Species considered valid, but requtring generic revision.

Tyrrhocoris vittiventris, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 171. n. 16 (1872), belongs

to gen. Euscopus.

— indecorus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 172. n. 18, belongs to gen. Luscopus.

— lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 20, belongs to gen. Physopelta ?

Dindymus simplex, Walk. loc. cit. p. 6. n, 22, belongs to gen. Dysdercus.

—— indignus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 10. n. 80, belongs to gen. Ectatops.

— biguttatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 11. n. 34, ,, 5 Dysdereus.

Melamphaus costalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 14. n. 14, belongs to gen, Eetatops.

lycoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 17. n. 12, belongs to gen. Iphita.

Ectatops amabilis, Walk. /oc. cit. p. 26. n, 15, belongs to gen. Syncrotus.

Acinocoris bilineatus, Walk. loc. cit, p. 88, n. 8, belongs to gen. Largus,

Species treated as synonymie,

Pyrrhocoris_ maculicollis, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 171. n. 17 (1872),=

Pyrrhocoris sibiricus, Kusch (sec. Horvath).

ramosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 172. n. 19,= dischines bucculatus, Stal.

Roscius fasciatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 174. n. 4,= Callibaphus longirostris,

Dru.

Dysdercus mundus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 181. n. 8,=Dysdercus concinnus,

Stal.

On Two new Gerbils from Egypt. 45

Dysdercus albescens, W alk. loc. cit. p. 190. n. 38, = Dysdercus impictiventris,

Stal.

concinnulus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 89,= Dysdercus pecilus, Herr.-Sch.

Dindymus discoidalis, Walk. loc, cit, vi. p. 6.n. 20 (1878),= Antilochus

discordalis, Burm.

imitator, Walk. loc, cit. p. 7. n. 28,=Ectatops rubiaceus, A. & 8.

effusus, Walk. Joc. cit. n. 24,= Stictaulax circumspecta, Stal.

reduvoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 9. n. 27,= Dindymus crudelis, Stal.

varius, Walk. loc, cit. n. 29,= Dindymus pyrochrous, Boisd.

einctifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 12. n. 35,= Dindymus circumeinctus, Stil.

Melamphaus lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 4,= Melamphaus fulvo-

marginatus, Dohrn.

— marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 14. n.6,= Melamphaus fulvomarginatus,

Dohrn.

‘Gaia Walk. doc. cit. n. 15, n. 8,= Melamphaus rubrocinctus,

Stal.

angulifer, Walk. loc. eit. n. 9,= Antilochus discoidalis, Burm., var.

seutifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16. n. 10, = Antilochus discifer, Stal.

Sige pet plana, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21, n. 12,= Odontopus nigricornis,

Stal

bimaculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 13, = Odontopus nigricornis, Stal.

immunis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 14,= Odontopus binotatus, Stal.

Ectatops largoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24, n. 12, = Ectatops indignus,

Walk.

—— tenuicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 25. n. 14, = Aschines bucculatus,

Stal.

Largus concisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 33. n. 21,= Largus crassipes, Stil, var.

pulverulentus, Walk. loc. cit. n, 22,=Largus bipustulatus, Stal.

obtusus, Walk. loc, cit. n. 23,=Largus convivus, Stal

Acinocoris includens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 38. n. 4,= Largus bilineatus, Walk.,

var,

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Dysdercus coloratus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 189. n. 387 (1872).

pectoralis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 191. n. 41.

Dindymus venustulus, Walk. loc, cit. vi. p. 8. n. 25 (18738).

Ectatops ruficosta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 27. n. 19.

Dindymus intermedius, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 9. n. 28 (1873). A species

founded on a single immature specimen.

Species wrongly included in the Pyrrhocoride.

Melamphaus rubidus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 14. n. 7 (1873),=Pyrrho-

baphus leucurus, Fabr. (Lygeine).

VII.—Descriptions of Two new Gerbils from Eyypt.

By W. E. pe WInTon.

Gerbillus Andersoni, sp. n.

This species may be described as a miniature of G. pyra-

midum, Geoff., having the dark-tipped fur, the dark whiskers,

46 On Two new Gerbils from Egypt.

black-bordered ears, and the inclination to yellowish stain on

the white of the underside. ‘The extent of the hair on the

soles of the feet and the slight development of the brush-

hairs towards the end of the tail are also much as in that

species. In size it closely approaches G. gerbillus, Oliv., but

the ears are longer.

The type of the species is a skin (number 92. 7. 1. 5 in the

British Museum) collected and presented by the late Dr. John

Anderson ; it was obtained, as were all the other specimens,

at Mandara, E, of Alexandria.

Measurements (taken from specimens preserved in al-

cohol) :—

3 3 2. 2

mm mm mm. mm.

Head and body ...... 85 89 89 87

Ta, VPN a, 125 117 120 115

PE FOE yo iw ong epee 27 27 27°5 27

Le are Say hae 155 16 15°5 15°5

A three-parts grown female has the hind foot 25 millim. in

length.

Skull measurements :—

mm mm. mm.

Greatest length 2. Sek 30 30 30

Greatest breadth ......5..0..0. 16 16 16

Supraorbital constriction ........ 55 6 59

Biemirth OR MARAIS an's sin as «ee 12 12 12

ASA ENT ec erect eter ee ee 25 24 25

Length of incisive foramina ...... 55 ee 55

Length of molar series .......... 43 4°3 44

The skull is rather larger than that of G. gerdillus and

is readily distinguished by its longer nasal portion, more

expanded maxillary portion of the zygomata, larger teeth, and

longer incisive foramina.

Dipodillus amenus, sp. 0.

Size small, form compact; ears short; tail about half as

long again as the head and body; hind feet long, with the

three proximal pads very ill-defined. Colour very dark, the

fur mouse-grey tipped with reddish fawn, the latter colour

clearer on the sides; a very pale, almost white, patch on the

buttocks. ‘Tail dark blackish above, fawn beneath, the

pencil and crest black-brown. The face is handsomely

marked; the tip of the nose and the front portion of the

moustachial area is pale to white; a very distinct dark nose-

spot commences immediately behind the nostrils, gradually

fading away into the general rich colour of the forehead ;

On Two new Species of Potto. 47

dark branches of this spot extend down the hinder part of the

moustachial area; there is a pale spot immediately in front

of the eye; the cheek beneath the eye is red-fawn, with a

distinet dark smoky patch behind the eye and beneath the

ear. The ears dark blackish, except at their bases. ‘The

whole of the underparts, the hands, and the feet white.

2 3,1 2, Province of Ghizeh; collected by Dr. C. W.

Andrews, F.G.S.

Type of species, no. 1, @, in al.

Measurements (taken from specimens preserved in al-

cohol) :—

3 (type), 3; a

no. lL. no. 2. no. 3

mm mm. mm.

Head and body ...... 7% 74 73

SRT a Fetviatcip «.xle gs ots « p 112 92 (imperfect) 105 (imperfect)

MBA TOOb bef. 2 sj 5 5.5. « 23°5 21°5 23

Forearm and hand.... 238 23 23

ENT seeks A cea 1s os Beate: & 11 11 1l

No. 2, g, has a very short hind foot; the tail is very

imperfect, there being no crest on the part remaining.

Measurements of skull of ¢, no. 2:—

Greatest length 26 millim.; greatest breadth 15; breadth

of brain-case 13°5; temporal constriction 5:2; length of

nasals 10; basal length 22; length of palate 10; incisive

foramina 4°5; molar series 3°6.

This mouse-gerbil is a prettily marked, compactly built

little animal, though the hind legs are rather long. It is

very distinct from D. quadrimaculatus, Lataste, found not

far off at Helouan, which is yellow in colour and is larger

and more handsomely coloured than )). Watersi*, de Winton.

VII1.—Notices of Two new Species of Potto from the French

Congo Territory. By W. KE. DE WINTON.

THE collections made by Mr. G. L. Bates in the French

Congo territory have added considerably to our knowledge

of the Pottos. ‘lwo new species are here described, one

belonging to the true Pottos (Perodicticus) and the other to

the dwarf Pottos (Arctocebus).

Besides the new forms, examples of the large Potto from

Gaboon (P. Edwards?) described briefly by M. Bouvier in the

‘Guide du Natural.’ 1879, i. p. 10, have been obtained,

* Novitates Zool. (Tring), Dec. 1901.

48 On Two new Species of Potto.

affording means of comparison. This large Gaboon species is

characterized by its long head, short tail, and dull greyish

colouring. |

The genus Arctocebus is well separated from Perodicticus

in the formation of the hand, the fuller development of the

molars, the want of the shelf over the auditory meatus formed

by the squamosal, and the absence of the protruding processes

ot the cervical vertebra. =

Perodicticus Batest, sp. n.

Size intermediate between P. potto and P. Edwardst.

Colour very much richer and more rufous or almost red-

mahogany. Bristle-hairs about nape strongly developed.

Tail very short, as short or shorter than that of P. Edwardst.

Type in the British Museum, no. 98. 5. 4.12, 2, 11th Feb.,

1898. Benito River, 15 miles from mouth. G. L, Bates,

no. d40.

Fang name “ Awun.”

Measurements (taken in the flesh) :—

Head and body 380 millim.; tail 40; hind foot 75;

ear 23.

Another specimen (a male) has practically the same

measurements.

The skull, except in being larger, closely resembles that of

P. potto; the squamosal portion of the zygomatic arch is,

however, broader, and the teeth are larger.

The skull of P. Edwardsi is very readily distinguished by

its length and less expanded zygomata, and at the same time

by the great breadth of the posterior portion across the

mastoids and auditory bullee.

Arctocebus aureus, sp. n.

Size smaller than A. calibarensis; tail very short, the

terminal hairs stiff and closely pressed together.

The whole of the upper surface bright golden red, the hair

very lustrous, with no dark tips; the lower side is dull and

paler, mixed with ashy grey.

The snout is considerably projected beyond the lower lip.

The front of the face, from the eyes to the point of the nose,

is sparsely clothed with minute hairs and is practically

naked ; from the side of the nose to the eyes there 1s a slight

ridge of stiffer hairs, with a few longer sensory hairs inter-

spersed, the fur on the cheek growing forwards to assist in

the formation of the ridge. ‘Ihe immediate circle of the orbit

On the Southern Snapping-Turtle. 49

is dark, and there is a short eyebrow formed of dark stiff

hairs above the front corner of the eye.

The front foot or hand differs from that of its only ally in

having amuch shorter fifth finger, which only just passes the

first joint of the long fourth finger.

The skull is readily distinguished from that of A. calibar-

ensis by its narrowness and fine moulding. ‘The snout is very

sharp and the orbits closer together. ‘The premaxille are

extraordinarily developed and project in front of the incisors

more than the length of the diameter of the narial opening.

The incisive foramina are very small. The angle of the

lower jaw is cut short off, the condylar process clearly pro-

jecting beyond it posteriorly.

Type (gf) no. 1. 11. 21. 3 in the British Museum.

Collected by G. L. Bates, 16th April, 1901, “50 miles up

the Benito River, among hills of 500 to 1000 feet above sea-

level” (G. L. B.).

Measurements taken in the flesh :—

Head and body 270 millim.; tail 18; hind foot 38;

ear 30.

The skull is unfortunately much damaged ; it is that of an

animal arrived at maturity, but with the teeth little worn,

having long pointed cusps. In all essential characters the

teeth agree with those of A. ca/ibarensts.

A female of A. calibarensis in alcohol, presented to the

British Museum by Miss Kingsley, shows three pairs of

mamme on the breast—postaxial, pectoral, and abdominal ;

the hindermost pair only slightly further removed from the

middle pair than these are from the front pair. ‘The clitoris

is long and penis-like, measuring 10 millim. in length: the

clearly separated vagina has a cross-opening about 9 millim.

in width, somewhat lunate in form (the convex side towards

the anus, which is unusually far removed) ; the edges are

exceedingly thin and overhanging, partly closing over a wide

antechamber containing the more delicate parts.

I am not aware that the female of Perodicticus has yet

been examined.

IX.—On the Southern Snapping- Turtle (Chelydra Ros-

signonii, Bocourt). By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

THE late Professor Peters was the first to make known, in

1862, the occurrence of a Snapping-Turtle in Ecuador. This

record is based ou a young specimen from near Guayaquil

- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. +

50 On the Southern Snapping- Turtle.

which was referred to the only species then known, Chelydra

serpentina, but under the name of var. acutirostris *, the

snout being considered as rather more pointed than in the

specimens from North America. ‘This difference, however,

does not exist, I think, as a constant character. Another

great authority, the late Professor Cope, in 1872 f, also referred

the South-American Snapper to Chelydra serpentina, adding :

“] can find no specific difference between shells from Penn-

sylvania, Mexico, and Equator.” Having now received

several specimens, adult and ycung, from North-western

Ecuador, through Mr. Rosenberg, I find that the species is

certainly different from the North American, which appears

to range from Canada to Northern Mexico, and the same as

described by Bocourt ¢ from quite young specimens obtained

in Mexico and Guatemala, under the name of Chelydra Ros-

signonit, a name which should stand in preference to that of

acutirostris, the latter not being accompanied by a proper

definition.

The specimens examined by me are a male, a female, and

a young from the Rio Durango, N.W. Ecuador, 350 feet,

and two young from St. Javier, N.W. Ecuador, 60 feet.

Some measurements of these are given in the following

table, in the order mentioned :—

L.4 2. 3. 4. 5.

mm mm. mm mm, mm.

Length of carapace .........4.. 270 200 56 66 66

Hi Plasivon AIS ots 2. 205 155 40 49 50

Width of plastral bridge ........ 25 20 i 8 8

Length of first vertebral shield .. 50 40 9 18 12

Width * 9 en eam i 50 13 17 15

Length of second __,, 5 at Go 45 10 13 12

Width 7 9 7 100 50 15 17 Vs

Length of first costal shield .... 70 50 12 15 15

Width a = + feck Oo 60 15 17 18

Length of abdominal shield .... 26 20 7 8 8

Width " fe oaks Sea 50 13 16 15

From these measurements it will be seen that the plastral

bridge is broader and the vertebral shields narrower than

in CU. serpentina, comparing, of course, specimens of the same

size. Besides, C. Rosstgnonii differs in having two pairs

of small mental barbels instead of one.

] have already pointed out that§ Ch. Rossignonit appears

* Mon. Berl. Acad. 1862, p, 627.

+ Proc. Ac. Philad. 1872, p. 23.

t Miss. Sc. Mex., Rept. p. 18, pl. v. fig. 2 (1870).

§ Cat. Chelon. p. 23.

On new Batrachians and Reptiles. 51

to be more nearly related to the fossil Ch. Murchisoni?¢ than is

Ch. serpentina. Leaving out Pomel’s Emydosaurus Meil-

heuratie *, from the Oligocene of Auvergne, of which a

definition has never appeared, and Laube’s imperfectly known

Chelydra argillarum f, from the Oligocene of Bohemia, four

species of Chelydra are known, two recent and two fossil.

Their principal characters are contrasted in the following

synopsis :—

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Vertebral shields at least two thirds the

width of the costals ; the length of the

outer border of the hyosternal bone less

than that of the inner.

Anterior lobe of plastron angular; bridge

very narrow, not more than one tenth of

the length of the plastron; two barbels.. 1. serpentina, L.

Anterior lobe of plastron angular; brilge

comparatively broad, less than one ninth

of the length of the plastron; four barbels. 2. Rossignonii, Bocourt.

Anterior lobe of plastron with nearly parallel

sides, truncate in front; bridge compara-

tively broad, formed to a nearly equal

extent by the hyo- and the hyposternals. 3. Murchisonii, Bell.

II. Vertebral shields not much broader than

long, not more than two thirds the

width of the costals ; bridge compara-

tively broad, formed to a nearly equal

extent by the hyo-and the hyposternals ;

the length of the outer border of the

hyosternal as great as thatof theinner. 4. Dechenii, H. v. Mey.t

X .— Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from

North-western Ecuador. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Cecilia nigricans.

Teeth moderately large, few (about eight on each side of

the upper jaw and six on each side of the lower). Snout

rounded, very prominent, as long as the distance between

the eyes; latter visible; tentacle below and a little behind

the nostril, on the lower surface of the snout. Body much

elongate, its diameter about sixty times in the total length ;

* Bull. Soc. géol. France, (2) iii. 1846, p. 372.

+ Abh. Ver. Lotos, ii. 1900, p. 47.

t I regard Chelydropsis carinata, C. Peters, as based on an older speci-

men of the same species.

52 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

22U circular folds, interrupted dorsally on the anterior half of

the body. Tailindistinet, rounded. Blackish; lips yellowish.

Total length 600 millim. ; greatest diameter of body 10.

A single specimen from the Rio Lita, 3000 feet.

Agalychnis calcarifer.

Tongue oval, openly emarginate behind. Vomerine teeth

in two short oblique series between the choane. Head

moderately depressed, as long as broad; snout rounded, not

projecting beyond the lower jaw; cantlius rostralis feeble ;

loreal region slightly concave ; interorbital space as broad as

the upper eyelid; tympanum close to the eye, half its

diameter. Fingers nearly entirely webbed, the disks larger

than the tympanum; toes rather short, nearly entirely

webbed, the disks a little smaller than those of the fingers ;

subarticular tubercles very prominent. The tibio-tarsal

articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth,

granuJar on the belly and in front of the vent; a narrow

dermal fold along the outer edge of the forearm and tarsus ;

a truncate dermal flap above the vent; heel with a large

triangular dermal flap. Green above, this colour restricted

to a narrow band on the upper surface of the thighs; hands,

feet (with the exception of part of the outer digit), arms, sides

of thighs, and lower parts bright yellow ; short black bars on

the flanks and limbs on the limit between the green and

yellow colours.

From snout to vent 57 millim.

A single female specimen from the Rio Durango, 350 feet.

Hylodes subsigillatus.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in

two very short transverse series behind the choane. Head a

little broader than Jong; snout rounded, as long as the

diameter of the orbit, with distinct canthus; nostril much

nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; loreal region con-

cave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympa-

num distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate,

first shorter than second; toes rather short, free; disks

large; subarticular tubercles moderately developed; a small

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the eye. Skin of upper parts nearly smooth ; belly granular.

Brown above, tinged with crimson ; an oblique crimson streak

on each side of the upper surface of the head behind the eye,

directed towards its fellow behind; a dark streak on the

VEE nz: a Lt a br

new Batrachians and Reptiles. 53

canthus rostralis and another on the temple; dark streaks

radiating from the eye to the lip; oblique dark bands on the

flanks; a pink vertebral line; limbs with dark cross-bars ;

throat and belly white, reticulate with dark brown; lower

surface of limbs dark brown, with white spots.

From snout to vent 35 millim.

A single female specimen from Salidero, 350 feet.

Leptodactylus ventrimaculatus.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in

two arched series behind the choane. Snout rounded,

feebly prominent, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; nostril

midway between the eye and the end of the snout; inter-

orbital space a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympa-

num two thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate,

first much longer than second; toes moderate, not fringed ;

subarticnlar tubercles: very prominent; a small oval inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the shoulder or the tympanum. Skin smooth; a glandular

fold from the eye to the shoulder, above the tympanum,

another on each side of the back. Daik brown above, with

small black spots; glandular folds edged with black; upper

lip with black vertical bars; limbs with irregular blackish

cross-bars; hinder side of thighs black, with white dots;

lower parts white, spotted or marbled with brown.

From snout to vent 55 millim.

Three female specimens from Bultin, 160 feet.

Nicoria nasuta.

Carapace rather strongly depressed, with a mere trace of a

vertebral keel, scarcely emarginate anteriorly. Vertebral

shields broader than long, nearly as broad as or broader than

the costals; nuchal very small. Plastron large; the width

of the bridge equals or exceeds the length of the posterior

lobe, which is broadly notched behind; anterior lobe truncate

in front. Axillary and inguinal shields present, small.

Dorsal shields smooth or slightly rugose. Head moderate ;

snout strongly projecting, much more than in N. punctularia;

upper jaw not hooked, with a feeble notch; width of the

mandible at the symphysis a little less than the horizontal

diameter of the orbit. Digits very distinctly webbed. Tail

as long as the head in the male. Carapace dark brown

above, yellowish beneath; plastral shields yellow, with a

large dark brown or black blotch, or black bordered with

yellow; head, neck, and limbs dark brown; a yellowish

ay Mr, G. A. Boulenger on

streak on the cantlius rostralis, another from the eye to the

tympanum, a third on each side of the back of the head, from

above the posterior border of the orbit to the nape, parallel

with the temporal streak, and a fourth on the mandible from

below the eye.

Length of shell 20 centim.

Several specimens from Bultin, 160 feet, and from the Rio

Durango, 350 feet.

Spherodactylus scapularis.

Head twice as long as broad; snout pointed, slightly

longer than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening,

once and a half the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening small,

oval, oblique. Rostral moderately large, with longitudinal

cleft above ; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first

labial, and three small nasals; five upper and as many lower

labials; symphysial large, truncate posteriorly ; no chin-

shields. No spine-like scale above the eye. Upper surfaces

covered with small, equal, juxtaposed granular scales ; the

scales larger and quite flat on the snout; ventral scales

larger, imbricate, smooth. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered

with subimbricate smooth scales, which are larger inferiorly.

Brown above; a dark band across the scapular region and a

dark rhomboidal spot between the hind limbs ; tail with some

rather indistinct dark and light ocellar spots, and two black,

jight-edged annuli near its extremity ; lower parts brownish

white.

millim.

Totallengen. vos camara aus ats asco Oe

leads. oat cinerea etoioe eis ieee ate 8

‘Wadth of head’ Beets s-4.te rae 4

BOG ts 3 visas wisn cieeeie eae ope an cera 21

EP ore elim icsAcimiclatere cs theses hee oe eet 9

Hind Timbo es ane fee eee 10

Tail g6 COR PE Ee ei coasters eration tare 30

A single specimen from St. Javier, 60 feet.

Allied to &. glaucus, Cope; distinguished by the flatter

granules on the snout and the absence of a supraocular spine.

Anolis princeps.

Head nearly once and two thirds as long as broad, as long

as the tibia; forehead concave; no frontal ridges; upper

head-scales small, mostly keeled ; supraorbitals and occipital

feebly enlarged, the former separated by four or five rows

of scales; supraocular scales very small, keeled; canthus

new Batrachians and Reptiles. 5d

rostralis strong and short ; loreal rows nine to eleven; ten to

twelve upper labials to below the centre of the eye; ear-

opening oval, not much smaller than the eye opening, Body

compressed ; no distinct nuchal fold. Gular appendage

large in the male, small in the female. Dorsal and lateral

scales very small, granular, the former a little larger than the

latter and distinctly keeled; ventral scales larger, granular,

smooth or indistinctly keeled. ‘The adpressed hind limb

reaches between the eye and the nostril ; digital expansions

rather feeble ; 20 to 22 lamella under phalanges IT and III

of the fourth toe. ‘Tail slightly compressed, without upper

ridge, covered with small keeled scales ; its length more than

twice that of head and body. Male with a pair of enlarged

postanal scales. Olive or bluish grey above, with large dark

brown or black spots and bars, and whitish streaks, which are

disposed obliquely on the sides and may form a regular net-

work over the whole body ; the brown spots form four trans-

verse series on the body, broken up by the light lines; the

lower spot of the first series in front of the shoulder; a

vertebral series of small rhomboidal light spots may be

present; dark and light streaks across the supraocular and

interorbital regions ; a whitish spot below the eye; brown

bars radiating from the eye on the lips and temple ; limbs

and tail with regular dark cross-bars ; lower parts whitish.

d. Q.

millim. millim.

Total length. 0.45 068 sca 342 B45

Head xe 5.3%. eA, ares ats 28 28

Widthiomhead ss. 2U2~ aparece mune Wi 1

Body IM. Wace ive low Sele -s 80 82

Bore limbs jy iii. odes cod<s 57. 54

PAAAGIITAD Ss S ccais, we. «tae eeu 96 95 -

BEYER ee coat og eins a) clickerareh 28 28

TENET Ais allt hee AR cs Se 244 245

Several specimens from St. Javier (60 feet), Salidero

(350 feet), RK. Lita (3000 feet), and Paramba (3500 feet).

Proctoporus hypostictus.

Head rather large; limbs comparatively strong, meeting

when pressed against the body. Frontonasal longer than

broad, slightly larger than the frontal ; frontoparietals mode-

rate; parietals forming an oblique suture with the large

supratemporal; interparietal widening posteriorly, a little

longer than the parietals; no median occipital ; four supra-

oculars, anterior small; a loreal; a series of large infra-

o6 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

orbitals ; temporal shields large ; seven upper and five lower

labials; chin-shields, one anterior and three pairs, the first

two pails forming a suture; nine rows of shields between the

chin-shields and the edge of the collar; collar-shields ten.

Dorsal scales elongate-quadrangular, feebly but very distinctly

keeled, forming uninterrupted series across the back ; 29 scales

from occiput to sacrum inclusively. Ventral scales broader,

but not longer than dorsals, in 12 longitudinal and 19 trans-

verse series. 40 scales round the middle of the body. Five

preanal shields, median triangular, preceded by a pair of

large shields. Six femoral pores on each side. Tail thick,

covered with elongate quadrangular scales, the basal dorsals

feebly keeled. Dark brown above, with small irregular black

spots; black beneath; throat, belly, lower surface of limbs,

and base of tail with numerous round white spots regularly

disposed ; four white bars across the chin.

millim.

Poth] lengthics hit» Unidas Giesy temen Gat 188

Poa he len ckesc he Sit: Aen as Ae 18

Wadth*of head 3 <2.7. cube oie, eines er 12

From end of snout to fore limb........ 31

From end of snout to vent............ 81

Fore limb......... BA hin ei ne 22

Eiind plinth ih nis. tet eee ee cutee 29

Daal reprodneed) oo. os. sxe vibe eib’s «ih bie 107

A single male specimen from Paramba, 3500 feet.

Rhadinea subocularis.

Eye moderate. Rostral broader than deep, scarcely visible

from above; internasals much broader than long, shorter

than the prefrontals; frontal once and two thirds as long as

broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout,

shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep; two pre-

oculars, with a small subocular below them; two postoculars ;

temporals 1+ 2; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering

the eye; tive lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 17 rows.

Ventrals 113-114; anal divided; subcaudals 98. Brown

above; a yellowish streak, edged with black beneath, from

the eye along each side of the back to the tail, running along

the fifth and sixth series of scales on the body; this streak

interrupted on the temple ; a dark streak on each side of the

head, passing through the eye; upper lip and lower parts

yellowish white.

‘Yotal length 370 millim. ; tail 160.

‘Two specimens from Paramba, 3500 feet.

i te ee

new Batrachians and Reptiles, 57

Elaps calamus.

Head much depressed. Eye not half as long as its distance

from the mouth. Rostral much broader than deep; frontal

scarcely broader than the supraocular, twice as long as

broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout,

shorter than the parietals, which are as long as their distance

from the end of the snout; one pra- and one postocular ;

anterior temporal absent, the sixth upper labial forming a

long suture with the temporal; seven upper labials, third

much larger than fourth, third and fourth entering the eye;

three lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields,

which are a little shorter than the posterior and separated

from the symphysial. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 289;

anal divided ; subcaudals 26 (11 single). Tail ending very

obtusely. 72 black annuli, separated above by narrow

brownish interspaces closely spotted with black, beneath by

broader white (red ?) bars ; snout black, followed by a white

area extending to near the posterior extremity of the parietal

shields ; a broad black nuchal band.

Total length 500 millim. ; tail 25.

A single female specimen from St. Javier, 60 feet.

Leptognathus gracilis.

Body slender, strongly compressed. Eye large. Rostral

twice as broad as deep, not visible from above; internasals

about half as long as the prefrontals; frontal as long as

broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout,

shorter than the parietals ; nasal divided ; no preocular, loreal

and pretrontal entering the eye ; two postoculars; temporals

2+2; nine upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the

eye; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the

symphysial ; two pairs of chin-shields, the anterior as long as

broad. Scales in 15 rows, vertebrals very feebly enlarged.

Ventrals 197-208 ; anal entire; subcaudals 117-129. 22 or

24 large black blotches encircle the body, separated by

narrower pale brownish white-edged spaces, which, on the

posterior part of the body, may bear small black spots or

vermiculations ; upper head-shields and lips black, back of

head yellowish; a black longitudinal streak on the occiput

and another on the chin.

Total length 770 millim.; tail 240.

‘lwo male specimens from St. Javier, 60 feet.

58 On anew Blue Duiker from Nyasaland.

XI.—A new Blue Duiker from Nyasaland.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Cephalophus nyase, sp. n.

A member of the C. monticola group, with much more

rufous on limbs and body and with a remarkably narrow

skull.

Colour of back darker brown than in (. monticola, with

more rufous suffused in it, the median area nearly matching

Ridgway's “ burnt umber.” Shoulders, sides, and hips dull

deep rufous, whole of belly greyish rufous ; limbs bright rich

rufous, but the region between the accessory and main claws

dark brown as usual. White of under surface almost obso-

lete, reduced to small and inconspicuous patches in inter-

ramial, axillary, sternal, and inguinal regions. Rump dark

chocolate-brown, contrasting with the rich rufous thighs and

hams. Upper surface of tail still darker, blackish brown.

Head with the usual dark median area and rufous supraorbital

streaks. Ears brown outside, with a small rufous patch at

their anterior base, white inside.

Skull with a remarkably long and narrow muzzle, the

breadth across the hinder part of the nasals going 23 times in

their length. Premaxillw little expanded laterally. Median

notch of palate ending nearly half acentimetre in front of the

lateral ones. Bulle small and narrow.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 660 millim.; tail broken (of the second

specimen 77); hind foot, s. u. 157, ce. u. 178.

Skull: greatest length 135; basal length 115; greatest

breadth 56; nasals 50X19; breadth across premaxille 14 ;

breadth of brain-case 45; palate length 68; muzzle to orbit

67 ; muzzle to anterior premolar 42; length of tooth-series 36.

Horns, length 48, diameter at base 14.

Hab. Mianje, Nyasa.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 1. 11. 11.2. Collected by

Mr. Brown. Two specimens.

This species is no doubt most nearly allied to C. Hecki,

Matsch.*, from the Mozambique coast, but instead of having

more white on the underside than C. monticola, it has less ;

it is apparently more rufous on the body, and it has the usual

dark marking on the back of the pasterns, C. Hecki being

* SB. Ges, nat. Fr. Berl. 1897, p. 158.

Vv"

On Mammals from the Serro do Mar of Parand. 59

without them. Nor are the accessory hoofs any smaller than

usual. The skull of C. Hecki is not described.

With C. Hecki it differs from all other members of the

eroup by the extension of the rufous of the limbs on to the

thighs and flanks.

XII.—On Mammals from the Serra do Mar of Parand, collected

by Mr. Alphonse Itobert. By OLprieLp ‘THomas, F.R.S.

AFTER making the collection on the Rio Jordio, Minas, of

which an account was given in the last number of the ‘Annals,’

Mr. Robert proceeded, v/@ Sao Paulo, Santos, and Paranagua,

toa place called Roea Nova, situated at an altitude of about

1000 metres (‘ 930 to 1150 m.’’) in the Serro do Mar of the

Province of Parand, and on the railway between Paranagua

and Curitiba.

Here he has again made a most admirable and valuable

collection, in spite of the difficulties due to the constant

torrential rains of the wet season.

A large number of the present species appear to be refer-

able to forms obtained and described by Hensel in his

classical paper on the mammals of Rio Grande do Sul #, a

region also worked later by Dr. von Ihering. Good series of

the latter’s specimens are in the British Museum, some

received direct from him and others through Dr. Leche, of

Stockholm, who wrote an account of the Muride in 1886 f.

The beautiful specimens now obtained by Mr. Robert

further illustrate the mammalogy of this interesting region.

The collection contains examples of eighteen species, of

which I have found it necessary to describe two as new.

Besides the mammals collected at 1000 metres at Roea

Nova, Mr. Robert has also sent home examples of Nyeti-

nomus brasiliensis, Lonchoglossa caudifera, Artibeus lituratus,

and Hemiderma perspicillatum trom Morretes, close to Paran-

agua, at an altitude of only 10 metres above the sea.

1. Felis sp.

Two specimens.

Spotted tiger-cats of the /. macrura group. The small

specimen is a melano, but shows indication of the normal

spotted condition.

* Abh. Ak, Berl. 1872, p. 1.

+ Zool. Jahrb. i. p. 687 (1887).

60 M2. O. Thomas on Mammals from

2. Nasua soctulis, Wied.

Four.

Three of these specimens are of the greyish type and one

of the blackish.

I provisionally use Wied’s term for the South-Brazilian

Nasua, but one of the many earlier names will very possibly

prove available for it.

3. Scturus Ingrami, Thos.

Sixteen specimens.

4. Nectomys squamipes, Bts.

One.

5. Oryzomys ratticeps, Hens.

One.

6. Oryzomys dorsalis, Hens.

Six.

Some indication of the dark dorsal line is present in all

these specimens.

With regard to Leche’s “ H. dorsalis, var. obscura,” one of

Mr. Robert’s skins (no. 826) is darker, and its tail is only

equal to its head and body combined; but this specimen is

immature and has clearly only the usual darker colour of

youth. Perhaps the same explanation would apply to

Dr. Leche’s dark-coloured “ variety.”

7. Oryzomys eliurus, Wagn.

Six.

Wagner’s Hesperomys pygmeus is a synonym of O. eliurus,

its type specimen, which I have examined in Vienna, being a

young individual of the present form.

8. Akodon cursor, Winge.

26.

A. cursor was described from Lagoa Santa, one of the

co-types being now in the British Museum. Mr. Robert

obtained a number of specimens at Piqueté and Cruzeiro, Sao

Paulo, and Rio Jordio, Minas. Dr. von Lhering has sent us

an example from the island of Sao Sebastiao, and now

Mr. Robert has found it in Parandé. It is also probably the

“ FH]. arenicola?”’ of Hensel and Leche, at least so far as

regards the specimens with a basilar length of 23 millim, or

upwards ; those about 20 or 21 probably belong to the next

. ee ee ee

the Serro do Mar of Parand. 61

species or to the true arentcola, There is a good deal of

variation in its dimensions, and it is not always easy to

determine immature specimens.

As the species is common over a large part of the longest

explored region of Brazil, it may easily prove to have had

some earlier name than cursor applied toit; but in the mean-

while I use that which seems most certainly pertinent.

In my previous paper, under the heading of Akodon sp., I

inferred that Wagner’s Hesperomys brachyurus was a member

of that genus; but further consideration convinces me that,

like Lund’s Mus lasturus (to which it is closely allied), it isa

Zygodontomys, and has nothing to do with the Akodon group.

The Museum owes to Dr. von Ihering an example from

Saio Paulo, which agrees closely with what Wagner and

Natterer say of fH. brachyurus, especially in regard to the

hairiness of the tail and the subequality of the first and fifth

posterior digits.

9. Akodon serrensis, sp. n.

5 g. August and September, 1901.

Size medium, larger than A.arenicola, smaller than A.cursor.

Fur thick and woolly, of average length; hairs of back about

8-9 millim. long. General colour above uniform finely

grizzled olivaceous, nearest to Ridgway’s “ bistre,” this colour

being obtained by a fine mixture of blackish and yellowish.

Sides scarcely lighter than back. Under surface ochraceous,

dulled by the slaty bases of the hairs showing through ; line

of demarcation on sides not sharply marked; anal region

prominently rich unmixed ochraceous. Head like body, the

cheeks rather more ochraceous. Ears dark brown, rather,

but not conspicuously, darker than the body. Limbs like

body ; hands and feet dull brown above. Tail rather longer

than the body without the head, very finely ringed, almost

naked ; the minute hairs brown above, dull white below.

Skull, as compared with that of A. arenicola, larger, with a

longer and narrower muzzle, much broader interorbital region,

shorter palatal foramina, which only reach backward to the

anterior third of m', and broader choane. Molars very large

in proportion, as large as those of the much bigger species

A, cursor.

Dimensions of the type (measured by Mr. Robert in the

flesh) :—

Head and body 88 millim.; tail 78; hind foot, s. u. 22,

c. u. 24; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 27; basilar length 21; greatest

62 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

breadth 13-5; nasals, length 11°5; interorbital breadth 5:3;

breadth of brain-case 12°5; palate length 11°5 ; diastema 7:1 ;

length of palatal foramina 6; length of upper molar series 4°6.

Type. Male. Original number 803. Collected 25th

August, 1901.

This distinct species may be readily recognized by the rich

ochraceous colour of the tips of its belly-hairs, the ochra-

ceous of its inguinal region, its general dark bistre colour, and

the proportions of its skull.

Of A. arenicola I have had for comparison with it, besides

Darwin’s type from Maldonado, a series obtained by myself

in 1896 at Colon, near Montevideo, where I found it very

common.

10. Akodon subterraneus, Hens.

Five specimens.

These specimens and three others from Piqueté, Hastern

Sfio Paulo, I refer provisionally to Hensel’s species, from

which also I doubt if there is any sufficient reason to distin-

guish Leche’s “ var. Henseli.” Both are from Rio Grande

do Sul.

But if, as is possible, the reddish-brown Microtus pine-

torum-like colour of the types of Lichtenstein’s Mus nigrita

from Rio Janeiro, and Wagnei’s Hesperomys fuliginosus from

Ypanema, Sfo Paulo, is in any way due to bleaching, these

names would also apply to the same species, as would, I

think, in addition Winge’s Habrothrix orycter from Lagoa

Santa, founded on an imperfect skull. In that case the species,

which would range from Lagoa Santa along the region of the

Serro do Mar to Rio Grande do Sul, would have to bear the

name of Akodun nigrita.

11. Oxymycterus Ihering, Thos.

Oxymycterus Iheringi, Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii.

p. 308 (1896).

dé. No. 817. 1st September.

This is the first skin of the interesting annectant species

O. Theringi which I have seen, the original series all having

been in spirit. The general colour should rather have been

described as grey than brown.

The former specimens came from Rio Grande do Sul, so

that this is a northward extension of the range of the species.

12. Loncheres nigrispina, Wagn.

This specimen differs from the type by its dull-coloured

the Serro do Mar of Paranda. 63

belly; but the analogy of LZ. guiane, in which the belly

varies from nearly pure white to dull greyish buffy, shows

that this character cannot be depended upon in distinguishing

members of the present genus. It is possible also that

Hensel’s “ Phyllomys dasythriz”’ and Lund’s “ Phyllomys

brasiliensis”? are also both specifically identical with the

Parand form.

13. Coendou Roberti, sp. n.

Imm. g. 22nd August, 1901.

A spinous short-haired species allied to C. spinosus, F’. Cuv.

Spines showing throughout, not hidden by a long clothing

of fur. Coat of spines and the fur between them thick and

long, far longer than in C. spinosus, the individual spines in

the middle of the back 60 millim. in length or more.

Throughout, and especially on the shoulders, there are a few

isolated hairs which overtop the spines by about an inch; on

the loins these hairs, although not so long, are more nume-

rous. Spines, as usual, white or yellowish white basally,

black mesially, and on the back and sides orange terminally ;

the proportions of the three colours such that on an average

dorsal spine 60 millim. in length about 30 are white, 18 black,

and 12 orange. Spines of face, limbs, and tail tipped with

yellowish white instead of orange. Spines of rump, here

partly hidden by the hairs, bicoloured, white with black tips.

Sides of muzzle blackish. Ears quite hidden in the coat,

each with a well-marked tuft of whitish bristles some

15 millim. in length. Under surface and inner sides of limbs

hairy, grizzled cinereous, the bases of the hairs blackish,

their tips whitish, the abundant underfur smoky grey.

Upper surface of hands and feet grizzled whitish, with dark

bases. Tail with the middle line of its basal half like the

rump, with black- or narrowly white-tipped spines mixed

with brownish fur; sides of basal half spinous, the spines

bicolor, with broad whitish tips ; underside of basal half with

stiff dirty buff bristles ; terminal half naked above, hairy and

brown below.

Skull with the nasals broader and shorter than in C. sp-

nosus, very broadly rounded behind. Supraorbital region not

inflated, its edges sinuous, with well-defined ridges reaching

back on to the anterior third of the parietals. Posterior nares

widely open, their edge level with the back of m*. Bullee

shorter and lower than in C. spinosus. Molars decidedly

larger than those of that animal.

64 On Mammals from the Serro do Mar of Parand.

Dimensions of the type (immature *, measured in the

flesh) :— on

Head and body 300 millim.; tail 230; hind foot, s. u. 58,

c. u. 65; ear 24.

Skull: basilar length 55; greatest breadth 41; nasals

19x14; interorbital breadth 21°5; breadth between ridges

on fronto-parietal suture 31; palate length 27; diastema 16 ;

length of tooth-series 16.

Type. Male. Original number 797. Collected 22nd

August, 1901.

Compared with the specimen figured by Mr. Sclater ¢ as

C. spinosus this animal differs by its much longer coat, both

of hairs and spines, the greater length of the orange tips to the

spines, the broad tipping with white of the spines of the sides

of the base of the tail, its larger teeth, and more ridged supra-

orbital edges. In Waterhouse’s description} of the type of

C. spinosus the account of the coloration of the caudal spines

agrees exactly with the condition in Mr, Sclater’s specimen,

so that of the two examples the latter is clearly the one to be

taken as representing C. spinosus.

The date of Mr. Robert’s specimen—August—is conclusive

proof that the absence of the long coat of hairs found in the

common species is not due to a summer change, as has been

suggested.

Neither Natterer, Hensel, nor Ihering seem to have ob-

tained a porcupine of this type in Southern Brazil, and

Mr. Robert is to be congratulated on so interesting a discovery.

14. Dasyprocta Azare, Licht.

Two.

15. Cavta rufescens, Lund.

Five.

16. Mazama nemorivaga, F. Cuv.

Skull. ¢.

17. Didelphis marsupialis, Linn.

One.

18. Metachirus opossum, Linn.

Two.

* Last upper molar just cutting the gum; the lower one, however, is

upon a level with the others.

+ P. Z.S. 1884, p. 389.

t N. H. Mamm. ii. p. 421 (1848).

ee eS eee

ee eee

On the Classification of Diatoms. 65

XIII.—On the Classification of Diatoms.

By C. Merescukowsky *,

Tue division of diatoms into three groups—Raphidez (or

Raphidiee), Pseudoraphidew, and Anaraphides or Crypto-

raphidew—generally accepted to-day is based on the presence

or absence of a true or a false raphe.

The first group differs very distinctly in this respect from

the third—the Raphidez having always a true raphe and the

Anaraphidee having neither raphe nor pseudoraphe, forming

two natural and well-defined groups.

This is not the case in the group of the Pseudoraphidee.

The name itself is but little applicable, a large number of forms

having no trace of a pseudoraphe. This is so in the genera

Nitzschia, Nitzschiella, Hantzschia, Eunotia, in a considerable

number of species of the genus Campylodiscus, and in

several species of the genera Surirella, Synedra (S. affinis,

S. Laculus), Licmophora (L. araphidiea, Mer.). Finally, the

genus Climacosphenia possesses two pseudoraphes and the

subgenus Ardissonia three. This character is therefore too

inconstant and variable to serve as a basis for classification.

On the other hand, the group of Pseudoraphidee is com-

posed of forms very dissimilar with respect to the structure of

the valve. Between a Nitzschia or Surirella on the one hand

and a Synedra or Fragilaria on the other there is nothing in

common, and the first two genera have certainly a much

nearer relationship with the Raphidew than with the last two.

The Pseudoraphidee thus form an extremely artificial

group. It seems as if all the forms which could not be

ranged either with the Raphidez or with the Anaraphidez

had been simply thrown pell-mell into this refuge.

In a natural classification this group should disappear, apd

its disappearance will necessitate a new division of all the

diatoms.

What is the most important character which should serve

as the base for a truly natural classification ? I believe that

it is the presence or absence of movement, which is merely

dependent on the presence or absence of a slit in the walls

of the frustule; this character should be taken into con-

sideration before any other. Whether this slit be placed at

the centre of the valve, as in the majority of the Navicu-

loidex, or near one of its margins, as in the Nitzschioidex

and the Surirelloidex, is of secondary importance only, as is

* Abstract of a paper in ‘ Scripta Botanica’ Horti Universitatis Petro-

politane, fasc. xviil.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 5

66 Mr. C, Mereschkowsky on the

proved by the variability of this character in the Navicu-

loidex as well as in the Nitzschioidem (WVitzschia angularis,

for example, has a central slit), All the diatoms which

possess a slit, and are consequently endowed with movement,

thus form one natural group, and those which are destitute

of slit and of movement form another.

I therefore divide the diatoms into two great groups—

Mobiles and Immobiles.

I. Mopmes.—This group contains two very natural

branches or sections. The first is represented by the

Raphidez in its generally accepted sense; it is characterized

by the presence of nodules and the usually central position of

the raphe, and is well subdivided in its turn by Peragallo

into three subgroups: Heteroidex, Naviculoidez, and ‘lropid-

oidee (comprising in this latter only the genera Auricula,

Amphiprora, and Tropidonets*). The second section com-

ore the genera Nitzschia, Nitzschiella, Hantzschia, Cy-

indrotheca, Epithemia, Rhopalodia, Denticula, Surirella,

Cymatopleura, Stenopterotia, Podocystis, Hydrosilicon, and

Campylodiscus. It is characterized by the absence of nodules

(with the exception, however, of Rhopalodia) and the lateral

position of the slit (with the exception of Nitzschia paradoxa,

N. angulosa, and several others), whieh is always raised on

a carina. In accordance with this last character it may be

named Carinate (or Carinophorex) ; it is divided into the

Nitzschioidex and the Surirelloidez.

II. ImmMoprtes.—The immobile diatoms can also be sub-

divided into two subgroups: the first, comprising the old

group of Pseudoraphidew with the Carinate excluded, is

characterized by the elongated or bacillar form of the

valves, by the presence of a pseudoraphe (with many excep-

tions, however), and the absence of appendages, spines,

&e.t To it may be given the name Bacilloidew, divided

into Fragilarioidew and Tabellarioidee, according to the

presence or absence of internal partitions. The second sub-

group comprises the old group Anaraphidez, which name

may be retained for it. It is characterized by the more or

less rounded or angular form of the valve and the presence

of processes, awns, or spines. ‘There is another character

* M. Peragallo (Diat. de Fr. p. 181) has suggested uniting these genera

with the Nitzschioidex and Surirelloidex ina single group. This course

does not seem to me to be good; the group thus formed would be com-

posed of too heterogeneous forms. A Tropidoneis has certainly more

relationship with a Navicna« than with a Nitzschia. The division which

I propose here appears to me much more natural.

+ A very small number of Tabellarioidex possess them, however.

if Diatoms.

ation o

st fic

Clas

: Dy NOISICT ‘q

‘maprowdnpprg “X

‘maprorinpaqny “q

“‘Maprorwvpnov.y B

“‘Papwonwyosxzprar *q

"DIMONIMING *R

‘papopidory *d

"PAPwjNAAY AT *Q

‘paprolazayy “eR

FW mie OE e Cis sare wu em © he ‘romota As Ayyetpout ra) aATR re

* yworqgatauds ATTRIAIVTIG SAATBA

‘soutds 10 ‘stave edussocn Russassod waqyo faepnsan

10 ‘NTHoMIOGns “eTMoITD AypeIOUET ‘soATRA—'woprydereuy ‘fF

Feeteeeseeresceeeces srrorgtqted Surssossod sopngent 7

seeeeee sees sronited peurozar ou Faravy sopngsn..yy

‘ay ‘stan ‘sossaooad on

Sayduzopnesd wv yqtar Toqyo ‘IuyIOVG SoATRA—‘wOpPToTIIeg “e

Petes senses seeeeeeeeees ego PBUTIRD ITAL [00%

‘aqword AyastoAsMUT] JOU SOATBA { OATBA TORO WO TOoy OUC)

Some hes Syumpun x0 oqrord ATostoasuVay

‘pasura ATTutoued soapRA {oaTBA YORE uO spooy OND,

‘SOAMIANTION AY JO oO TO ATasIOASURI} Posodstp

(aaqminu ut oq uoya) soroydoyrmomyQ *(Aporer ATaA

10) soqnpon on ‘ruiird B TO poster sABarTe (oTpprar 049 7B

A[aiVt) AATVA 9T]} JO ULSIENT oY} UO pozRNgIs FITG—'eezyeuLreH

Sra Sle 6 e ere S Bie O. € a In Sir

b Brett Se, PAIVUETD TO POOTTAs | trgpitars seas A,

paywuns tou poSutm toyTeu _ :

Stee eeeaeeeeteseeeeeceseereees® SQMDOU PUB

ayder 8 Futavy oMoye AOWOJUT oT) “TETIMMISSTp SAATRA

"SPATOOUMOD OA\y oY} VO ATTVUTpNA

-1Suo0y posodstp (Joqtanu ur oa\y wo) saror{dozumory()

‘qnosatd s{vaye saynpou {euro ynomIM ATTeNsn ‘ayRa

ayy JO eTpprar oy 9v poazengis ATTeIOMAD yIIG—ewoprydey ‘|

‘ATCVAOTUTAT STIOZVIP {418 B

Suissossod you soay?A—‘seTIqouruly ‘[]

a ge Gave (yA poAvoptte Sopp

WS %

» Burssossod soaywA—'SeTIqopT *]

68 On a new Alyceus and a Bulimulus.

which is very generally met with in the Anaraphidex

and is always absent in the Bacilloidee; it is that the two

valves of the same frustule do not correspond with respect

to the position of their pattern or of their processes: for

example, the two spots situated on the margin of each of

the valves in the genus Actinocyclus are not superposed, but

placed in such manner that the two lines which join them to

the respective centres form an angle. ‘The same is the case

with regard to the protuberances in the genus Awlacodiscus

and the awns of the genus Chetoceros. The genera Rhizo-

solenia, Cerataulina, Guinardia, Actinoptychus, Auliscus,

Asteromphalus, Asterolampra, the majority of species of

Biddulphia (cf., for example, B. Smithit), and many others

are in the same case. ‘The frustule might be said to be more

or less spirally twisted about its longitudinal axis.

The new system of classification is shown, then, in the

scheme on p. 67.

The four diagrammatic figures represent transverse sections

across the frustule of a representative of each of the four

ll. 2. 3. 4.

Lis, eel =

Raphidee. Carinate. Bacilloideee. Anaraphideg.

— >a a

Mobiles. Immobiles,

groups: e. g., Navicula (fig. 1), Nitzschia (fig. 2), Synedra

(fig. 3), and Aulacodiscus (fig. 4). They will serve to show

the relations existing between the new divisions and sub-

divisions of diatoms established in the present note.

X1V.—Descriptions of a new Alycxus from Perak and a

Bulimulus from Bolivia. By Hueu Futon.

Alycaeus conformis, sp. n.

Shell very narrowly perforate, conical : apex reddish ; lower

whorls sometimes cream, sometimes suffused with pale pink,

closely and finely obliquely striated; nepionic whorls with

similar striation, but in reverse direction: whorls 5, very

On Two new Fishes of the Genus Loricaria. 69

convex, the last inflated, constricted about 2 millim. distance

from the peristome, breathing-pore emerging at the com-

mencement of the constriction and extending about half a

whorl along the suture; aperture circular; peristome ex-

panded, but not reflected, with an inner projecting rim ; oper-

culum concave, with about 6 whorls.

Alt. 10, maj. diam. 84 millim.

Heb. Perak (Grubauer).

A. pyramidalis, Bens., with which this species has some-

times “been confused, is quite a distinct species; it is much

broader, has half a whorl more, coarser sculpture, a much

more oblique peristome, and the constricted area is much

longer than in A. conformis, which by its compact form

reminds one of the ‘Tonkin species A. Messager, from which

it, however, quite differs in other respects. Dr. O. von

Méllendorff informs me that this new species has also been

collected at Salanga Island.

Bulimulus compactus, sp. n.

Shell oblong-conic, thin, very narrowly umbilicated : apical

whorls reddish brown, others whitish, with numerous narrow

oblique stripes of red-brown, the last three have a rugose

and somewhat malleated appearance ; nucleus smooth, except

for some short, oblique, microscopic striz at the suture ;

whorls 6, moderately convex, rapidly increasing in size, the

last equal to two thirds the height of the whole shell; aperture

oval, interior light brown; peristome thin, simple.

Alt. 16, maj. diam. 9 millim.

Hab. Chicani, Bolivia.

Near B. exornatus, Rve., and B. cinereus, Rve., but differ-

ing from both in having fewer and more rapidly increasing

whorls. B. evornatus has strong radial riblets on the apical

whorls, whereas they are almost smooth in B. compactus.

XV.— Descriptions of Two new Fishes of the Genus Loricaria

from North-western Ecuador. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

Loricarta frenata.

Teeth very small, numerous in both jaws. Head 13 to 12

as long as broad, 5 times in total length; snout much flat-

tened, constricted and rounded at the end, strongly projecting

70 On Two new Fishes of the Genus Loricaria.

beyond the lip; head-shields finely spinulose, without ridges

or keels ; eye in posterior ? of head, 4 to 5 times in length of

snout, 24 to 3 times in interorbital width; no postorbital

notch ; lower labial fold large, papillose, not notched, not

distinetly fringed. Dorsal 17; first ray as long as or a little

longer than the head, just above base of ventral. Pectoral

I 6, as long as or a little shorter than the head, reaching a

little beyond base of ventral. Ventral 1 5, shorter than the

pectoral, reaching beyond origin of anal. Anal I 5. Upper

and lower caudal rays produced into filaments. Lateral

scutes 32-33, with two very indistinct obtuse keels, becoming

stronger on the tail and uniting on the sixteenth or seventeenth

seute; nuchal scutes without keels; 21 scutes between

dorsal and caudal, 19 between anal and caudal. Breast and

belly shielded; pectoral scutes numerous, polygonal; ventrals,

9 or 10 transversely enlarged ones on each side, and 3 or 4

series of smaller ones in the middle. All the scutes spinu-

lose, but not striated. Male with a band of short hair-like

bristles on each side of the head from the mouth to the gill-

cleft. Olive-brown above; a black band along each side of

the head, passing through the eye, sometimes continued on

the body; base and anterior half of dorsal fin black, posterior

half white, with or without a few black spots; other fins

white, with large black blotches ; a black crescentic band on

the base and lobes of the caudal.

Total length 240 millim.

Several specimens from St. Javier (60 feet), Salidero

(350 feet), and the Rio Durango (350 feet).

Allied to L. rostrata, Spix, and L. panamensis, Kigenm.

Loricaria jubata.

Teeth small, few. Head 12 to 1} as long as broad,

43 to 5 times in total length; snout much flattened,

pointed, feebly projecting beyond the lip ; /head-shields spinu-

lose, with a blunt ridge above the eye extending to the snout

below the nostril ; eye in posterior half of head, 34 to 4 times

in length of snout, 14 or 1 in interorbital width ; a narrow

postorbital notch ; lower labial fold large, strongly papillose,

fringed but not notched. Dorsal 1 7; first ray # or % length

of head, just above base of ventral. Pectoral 1 6, 4 to ?

length of head, reaching base of ventral. Ventral I 5, as

long as pectoral, reaching a little beyond origin of anal.

Anal I 5. Lateral scutes 28-29, with two obtuse keels

uniting on the fifteenth or sixteenth scute; nuchal scutes

with two feeble keels; 18 or 19 scutes between dorsal and

On Meduse from British Columbia and Alaska. 71

eandal, 16 or 17 between anal and caudal. Breast and belly

shielded ; pectoral scutes numerous, polygonal; ventrals, 9

or 10 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 or 4

series of smaller ones in the middle. All the scutes spinu-

lose, but not striated. Male with a thick band of long hair-

like bristles on each side of the head from the mouth to the

gill-cleft, and another on the occiput and nape, also on the

upper surface of the four outer rays of the pectoral fin.

Brownish above, with five more or Jess distinct darker cross-

bands, the first at the base of the dorsal fin; fins spotted

with blackish.

Total length 210 millim.

Several specimens from St. Javier (60 feet) and the Lio

Durango (350 feet).

Allied to L. lanceolata, Gthr.

XVI.—Preliminary Report on a Collection of Meduse from

the Coast of British Columbia and Alaska. By Louis

Murpacu and CRESSWELL SHEARER.

THE material forming the basis of this report was obtained

by the junior author during a trip to the coast of British

Columbia in the summer of 1900 in company with Professor

MacBride, of McGill University, Since then additions have

been received from Professor Kincaid, Seattle, Washington.

These additions have enlarged and extended the range of the

collection, besides facilitating comparison with forms already

at hand.

The list of species is as follows :—

Codonium apiculum, sp. n. Thaumantias cellularia.

Turris breviconis, sp, n. Proboscidactyla brevicirrata.

Gonionemus Agassiz, sp, n. Phialidium languidum.

Polyorchis minuta, sp. n.

gregarium.

Mesonema victoria, sp. n.

\ ~ ° 7 .

Gonionemus vertens. SER ONOEHORAS

Syndictyon angulatum.

Dipurena dolichogaster. Muggizea Kochii,

Hippocrene Mertensil.

In addition to the above are the following, whose identity,

through imperfect preservation, is somewhat doubtful :—

Sarsia eximia. Atollia Bairdii.

rosaria. Obelia polystyla.

72 Messrs. L. Murbach and C. Shearer on Medusa

DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES.

Mesonema victoria, sp. n.

Bell hemispherical, twice as broad as high. Velum well

developed. ‘Tentacles over one hundred in number, shorter

than the diameter of the bell. Small papillae between the

tentacles and below them; excretory papille beneath the

velum. Otocysts present. Gastric cone lens-shaped, not

pedunculated. Mouth much lobed, half as many lobes as

there are radial canals. Radial canals about one hundred,

running to the highest point of thestomach. Each radial canal

is covered on its outer edge by a ridge of glandular cells ;

sometimes these are continued over the stomach and oral

peduncle down to the lobes of the mouth, resembling the

appearance presented by the ovaries of Orchistoma.

Colour: bell transparent, organs opaque.

Collected in considerable numbers at the entrance of

Victoria Harbour, and in Puget Sound.

Codonium apiculum, sp. n.

Bell nearly one half taller than broad. ‘The apical process

on the bell is small and not abruptly set off from its surface.

Apical canal short. Velum well developed. ‘The four tentacles

are strong and can be protruded to great length when the

animal is floating on the surface of the water. They are

attached by strong tentacle-bulbs to the bell-margin. Each

tentacle-bulb has two nematocyst-pads, one on either side.

The stomach passes without distinction into the proboscis,

which is cylindrical and thrown into circular ridges bearing

the gonads.

Colour: bell-margin and radial canals pale blue; stomach

and proboscis purple.

Found in Puget Sound, and in great numbers in Victoria

Harbour.

Polyorchis minuta, sp. 0.

Bell 15 millim. high, 12 millim. broad, truncated-oval in

shape. A prominent cone-shaped gelatinous peduncle

depends from the roof of the bell, and to this the stomach »

and the upper ends of the radial canals and the gonads seem

to be attached. The lower truncated edge of the bell is

nearly as broad as the velum, which is strong and 2°5 millim.

in breadth. There are sixty-four tentacles with long slender

tentacle-bulbs. ‘The Jateral diverticula on the radial canals

Jrom British Columbia and Alaska. 73

are short and only in a few cases opposite one another ; they

are not club-shaped: there are about thirty-two on each side

of the radial canals. The four groups of filamentous gonads

hang from the proximal ends of the radial canals, reaching

to the level of the velum. There are eight gonads in each

group, the central one being the longest.

Found in Puget Sound.

This species differs from Agassiz’s P. penicillata in the

lack of lateral diverticula on the ends of the radial canals

next the circular canal, the larger number of tentacles, and

the length of the gonads,

Turris breviconis, sp. n.

The bell is 4°5 centim. high, 3-5 centim. broad, the general

shape of the bell being somewhat cubical. ‘The velum is well

developed and strong. On the greater part of the bell-margin

there appear to be two rows of tentacles, arranged zigzag.

There are about one hundred and forty coiled tentacles, whose

proximal ends spread out rider-shaped, clasping the margin

of the bell instead of being fastened to it by means of tentacle-

bulbs. Heckel has described a similar arrangement in the ten-

tacles of Ziara pileata. ‘The walls of the stomach are much

folded and evaginated into interradial pouches, looking like

opposite diverticula of the upper part of the radial canals or

stomach. There are five pairs of these diverticula bearing the

gonads suspended from double mesenteries. The proboscis is

not welldeveloped. ‘The four large mouth-lobes are scalloped

and finely fringed, perradial in position. The gonads and

the stomach occupy less than the upper half of the bell-

cavity. ‘he radial canals are lancet- or spindle-shaped in

outline, bearing unbranched but well-marked lateral diver-

ticula throughout their whole length. Bell probably bluish

or violet ; stomach, tentacles, and gonads dark red or purplish.

Found at St. Paul Island (Pribyloff Islands), Alaska.

Gonionemus Agassizti, sp. n.

This species differs from the others so far known by the

smaller size and the greater number of tentacles, and the larger

gastric cone. ‘lhe bell is hemispherical. The four radial

canals bear the frilled gonads on the under surface. ‘lhe

tentacles are provided with the characteristie adhesive pad

near their ends.

Found in a salt lake on Unalaska (Aleutian Eslands).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vot. ix. 6

74 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.

Volume LI. Catalogue of the Arctiade (Arctiane) and Agaris-

tide in the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir Geonen F.

Hampson, Bart. London: printed by order of the Trustees.

Pp. xix, 690. Plates xxxvi.—liv.

Tue two previous volumes of this large work were published in

1898 and 1900 respectively, and we congratulate the author and

the authorities of the British Museum on the rapid progress which

they have been able to make, though it is not possible that the book

can be completed on the same scale under forty or fifty volumes at

least. As Prof. E. Ray Lankester remarks in his Preface, “‘ The

subject of the 3rd volume of Lepidoptera Phalene is the last of the

three subfamilies of the Arctiada—the Arctiane, in which 946 species

are described and classified; the Volume also contains the small

family Ayaristide, with 225 species, a somewhat specialized develop-

ment from the Noctuide, the antenne being modified in relation to

their day-flying habits.”

These families of Lepidoptera, though not including any very

large species, contain many of the most beautiful moths in the world ;

and in addition to the crowded figures on the coloured plates, drawn

by Mr. Horace Knight, the volume before us is further illustrated

by 294 illustrations in the text, exhibiting the markings, venation,

head, and antenne of each species thus figured, and sometimes the

legs also.

The third volume is similar in style and execution to its pre-

decessors, which we have already reviewed at length at the time of

their appearance. An attempt is made to illustrate the mutual re-

lationships of the genera by tables exhibiting the supposed phylogeny,

and keys to the genera are given, based chiefly» but not exclusively,

on neuration; tables of species are also given under each genus,

chiefly arranged according to colours and markings. We note that

the author does not recognize generic names unaccompanied by a

figure, not even when they are applied to species which are figured,

and therefore unmistakable. We are glad to see occasional and

tolerably full descriptions of larvae. We regret, however, that

more information is not afforded as to whether names sunk as

synonyms are absolute synonyms, or whether they represent sections

of genera or varieties of species respectively. An innovation which

we have not seen before is the rejection of the letter ‘‘k” in the

Latinized names employed, even in the case of those derived from

proper names—Xanthospilopteryx Kirbyi being written X. Cirbyi.

But granting that “k” is not a Latin letter, it is usual in most

languages to use a foreign letter for foreign names, even if it does

not belong to the alphabet ; and we doubt if any French entomologist

of the present day would write “ Ueawer” for ‘ Weaver,” as was

actually done by Guenee.

But however much we may find to criticize in the book before us

in matters in which there is room for difference of opinion, and

Bibliographical Notices. 75

although it is impossible that so large a work can be free from

occasional errors, its great and permanent value to all students of

Lepidoptera cannot reasonably be disputed by anyone, especially on

account of the numerous illustrations.

The Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. By Tusoporx Cooke, C.L.E.,

formerly Principal of the College of Science at Poona and Director

of the Botanical Survey of Western India. Ranunculacee to

Rutacee. Published under the Authority of the Secretary of State

for India in Council. London: Taylor & Francis, 1901.

Pp. 2 & 1-192.

On the completion of the ‘ Flora of British India’ by Sir Joseph

Hooker in 1897 it was thought that the time had come when the

preparation of local floras of that vast empire was feasible; the

outline having been drawn, the details could now be filled in and

more attention devoted to those local conditions which the scale of

the previous work rendered impracticable.

The present work is a first instalment of an account of the

Bombay flora, and also the first of a series of projected regional

floras of India, organized by the Director of the Botanical Survey of

that possession, Major D. Prain, following the lines indicated by his

predecessor, Sir George King. Dr. Cooke, the author, has had

excellent opportunities of making acquaintance with the Bombay

flora at first hand, and the resulting large herbarium he accumu-

lated has been collated as the work progressed with the extensive

Indian material at Kew. This gives a solid basis to the production

before us.

The descriptions of the genera and species are more detailed than

in the ‘ Flora of British India,’ and naturally with greater attention

to local citations, as befits the character of the book. We have not

noticed many new species or plants admitted to that rank—only

two, in fact; but on ground that has been so assiduously worked

over that is not very surprising ; on the contrary, we are disposed

to consider it a proof of sound judgment on the part of the author,

who is further to be praised for the general excellence of his per-

formance, which is enhanced by the pleasing and legible method of

printing adopted.

The continuation of the work is assured by the authorization of

the Secretary of State for India, and, when complete, the Presidency

will be in possession of an admirable handbook of its flora.

Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea,

Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895,

1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, DSc. Part V. Cambridge,

1900, at the University Press. 4to.

Tux fifth part of Dr. Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results’ contains half a

dozen articles of very varying degrees of interest to the general

zoological reader, though each is good of its kind.

The volume opens with a “ Description of the Entozoa....” b

Mr. A. E. Shipley, who states that Dr. Willey’s collection of these

76 Bibliographical Notices.

creatures contains examples of all the groups of Metazoa which infest

land animals, except the Acanthocephala, and practically of all those,

with the exception of the Crustacea, which are to be found in or on

marine creatures. As, however, Mr. Stebbing records several species

of parasitic crustaceans in an article in the same part of the

publication, this group might be added to Mr. Shipley’s list. Besides

a tick, which has not been identified, there are two Trematodes, seven

Cestodes, six Nematodes, one Nematomorph, and a Linguatulid.

Of these, six Cestodes, one Nematode, the Gordius, and the Lingua-

tulid are new. The Cestode collection is not only rich in new species

but reveals as many as three new genera. Of the ten parasitic

Species among the Crustacea in Mr. Stebbing’s paper, six are new ;

and there are four new genera.

Mr. Shipley’s article is followed by one by Mr. R. C. Punnett on

the Nemertines. Out of twelve species, Mr. Punnett finds six

certainly new, while others are probably so. In the third memoir,

Mr. L. A. Borradaile describes the larve of the Robber-Crab (Birgus

latro). It was thought that the young of this curious and aberrant

land hermit-crab were born resembling the parent. Dr. Willey,

however, discovered that the females go down to the sea at the

breeding-season, and there wash off their young, which are born as

zowas, into the water. He succeeded in obtaining some of these

larve, and Mr. Borradaile, after describing them in some detail, comes

to the conclusion ** that their characteristics are those of the Anoma-

lous Macrura in general, and of the Pagurinea in particular .... and

that their special feature is... . a certain simplicity of form

throughout the whole erganism.”

In the course of a memoir on the anatomy of the rare imperforate

Matrepore Neohelia porcellana, Miss E. M. Pratt notices the

following important features:—1. A horny membrane lines the

hollow tube which forms the colony. 2. There are certain aper-

tures in the wall of the tube. 3. An epithelial layer and an

endodermal ring canal encircle each aperture, the latter communi-

cating with the ceelentera of the polyps.

Previously known specimens of the species had all the form of an

incrustation on a Gorgonid stem. Miss Pratt appears to believe that

Dr. Willey’s specimens had never any such support, but she is not

convincing on this point. It seems. possible that the apertures she

mentions were formerly occupied by branches of a Gorgonid or by

some adherent organism which subsequently fell off. She regards

Neohelia as being most closely related to Diblasus.

Mr. Boulenger describes, in a short note, a new blind-snake from

Lifu—the second species only of land-snake recorded from that

locality.

Finally, Mr. Stebbing closes the volume with a long and careful

account, already alluded to, of certain groups of Crustacea. He

records forty-six species of thirty-four genera. Eight of the genera

and twenty-three of the species are new. ‘The most interesting form

is the new Koleolepas Willeyi, a soft-mantled cirripede found living

in symbiosis with a hermit-crab.

——

hut soig usezyuypy ‘SNHINAHYOHIUNVHY “UAILI® “TSP 19 POC Ha

TAI IAL 8 22 PON: Soy rp neu

"¥

an, Foe

= |

Cs A ot ah

—< . °

[

al* ,

rr ee Sy ¢ 7 ms 7

2 : 7? : a? f

[> 2 | — ha a, 7 ae atid 7 — as

7 +a é Py’ é a. » : he his ¥F = a a

Bo) => ‘in M — fi _f ry “A a > i ~< : _

xan a alte * : ' i; . a J a9 iy ’

TP vas a » .”~ 4 x i? 4 ' Me * ~s

aA ba ° me e 4 ‘ s 2 »

J Lee’. a Pe,

rt Ses ee es eli

Pay a oa be S a ae bh 7

a > ts ae 4

; x

th gen ; a _™

Ta te *

ie ine” a

> é ‘

=. !

ip ,*

ma :

= f >

pat ts ®

— wf gf

Poul t 44

‘ ¥ . .

re ,

' € «

r ; ,

> on .

ys? ry

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.)

No. 50. FEBRUARY 1902.

XVIT.—New Species of Eastern and Australian Heterocera.

By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Syntomida.

Syntomis sala, nov.

3 ¢. Black, antenne with white tips; frons, collar, a

transverse stripe at base of thorax, and segmental bands of

abdomen ochreous ; the abdomen of the female is much more

ochreous, and might be described as ochreous with thin black

bands ; spots hyaline: fore wings with a wedge-shaped spot

filling outer part of cell, a spot below base of cell, another

beyond it in the submedian interspace; sometimes these are

conjoined, filling nearly the whole interspace; two discal

spots in the interspaces between veins 3 and 5, an elongated

spot above vein 6 near the apex, and a smaller one in the

interspace above it, always in the female, only sometimes in

the male: hind wings with the basal half hyaline, divided by

vein 2 from the discal spots, the costal and marginal borders

being broadly black.

Expanse of wings ,8; inch.

Kina Balu (Everett).

Arn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 7

78 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Syntomis verecunda, nov.

¢. Antenne black; head, thorax, and abdomen dark

bright ochreous; bands black, one behind the eyes, another

behind the collar, three longitudinal stripes on thorax, one

transverse at the base, six on the abdomen with the extre-

mity broadly green-black and glistening: wings hyaline,

tinged with ochreous ; a bright ochreous stripe between costa

and subcostal vein and another on vein 1; a prominent black

subbasal spot below base of cell; a black band dividing the

submedian interspace and finer band closing the cell ; costal,

outer, and inner borders black ; all the veins black; a black

patch at apex and another on the outer margin between veins

2 and 3: hind wings with the costa and outer margin broadly

black, the black colour thickened at vein 2 and running up

the vein to a point, the outer portions of the hyaline parts

thickly smeared with bright ochreous.

Expanse of wings 1,4; inch.

Jaintia Hills.

Allied to S. fervida, Walker, of which I have a fine series

from the Khasia Ilills; differs in the prominent subbasal

black spot of fore wings and the hyaline interspace between

veins 5 and 6; in fervida it is nearly all filled in with black

and is much narrower and differently shaped; in one of my

examples of fervida vein 4 has a small veinlet, so that the

black band filling the interspace looks as if it threw off three

veinlets on to the margin,

Syntomis aureola, nov.

¢. Antenne with white tips; head and body golden

yellow; a black line between the antenne, blackish longitu-

dinal stripes on thorax diffusedly filling the centre in this

sex, a transverse stripe at the base, and seven black bands on

the abdomen with the extremity narrowly black: fore wings

dark chocolate-black ; a bright golden band between the costa

and subcostal vein, a golden stripe on vein J, and most of the

outer parts of the hyaline spots smeared with golden yellow

on both wings: fore wings with the submedian interspace

hyaline, divided in the centre by a wedge-shaped black bar;

a wedge-shaped hyaline spot filling cell, a small spot at base

ot interspace between veins 2 and 3, a pair of discal spots in

the next two interspaces, a long spot in the interspace above

vein 6 and a smaller one above it: the hind wings are mostl

hyaline, with broad black costa and outer margin, the black

running up vein 2 to the cell, and thus dividing the wing

into two hyaline portions.

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 79.

?. Only differs from the other sex in being more golden;

the thorax very bright, with distinct black stripes; the

abdomen with only six bands; the wings with the hyaline

spots larger.

Expanse of wings 1,§,-1,7, inch.

oan

Allied to S. Grote’, Moore, from Yunnan, the type of

which I have carefully examined; but the extremity of the

abdomen is black in both sexes, and not yellow as in Grotez,

and the costa of the hind wing is black, and not orange; it

is nearer to S. submarginalis, Walker ; the hyaline spots are

very similarly disposed, but the submedian interspace on fore

wings in that species is not wholly hyaline, and the outer

portions of the wing are golden, whereas in this species they

are black.

Family Geometride.

Subfamily Mevoorevuy2.

Nearcha ophla, nov.

&. Top of head and shaft of antenne white, branches

black; body and wings with the ground-colour ochreous

grey, nearly white, irrorated with black atoms, the irrorations

thicker on the fore than on the hind wings,-making them

darker-coloured : fore wings with a black ringlet at end of

cell, indications of an interior line; a discal black line with

black points; in some examples the space between is filled

in with densely packed irrorations, making a broad medial

band, also submarginal and marginal bands of pale blackish

spots joined together, the margin with black points: the hind

wing has a blackish spot at the end of the cell, a central line

corresponding to the discal line of the fore wings, submarginal

and marginal bands, and marginal black points as in the

fore wings, but paler. Underside whitish, with some of the

markings showing through the wings.

9. Like the male, but generally darker. There are eleven

examples in the B. M. and five in the O. M., all collected

together and mostly differing a little one from the other.

Expanse of wings 1,}, inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ ¢) in B. M.

Nearcha alba, nov.

3 3. Both sexes above and below pure white, shining ;

the branches of the antennz in the male are more or less grey,

80 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

the costa of fore wings has a slight tinge of ochreous ; other-

wise the examples are absolutely without markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3%, 2 1 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ ?) in B. M.

Family Lithosiide.

Nishada melanistis, nov.

g. Antenne, head, and collar ochreous; a chocolate-

coloured spot on the head and two on the collar; abdomen

chocolate-brown, long hairs on each side and anal tuft

ochreous: fore wings dark chocolate-brown, costal border

broadly ochreous, as also are the cilia, except towards the hinder

angle, where the inner portions are chocolate: hind wings

bright ochreous, with the outer margin suffused with brown ;

in some examples there is almost a complete band, in others

there is only a slight edging; cilia ochreous, tinted with

brown towards anal angle. Underside, palpi, body, and legs

ochreous ; wings much as above, except that the inner lower

area of fore wings is pale and there is no border to hind

wings.

Expanse of wings 1,/, inch.

Kina Balu (Everett).

Family Lymantriida.

Aroa flaveofusca, nov.

¢. Antenne with the shaft ochreous, branches black ;

head dark ochreous, body brown: fore wings brown, with a

large portion of the interior of the wing ochreous; in one

example the fore wing is nearly all brown; there is also a

large black spot at the end of the cell ; cilia ochreous, marked

with brown: hind wings brown, the abdominal margin and

more than one third of the lower portion of the wing bright

ochreous; cilia ochreous, the upper part marked with brown.

Underside uniform ochreous; a black spot at end of each cell:

fore wings with a brown subapical waved band; a short

longitudinal band or shade from the base on the hinder

margin: hind wings with a brown apical patch.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Lawas, Borneo (Everett).

There is an example of this species unnamed in the B. M,.

from Sandakan.

Eastern and Australian Ileterocera. 81

Euproctis calesia, nov.

@. Antenne with the shaft dull yellow, the short branches

brown; head, thorax, and fore wings dull ochreous; a few

orange scales in front of thorax: fore wing irrorated with

minute brown atoms, which thicken a little on the lower

portions of the wings ; a large blackish-brown spot at the end

of the cell: hind wings blackish brown, dull ochreous towards

outer margin, and the cilia of the same colour. Underside

dull ochreous, all but the outer margins of both wings suffused

and irrorated with brown.

Expanse of wings 1,3, inch.

Lawas, Borneo (Lverett).

There is an example of this species unnamed in the B. M.

from Sandakan.

Darala figlina, nov.

o. Of a uniform dark olive-brown colour; shafts of an-

tenue black, frons ochreous ; an ochreous spot in the cell of

fore wings, in some examples a minute dot above it and

another below it, all close together; a larger spot at end of

cell, composed of two spots joined together ; a discal band of

indistinct blackish lines on the veins: hind wings without

markings; cilia of both wings ochreous. Underside as above,

but paler; hind wings with a small ochreous spot.

Expanse of wings 14°5 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

‘Type in OQ. M.

‘There are three unnamed examples in the B. M. from the

same locality.

Darala Clementi, nov.

6 ¢. Of a uniform brown colour, without any markings

above or below ; the male has the shafts of the antenne pale

and the branches brown; there is a red tinge on the trons

just above the palpi; the ground-colour of the wings is really

ochreous grey, but the brown irrorations are so thick that they

make the entire surface of both wings uniform brown; at some

angles there is an appearance of a dark fascia or band across

the centre of both wings above, and there are some long

greyish hairs near the base of both wings. ‘The underside is

a little paler than the upperside. ‘lhe female is similarly

coloured, but much paler.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,4,, 2 1,8) inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ 2?) in b. M.

82 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Family Lasiocampide.

Clathe fola, nov.

3 2. Of a uniform grey tinged with mouse-colour; a

broad central band on fore wings of slightly darker colour,

edged on both sides with white, the band of nearly even

width ; an indistinct grey spot at the end of cell: hind Mii

uniform in colour, without markings, the coloration slightly

darker than on the fore wings.

Sexes alike, the female slightly the paler.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 7%, 2 144 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia.

Types (¢ 2) in B. M.

Sittina rhoda, nov.

3&. Head, collar, and shoulders cream-colour; antenna,

body, and wings dark chocolate-brown ; abdomen white at

the tip: fore wing with the discal portion hyaline, the costa

and apex broadly brown, the outer margin narrowly brown

and paler; a white spot at end of cell, a small white patch

near centre of hinder margin, an indistinct line of white dots

from it through the middle of the hyaline space to the costa

one fifth from apex, where there is another white spot. Under-

side: body cream-colour; fore wing as above; hind wing

with a broad white central band, which is more or less visible

above.

?. With the antenne, head, thorax, tip of abdomen, and

the entire body below cream-colour, the abdomen and both

wings above pale greyish chocolate; the portion of the fore

wing hyaline in the male is cream-coloured in this sex; the

costa and outer margin broadly and evenly greyish chocolate ;

spots as in the male ; the band on the underside of the hind

wings distinct and even as on the upperside, and also a

submarginal band of cream-coloured spear-shaped marks

with grey centres across both wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14’, 2 2,% inches.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ ¢) in B. M.

Family Acontiide.

Megalodes pura, nov.

& 2. Head, thorax, and fore wings pure white; a brown

s, ot in cell, from which there is a line of brown dots to hinder

margin a little before the middle ; another similar line in the

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 83

disk and brown points on the margin: hind wings grey, with

white cilia.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ ?) in O. M.

Family Sarothripide.

Hyblea canisigna, nov.

3. Dark ferruginous brown, with an olive tinge on fore

wings; palpi, head, and collar dark chocolate-brown; a

prominent white mark behind the collar made of four distinct

pieces ("jj _): fore wings with a central band, elbowed out-

wardly above its middle, the upper part outwardly shaded

with dark chocolate, the lower part having its inward area of,

the same colour; a discal recurved thin band; an apical short

band, the cilia in front of this band just below apex of an

ochreous colour, rest of cilia concolorous with the wing: hind

wings dark chocolate-brown, with two ochreous basal streaks

and three bright ochreous spots, one in the upper disk and

two even with the outer margin; cilia bright ochreous.

Underside: face yellowish white, body and legs bright ochreous

with brown bands; wings dark brown, with bright ochreous

markings and many spots.

Expanse of wings 1y45 inch.

Kina Balu (Everett).

The fore wings are coloured like those of H. saturata,

Walker, which I have from Sarawak, Pittang, and Pattan,

The spots on hind wings and the white mark behind the

collar are very distinctive.

Family Palindida.

Pterogonia nerissa, nov.

¢o. Palpi olive-grey, with the last joint black, smeared

with some white scales ; head, thorax, and fore wings olive-

brown; frons, head, collar, and centre of thorax smeared

with white scales: fore wings with a brown spot at upper

and another at lower end of cell, the entire wing covered with

very minute brown striations ; some white points on costa,

some on discal portions of the wings; a small white spot

near hinder margin towards the angle ; a white smear at apex,

down to vein 6, and a few white spots on the margin below

the apex: hind wings blackish brown, the middle portion of

the cilia ochreous grey.

84 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Expanse of wings 1,%y inch.

Perak (Kunstler).

Allied to P. nubes, Hampson, from Ceylon, the type of

which is a female, but the fore wings are very differently

shaped.

Family Stictopterida.

Gyrtona tripartita, nov.

&. Chocolate-brown ; frons and top of head dark brown :

fore wings divided into three uniform parts by two lines, ante-

and postmedial, the former straight, inclining a little inwards

from costa, the latter sinuous, both duplex, with pale centres

and shaded exteriorly with dark brown; a sinuous indistinct

line between them and two outer, indistinct, lunular lines,

pale with dark edgings, the outermost one submarginal, with

the marginal space filled in with dark brown, marginal line

black, with pale inner edging: hind wings blackish brown,

without markings. Underside uniform brown; fore wings

with a small whitish streak near apex and four points on

costa.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Goping, Perak (unséler).

There are specimens from Penang and from Pulo Laut in

the B. M. unnamed.

Family Quadrifida.

Prorocopis tyra, nov.

3d ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive-grey : fore

wings with black transverse lines, basal nearly straight,

antemedial outwardly curved and elbowed in the middle, and

discal deeply recurved in its middle; there is also a grey-

shaded thick band between the discal band and the outer

margin; a black crenulated marginal line: abdomen and

hind wings whitish, shaded with grey towards outer margin.

Underside white, fore wings with brownish tips; otherwise

without markings.

Expanse of wings, 3d 35, 2 175 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types (¢ 2?) in B. M.

Ercheia multilinea, nov.

?. Palpi ochreous grey, with brown bands; head and

thorax ochreous grey, the latter streaked with brown; collar

brown: fore wings with a large egg-shaped whitish ring,

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 85

with dark brown interior, filling the end of the cell; the

ground-colour of the wings is ochreous grey, with a slight

pinkish tinge, and the whole surface is streaked with longi-

tudinal streaks in the interspaces of black, brown, chestnut,

and white; the antecilia line is whitish and the cilia brown :

the hind wings are of the normal type of Ercheta, ochreous

grey, with a whitish central fascia, broad brown outer border,

with white patches on the margin: on the underside also are

the ordinary markings of Ercheta, ochreous grey, with brown

discal bands and postmedial lines.

Expanse of wings 2755 inches.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

There is an example in the B. M. from Perak unnamed.

Family Focillida.

Zethes magniplaga, nov.

6. Of a uniform ochreous grey, slightly tinged with pale

pink ; second joint of palpi with blackish bands; thorax dark

chocolate-brown on each side; bands and spots on the wings

of the same colour, very dark, nearly black ; a subbasal band

on fore wings, a very large patch on the outer margin which

extends from the apex to the middle and curves in and up-

wards in a hook-like formation ; a longish spot close to the

anal angle of hind wings; both wings are crossed by an

indistinct sinuous grey thin band or fascia; a duplex straight

grey line from apex of fore wings to anal angle of hind wings

above the anal spot, not visible in the apical patch; a sinuous

grey thin band between this and the outer margin; some pale

submarginal points, most distinct on the large apical patch.

Underside pale uniform ochreous grey, with two outer trans-

verse grey lines.

Expanse of wings 15% inch.

Fergusson Island (Meek),

I have a paler example from St. Dignan, and there are also

two examples from Fergusson Island unnamed in the B. M.

Family Hypenide.

Subfamily Dezrorpinz.

Diomea eupsema, nov.

6. Pale uniform chocolate-brown, slightly tinged with

ochreous; palpi dark brown; collar cream-coloured: fore

wings with several black triangular marks on the costa from

base to one third from apex; at the apex there is a small

86 On new Eastern and Australian Heterocera.

black patch inwardly edged with cream-colour; an ear-shaped

black mark at the end of the cell, many black minute irrora-

tions on the inner portion of both wings, and an indistinct

submarginal pale band also on both wings. Underside much

paler than on the upperside, very uniform in coloration and

without markings.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Allied to D. livida, Hmpsn., but distinguishable for want

of the discal dentated black line with white points across fore

wings, which is a prominent feature of that species.

There is an example in the B. M. from Sandakan, Borneo,

without name.

Nicevillea epiplemotdes.

Nicevillea epiplemoides, Hmpsn. Moths of India, iv. p. 540 (1896)

The type is a female from the Downat Range, Tenasserim.

g. Antenne one third longer than the costa of fore wings,

much longer than in the female, with stiff bristles to the tips ;

the abdomen extends one third beyond the hind wings, the

anal tuft is as long as one third the length of the abdomen

and consists of four membranes thickly coated with ciliated

short hairs; there are several brown specks in a row outside

the brown discal line of the fore wings, in addition to the two

mentioned by Hampson in his description of the female ;

otherwise the markings and coloration of the male are similar

to those of the female.

Lawas, N. Borneo (Everett).

Corcobara longipennis, nov.

3. Antenne, palpi, thorax, and fore wings rich chestnut-

brown, the upper and lower sides of the palpi dark-coloured,

nearly black; head and collar ochreous grey: fore wings

streaked with brown, a black diffused spot near lower end of

cell, with a white speck above it; a brown curved line from

above centre of disk to apex, the outer portion of the wing

more or less shaded with brown: hind wings greyish brown,

paler towards the base, and with pale cilia, slightly ochreous :

underside pale greyish ochreous; a brown lunular mark at

end of each cell, a broad brown discal band on fore wings, a

similar marginal band on hind wings.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Java (Fruhstorfer).

There is an example of this species, also from Java, un-

named in the B. M,

Onan Amioid Fish from Brazil. 87

Subfamily Hrrevrz.

Genus ARRADE, Walker.

Arrade, Walker, xxvii. 82 (1863); Hmpsn. Moths of India, iii. p. 99

(1895).

Ziza, Walker, xxvii. 118.

Lophocraspedon, Hmpsn. Ill. Het. ix. p. 185 (1893).

Arrade ostentalis,

Ziza ostentalis, Walker, xxvii. 119.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

XVITI.—On an Amioid Fish (Megalurus Mawsoni, sp. n.)

from the Cretaceous of Bahia, Brazil. By A. Situ

Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S.

[Plate II.]

ANOTHER small collection of vertebrate fossils from the

Cretaceous Formation of Bahia, Brazil, lately presented to

the British Museum by Joseph Mawson, Esq., F.G.S.,

contains the greater part of the skeleton of an Amioid fish.

As no typical Amioids have hitherto been discovered in

South America, the new specimen is of considerable interest

and worthy of special notice.

This fossil comprises the greater part of the fish except the

head, and most of it is in counterpart. The actual bones are

preserved in the dark shaly matrix, and the specimen is asso-

ciated with part of a small example of Diplomystus longi-

costatus *.

The best side of the fossil is shown of the natural size in

Pl.II. A few vertebra are evidently lacking anteriorly, but the

others are well preserved in almost undisturbed series, and about

sixty-five centra can be counted. These centra are much con-

stricted, smooth, and without lateral pits ; all are deeper than

long, except in the upturned caudal extremity. The ribs and

neural arches in the abdominal region are very small and

slender. The neural arches in this region are not fused with

the centra, of which some are displaced and exhibit the facettes

for their support. ‘The neural and hemal arches in the caudal

* A. Smith Woodward, “On Two Deep-bodied Species of the Clupeoid

— Diplomystus,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. xy. (1895) p. 2,

pl. i. fig. 1.

88 On an Amioid Fish from Brazil.

region are larger and stouter and much inclined backwards.

In the part of the caudal region up to and including the first

hemal support of the caudal fin there are thirty vertebral

centra, but only fifteen neural and hemal spines, so that

throughout this length the centra are duplicated in the pecu-

liar manner so characteristic of the anterior part of the caudal

region in Amza. Similar duplication of the first two or three

vertebree within the tail is also observable. The relatively

small centra in the upturned end of the caudal series corre-

spond in number at least with their apposed hemal spines.

Of the sixteen or seventeen hemal arches supporting the

caudal fin all except the uppermost are stouter than the other

hemal arches and have their spines expanded distally to bear

the fin-rays.

The rays of all the fins are stout, closely articulated, and

finely divided distally. The rather small pelvic fins ( plv.)

are crushed together, but the anterior border of one is distinct

and shown to be fringed with slender fulera, ‘The pelvic fin-

supports resemble those of Ama in shape. The dorsal fin

arises immediately opposite the insertion of the pelvic pair,

and comprises only about fifteen rays, of which the foremost

two or three are short and small. It is acuminate in front

and somewhat deeper than long, the complete extent of its

base-line not exceeding the interval between the pelvic and

anal fins. The anal fin (a.) is much smaller and shorter than

the dorsal, with ten rays. Its anterior border is well pre-

served, but does not show any fulera. The caudal fin (c.) is

very large, with relatively stout rays. It is disturbed at its

hinder margin, but does not appear to have been forked.

The scales are very thin and deeply overlapping, ovoid in

shape, and marked with delicate concentric lines.

The only Amioids with complete vertebral centra suffi-

ciently well known for comparison with the new NSouth-

American fossil now described are Megalurus, Amtopsis, and

Amia. Amia is distinguished by the great extent of its

dorsal fin; while Amzops:s differs not in this character, but in

the deep pitting of the sides of its vertebral centra*, The

typical Megalurus, on the other hand, agrees in all particulars

which can be compared. Mr. Mawson’s specimen may there-

fore be referred to the latter genus, of which it represents a

hitherto unknown species, to be appropriately named Mega-

lurus Mawsont. ‘The dorsal fin-rays are fewer and the anal

fin is slightly more remote than in any of the typical species

* See especially D. G. Kramberger, Djela Jugoslay. Akad, vol. xvi,

(1895) p. 17, pl. iii. fig. 2, pl. iv.

On Beetles from Mashonaland and East Afric. 89

of Megalurus from the Lower Kimmeridgian (Lithographic

Stone) of Bavaria*. Its pelvic fins are also fringed with

fulera, which have only been observed in one species, JZ. alti-

velis t. The so-called Megalurus Damoni and M. Austent,

from the English Purbeck Beds, have the vertebral centra

pitted at the sides, and so ought perhaps to be referred to

Amiopsis.

‘The occurrence of another European Upper Jurassic fish in

the Cretaceous of Brazil becomes less remarkable when it is

remembered that a typical Lepidotus is one of the commonest

fossils in the same formation f.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Megalurus Mawsoni, sp. n.; fish, wanting head, right lateral aspect, nat.

size.—Cretaceous; Bahia, Brazil. a., anal fin; ¢., caudal fin;

plw., pelvic fins.

X1IX.— On Rutelid and Melolonthid Beetles from Mashonaland

and East Africa. By GitBert J. Arrow.

THE following notes and descriptions deal with a collection

sent to the British Museum from Salisbury, Mashonaland, by

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, together with a few other species

which have presented themselves in the course of work upon

that collection. ‘These consist of insects from East Africa,

Mr. Marshall’s collection showing a much closer connexion

with the fauna of the regions north and east of Mashonaland

than with that of South Africa. A very large proportion,

however, of the species of these two families have not been

hitherto recorded at all, I have not described the representa-

tives of certain large genera in which it seems to me un-

desirable to characterize isolated species without being able at

least to give a careful comparison with the nearest allied

form; and others I have omitted because Mr. Péringuey has

informed me of his intention to describe them shortly.

Rutelida.

Anomala ustulatipes, Fairm. (rufa, Kolbe).—Mr. Marshall

* A. Smith Woodward, Catal. Foss. Fishes B. M. pt. iii. (1895)

pp. 363-367.

+ A. Wagner, Abhandl. k. bay. Akad. Wiss., math.-phys. Cl. vol. ix.

(1863) p. 717.

1 Lepidotus Mawsoni, A. S. Woodward, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6]

vol, ii, (1888) p. 135.

90 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Beetles

has sent specimens of both sexes of this insect, of which the

female has a divided claw on each of the four anterior legs

and the male on the two front ones only, as described by

Herr Kolbe. Although M. Fairmaire’s description applies

in this respect to the male only, the remainder of the characters

enumerated can leave no doubt, I think, as to my correctness

in regarding it as identical with the later-described A. rufa.

Anomala pinguis, Péring., also found at Salisbury, appears

to be nearly related to the above species, but I do not yet

know the female of it. The male has the outer claw divided

in the front pair of legs only.

Anomala tolerata, Péring.—I had drawn up a description

of this species, but suppress it as Mr. Péringuey has sent

it to me under this name. It may be useful, however, to

state that it is not readily distinguishable from my A. Dis-

tantt except by the difference of the claw-division, this in the

new species being alike in both sexes.

Anomala dorsata, Fahr.—This appears to be subject to

very great local variation. ‘The specimens from Salisbury

seem to be nearly always of the variety vittipennis, Falr.,

and my marginicollis must also, I think, be regarded as a

variety of the same species. Specimens from Nyasaland and

Zanzibar agree with this and differ from the Mashonaland

representatives and those described by Fahreeus in having a

distinctly metallic upper surface. ‘They also agree in having

no trace of a third tooth upon the front tibia, whereas this is

present in all Mr. Marshall’s specimens.

Anomala basalis, Blanch., another very widely distributed

species, seems not uncommon at Salisbury. It also is very

variable in colouring, and the orange-coloured patches may

even disappear entirely. If it has been generically separated

on insufficient grounds, it is at least an isolated form, having

nearer affinity with some of the Oriental species than with

any other African Anomala.

Popillia eupyga, sp. n.

Elongata, nigra, nitida, hirta, elytris testaceis, marginibus infuscatis ;

capite supra undique rugoso, clypei margine perpaulo elevato ;

prothorace longitudine fere ad latitudinem equali, antice valde

angustato, angulis posticis obtusis, margine postico ante scutellum

late exciso, disco grosse strigoso-punctato, capillis albidis haud

dense tecto, linea media areisque duabus lateralibus (fascicula

from Mashonaland and East Africa. 91

punctiformi media excepta) denudatis; elytris glabris, postice

valde attenuatis, striis sex distantibus ornatis, stria secunda medio

fortiter excurvata; pygidio punctato, fasciculis albis quatuor

ornato, propygidio fasciculis transversis duobus; pectore toto abdo-

minisque segmentis omnibus postice albo-hirtis; pedibus nigris,

tibiis anticis acute bidentatis, mesosterno antice quadrato, haud

producto; antennis nigris.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab, MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

A single female (taken in November) has been sent by

Mr. Marshall. It is entirely different from all other known

African species by its hairy pronotum and the pygidium

decorated with four hairy patches. In these respects, as well

as its unmetallic black ground-colour, it resembles the Philip-

pine P. scalpta, Newm. It is a more elongate insect, how-

ever, and, so far as I know, the striation of its elytra is of a

pattern not observed in any other species. There are six

coarsely punctured striae forming dorsally three very broad

intervals, resulting from the disappearance of the intermediate

striz,

Phenomeris rufipennis, Brancs.—Dr. Ohaus has sunk this

name as denoting only a variety of P. Beschke’, Mann.; but

a specimen found at Beira, in Portuguese East Africa, which

I have identified as P. rufipennis, is undoubtedly distinct

specifically, and Mr. Marshall, who has sent me the specimen,

and who has seen in all six specimens, tells me in reply to my

inquiry that, although it is variable in colour, he has no doubt

as to its distinctness from P. Beschket. P. rufipennis has a

fine puncturation over the thorax, scutellum, and elytral inter-

stices which is entirely absent from the other species ; the

antennal club (in the male at least) is considerably longer

and the legs in our individual are entirely dark metallic green,

whereas in P. Beschket the pale testaceous colour is always

visible through the superficial metallic gloss, when that is

present.

Adoretus uniformis, sp. n.

Elongato-ovatus, pallide testaceus, undique et uniforme albo-

pilosus; capite magnitudine mediocre, clypeo semicirculari ; pro-

thoracis disco crebre punctato, angulis anticis acutis, posticis

arcuatis, lateribus modice curvatis, longe ciliatis ; elytris sub-

tilissime punctatis, vix perspicue costatis; corpore subtus similiter

albo-piloso, segmentis abdominalibus areolis denudatis uniseriatim

ornatis, singula areola setam validam ferente ; pedibus antennisque

pallidis, tarsis brunneis, tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis, dente

supero fere ante medium posito,

Long. 13 mm.

92 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Beetles

Hab, MASHONALAND, Salisbury; NyAsatanp; Brit. E.

ArFrica, Samburu.

This is one of the larger African Adoret?, distinguished by

its uniform clothing of whitish hairs, without interposed erect

seta upon the elytra. ‘The head is of medium size and the

male is without spurs on the hind femora or trochanters.

Adoretus variegatus, Boh.—Mr. Péringuey has called my

attention to the identity of his Adoretus melanoleucus and

my A. decoratus with the Eriesthis variegata of Boheman.

It was thus placed by that author in another family, and

although a comparison of authentic specimens has decided

the above synonymy, I believe my description will still be

found to furnish the best means of identification. ‘'he species

ranges from Bulawayo, Mashonaland, to Pretoria.

Adoretus ovatus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, rufo-testaceus, undique grosse punctatus, parum

dense albo-pilosus, elytrorum pilis postice aggregatis maculas

quatuor apicalesaliasque minores formantibus; capite parvo, clypeo

lato, semicirculari; prothorace convexo, angulis anticis acutis,

posticis obtusis, lateribus arcuatis, haud ciliatis; elytris postice

ampliatis, leviter costatis, grosse punctatis ; corpore subtus un-

dique griseo-piloso; tibiis anticis acute tridentatis, dente supero

vix post medium posito.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury, Umtali.

This isashort and stout species, noticeably broader behind

than in front, and allied to the insect just mentioned, which

it resembles in having pubescent patches upon the elytra

formed by the segregation of the hairs. ‘These patches,

however, are much less regular and conspicuous in the present

species, only the four apical ones, which are situated upon

the posterior calluses, being invariably well defined.

Adoretus albolepidus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, rufo-testaceus, sat crebre albo-squamosus, capitis,

linearum thoracalium trium, scutelli segmentorumque abdomina-

lium squamis densioribus; capite parvo, clypeo lato, semicirculari;

prothorace brevi, angulis anticis acutis, posticis multo obtusis,

lateribus valde arcuatis, haud ciliatis, lineis tribus longitudinalibus

squamarum majorum et densiorum ; scutello densissime squamoso;

elytris postice paulo ampliatis, sat dense pallide flavo-squamosis,

squamis nonnullis majoribus albidis interspersis, singuli disco

Srom Mashonaland and East Africa. 93

ealloque apicali squamis majoribus albidis densius vestitis; corpore

subtus pedibusque fusco-rufis, parum dense (abdominis lateribus

dense) setosis ; tibiis anticis bidentatis.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury ; Brit. Cent. AFRica,

Mpeta, &e.

This has been found by various collectors, but apparently

nowhere in any numbers. Specimens from Mpeta, on the

Loangwa River, have been received by Dr. Ohaus, of Ham-

burg. ‘This species also is related to A. variegatus, in which

the prothorax is similarly decorated. But it is more closely

connected with another Advretus occurring in Natal which

Mr. Péringuey has identified as the Erdesthis hoplioides of

Boheman. A. albolepidus differs from that form (of which I

have examined three specimens taken by different collectors

in Natal) only in the nature of its clothing and the more

conspicuous white ornamentation. ‘The covering of the new

species consists of creamy-white scales, of which some are

larger and whiter than the rest, while A. hoplioides, Boh., is

clothed with a uniform fine grey pubescence, nowhere

assuming the form of scales.

Advretus plumbicollis, sp. n.

Cylindricus, angustus, niger, elytris rufis; clypeo magno, semi-

circulari, griseo hirto, fronte pilis erectis aurantiacis vestita ;

prothorace elytrisque griseo-pubescentibus, pilis longioribus

erectis interpositis, illo valde transverso grosse punctato, lateribus

angulato-arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis obtusis; elytris

punctato-rugosis ; corpore subtus pedibusque nigris, sparse griseo-

hirtis, tibiis anticis acute tridentatis.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury, Arlington (Coryndon) ;

Lake Nyasa (Thelwall).

‘This insect is also represented in Dr. Ohaus’s collection as

well as in that sent to us by Mr. Marshall, while two specimens

from Lake Nyasa have been in the British Museum since

1877. It may be readily identified by several very distinctive

features. Its long narrow form, the stiff golden hairs upon

the head, the narrow black thorax (to which, with the under

surface, the thin clothing of grey hairs gives a leaden appear-

ance) are all peculiar to it and separate it rather widely from

all other known species of the genus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 8

94 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Beetles

Melolonthide.

Apogonia (subgen, Ceratogonia) Marshalli, sp. n.

Pallide testacea, subtiliter metallico-nitens ; capite leviter punctato,

clypeo bilobato ; prothorace convexo, haud dense punctato, quam

longitudine duplo latiore, lateribus valde arcuatis, angulis anticis

acutis, posticis obtusis ; scutello levissime punctato; elytris dense

punctatis, disco lineis duabus geminato-punctatis instructo ;

pygidio et propygidio grosse punctatis.

¢, capite quam prothorace longiore, cornubus duobus longissimis,

irregulariter triangularibus antice munito; tarsorum omnium

articulis tribus anterioribus valde dilatatis, articulo secundo

maximo.

Long. 8°5 mm.

9, clypeo triangulariter emarginato, lobis obtuse angulatis, pro-

thorace minus convexo ; tarsis haud dilatatis.

Long. 65 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

This is the second species discovered of this remarkable

subgenus. It is larger than the typical species, C. bicornuta,

Kolbe, and paler in colour, that insect being described as

ferruginous. It has the ordinary form of the species of

Apogonia except for the remarkable prolongation of the

clypeus in the male and the greatly dilated tarsi of the same

sex. Herr Kolbe mentions the first joint of the front tarsi

and the second of the posterior pairs as most dilated; but in

the new species the second joint of all, and of the frout tarsi

in particular, shows the greatest development.

Apogonia (subgen. Catagonia) Kolbe’, Kraatz. — The

species, placed by Dr. Kraatz in the subgenus Ceratogonia,

was found by Mr. Marshall at Umtali, Mashonaland. The

clypeus is considerably produced in the male, but is only

angularly emarginated and not cleft down to the frontal

suture as in Ceratogonia.

The following new species from British East Africa is

described here because it typifies another subgenus (for

which I propose the name of Lhynchogonia), showing yet

another type of clypeal formation. In this the clypeus in

both sexes is produced into a single acute angle.

Apogonia (subgen. I?thynchogonia) acuminata, sp. n.

Angusta, ferruginea, grosse punctata; capite sparse punctato, clypeo

acuminato, apice paulo recurvato, lateribus rectis ; prothorace

from Mashonaland and East Africa. 95

haud dense punctato, linea media levi, lateribus valde arcuatis,

antice contractis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis fere obliteratis ;

scutello sat subtiliter punctato ; elytris longiusculis, grosse punc-

tatis, lineis duabus geminato-punctatis parum perspicuis ; pygidio

magnitudine mediocre, perpendiculari, grosse sat sparse punctato,

longe hirsuto ; tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis, unguibus omnibus

longis, profunde fissis: g¢, tarsis dilatatis, pedum anticorum

precipue.

Long. 6°5 mm.

Hab. Brrr, Kast Arrica, Nairobi.

This interesting form was found by Mr. C. Steuart Betton.

It is one of the smallest of its genus, and is rather more elon-

gate than usual. The prothorax is convex, strongly rounded

at the sides and much narrowed in front. ‘The head from

the tip of the clypeus to the level of the eyes forms a triangle

of which the sides are straight and the apex almost a right

angle, but very slightly produced and curved upwards at its

extreme tip. The peculiar form of the clypeus is not, as in

the subgenera Ceratogonia and Catagonia, a mark of the male,

being the same in both sexes.

Empecamenta nigra, sp. n.

Elongata, nigra, nitida; capite vix carinato, undique punctato-

rugoso, brunueo-hirto, clypeo lato, margine reflexo, fere recto,

lateribus sinuatis, oculis magnis, grosse granulatis ; prothorace

crebre et grosse punctato, brunneo-hirto, sat brevi, angulis nullis ;

elytris grosse punctato-rugosis, breviter haud dense setosis ; py-

gidio grosse punctato, longe brunneo-hirto ; corpore subtus pedi-

busque nigris, parce branneo-setosis, tibiis anticis acute bidentatis,

unguibus valde curvatis et laminatis; antennis 10-articulatis,

articulis 3 et 4 elongatis, 6 minuto, 7-10 clavam ferrugineam,

haud longam formantibus.

Long. 6°5 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

This is the only black species of Hmpecamenta at present

described. It is also more thinly clothed with hairs than any

other species known to me, and the elytra, instead of being

simply regularly punctured, are very coarsely rugose. ‘The

eyes also separate it sharply from its congeners, being large,

prominent, opaque, and coarsely facetted. In other species

they are very shining, the facets being so small as to be

hardly visible under a simple lens.

To this genus also belongs Ablabera variabilis, Fahr.,

perhaps the nearest ally of E. nigra; but, in addition to its

orange-coloured markings, it has paired rows of punctures

upon the elytra.

96 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Beetles

SPATHOSCHIZA, gen. nov.

Gen. Schizonyche affine, sed clypeo subquadrato, excavato, antice

late emarginato, unguium latere inferiore quadripartito. Caput

parvum, bicarinatum, carina frontali arcuata, parum elevata.

Oculi magni, haud subtiliter reticulati. Clypeus productus, sub-

quadratus, excavatus, margine antico concavo. Palpi maxillares

longi, articulo ultimo naviculiformi, supra excavato. Antenne

long, 10-articulate, articulis 3-6 subeequalibus, clava triphylla

elongata. Prothoracis margo anticus fere rectus. Tibi antice

tridentate, dente tertio minuto. Tarsi omnes longi. Ungues

quadripartiti, lamina quadrata basale, secunda elongata divisioni-

pbusque apicalibus duabus, quarum inferiore longiore et latiore.

Epimera metathoracalia posteriora punctata.

Spathoschiza debilis, sp. n.

Elongata, cylindrica, pallide testacea, capite rufo, undique breviter

haud dense pilosa, subtus paulo longius; capite parvo, grosse

punctato, oculis magnis, singulo latitudine supra fere ad spatium

interpositum éequali, clypeo producto, antice emarginato, lateribus

ante oculos angulatis, deinde ad angulos anticos recte contractis ;

prothorace crebre punctato, antice quam postice haud angustiore,

margine antico haud sinuato, lateribus subtiliter crenulatis, ad

post medium rectis, tum fortiter angulatis, angulis posticis obtusis,

disco ante marginem posticum lateraliter subtiliter carinato ;

elytris longis, lateribus fere parallelis, equaliter punctatis, punctis

setiferis; pygidio pedibusque longe ae sparse hirtis, tarsorum

posticorum articulo primo quam reliquis breviore.

Long. 9 mm.

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

This new genus of Schizonychine, although its affinities

are sufficiently obvious, has a number of peculiar features

which quite clearly separate it from the numerous and rather

slightly differentiated genera of which that section now

consists. ‘lhe form of the clypeus is the most conspicuous of

these. It is produced considerably beyond the mouth, angular

and rather deeply hollowed, with the front margin concave.

The structure of the claws is also peculiar, approaching the

pectinate type. There are three deep clefts, which divide the

lower edge of each claw into four lobes, the apical one being

the least. The general form and sculpture are those charac-

teristic of the entire subfamily, the elytra as well as the head

and thorax being thickly pitted with setiferous punctures and

showing no trace of striz or coste.

Spathoschiza debilis is a small and very narrow insect of

pale colour, the prothorax being slightly and the head con-

From Mashonaland and East Africa. 97

siderably darker than the rest of the body. The short bristles

with which the surface is covered are so fine as to be only

visible under a lens.

Nearly a dozen specimens have been sent to us by

Mr. Marshall.

Asthenopholis subfasciatus, Blanch.—A specimen of this

insect from Grahamstown has been sent by Mr. Marshall.

The species was assigned to Ancylonycha by its author, but

has hitherto been included in the genus Hoplochelus, to which

it was assigned by Burmeister. Herr Kolbe, in his classifi-

cation of African Melolonthide, has included a genus under

the name of Hoplochelus, but without mentioning from what

species his characters were drawn. ‘They do not apply to

the true Hoplochelus, but appear to me to apply to the Asthe-

nopholis of Brenske, the type of which, A. transvaalensis,

Brenske, I believe to be Ancylonycha adspersa, Bohem.,

also referred by Gemminger and Harold’s Catalogue to

floplochelus. To this species A. subfasctatus, Blanch., is

closely related.

The true Hoplochelus (rhizotrogoides, Blanch.) is a Mada-

gascan insect, which Lacordaire was unable to distinguish

from Lthizotrogus. It appears, however, to be related to

Empecta piligera, Blanch., which, as Herr Brenske has

pointed out to me, is the Hoplochelus obesus, Burm. The

genus should, I think, be retained for the present, the claws

being much more slender than those of Empecta and having

the tooth placed very obliquely near the apex.

Asthenopholis minor, Brenske.—Mr. Marshall has also sent

specimens of this from Malvern, Natal. By Herr Brenske’s

kindness I have been able to make sure of my determination

both of this species and A. transvaalensis, specimens of

which | have seen from Natal, by comparison with the types.

Asthenopholis crassus, sp. n.

Forma A. transvaulensis, sed crassior, nitidior, setis aut squamis

majoribus vestitus. Niger, flavo-vestitus, capite grosse rugoso-

punctato, clypeo lato, parce setoso, utrinque arcuato, medio paulo

emarginato, fronte setis et pilis intermixtis flavis vestita; pro-

thorace valde convexo, crebre rugoso-punctato et squamoso,

squamis ovalibus flavis, lateribus paulo crenulatis, longe pilosis,

medio valde angulatis, angulis anticis fere productis, posticis

obtusis, margine postico medio late lobato; scutello polito, nudo ;

elytris politis, vage costatis, haud crebre punctatis et flavo-setosis,

lateraliter ab humero ad medium impunctatis, nudis, lateribus

98 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Beetles

undique curvatis, postice ampliatis, angulis suturalibus obtusis ;

propygidio subtilissime rugoso atque flavo-hirto, medio longitu-

dinaliter recte canaliculato, pygidio subtiliter punctato-rugoso,

breviter hirto ; corpore subtus dense, pectore sat longe, abdomine

breviter, hirtis ; pedibus antennisque nigris, harum clava flava,

tibiis anticis fortiter tridentatis, unguibus medio longe dentatis.

Long. 28 mm.

Hab, Brir. East Arnica, Nengia.

This is the largest of these beetles and is clothed above

with scales of larger size, and therefore closer together, than

in the others. These scales are of a bright yellow colour and

the surface beneath them is quite black and much more

shining than in the other species. The scutellum and a large

patch extending from the shoulder to the middle of each

elytron are smooth and bare of scales. There is also in our

specimen a very minute bare spot upon each side of the pro-

thorax. The lateral margins of the latter are more strongly

angulated behind the middle and the front angles also are

more acute than in the remaining species. A noteworthy

feature is the bright yellow club of the antenna.

I would add to the gencric characters given by the original

describer an interesting one, only noticed by him cursorily as

occurring in A, transvaalensis, but which affords perhaps the

best means of recognizing all the members of the genus, viz.

the sharply-cut channel upon the propygidium, which serves

evidently to hold the elytra in position by the fitting into it

of projecting ridges upon their inner margins.

Herr Brenske tells me that he has yet another representative

of Asthenopholis from Bechuanaland, making in all five known

species (assuming the identity of A. adspersa and trans-

vaalensis).

Eulepida mashona, sp. n.

Ovata, robusta, nigra, supra rufescens, dense fulyo-squamosa,

pectore hirto, capite crebre punctato, squamis setiformibus dense

vestito, oculis haud magnis, clypeo paulo bilobato ; prothorace

scutelloque subtiliter punctatis, squamis minutis decumbentibus

tectis ; elytris convexis, haud longis, vage costatis, grosse punc-

tatis, interstitiis minutissime sed haud dense punctulatis, squamis

minoribus et magis setiformibus tectis, callis apicalibus paulo

prominentibus inconspicue albo-setosis, angulis suturalibus fere

rectis, haud curvatis; pygidio utriusque sexus fere equaliter

trilaterali, nigro, fulvo-hirto ; corpore subtus nigro, pectore fulvo-

villoso, abdomine parum dense griseo-sctoso ; tibiis anticis acute

bidentatis ; maris claya antennali fere ad stipitem longitudine

aequali.

Long. 25-29 mm.

From Mashonaland and East Africa. 99

Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

‘This species should be placed after 4. montana, Kolbe, in

the table given by that entomologist in the Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belg. 1894, p. 555. It is closely related to that species and

to HL. Mambvie, Kolbe, subsequently described, but is rather

smaller and stouter than either. Its scaly covering most

resembles that of H. Mambote, which, however, has larger

eyes and a more elongate pygidium, especially in the male

(which was unknown to the describer of the species). The

pygidium of £. mashona is practically the same in both sexes.

‘There are no larger isolated scales upon the elytra and those

of the prothorax are not erect as in . montana.

Hypopholis conspurcata, Gerst.— Two specimens from

Mazoe, Mashonaland, appear to belong to this species,

although no metallic lustre is perceptible and there are two

large dark patches upon the pronotum. As our two specimens

differ somewhat in coloration, however, the species is probably

a very variable one.

Clitopa capra, sp. 0.

Breviter ovata, nigro-picea, undique albo- vel albo-fulvo-pilosa ;

capite supra ubique dense et longe setoso, clypeo antice late

arcuato ; prothorace vix duplo latiore quam longitudinem, cum

scutello longe et dense villoso, lateribus regulariter arcuatis, antice

multo, postice minus contractis, margine postico medio paulo

lobato; elytris latis, punctato-rugosis, leviter costatis, undique

breviter pilosis, callis humeralibus levibus, denudatis, angulis

suturalibus separatim arcuatis; corpore subtus cum pygidio

brevius pilosis, hoc parvo ; pedibus omnibus gracilibus, tibiis an-

ticis longe et distanter bidentatis, singula calcare minutissimo

munita; antennis nigris, articulo tertio ad quartum et quintum

longitudine vix quali, clava triphylla, parum elongata.

Long. 17 mm.

HTab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.

This is a rather short and broad beetle of uniformly dark

colour and thickly clothed with a pale yellow pubescence,

which becomes almost white on the lower surface. The head

is so densely clothed above with erect bristles as to conceal

entirely its form and sculpture, and the antenne are smaller

than usual in the species of this group. Although Lacordaire

has mentioned as a feature of the present genus that the third

joint of the antenna is as long as the rest of the stipes, I do

not yet know any species in which it is so; but the characters

of this and the allied genera need considerable revision, for

the species show so great a variety of form that almost every

100 On Beetles from Mashonaland and East Africa.

one shows distinctive features as important as the majority of

those regarded as sufficient for the separation of the genera.

Clitopa nitidipennis, sp. n.

Lete testacea, capite, prothorace, scutelloque fusco-brunneis, capillis

pallide flavis vestita, elytrorum minutissimis, vix perspicuis,

reliquis longis et densibus; clypeo parvo, semicirculari, nudo, polito,

grosse punctato, a fronte carina valde elevata separato, hac cum

parte postica tota longe et dense setosa; antennis rufo-testaceis,

articulis 2°, 4°, 5° et 6° fere equalibus, 3° paulo longiore, clava

triphylla, quam stipitem longiore; prothorace brevi, lateribus

regulariter curvatis, antice multo, postice minus contractis, mar-

gine postico medio lobato; elytris sat latis, nitidis, minutissime

flavo-hirtis, rugoso-punctatis, costa suturali aliisque obsoletis,

angulis suturalibus separatim arcuatis ; pygidio parvo, haud dense

piloso ; tibiis anticis longe et distanter bidentatis, singula calcare

tenue munita.

Long. 18°5 mm.

Hab. PorTuGuese East AFrica.

This species is rather loncer than the one described imme-

diately before, but the thorax is shorter. The posterior part

only of the head is covered with erect setae, the clypeus being

naked, shining, and very narrow. ‘The antenna, like the

elytra and the lower surface of the body, are of a bright

reddish-testaceous colour and the antennal club is long. The

legs and claws are of the normal form.

The following species belongs to the recently formed genus

Diaclaspus of Brenske, differing from Clitopa chiefly by the

form of the front tibiw, which have three teeth, and the

absence of sharp ridges on the head.

Diaclaspus crinitus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, rufo-fuscus, capite, prothoracis medio elytrisque magis

fuscis, undique fulvo-hirtus (elytris breviter) ; capite ecostato, sed

clypeo linea recta a fronte separato, semicirculari, margine valde

elevato, clypeo subtiliter, fronte longe et dense, hirtis; anten-

narum Clava triphylla, ad stipitem longitudine equali, articulis

duobus precedentibus compressis, dentatis; prothorace medio

quam longitudinem duplo latiore, cum scutello longe fulyo-hirto,

lateribus regulariter arcuatis, margine postico medio paulo lobato ;

elytris rugulosis, costa suturali distincta aliisque obsoletis, angulis

suturalibus vix rotundatis; pygidio fere polito, leviter piloso;

pedibus corporeque subtus, pectoreque longius, fulvo-hirtis;

On North-American Bees of the Genus Andrena. 101

pedibus omnibus gracilibus, tibiis anticis fere equaliter triden-

tatis, femoribus posticis paulo inflatis.

Long. 15°5 mm.

T’ab. Brit. East Arrica, Mombasa.

This is a considerably smaller insect than D. delagoensis,

Brenske, and of broader, less convex form. Its pubescence

also is less uniform, being short and inconspicuous upon the

clypeus, elytra, and pygidium, and long and dense upon the

vertex and pronotum, whereas in the type species it 1s short

and velvety over the whole upper surface. The teeth of the

anterior tibiz are rather less strong in the new species, but

the hind femora are rather bulbous, as in D. delagoensis.

‘The antenne are similar in both species, but the maxillary

palpi of J). crinitus are rather longer and more slender than

in the other.

A single male specimen was brought from the Rabbai

Hills, Mombasa, by the Rev. W. W. Taylor.

XX.—WNorth-American Bees of the Genus Andrena.

By T. D. A. COCKERELL.

Andrena medionitens, sp. n.

? .— Length 8-93 millim.

Black ; head ordinary, facial quadrangle nearly square ;

antennz short, faintly brownish beneath, first joint of flagel-

lum a little longer than the next two united; facial fove

broad throughout, white, separated from the eyes by only a

linear interval ; sides of face, vertex, and occiput covered with

fulvous hair (no black hair anywhere about head or thorax) ;

clypeus shining, with rather close large punctures and a

median impunctate line ; process of Jabrum broad, concavely

truncate; thorax rather densely covered with erect stiff

fulvous hair, except the middle of mesothorax and scutellum,

which are bare and shining ; mesothorax where covered with

hair dull and tessellate, with rather sparse shallow (but quite

distinct) punctures; the shining part is also sparsely punc-

tured; metathorax dull and roughened, the enclosure ill-

defined and without any ridge or plice; tegule dark

brownish; wings yellowish, faintly dusky at apex; stigma

and nervures clear orange ferruginous; legs black, with pale

fulvous hair; middle tarsi dark reddish ; hind tibie and tarsi

ferruginous, the former stained with black on the inner face ;

102 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on North-American

hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi pale fulvous;

abdomen minutely tessellate, impunctate, with dense, broad,

yellowish-white hair-bands on segments 2 to 4, that on 2

interrupted in the middle ; caudal fimbria very pale chocolate-

colour.

Hah, Tasco, Washington State, May 25, 1896 (Trevor

Kincaid). Also from Colorado (Gillette, no. 2470).

The Colorado example is somewhat smaller and has the

first joint of flagellum shorter, but it is surely the same

species,

This species is to be compared with A. trizonata and

A. salicis. From trizonata it may be separated by the

shining middle of thorax and the colour of the legs and

pubescence. From salicis it will be known by the dense

white (not fulvous) hair-bands and the larger process of

labrum.

Andrena semipunctata, sp. n.

? .—Length 10 millim.

Black ; head and thorax quite densely covered with erect,

stiff, dull white hair, not at all tinged with ochraceous; head

ordinary, facial quadrangle broader than long; flagellum

brownish beneath, its first joint rather short; facial fovez

pale, separated by an appreciable interval from the eyes ;

clypeus very hairy all over and entirely covered (except a

very short median smooth line) with large confluent punc-

tures ; lower edge of clypeus with two dark brown bristles

pointed downwards ; process of labrum rounded, subtruncate ;

mandibles reddish at apex; mesothorax dull, minutely

roughened, with not very dense, irregular, large punctures ;

median and parapsidal grooves distinct ; scutellum punctured,

its anterior half shining ; no black hair on thorax ; enclosure

of metathorax with radiating weak and mostly short ridges,

apex of triangle cut off by a sharp transverse ridge; tegule

dark brown; wings hyaline, faintly clouded apically, ner-

vures and stigma (which is quite large) very dark brown,

basal nervure somewhat curved; legs black, the small joints

of the tarsi more or less reddish; hair on inner side of basal

joint of hind tarsi white; abdomen with the basal portions of

the segments (that of second to fourth raised) strongly but

sparsely punctured, the remaining portions minutely tessellate

and impunctate; apical lateral margins of the segments with

dense white hair- patches, very small on the first, larger on

cach subsequent one, forming well-defined though medially

interrupted bands on the third and fourth segments; caudal

fmbria brownish sooty.

Bees of the Genus Andrena. 103

3 .—Lenegth about 9 millim.

More slender, with slender Jegs; abdominal hair-bands

less developed ; face wholly black; flagellum only slightly

brownish beneath.

Hab. Seattle, Washington State, April 5, 1896 (Trevor

Kincaid).

Belongs to the group of A. rugosa. The abdomen is

fashioned muck as in A. spirwana. In A. striatifrons the

raised basal portions of the abdominal segments are also punc-

tured, but more closely than in A. sem/punctata.

Andrena hartfordensis, sp. n.

? .—Size, form, pubescence, wings, &c. as in A. b/punc-

tata, but has the clypeus minutely tessellate and dull all over,

with rather sparse shallow punctures; the facial fovee broader

above ; the second submarginal cell broader above; and the

mesothorax with distinct though shallow and rather sparse

punctures. Process of labrum truncate.

It is extremely close to A. nothoscordi, but differs by the

punctured mesothorax, the cheeks not bulging, the mandibles

rufescent only at tips, the mesothorax dull all over, and the

flagellum only faintly brown beneath.

‘The caudal fimbria is fulvous or greyish fulvous ; the three

white abdominal hair-bands are very narrow and entire; the

wings are yellowish, with ferruginous stigma and nervures.

Hab. Hartford, Connecticut, May 31, 1896 (S. N. Dun-

ning, no. 1026); Milwaukee, Wisconsin, May 28 (Dr. S,

Grenicher, no. 8).

According to Robertson the antenne of nothoscordi are

shorter than those of bipunctata; this is by no means the case

in hartfordensis.

Andrena bipunctata, Cresson.

A new locality is Ithaca, N. Y., May 11, 1890 (Mac-

gillivray).

Andrena kansensis, Ckll.

Gallinas River, at Las Valles, New Mexico; two males at

flowers of plum, April 20, 1901. New to New Mexico.

At the same time and place, also on flowers of plum, were

taken many examples of Andrena prunorum, Ckll. Las

Valles is the place hitherto cited in my papers as “ Gallinas

River, at La Cueva”; I was misinformed regarding the

name of the locality.

104 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on North-American

Andrena Portere, Ckll.

Gallinas River, at Las Valles, N. M.; females at flowers

of Libes, April 20, 1901.

Andrena carlini, Ckll.

Fort Collins, Colorado, June 11, 1899 (Titus). New to

Colorado.

Andrena Grenicheri, sp. n.

? .—Length about 12 millim.

Black, with pale ochreous pubescence ; head ordinary,

cheeks rather swollen ; flagellum brownish beneath, its first

joint considerably longer than the next two together ; clypeus

nude except at sides, shining, with strong, rather sparse

punctures, no median ridge; facial foves broad but short,

yellowish white, very close to orbital margin; process of

Jabrum low and rounded, slightly truncate at apex; meso-

thorax dull, granular, with barely visible shallow punctures ;

base of metathorax granular, with no transverse ridge; tegule

light amber; wings milky-white, nervures and stigma dark

ferruginous; stigma small, second submarginal cell very

broad, third no broader above than second ; legs with the

middle and hind tarsi, small joints of all the tarsi, and apices

of hind tibie ferruginous; abdomen impunctate, with thin

hair-bands on the second and following segments; fimbria

very pale fulvous, not copious.

Hab. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Aug. 28 (Dr. Sigmund

Grenicher).

Closely related to A. helianthi, Rob., but a smaller insect,

recognizable by its milky wings. Allied also to A. nitidior,

Ckll. Robertson’s description of A. helianthi suggests that

he may have confused Grenicheri with it; but the species I

recognize as helianthi agrees with an authentic specimen

received from Mr. Robertson.

I may also remark that in separating A. kansensis from

A. Cressoni (Ent. News, 1899, p. 255) I treated as typical

Cressoni a species represented by an authentic example from

Mr. Robertson, though it is evident that he regarded the two

insects as identical, and included both in his conception of

Cressoni (see remark in Trans, Am. Ent. Soc. 1891, p. 49).

It appears, moreover, that he considered the kansensts form

as the more typical, though less common. I ought perhaps

to transfer the name Cressoni to the kansensis form and

rename the insect I held for Cressont; but betore doing this

Bees of the Genus Andrena. 105

it would be desirable to make further investigations as to the

validity of the species and the identity of Robertson’s actual

type.

Andrena Kincaidii, Ckll.

Mr. Kincaid took a male at flowers of Syringa at Olympia,

Wash., June 3.

Andrena parnassie, sp. n.

? .—Length about 8 millim.

Black, with copious but thin hair, greyish white on sides

and middle of face, occiput, pleura, metathorax, and front of

mesothorax, black on clypeus, vertex, mesothorax (except

front), scutellum, and postscutellum ; head broad, cheeks

large and shining ; antenna black, faintly brownish at tips

beneath, first joint of flagellum a little longer than the next

two together, apical joint polished and shining above, con-

trasting with the other joints, which are much duller ; clypeus

strongly punctured, with a narrow median smooth line;

process of labrum very low and broad, gently curved ; facial

fover scarcely pallid, close to eyes; mesothorax dull,

minutely tessellate, with small punctures ; enclosure of meta-

thorax dull, coarsely roughened basally, no transverse ridge ;

tegula piceous; wings smoky, nervures piceous, stigma

brown margined with piceous; legs black, with pale hair,

hair on inner side of basal joint of hind tarsi pale brownish ;

abdomen oval, shining, but microscopically tessellate and

impunctate, lateral hind margins of segments 2 to 4 with

white hair-bands, that on 4 nearly continuous in the middle

line; fimbria silvery grey.

Hab. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Sept. 14 (Dr. S. Grenicher).

Dr. Grenicher informs me that it is an oligotropic bee,

collecting pollen exclusively from Parnassia caroliniana.

He had himself surmised that it was undescribed.

Andrena Peckhami, sp. n.

? .—Length about 84 millim.

Similar to A. parnassie, but differing as follows :—Head

not so broad ; clypeus with thin pale hair at sides, but nude

in the middle, with a broad, shining, impunctate space ;

maxillary palpi longer ; process of labrum a little rounder

and without a broad shining edge; basal joints of tarsi all

broad (in parnassie basal joint “of hind tarsus is narrow and

of middle tarsus shorter than in Peckhamt) ; first recurrent

nervure joining second submarginal cell considerably beyond

106 Capt. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

its middle (in parnassie it joins it about its middle) ; fimbria

dull grey, quite dark.

Hab. Milwaukee, Wisconsin, July 24 (Dr. &. Grenicher).

Named after Mr. G. W. Peckham, in recognition of his

work on the habits of Wisconsin Hymenoptera,

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.

Dec. 13, 1901.

’

XXJ.—Investigations upon the Life-history of Salmon, and

their Bearing on the Phenomena of Nuptial and Sexual

Ornamentation and Development in the Animal Kingdom

generally. By G. E. H. Barrerr-HAMILTon, Capt. 5th

Royal Irish Rifles.

THE coloration of animals, and especially that part of it

which seems to have a connexion with sex, presents us with

many problems of deep interest, and has formed the basis of

a number of speculations, some of them examples of the best

efforts of our strongest zoological thinkers. Many of these

theories are of great ingenuity and have marked real stepping-

stones in the progress of our knowledge. For this reason it

would be in the highest degree ungrateful to attempt their

downfall. Nor, indeed, would such an assault prove likely

to be successful, so firmly established at the present day are

the main lines of thought dealing with animal coloration,

Yet field-naturalists must often have felt dissatisfaction at

the insufficiency of all known theories and have yearned for

the discovery of some law which, embracing all the pheno-

mena in its grasp, would place before their minds a compre-

hensive view of the whole question. At least that has been

my own experience. While perfectly ready to admit that if

some colours are procryptic, others aposematic, esthetic, or

even useful for purposes of mimicry, I have felt my attention

more and more attracted to many examples of coloration

which are inexplicable with reference to any one of the above-

stated uses. Why, for instance, are the fauces of many birds

so brilliantly tinted as to throw into the shade the glory of

their plumage ?* Why are the yolks of the eggs of some

birds richly red, often in correspondence with a similar

painting of legs, bill, and fauces? Why dof both sexes of

so many animals belonging to almost all branches of the

* E.g. Kittiwake Gull (2Réssa tridactyla).

+ £E. y. Chough (Pyrrhocorax graculus).

\"?

Life-history of Salmon. 107

animal kingdom signalize the nuptial season by a special

display of beauty ? For these and numerous other questions

there is as yet no sufficient answer.

A great defect in many of the current theories is their

inability to explain the origin of the characters the modern

uses of which they propound. If the Peahen’s dinginess be

protective, and her lord and master’s splendour esthetic, how

did such a state of things first arise? Granted that there be

under present conditions ample justification for such sexual

diversity, is it credible that such a display had in its infancy

the same meaning as it now has in its perfection? Can we

really believe that a peacock with a slightly larger tail or

more brilliant feathers was, in the early history of his race,

preferable or in a better position than other less ornate fowl ?

Why are such beauties absent in youth? Why do they

decay with age, and why does the old or diseased female

partially assume them? The theory which will explain not

only the origin but the present use of such developments

must obviously be a broad one, based partially on physio-

logical, partly on esthetic or protective or other reasons.

Of late years a few writers * have attempted to probe the

question from the physiological aspect, but the work of some

of them has to my mind been frequently marred by an

inability to take a sufficiently wide view of the question under

consideration, leading them often to refuse due weight to the

views of other thinkers.

Realizing the want of some such broad law, I had the

good fortune to observe while in Kamchatka the spawning

of the Salmonide of the genus Oncorhynchus. The pheno-

mena displayed by these fish are very remarkable and have

been more than once the subject of description and comment.

They became for me the stimulus to much thought and

deliberation on the subject of animal coloration. Unfortu-

nately my stay in Kamchatka was brief, and it was not until

after I had left the country that I realized what I believe

to be the real significance of what I had seen.

In discussing the matter with friends my ideas were fortu-

nately met with commendation, and, acting on the advice of

Professor Newton, I brought the matter to the notice of the

Cambridge Philosophical Society.

Briefly, what I had to say was as follows :—The spawning

of the various species of Oncorhynchus is accompanied by

striking changes of colour and shape, different in each species.

* E.9., Wiglesworth, Newbigin, Cunningham, and others. Bateson

has some most suggestive remarks in his discussion of the subject in the

Introduction to his work ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation ’ (1894),

108 Capt. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

These might, and have, been mistaken for nuptial develop-

ment, esthetic and offensive. They are not so, however, but

represent a pathological * condition in which the fish is mani-

festly out of condition, and, becoming continually more and

more feeble, eventually succumbs.

What I wished to demonstrate was that the coloration

and growth are due to a pathological + condition of uncertain

nature. I suggested that “it may be a kind of piscine

jaundice accompanied by the hypertrophy of certain organs,

or it may be (and this I myself believe) that in the effort to

produce as much spawn as possible the whole metabolism is

so upset that the ordinary excretory organs are unable to do

all the work demanded of them, and a last effort is made to

get rid of the unduly increased quantity of poisonous products

by depositing them in the skin.”

Finally, I drew the conclusion that to such phenomena we

may possibly look for a source and origin of many of the

highly developed sexual characters met with in other animals.

In these fish, gaudily coloured and changed in form, but all

as the result of pathological conditions, we have several lines

of development ready for the operation of sexual selection.

In the above-mentioned paper I had no intention of entering

deeply into the work of others, but contented myself with

referring to several important articles.

To one of these I now wish to refer at greater length, in

* My friend Dr. F. H. H. Guillemard, one of the Englishmen who

have observed and described the phenomena in question (see the ‘ Cruise

of the Marchesa,’ vol. i. chapter 6), and to whom I sent a copy of my

paper, writes me in a letter of 29th November, 1900, that, although he

does not accept my explanation, “there can be no shadow of doubt that

the changes in the fish are purely pathological.”

Similarly Dr. Cunningham accepts the pathological condition, although

he sees “no general or necessary connection between fecundity, or intense

production of milt and eggs, aud changes in the body, pathological or

otherwise.” On the contrary, he “would attribute the changes, the

pathological condition, and the death of Oncorhynchus to the excitement

and exertion and starvation which accompany the process of spawning”

(in lit. of 28th Noy., 1900)—an opinion, after all, not very much ut

variance with my own.

+ In the letter quoted above Dr. Cunningham cites the Conger as

instance of a fish “ which dies after spawning, and which before death

shows a pathological condition. But in this case there are in the female

no remarkable changes of colour and of structure. The Conger ceases to

feed several months before spawning, and when ripe its bones have so

much degenerated that they are as soft as cheese and the teeth all drop

out. Here there is no excitement or struggle such as occurs among a

crowd of salmon struggling with one another and ascending a river for

miles from the sea. In the male Conger, which does not nl to more

than 22 feet in length, the eyes appear to become larger;

be merely due to the shrinking of the tissues of the head,”

ut this may

Life-history of Salmon. 109

particular as it contains, as if seems to me, a most remarkable

confirmation of my hypothesis. It is the ‘ Report of Investi-

gations on the Life-History of Salmon,’ published by the

Fishery Board for Scotland in 1898, This report consists of

a series of papers by several experts. ‘There is hardly one of

these which does not bear directly upon my hypothesis ; in

fact the support which they afford is, to my mind at all

events, so obvious, that when quoting the more important

passages I shall be saved from lengthy comments. Com-

mencing with the “ General Introduction” by Dr. D. Noel

Paton, we find the statement that :—

“Tn the female the growth of these [the genital organs] is

enormous. In April or May the ovaries constitute only about

1-2 per cent. of the weight of the fish, in November they are

no less than 23°3 per cent. In a fish of 30 lbs. in the spring

they weigh about 120 grms., in November they weigh about

2000 grms. The increase in the testes in the male is not so

marked, but is sufficiently striking. In April or May these

organs are about 0°15 per cent. of the weight of the fish,

while in November they are 3°3 per cent.” (pp. 1 & 2).

Surely then, if the above statement be true, here at the

outset we have sufficient reason to suspect, as I suggested in

my paper, that “in the effort to produce as much spawn as

possible the whole metabolism is upset.” Nothing would

seem more likely than that such a concentration of energy

upon the formation of milt and ova should cause the total

unhinging of the normal processes of the fish’s body.

Continuing, Dr. Noel Paton asks the question, “ From

what are these structures formed?” And before attempting

an answer he points out that ‘as they [the genitalia] grow,

the muscle, as is well known, undergoes marked and charac-

teristic changes. Not only does it diminish in amount as

the season advances, so that the fish which have been for

some time in the river become smaller in the shoulder and

back, but it loses its rich fatty character, while it becomes

paler in colour” (p. 2).

Evidently then, so far at least as the muscles are con-

cerned, the metabolism of the body is upset, and instead of

being anabolic becomes markedly katabolic.

It is part of the duty of the various authors of the report to

discuss the connexion, if any, between the changes in the

muscles, the growth of the ovaries and testes, and the source

of the energy used up by the salmon in fighting its way up

stream, often up rapids and over falls. “ Are the changes

[it is asked] in the muscle connected with the performance of

this work ; and if so, to what extent are these changes con-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 7. Vol. ix. 9

110 Capt. G. E. LH. Barrett-Hamilton on the

nected with the muscular work and to what extent with the

growth of the genitalia?” (p. 2).

Such were some of the questions to the investigation of

which the scientific officials of the Scotch Fishery Board

devoted themselves. Briefly stated their conclusions, so far

as they relate to my own paper, are :—

“That the genitalia of fish coming from the sea develop

steadily from April on to the spawning-time, and that the

genitalia of salmon in the earlier summer months develop

more rapidly than those of grilse.

“That the proportion of the weight of genitalia to the

weight of the fish is constant for all sizes of salmon” (p. 2).

Dr. Noel Paton and Dr. James C. Dunlop agree in con-

firming the conclusions arrived at by Mr. Archer* in a

previous report, “that fish continue to feed in the sea at least

till the end of August. The marked diminution in the amount

of muscle in fish reaching the estuaries in October and No-

vember would seem to show that the supply of food is insuffi-

cient to yield the material necessary for the rapidly growing

genital glands, and that therefore the solids of the muscle

have to be drawn upon, or, at least, that accumulation of

material in the muscles is prevented. ‘I'he steady increase in

weight per fish of standard length throughout the season

seems to indicate that they continue to feed even after August

and September, though, as will be shown later (p. 86), the

flesh contains about 5 per cent. more water in October and

November than in July and August, while the increase of

weight is only 3°7 per cent.

“2nd. The fall in the amount of muscle from the early to

the late part of the season in fish in the upper reaches supports

the conclusions arrived at by Meischer Ruesch, and by

Drs. Gulland and Gillespie, that the salmon does not feed in

fresh water” (pp. 74-75).

If, then, as has already been shown, the salmon, leaving its

marine feeding-ground, ascends the river and remains until

the spawning-time, often for several months, without any

supply of nourishment from without, during this period it

must subsist upon the store of material in its body brought

from thesea. It is toa study of “ the progress of the changes

which go on in the fish during its prolonged fast’? and an

attempt to explain “ how the material for the growth of the

genitalia and for the muscular energy required in the ascent

of the stream is obtained” (p. 79) that a great portion of the

* See ‘Annual Reports of the Fishery Board for Scotland, part ii.,

1895.

bis

Life-history of Salmon. 111

report is devoted, and especially to the verification of the

investigation of Professor P. Meischer Ruesch *

As a result of his investigations on this point Dr. Noel

Paton finds that, as regards the muscles, the percentage of

solids, although throughout the season markedly higher in

the fish at the mouth than in the fish in the upper reaches

of the river, remains unaltered in all nntil August. In

October and November it falls markedly, but the weight of

the muscle shows no diminution, being kept up by the addi-

tion of water (p. 86). ‘he ovaries, on the contrary, increase

in solids; and a balance of loss of muscle and gain of ovaries

may be struck, from which it appears that ‘ the amount of

solids lost by the muscle vs not only amply sufficient to yreld the

solids gained by the ovary, but a large surplus is left” (p. 87).

Similarly in a male fish the testes increase in size at the

expense of the muscle, but they do not attain to anything like

the same proporiionate weight of the whole fish, as do the

ovaries. Observations on male fish were more limited than

those on female; but a balance and loss table was drawn

up, from which the conclusion was drawn that ‘ the supply of

solids, over that required for the construction of the testes,

which is thus available for muscular energy, ts considerably

greater in the case of the male than of the femule fish” (pp. 83

ae:O1).

Passing on to a consideration of the various substances

included in the term “ solid,” it is found that chemical obser-

vations show that “the fish leaves its marine feeding-ground

with the muscle loaded with fat, and that this fat gradually

diminishes in amount, being in part transmitted to the ovary

and in part used up as a source of energy’ (p. 106). The

store of fat is, in fact, according to Dr. Paton, “ not only

amply sufficient to yield all the fat required for the fat of the

growing ovary, but also abundantly sufficient to yield energy

jor an enormous amount of muscular work” (p. 98).

As regards the origin of this fat, it would appear that fat

is drawn not only from the muscles, but from the intestines,

and that ‘ this intestinal fat is the first to be drawn upon, and

that it is used up more rapidly than the muscle-fat”’ (p. 100).

Further, “ the futs stored in the liver while the fish is feeding

in the sea are to a great extent lost during the sojourn in fresh

water, Asmuch as 20 grm. of fat per fish of standard length

* ‘Statistische und biologische Beitrége zur Kenntniss von Lebendes

Rheinlachses in Siisswasser. A contribution to the literature of the

Berlin Fisheries Exhibition of i880. Published by Von Metzer and

Wiltig, Leipsic. See also ‘ Histochemischen und physiologischen Ar-

beiten,’ von Frederich Mirscher, Bd. ii. p. 116: Leipsic, 1897.

112 Capt. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

may be given off from the liver” (p. 101). It is shown that

“the accumulation of fat in the muscles is as great in the male

asin the female, and that the fat is used up to quite as great an

extent. On the other hand, the accumulation of fat in the

testes is trifling in amount, and thus the conclusion is indicated

that in the male the utilization of fat as a source of energy

is much greater than in the female, and this is especially

marked in the later months ” (p. 104).

Similarly to the fat, the proteids of the muscles of salmon

which have been in the river for some time “ undergo a

marked diminution, being in part transferred to the growing

ovary and testes, and in part used as a source of muscular

encrgy”’ (p. 112). The muscle of the kelt is very poor in

soluble proteid (p. 118). Dr. James ©. Dunlop finds that as

regards the female fish examined in 1896 ‘the deficit of

muscle proteid in upper-water fish is so large that, after

allowing for the requirements of the ovaries, there remains a

surplus loss. This surplus loss is available for the liberation

of a large amount of energy ” (p. 128).

As regards the male fish a very similar conclusion is

formed, but in this case the ‘surplus loss is much greater

than in female fish, and consequently a much larger amount

is available for energy.”

‘“‘ The changes being exactly comparable to those observed

in female salmon, it may be concluded that male salmon, like

female salmon, have sufficient proteid stored in their muscles

to meet all their requirements in fresh water, and that this

proteid is called on to supply the want of the growing testes

and for the liberation of energy ” (p. 132).

Some important conclusions are reached by Dr. Paton

during his consideration of the fats and proteids stored in the

muscles as a source of muscular energy. Thus :—

“1, Of the fats lost from the muscle of female fish to

August only a very small moiety—12 per cent.—goes to the

ovaries. The remaining 88 per cent. is available as a source

of energy. Taking the metabolism to November, 30 per cent.

of the fats go to the ovary and 70 per cent. to energy.

“2. Of the proteids lost from the muscle to July and

August in the female, 23 per cent. are transferred to the

ovaries, 77 per cent. are available for energy; but later in

the season the proteid lost from the muscle is almost entirely

transferred to and built up in the growing ovaries, little or

none being available for muscular energy.

«3. It thus follows that while in the earlier months the

energy of muscular work is derived from the fats to the extent

of 81 per cent., and from proteids to the extent of 19 per

Life-history of Salmon. 113

cent., during the later months the fats are almost the sole

source of energy.

“4, In the male, of the fat lost from the muscle to August

5 per cent, are accumulated in the testes, while 95 per cent.

are available for energy. Of the proteids 14 per cent. go to

the testes, leaving 86 per cent. as a source of energy.

“5. In the period to August, when male and female fish

can be compared, the energy liberated per fish of standard

length was in the female equivalent to 1,265,000 kgms.*%,

while in the male it was equivalent to 1,380,000 kgms. In

the female, where fat accumulation in the ovaries is large, a

greater proportion of energy appears to be derived from the

proteids of the muscle than in the male, where the fish is

comparatively poor in fats. Here the fats of muscle yield a

larger proportion of energy than in the female. In the

female to August of the total available energy about 20 per

cent. is derived from the proteids, while in the male only

9 per cent. is obtained from this source” (p. 142).

Dr. Paton has constructed a table wherein it is attempted

to show the work done by the female fish in ascending the

rivers Dee and Spey as compared with the energy evolved

from fats and proteids to August, An exact calculation is

impossible, but it is shown that for the raising of the fish’s

body and the work of overcoming friction “an enormous

surplus of energy is available from the combustion of the fat

and proteids which disappear from the muscles throughout

the sojourn of the fish in fresh water.” It is also claimed by

Dr. Paton that his ‘¢ observations very clearly prove that tn a

cold: blooded animal fats are a source of energy, and that they

play a much more important part than the protetds”’—a con-

clusion adverse to that of Pfliiger T, who has most strenuously

maintained the view that the proteids are the great source of

energy for muscular work (p. 142).

Turning to carbohydrates, we find that in the present

investigations they have not been studied. Meischer Rueschf,

however, found small amounts of sugar present in the blood

and liver and glycogen in the muscles even when the salmon

has been long in the river (p. 138).

As regards phosphorus and its compounds, the conclusion

is drawn that a supply, “ partly as inorganic phosphates,

partly as lecithin, is stored in the muscles as these grow and

become loaded with fat during the stay of the fish in the sea,

«“* The kilogrammétre is the work done in lifting a kilogramme through

one metre. It is equivalent to 7-24 foot-pounds.”

+ Arch, Bd. xlvi.

{ ‘Histochemischen und physiologischen Arbeiten,’ 1897, Bd. ii,

p- 325.

lit Capt. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

“While the fish is in the river this stored phosphorus is

transmitted from the muscle to the growing ovaries and testes,

and in being transmitted undergoes changes in its chemical

combinations. In the ovary the simple phosphates of the

muscle are (a) combined with fatty acids and cholin to form

the abundant supply of lecithin ; (%) combined with proteids

to form the pseudo- or para-nuclein-ichthulin—which is so

abundant a constituent of the ovary ; ‘ (c) in the testes, on the

other hand, the phosphorus of the muscle-phosphates is elabo-

rated with the more complex nucleic acid and combined

with the characteristic base—protamin. .. .

“There is no evidence that the transference of phosphorus

from the muscles to the genital organs is not direct. ‘here

is no evidence that the liver plays any intermediate part. In

fact, all the evidence tells against any such idea. It is appa-

rently in and by the active protoplasm of the growing ovaries

and testes that these profound chemical changes are carried

out”’ (p. 155).

‘¢ As to the source of the phosphorus stored in the muscle,

there can be little doubt that it is in great measure derived

from the phosphates in the bones of herrings and other fish

upon which the salmon feeds” (p. 155).

In a female fish the balance between the phosphorus lost

from the muscle and that gained by the ovaries is fairly close.

“ The phosphorus lost from the muscle is just about sufficient to

yield the phosphorus laid on by the ovaries, provided no phos-

phorus is excreted or used tn other ways”? (p. 152).

“The liver cannot be regarded as the source of the phos-

phorus for the ovaries, and it is rather to the bones that we

must look for any supply of this element over and above that

yielded by the muscles which may be necessary for the growth

of the ovaries ” (p. 158).

Although the testes are particularly rich in phosphates, it

would “ appear that the store of phosphorus in the muscle is

far more than sufficient to yield the phosphorus required in

the constructive changes in the testes” (p, 155)—an interesting

conclusion in view of the fact that “in the male during the

summer months there is a great growth of bone in the snout,

and it is highly probable that some of the phosphate stored

in the muscles is utilized in this process’ (p. 155).

Similarly Mr. KE. D. W. Greig comes to the conclusion—

“(1) that the quantity of iron in the ovary becomes

distinctly increased during the development of that organ,

(2) that a considerable amount of its iron is derived trom the

muscles, which become correspondingly poorer in iron, (3) that

none of it is derived from the liver.’ A small quantity

—

Life-history of Salmon. 115

unaccounted for may possibly be derived from the blood

(p. 158).

The pigment of the salmon was investigated by Miss M. I.

Newbigin. The nuptial colour-changes of the fish are well

known. ‘ When the fish comes from the sea the skin is of a

clear bright silvery hue, while the flesh has the familiar

strong pink colour. ‘lhe small ovaries are of a yellow-brown

colour, As the reproductive organs develop during the

passage np the river certain definite colour-changes occur.

he skin loses its bright silvery colour, and, more especially

in the male, acquires a ruddy brown hue. At the same time

the flesh becomes paler and paler, and in the female the

rapidly growing ovaries acquire a fine orange-red colour.

The testes in the male remain a creamy white.

“ After spawning the skin tends in both sexes to lose its

ruddy colour and to regain the bright silvery tint; the flesh,

however, remains pale until the kelt has revisited the sea,

In other words, the salmon comes from the sea with a store

of pigment in the muscles. During its sojourn in the river

this pigment disappears from the muscles, is apparently in

the female for the most part transferred to the ovaries, aud so

to the ova, and in both sexes is to a smaller extent deposited

in the skin, there to undergo further changes. The accumu-

lation of pigment in the muscle is associated with the presence

ot a large amount of fat, and fat and pigment disappear part

passu”’ (p. 159).

A similar colour-change is observable, although in a lesser

degree, in the Sea-Trout, and “even in certain varieties of

brown trout, e.g. the Loch Leven tront”’; and it is suggested

that in the case of certain red-fleshed fish of other families,

such as the Dawson Salmon of the Australians (Osteoglossum

Leichardt:) and the Australian mud-fish (Ceratodus Forster‘),

the pigment is also associated with the presence of fat in the

muscles.

Miss Newbigin’s chemical investigations disclosed the

presence, both in the flesh and in the mature ovaries, of two

pigments. Of these “one is pink and gives the blue lipo-

chrome reaction, while the other is yellow and does not give

this reaction” (p. 161). The former “corresponds closely

to the lipochrome pigment described in various animals, and

notably in Crustacea, as tetronerythrin or zoonerythrin (by

Moseley as crustaceorubrin) ” (p. 161). The latter strongly

resembles a pigment which may be obtained from the bright

yellow fat of the cow. “It belongs to a group of pigments

which are apparently exceedingly widely distributed in the

animal kingdom, but which have been little investigated.”

116 Capt. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on the

In the Salmon it “ occurs in the muscle, the ovary, and in

large amount in the liver,” but “ always in close association

with fat,’ upon which its “solubility seems to depend”

(p. 161).

As regards the significance of the pigment, Miss Newbigin

finds that two pigments of “similar or perhaps identical

nature occur in the lobster, and in all probability in other

Crustacea.” Hence Giinther sugges'ed that the Salmon

derives its pigment directly from its food—a suggestion sup-

ported by the disappearance of the pigments while fasting,

their reappearance when the animal begins to take food, and

by their sporadic appearance in certain Brown Trout, as if

they are dependent upon particular diet. The difficulty is

that the Salmon does not feed directly upon Crustacea, but on

haddock, herrings, and similar fish.

Miss Newbigin could find no traee of the red pigment

either in the muscles or the viscera of the herring, and in her

opinion “ it hardly seems probable that the amount of pigment

in the undigested food of the herring could be sufficient to

supply all the colouring-matter of the salmon’s muscle”

(p. 161). Both muscle and viscera of herring, however, may

be made to yield traces of a yellow pigment resembling that

obtained from the liver of the salmon. Hence the suggestion

that possibly “ the salmon obtains the yellow pigment of its

muscle from food in association with fat and that part of this

pigment is modified to form the red” *, a process which tlhe

author compares to the transference of pigment to certain

caterpillars from their food t, and to the frequent presence of

yellow pigment, evidently thus derived, in the fat of sheep

and cows.

This view brings with it another difficulty, viz. ‘that

unless these three organisms can be shown to possess some

physiological peculiarity, then we are forced to the conclusion

that all yellow pigments in animals are derived from their

food—a conclusion for which there seems little evidence.”

Further, if the presence of “ pigment in the food is the only

condition necessary to produce pigmented fat, it is difficult to

understand why such coloured fat should not be universal in

* Poulton, Proc. Roy, Soc, London, liv. pp. 417-480; see also ‘ Natural

Science, vol. viii. pp. 98-100.

+ Later investigations by Miss Newbigin have disclosed the presence

in certain Copepoda of a 1ed lipochrome, which exhibits the same general

characters as the red pigment of salmon, and especially recalls the latter

in its close association with fat. Unfortunately it was not obtained in

quantity sufficient to allow of detailed investigations (see “ Further Inves-

tigations on the Life-History of the Salmon in Fresh Water,” in Proe,

R. Soc. Edinburgh, Sess. 1899-1900).

Life-history of Salmon. 117

herbivorous animals, for all green parts of plants contain also

a certain amount of yellow pigment” (p. 163).

The difficulty is met by the conclusion “ that the presence

of pigment-containing fat in cattle, in caterpillars, and in the

salmon is due in each case to the habit of ingesting coloured

fatty food in an amount which is in excess of the immediate

requirements, the consequence being that fat coloured with

the pigment in a more or less modified condition is deposited

in certain of the tissues. While the pigment so deposited

is of no importance in cattle, in caterpillars it is important in

producing the external coloration and in the salmon in

colouring the ova. In the male salmon the pigment is

probably eliminated as the fat is used up. The question is

of some interest, because if the suggestion here made be

correct, it shows that a characteristic pigmentation may be

acquired, as it were, incidentally in the life-history of the

individual under circumstances which render the question as

to the inheritance of acquired character absolutely unim-

portant” * (p. 164).

In the general summary of results Dr. Noel Paton comes

to the rather surprising conclusion that ‘it would thus seem

to be the state of nutrition which ts the factor determining

migration towards the river ; that when the salmon has accu-

mulated the necessary supply of material it tends to return to

its original habitat” (p. 170). This conclusion is based on

the fact that the Salmonide are originally freshwater fish,

the majority of which spend their whole life in fresh water.

Others, like the Salmon, have apparently acquired the habit

of quitting the fresh water in search of food, having accumu-

lated a store of which in the body, the fish returns to its

native element, and there performs its reproductive act.

“That the migration of the fish is not governed by the

growth of the genitalia and by the nisus generativus f is,” the

author thinks, “ shown by the fact that salmon are ascending

rivers throughout the whole year with their genitalia in all

* I do not think it likely that either Miss Newbigin’s conclusions as to

the origin of the red pigment or Dr. Noel Paton’s (see below) as to the

cause of the return of the salmon to fresh water will be accepted without

further discussion. Neither question, however, directly concerns the

subject of this paper, and no good object would be obtained by devoting

space to their treatment.

t+ Renewed investigations by Dr. Noel Paton and Miss Newbigin (Proc.

R. Soc, Edinburgh, Sess. 1899-1900) lead them to strengthened opinions

that ‘“ the Salmon goes to the sea to feed and returns to the river when it

has accumulated its full store of nourishment irrespective of the condition

of the reproductive organs. The factor determining migration from sea ta

river is not the nisus generativus, but the state of nutrition,”

118 Capt. G. E. IH. Barrett- Hamilton on the

stages of development” (p. 169). Further, although “a

return to fresh water is essential for the completion of repro-

duction, for it has been shown that salt water prevents the

development of the ova... . descent to the sea is not

necessary for the development of the genitalia... . since

experiments show that fish, when properly fed, may develop

their genitalia without leaving fresh water” (p. 170).

As regards the fast of the salmon while in fresh water, the

report is strong that not only does the salmon abstain from

feeding while in fresh water, at least before spawning, but it

cannot feed, since its alimentary canal is in a state of desqua-

mative catarrh. The observations of Miescher Ruesch * are

thus confirmed. Not only is food, as a rule, absent from the

stomach-cavity, but the “ slight acidity and small digestive

power of the extracts of the gastric mucous membrane

recorded lead to the conclusion that the fish both in the

estuaries and in the rivers were in a fasting condition”

(p. 32).

The assertion that the alimentary canal of the breeding

salmon is in a state of acute desquamative catarrh, although

directly denied by Dr. Alex. Brown f, afforded a very im-

portant support to my theory. It appears, however, that on

this point alone the observations of the writer of the report

are erroneous, and Dr. J. K. Barton ¢ has shown that the

appearance of catarrh is due to the method of preparation

of the specimens. This, however, does not affect the fact

that the salmon while in fresh water is undergoing a physio-

logical fast §, that its gastric juice is weak in peptogenic power

and contains a decreased quantity of hydrochloric acid, and

that consequently the number of bacteria in the digestive

tract is increased. ‘This disinclination or, it may be, inability

to feed, accompanied as it is by discoloration and general

failure of condition, may in fact be itself regarded as patho-

logical, or, at all events, as reminiscent of a former patho-

logical condition, Nor must it be forgotten that what is

pathological in one animal may be normal in another, as I

am ren inded by Mr. Headley |).

Such is a brief 7ésumé of a most interesting series of papers.

+ Zool. Anz. 1898, xxi. pp. 514, 517-6521.

t Journ. Anat. & Phys., April 1900.

§ As Sir H. Maxwell says (‘ Memories of the Months,’ 2nd series) :—

«Even a physiological fast is compatible with occasional irregular im-

pulses of appetite, which exactly corresponds with the well-known capri-

ciousness of salmon in taking any lure.’

| The connexion between disease and variation in general is, of course,

not anew one. See Bateson, op. eit. p. 74,

Life-history of Salmon. 119

The facts shown by the authors speak for themselves. I

submit that they afford considerable support to my views if

we regard the common Salmon as an instance of a species in

which the pathological results of spawning and their fatal

issue have undergone much modification. Whether, how-

ever, my views be accepted or not, it is of great importance

and interest to have so clearly put before us the details of the

exchange of material from one part of the body to the other

under the influence of the generative organs.

The fact that the destination of much of the material thus

lost from the muscles (70 per cent. in the case of fats, 77 per

cent. in that of proteids, and a large proportion in that of phos-

phorus) is unknown is very significant. Some of it is, no

doubt, used, as the authors Suggest, as a source of energy; but

I look to this surplus material for the formation of secondary

sexual characters, as indeed is suggested in the case of the

salmon’s beak and in the deposition—apparently almost adven-

titiously—of some of the moving muscle-pigments in the

fish’s skin. ‘There can, I think, be little doubt that given an

animal wherein a considerable amount of surplus material and

pigment is on the move, much of that material and pigment

would, with an increased blood-supply, be at the service of

and directed to, not only the genitalia, but to such other

portions of the body as undergo special exertion or movement

during courtship, an idea which I borrow gratefully from

Dr. Cunningham.

It seems logical to presuppose that such a transference will

be found to accompany the seasons of special sexual activity

in other animals, and that upon the relative amount of surplus

energy and material will depend the decoration or armature

of the sexes. Jn animals whose sexual activity is permanent

and not periodic it is probable that such a transference will

be less marked, inasmuch as the permanent activity of the

generative organs will prevent undue accumulation of fat and

other surplus matter in the muscles, and will constantly,

under the influence of heredity and natural selection, apply

such surplus mateiial to the parts where it is most urgently

required.

Further, in the observation that the proportional use of

proteids and fats “ as a source of energy ” is different in male

and female salmon we have a most suggestive hint as to the

origin of sexual dimorphism, whether seasonal or otherwise.

We have in the Salmon a state of things which, if modified

or accentuated by natural selection, might easily be the

foundation of the numerous extraordinary instances of sexual

dimorphism which the animal kingdom presents to us. My

120 Dr. O. v. Méllendorff on some

suggestion that the capacity of each sex for the production of

nuptial changes is equal is shown to becorrect, but the disparity

in the size and in the requirements of ova and testes accounts

for the existence of a larger surplus of material in the male.

This surplus may be used up partly as energy, partly in the

production of the secondary characters—the growth of snout

and discoloration of skin.

In my paper above alluded to I wrote of the deposition in

the skin of some of the products of the disturbed metabolism,

and I] suggested that in the case of the females of dimorphic

species the excess of pigment might be disposed of in several

ways, as, for instance, in the pigmented eggs of birds. This

is markedly confirmed by Miss Newbigin’s statement that

“in the river this pigment disappears from the muscles, is

apparently in the female for the most part transferred to the

ovaries, and so to the ova, and in both sexes is to a smaller

extent deposited in the skin.”

Lastly, it is important to note that while the transference is

direct and unmarked by degeneration of the losing tissues,

some of the matter transferred (e. g. the phosphorus) may be

altered in the process—a fact which opens up enormous possi-

bilities in the case of pigmentation, inasmuch as it is easy to

imagine that the transference might in some cases be accom-

panied by unforeseen colour-changes or by the formation of

pigment de novo.

Leeuwspruit, Orange River Colony,

South Africa.

24th August, 1901.

XXIJ.—On some Questions of Malacoloyical Nomenclature *.

By O. v. M6LLENDOrFF, Ph.D.

Mr. Pritspry, who discussed my former paper on this

subject,t, is certainly right when he says that “ controversy

over names is a notoriously barren employment” ; but it has

been especially so in our case, because he does not apparently

read German, and has in consequence misunderstood and

misstatid several of my views, In order to put the case

fairly before the English-reading public, 1 may be permitted

* (Mr. Pilsbry’s paper and Dr. von M@llendorff’s reply having been

placed before our readers, this discussion, so far as the ‘ Annals’ is con-

cerned, may now be considered to be closed.—IXps.

+ “The Nomenclature of European Helices,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(7) viii. pp. 325-829,

Questions of Malacological Nomenclature. 121

to correct some of the mistakes probably due to erroneous

translation.

Pilsbry makes me say that the principle of selecting the

oldest-published sectional for a generic name is to be discarded

if the oldest group-name ¢s based upon an extreme form of

the genus. I said, however, distinctly that I propose to

reject such name if 7@t eapresses or signifies (‘“ bezeichnet”’)

an extreme or aberrant development of the shell which is not

a generic character and does not exist in the other sections of

the genus. ‘That is to say, I reject such name or designation

on linguistic grounds. IL still think it absurd that a genus

containing almost exclusively flat shells should be called

“ Pyramidula,” or that rounded shells should be designated as

Helicigona, or that shells without any irregularities should be

compared to the humpbacked T'hersites. It seems to me that

so long as we adhere to classical languages as the sources of

our nomenclature we should aim at grammatical correctness

and logical signification of the names, which should not be,

as Pilsbry himself happily expresses it, ‘‘ senseless in meaning

and hideous in etymology.” ‘This objection to certain

names on linguistic grounds will not open the door to endless

discussion, as Pilsbry fears, if we make it a rule that generic

names designating an aberrant character which does not exist

in the other members of the genus, such designation being

contrary to the type of the genus, should be discarded. |

cannot imagine a case where this principle could give oppor-

tunity for individual differences of opinion, a very modest

knowledge of Latin or Greek being sufficient to decide

whether the signification of the name is contradictory to the

diagnosis of the genus or not.

Pilsbry giants the force of my objection that it is premature

to follow the strict rule of priority when the earliest name

was based upon a species not positively known to belong to

the genus for which it is selected ; but he does not mention

the case in which he has alieady been misled by not following

this rule. Replacing Hyalinia, Agass., by Vitrea, Vitz.,

without knowing the anatomy of the type of the latter, he

has led himself and those who tollow him, ‘‘ a blind leader of

the blind, into a quagmire” *, ‘The true Vitrea, Vitz., is,

according to Ihering, generically different from Hyalinia, so

that we have to change Vitrea, Pilsbry (non Fitz.), back

again into Hyalinia, unless some other alleged prior name is

discovered.

* I use his own words, which he employed against Boettger and

others, and remind him of a good German proverb —* He who dwells in

a glass house should beware of throwing stones,”

122 Dr. O. v. Mollendorff on some

I hope soon to be able to prove that Pyramidula rupestris

is not a Patula, perhaps not even a member of the Helicide

at all. Is it not premature to place such an aberrant group

at the head of a genus before it is anatomically known, and

to change a well-established name before the necessity is

proved beyond doubt? I may repeat here that I suspect

analogous cases in Ganesella—Satsuma, Cepolis, and others.

The soft parts of the true Ganesella have not been examined,

and I am all but sure that it belongs to the Eulotide, not to

the Satsuma stock. Now Pilsbry’s “ Ganesella”’ is based

upon the anatomy of Satswma japonica, and it would have

been more prudent to retain the name Satsuma until it was

proved that Ganesella really belongs to the same genus.

I still think that page-priority in the case of two or more

names for a group in one and the same book should not be

recognized, inasmuch as the whole work is made publiet juris

absolutely at the same time, and I still believe there will

always be a scientific reason for selecting one of them. How-

ever, these cases are so rare that it is hardly worth while to

discuss them.

My proposition no. (3) has not been discussed by Pilsbry

at all, probably because he did not understand the German

text. As I consider it rather an important one, the accepta-

tion of which would settle a number of these vexed questions,

I repeat the gist of it here. I proposed that one of the older

sectional or subgeneric names, which are generally published

without description or even naming of a type, should only

retain priority if the author who first scientifically defined the

genus to be named has chosen such name for designation of

his genus. In other words, the priority dates only from the

moment when the genus was properly described. I think

Pilsbry will agree with me that neither /acosta, Gray, nor

flelicella, Risso, nor Xerophila, Held, have any claim upon

having been scientifically defined by their authors; and I

should have no objection to call the genus Helicella (Risso),

Pilsbry, if Pilsbry had been the first to describe it properly.

That is, however, not the case. Ihering did it before him

(1892), and selected Xerophila as its name. If my proposed

rule was accepted, then we might continue to call the genus

X:rophila (Held) Ihering. The same reasoning would

apply to Campylea (Beck) Ihering. Of course this rule

could only be followed in cases where there are no other rules

of nomenclature in the way. E. g., Dorcasia, Gray, was

expressly named for D. Alexandri; and as Dorcasia, lhering,

does not contain that species, we cannot replace Lulota

(Hartm.), Pilsbry, by Dorcasia, lher., although Ihering was

Questions of Malucological Nomenclature. 123

the first to constitute the genus scientifically. If Gonostoma,

Raf. (1810), is a valid name in ichthyology, as Pilsbry

asserts, we cannot retain Gonostoma, Lher., instead of [elico-

donta, Risso, &e.

With regard to Heliomanes and Hygromanes, Fér., all L

maintain is that they should be treated bothin the same way,

their position in Férussac’s work being absolutely the same.

They are both subsections of Helicella and both good Greek

words, plural and singular of which are identical. Pilsbry

repeats that Hygromanes was intended for a noun in the

plural, and is not acceptable. //ygromanes may have been

employed by Férussac as plural; at the same time it zs a

singular, meaning “fond of moisture,” just as Heliomanes

signifies “fond of sunshine,” or Dowomanes “ desirous of

glory,” &e. Lf Hygromanes is inapplicable, why does Pilsbry

admit Heliomanes? Risso’s form Hygromia is an ungram-

matical mutilation of Hygromanes without any sense.

I have not sought to prove, as Pilsbry says, that Trichia,

de Haan, bears the date of 1850, but I have simply quoted a

earcinological author who made that assertion. If Haan’s

original work was accessible to Pilsbry, he should have

verified the date before he wrongly disputed the priority of

Trichia, Hartm., which he now has to admit.

With reference to Pruticicolu, 1. must admit that I could

not consult the original work; but Herrmannsen states

distinctly in his ‘Index’ that the type of Fruticicola is

H. fruticum. Held’s mixed group competes either with

Hygromanes (or Hygromia) or with Hulota, but in no instance

with Trichia.

In the case of Plectotropis and Afgista Pilsbry must have

entirely misunderstood my writings, when he alleges that [

consider them distinct genera on account of the keel. Does

he not know that there are species of Plectotropis with

rounded and of Mgista with angulated periphery? he

real differences between P/ectotrupis and Avyista are the

interrupted membrane-sculpture and the thin peristome of the

former, the thickened lip with convergent margins of the

latter. I say distinctly *:—‘‘ The strongly thickened peri-

stome and its very convergent margins leave, even in angu-

lated or keeled species of Afgista, no doubt about their

belonging to that genus.”” The keel goes for nothing either

in these or any other groups.

I have not tried to cast doubt upon what Pilsbry stated to

be the facts in the case of Otala, Schumacher. I have merely

* ‘Binnen-Mollusken Westchina,’ 1899, p. 17 (see also p. 23).

124 On Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Moroceo.

pointed out that the identification of Otala atomaria, Schum.,

with Helix lactea, Miill., might be erroneous, which would

not mean any error of Pilsbry’s, but of Pfeiffer’s. However,

I have since convinced myself that Schumacher himself

mentions the identity of his atomaria with lactea. ‘here

remains only the question whether an incongruous group

which consists of an Acavus, a Gibbus, and a Macularia, and

which is of very doubtful etymology, should be considered

worthy of being accepted in scientific nomenclature. As

regards Marmorana, Hartm., | have apparently been misled

by Martens, who quotes that name as a synonym of his

Macularia with the type of H. vermiculata. As I had no

access to Hartmann’s work, and expressly quoted Martens as

my authority, Pilsbry’s comments should have been directed

against Martens.

XXIII.—Deseriptions of Two new Cyprinid Fishes from

Morocco. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Capoéta Waldo.

Depth of body 33 to 4 times in total length, length of head

5 times. Snout broad and rounded, as long as or slightly

longer than the eye, the diameter of which is 4 times in the

length of the head and twice in the interocular width; the

width of the mouth equals about half that of the head; two

pairs of barbels, the first half the diameter of the eye, the

second a little shorter than theeye. Dorsal IIL 9; third ray

feeble, smooth ; longest ray # or # the length of the head.

Anal JI 6; longest ray as long as the head and reaching the

root of the caudal. Pectoral pointed, a little shorter than the

head, not reaching the ventral, which is inserted under the

first rays of the dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

14 to 12 as long as deep. Scales longitudinally striated,

34-35 “, 24 between the lateral line and the root of the

ventral. Steel-grey above, silvery beneath; an indistinct

darker lateral band.

‘Votal length 160 millim,

Capoéta atlantica.

Depth of body slightly greater than length of head, 4 times

in total length. Snout obtusely pointed, a little longer than

the eye, the diameter of which is 4 times in the length of the

On Mammals from Bolivia. 125

head and 13 in the interocular width ; the width of the mouth

equals about half that of the head; two pairs of barbels, the

first 2 the diameter of the eye, the second 3 or 3. Small

pearl-like excrescences on the sides and top of the heal.

Dorsal III 9; third ray feeble, smooth; longest ray ? the

length of the head. Anal IL 6; longest ray § or 2 length of

head, not reaching the root of the caudal. Pectoral pointe,

a little shorter than the head, not reaching the ventral, whic

is inserted under the first rays of the dorsal. Caudal forked.

Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales longi-

tudinally striated, 35-36 2, 24 between the lateral line and

the root of the ventral. Steel-grey above, silvery beneath ;

an indistinct darker lateral band.

Total length 120 millim.

Both these species are related to the Moroccan Barbus

described by Dr. Giinther as B. Fritschit and B. Rothschild: ;

but as they have a perfectly trenchant edge to the lower jaw,

covered with a thin horny layer, they strictly belong to

Capoéia, whatever the value of this systematic division may

be. They differ besides from both the above-named Burbus

in the more feeble third dorsal ray and the shorter barbels.

‘The new fishes were obtained, together with examples of

Barbus callensis, C. & V., and B. nasus, Gthr., in the Atlas

Mountains, in a stream running into the Wad N’fys at a

lace called Tsigadir-el-hor ; the water in which they live is

slightly salt. ‘hey have been presented to the British

Museum by Mr. E. G. B. Meade-Waldo.

XXIV.—On Mammals from Cochabamba, Bolivia, and the

Region north of that place. By OtprieLp Tomas, F.R.S,

Mr. Perry O. Simons, who has been collecting mammals all

down the Andean region for the last three years, and whose

success is evidenced by the many novelties described in the

Annals,’ made in March to July 1901 a collection (L) at and

near Cochabamba, Bolivia, (2) on the high paramos north of

that town, and (3) on the Amazonian lowlands of Yungas,

just north of these again. ‘This collection contains so large a

proportion of novelties and is from so little known a country

that 1 have thought it advisable to give a list of all the

mammals sent, instead of only picking out the novelties tor

description as heretofore.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Scr. 7. Vol. ix. 10

126 Mr. O. Thomas on

The localities at which the collection was made were as

follows, the positions and altitudes being taken from

Mr. Simons’s sketch-map of the district :—

Tapacari (3000 m.), Paratani (2500 m.), and Cochabamba

(2400 m.), in the Cochabamba Valley and on the higher

ground westward of the town.

Alisuni (2600 m.), Choro (3500 m.), and Choquecamate

(4000 m.), on the high paramos north and north-west of

Cochabamba, surrounding on the west and south the sources

of the Rio Securé, which flows northward to join the Mamoré

and ultimately the Amazon.

Charuplaya (1300 m.), on the Securé, just north of 16°S.,

comparatively low, with an Amazonian fauna.

1. Myotis sp.

9. Paratani, 2600 m. 9th April, 1901.

Allied to M. ruber, Geoff.

Mr. Simons labels all the bats with the native name of

“ Chini,” in addition to the usual Spanish word “ Murcielago.”

2. Vespertilio sp.

dé. Choro, 3600 m. 8th May, 1901.

V. Hilatrei group.

3. Desmodus rotundus, Geoff.

4 ¢,4 2. Paratani, 2600 m. 5th to 9th April, 1901.

4. Speothos venaticus, Lund.

3%. Rio Blanco, Charuplaya, 1300 m. 27th June,

1901.

All immature.

“ Four of them came trotting by 8 camp at Rio Blanco

about 9 A.M. One got into the jungle while I was shooting

the others, and ran away barking like a dog.” —P. 0. S.

5. Conepatus chorensis, sp. n.

1 g and an odd ¢ skull, 3 2. Choro, 3500 m. 10th

May to 27th July, 1901.

Size rather less than C. areguipe, but tail slightly longer.

Fur long, thick, and close. Hairs of nape directed back-

wards, not reversed. White connecting-stripe on crown } to

% inch broad. White longitudinal bands well developed,

about 1 to 14 inch broad where broadest, reaching back

Mammals from Bolivia, 127

about to the commencement of the lumbar region ; neither so

broad nor so long as in C. areguipe, much more developed

than in C. ¢nca; median black hair on nape and fore back

averaging 1-14 inch in breadth. Tail very thick and bushy,

wholly black proximally, profusely mixed terminally with

white hairs, the latter attaining to 130 millim. in length, the

black ones about 90 millim.

Skull slightly shorter than in OC. arequipe; bony palate

continued further behind molars than usual. Upper molar

small; lower carnassial short and squat.

Dimensions of four specimens (measured in the flesh) :—

oa I 2. »

mm. mm. mm. mim.

Head and body ...... 420 410 390 345

EAM \.uialeis ote as icteveicide 235 235 200 210

Hind toot, 6:L* <5... 65 68 64 60

BO ae eran ts wales vids 29 27 26 26

Skull (of type): length from convexity above foramen

magnum to gnathion 78; basilar length 66; greatest breadth

49; interorbital breadth 23°5; intertemporal breadth 20;

mastoid breadth 40°5; palate length from gnathion 34:5;

upper molar 10¢ x7°8.

The first measurement in the other skulls is: (g¢) 77,

(2) 72°7, 72:4, and 70.

In an old male C. areguipe it is 83, and in the type (im-

mature) it is 78.

Hab. as above.

Type. Adult g. Original number 1495. Collected 10th

July, 1901.

“ Native names ‘ Zorrino’ and § Anutuya.’””—P. O. S.

The four specimens of this skunk are perfectly alike inter

se, and all differ from C. arequipe by their rather smaller

size, longer tails, and the less extension of the dorsal white

backwards. C. inca, on the other hand, has much less white

again than (. chorensis.

The proper treatment of these skunks is a matter of great

difficulty, for while each local set are very constant and have

a distinct facies of their own, there can be no doubt that

further material will show some of them to intergrade, widely

as the extremes differ from each other. Describing them as

* The cum ungue measurement is 8-9 millim. greater.

t+ The first of these two measurements is the greatest diameter taken in

an oblique line from the antero-external to the postero-internal corner,

the second a line at right angles to the first from the antero-internal

convexity to the little concavity on the posterior border.

10*

128 Mr. O. Thomas on

subspecies is as yet not practicable, owing to the impossi-

bility of deciding to which older known form each should be

allocated. Those I have described all unquestionably need

names, binomial or trinomial, and in the presence of the above

difficulty I think it better merely to use specific names without

attempting now to define which of them will ultimately go

together as subspecies.

6. Conepatus porcinus *, sp. n.

. Original number 1422. Cochabamba, 2600 m.

20th April, 1901.

Size small, form rather slender. Fur comparatively short,

thin, and fine, though not so much so as in C. zorrinoT ;

long hairs of back about 45-47 millim. in length. Hairs of

neck, from withers to occiput, directed forwards from a

whorl situated behind the shoulder. White connecting-band

and white longitudinal stripes only about $—? inch broad,

except just at the whorl, where they are about 1 inch ;

behind the stripes extend narrowly on to the rump, but not

on to the tail. Tail short and narrow, with longer white

hairs only at its tip; the latter just over 100 millim. long,

the black ones about 80 millim.

Skull small and narrow; palate little continued behind

molars, molars very large as compared with those of the larger

animal C. chorensis.

Dimensions of the type (an adult but not aged male) :—

Head and body 310 millim.; tail 225; hind foot (s. u.)

65 "1; ear 20.

Skull: length in middle line 70; basilar length 60; zygo-.

matic breadth 43; intertemporal breadth 17°5; mastoid

breadth 88; palate length from gnathion 30°5; upper molar

10°1 x 82.

Hab. and type as above.

Besides its colour-characters this form is readily recog-

nizable by its small size (remembering that the type isa

male), thinner fur, the reversal of its nuchal hair, and the

great size of its upper molars. Its comparatively lowland

habitat at Cochabamba is, of course, the cause of its thinner

covering.

Mr. Simons did not get any skunks on the Amazonian

* Cocha bamba=place of pigs.

+ C.zorilla, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 217 (1900); renamed

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viil. p. 528 (1901).

¢ The hind foot now measures only 60 millim. s, u. and 68 millim. c. u.

Perhaps Mr. Simons has made a slip of the pen,

ee ee

Mammals from Bolivia. 129

(Rio Securé) side of the watershed. Had he done so they

would presumably have been of the C. amazonicus type.

7. Scturus cuscinus, Thos.

2 9. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 8th to 22nd June, 1901.

Native name “ Antara.”

8. Nectomys Garleppi, Thos.

36,3 %. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 24th May to 27th June,

01.

9. Oryzomys levipes, sp. n.

Imm. ¢. Choro, 3200 m. 27th July, 1901.

(Type from Limbane, Peru.)

Allied to O. Keaysi, Allen, but smaller.

General appearance very much as‘in O. Keays?, the fur of

the same quality, and the colour similar throughout except

that, at least in typical specimens, the under surface in

O. levipes is buffy, not defined on the sides, andin O. Keaysi

dull whitish, defined laterally. But in this respect there is

considerable variation, and | do not lay much stress on the

distinction. .

Skull, as compared with that of a topotypical O. Keaysi,

smaller and lighter throughout, as may be seen by the

measurements. Interorbital region narrow, finely beaded.

Palatal foramina large and widely open, extending back

almost to the level of the front of m'.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 130 millim. ; tail 160; hind foot (s. u.) 31;

ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 35°7; basilar length 28; zygomatic

breadth 18°5; length of nasals 13:2 ; interorbital breadth 5;

breadth of brain-case 14°2; palate length 15°6; diastema 9°5;

palatal foramina 6°5 x 3°3 ; length of upper molar series 6.

Hab. Limbane, Dept. of Puno, S.E. Peru. Alt. 2200 m.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 1.1.1.24. Original number

1132. Collected 6th July, 1900, by P. O. Simons.

Of this smaller form of O. Keayst, also distinguished by its

large palatal foramina, the Museum possesses the type from

Limbane, a couple from Yuncas, N.W. Bolivia, 2200 m., a

young one from Astillero, Bolivia, 2700 m., and the imma-

ture skin in the present collection. ‘The determination of the

last-named is a little doubtful, but it appears to be an example

in changing pelage.

130 Mr. O. Thomas on

10. Oryzomys yunganus, sp. n.

gd. 1475. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 19th June, 1901.

A member of the O. laticeps group, most closely allied to

O. perenensis, All., but more uniformly rufous.

Size about as in other members of the group. Fur close

and glossy, about 9 millim. long on the back. General colour

dark fulvous, finely and profusely lined with black. Head

greyer, sides and rump clearer and stronger rufous. Under

surface soiled whitish, the bases of the hairs slaty, their tips

dull white; line of demarcation on sides fairly marked.

Tip of muzzle whitish, base of whiskers brown, continuous

with a dark ring round eyes. Forehead greyish, lined with

black. Ears very short-haired, pale brown, not contrasting

with the general colour. Handsand feet silvery white above.

Tail almost naked, very finely scaled, whitish below proxi-

mally, the remainder greyish brown.

Skull, as compared with that of O. perenensis, shorter, with

more expanded zygomata (in the aged type). Interorbital

region narrower. Molars shorter, but much worn in the

type.

a neectians (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 125 millim.; tail 128; hind foot (s. u.) 28 ;

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 31:3; basilar length 25 ; zygomatic

breadth 16°5; length of nasals 12°1 ; interorbital breadth 4°5;

palate length 13°7; diastema 8:1; palatal foramina 5x 2-4;

length of upper molar series 49,

Hab. and type as above.

This species may be distinguished from its other Andean

allies by its more fulvous general colour, shorter molars, and

narrower interorbital region. 'T'wo specimens closely similar

to it were previously obtained by Mr. Simons near Mapiri,

further north-west in Bolivia. I confess that I think the

various local forms of this intricate and difficult group might

be more properly considered as subspecies than species; but

as Dr. Allen has described the other forms as species, it will

be less confusing to do the same in the present case.

11. Oryzomys Stolzmanni, Thos.

12 g,4 ¢. Charuplaya. May to July.

g. Choro, 3500 m. 11th July.

‘lhe Charuplaya specimens vary among themselves to a

remarkable extent, their backs ranging from grizzled grey to

deep rufous and their bellies from white to buffy. ‘The

variation in size 1s also considerable.

Mammals from Bolivia. 131

12. Neacomys spinosus, Thos.

2 ¢. Charuplaya, 1300 m. 20th May, 7th June, 1901.

13. Phyllotis Wolffsohni, sp. n.

2 9. Tapacari, 3000 m. 23rd March, 1901.

? & young. Cochabamba, 2600 m. 22nd April, 1901.

Ph. Darwint group.

General appearance not unlike that of the true Ph. Dar-

wint of Valparaiso, but softer furred and with longer tail.

Hairs of back about 13-14 millim. in length. General colour

above dull greyish fulvous, the tips of the hairs blackish.

Sides clearer and more buffy. Under surface sharply defined

white, the bases of the hairs slaty grey, even on the chin and

throat. Hands and feet pure white above. ‘Tail long, well-

haired, but not pencilled, brown above and whitish below,

but the contrast not so marked as in Eligmodgntia domorum.

Skull markedly different in shape from that of PA. Dar-

wint; the brain-case longer and narrower, the posterior inter-

orbital region much more expanded, with marked divergent

supraorbital ridges commencing halfway along the interorbital

space. Nasals long and broad. Palatal foramina large and

open, reaching to the first third of m’. Bullee much smaller

than in Ph. Darwint. Molars comparatively large and

heavy.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 125 millim.; tail 144; hind foot (s. u.) 28;

ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 32; basilar length 25; zygomatic

breadth 16; nasals 13°4x4°9; interorbital breadth 4:4;

breadth of brain-case 13°1; palate length 14; diastema 8:5;

palatal foramina 8 x 2°7; length of upper molar series 5-4.

Hab. Vapacari, 3000 m.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 1. 1.1.59. Original num-

ber 1390. Collected 23rd March, 1901.

I have named this handsome species in honour of my friend

Mr. J. A. Wolffsohn, to whose generosity the British Museam

is indebted for series of all the mammals of Valparaiso.

His specimens of the true PA. Darwini have been of especial

service in the present connexion.

The striking difference in the shape of the interorbital

region will readily distinguish this species from all its allies.

14. Phyllotis lutescens, sp. n.

2 9. Choquecamate, 4000 m. 14th to 16th July, 1901.

132 Mr. O. Thomas on

9. Choro, 3500 m. Original number 1510. 24th July,

1801. Type.

Allied to Ph. Haggardi, Thos.

Size about as in Ph. Haggardi. Fur thick and close;

hairs of back about 14 millim. in length. General colour

dull greyish tawny, heavily lined with black. Sides dull

buffy. Under surface dirty greyish, the hairs slaty grey

basally, dull whitish drab terminally. Head rather greyer

than back. Lars large, uniformly brown. Upper surface of

hands and feet white. Tail well-haired, finely pencilled

terminally, blackish brown above, white below.

Skull low, smoothly rounded ; interorbital region narrow,

parallel-sided, slightly concave above, its edges smooth,

slightly squared, not beaded. Front edge of zygoma-root

concave, with an overhanging point above. Palatal foramina

long, reaching to the first third of m’.

Incisors unusually broad and stout; molars small and

delicate.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 118 millim. ; tail 138 ; hind foot (s. u.) 25;

ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 29; basilar length 22; zygomatic

breadth 15°5 ; nasals, length 126; interorbital breadth 4 ;

breadth of brain-case 13°5; palate length 12°7; diastema 8;

palatal foramina 7 x 2°3; length of upper molar series 4°6.

Flab. and type as above.

This species is a southern representative of the Ph. Haggardi

of Ecuador, from which it differs in various cranial details

and notably its stouter incisors. Its shorter tooth-row

separates it from Ph. osile, Allen. Mr. Simons’s former

collections from La Paz and other localities in N.W. Bolivia

also contain specimens apparently referable to this form.

15. Eligmodontia domorum, sp. n.

6 3,39. Tapacari,3000m. 28rd to 30th March, 1901.

$,3 9%. Paratani, 2500 m. Ist to 6th April, 1901.

2 g. Cochabamba, 2600 m. 20th to 24th April, 1901.

E. griseoflava group.

General colour of the type as in that of £. cachina, Allen*,

but in older specimens it becomes more yellowish, as in the

type of . chacoensis, Sides clearer buffy. Belly sharply

* Phyllotis cachinus, Allen, Bull. Am, Mus. N. H. xiv. p. 409 (1901).

On renewed examination I am inclined still to adhere to the view I put

forward in 1898 (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 210), that the grisegflavus group is

really more allied to Lliymodontia than to the more or less hypsodont

Phyllotis.

Mammals from Bolivia. 133

defined white, the bases of the hairs more or less slaty, but

the extent of this varies very much in the different specimens.

Hairs of throat white to the base. Ears large, tinely haired,

greyish brown. Upper surface of hands and feet white.

Tail, as usual, long and prominently bicolor, dark brown above

and white beneath, but it is much less tufted terminally than

in the allied forms, the hairs of its terminal inch only being

lengthened, and these rarely attaining as much as 4 millim.

in length.

Skull similar in all respects to that of EH. cachina, except

that the bulle are conspicuously smaller in all dimensions

(length 6°2 millim. as against 7:3, breadth between bulla on

basilar suture 3°0 instead of 1°9).

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 140 millim. ; tail 146 (range up to 170) ;

hind foot (s. u.) 31 (range from 29); ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 35:4; basilar length 27:5; zygo-

matic breadth 18°4; length of nasals 15; interorbital breadth

5°6; palate length 15°33; diastema 9:2; palatal foramina

7°6x2°5; length of upper molar series 5:1.

Hab. of type. Tapacari. Altitude 3000 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 1. 1.1.47. Original num-

ber 1384. Collected 23rd March, 1901.

This species may be readily distinguished from its allies by

its less bushy tail and smaller bulle, like as it is to these in all

other respects.

The series from Tapacari were all caught in the house.

The most interesting point about this species is its extra-

ordinary resemblance to Phyllotis Wolffsohni, caught at the

same localities. [xcept that the H/igmodontia has larger and

clumsier feet, it is almost impossible to distinguish the two

without examining the skulls. This resemblance in itself is

a point in favour of the two animals being really generically

different.

16. Eligmodontia carilla, sp. n.

¢- Original number 1497. Choro, 3500 m. 11th July,

1900.

Near £. sorel/a, but with shorter tail.

Closely similar externally, in size, colour, and character of

fur, to the Peruvian Z. sorella*. General colour slightly

paler (about isabella colour of Ridgway), the postauricular

spots rather larger, and the longer hairs mixed with the fur

less numerous; in other respects the description of £. sorella

* Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 297 (1900).

134 Mr. O. Thomas on

will apply verbatim to this species, and need not be repeated.

Tail much shorter than in £. soredla, longer than in EZ. ducillu*,

grey above, white below and laterally.

Skull almost exactly similar to that of Z. ductlla, the

brain-case short and broad, not elongated as in &. sorella,

Supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Palatal foramina

long, reaching back to the level of the middle of m'. Poste-

rior nares narrow, the opening square-angled.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 74; tail 49; hind foot (s. u.) 17; ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 21°5; zygomatic breadth 114;

nasals 8-5 x 2°8; interorbital breadth 3:1; breadth of brain-

case 10; palate length 8°9; diastema 5:1; length of palatal

foramina 5°23; length of upper molar series 3:4.

Hab, and type as above.

This pretty little mouse is exceedingly like FZ. sore/la ex-

ternally except for its decidedly shorter tail. On the other

hand, its skull is more like that of the still shorter-tailed

E. ducilla. All are mountain forms, from 10,000 feet and

upwards. They are evidently rare locally, as in each case

Mr. Simons has sent home only a single example.

17. Euneomys sublimis, Thos.

9. Cosmini. 4300 m. 9th March, 1901.

Closely similar to the original specimens obtained by

Mr. Simons at an altitude of nearly 18,000 feet above

Caylloma, Peru.

18. Akodon varius, sp. n.

An Akodon of about the size and general appearance of

A. hirtus, but more fulvous when adult and with sharp supra-

orbital edges.

23,1 9. Tapacari, W. of Cochabamba, 3000m. 29th

March, 1901.

g@. Paratani, 2500 m. 4th April.

9. Cochabamba, 2400 m. 20th April. Type.

Fur coarse and shaggy ; hairs of en about 13 millim. in

length. General colour coarsely lined greyish, more slate

mixed in some specimens, more buffy or fulvous in others, at

least on the posterior back. The type approximates to

‘ broccoli-brown”’ in general tone, with the rump dull buffy,

Lut some specimens are more fulvous and others are almost

entirely greyish brown. Sides dull drab. Under surface

soiled whitish, the tips of the hairs whitish, but their slaty

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 182 (1901).

Mammals from Bolivia. 135

bases showing through; lines of demarcation not sharply

defined. Face lined greyish. Ears not contrasting with the

general colour; an indistinct postauricular light patch present.

Upper surface of head and feet dull whitish ; fifth hind toe

without claw reaching to about the middle of the basal phalanx

of the fourth. Tail about the length of the body without the

head, well-haired, but the distinct rings of scales showing

through ; blackish above, dull white below.

Skull markedly different from that of most Akodons in its

general build, which more resembles that found in Zygo-

dontomys. Upper outline strongly bowed. Nasals narrow,

evenly converging backwards, extending just beyond the

premaxillary processes. Interorbital region flat transversely,

convex longitudinally, sharply square-edged, though not

ridged. Palatal foramina extending back to the middle of

m'; posterior palatal opening square, level with the back

of m’.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 100 millim.; tail 80; hind foot, s. u. 23,

c. u. 24°5; ear 19.

Skull: greatest length 29; basilar length 23; zygomatic

breadth 15; length of nasals 11; interorbital breadth 5;

breadth of brain-case 12°4; palate length 12:5; diastema 8 ;

length of palatal foramina 6°8 ; length of upper molar series

(worn) 5.

Hab. Cochabamba and the high grounds west of it.

Type. Old female. Original number 1420. Collected

20th April, 1901.

This distinct species has more the look of a small Zygo-

dontomys than an Akodon, but its teeth prove it to be a

member of the latter genus. In its greyer phase it has some

resemblance also to A. hirtus, but its skull 1s widely different,

19. Akodon pacificus, sp. n.

dé. La Paz, 4000 m. 28th February, 1901.

(2?) 2. Cochabamba, 2600 m. 25th April, 1901.

(?)2 9. Choro. 3500 m. 8th to 10th May, 1901.

General appearance of A. olivaceus and mollis, but skull

markedly different.

Size comparatively large. Fur close and thick and rather

coarse ; hairs of back about 11 millim. in length. General

colour above pale olivaceous grey, not so strongly tawny as

in the smaller species A. puer. Sides rather more yellowish.

Under surface soiled greyish, with buffy tips, not sharply

defined laterally. Eyes with yellow rings. Ears of medium

136 Mr. O. Thomas on

length, well-haired, grey, with tufts of yellowish hairs at their

anterior bases. Upper surface of hands and feet whitish.

Tail brown above, whitish on sides and below.

Skull more angular than usual in this group. Interorbital

region narrow, nearly square-edged. Brain-case low and

narrow. Palatal foramina extending nearly to the middle of

m', Palate ending level with the back of m’.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 105 millim. ; tail 78; hind foot (s. u.) 23;

ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 26°5; basilar length 22°1; zygo-

matic breadth 14°2; nasals, length 10; interorbital breadth

4-4; breadth of brain-case 11°6; palate length 10°8; dia-

stema 7; palatal foramina 5°$; length of upper molar

series 4°2.

Hab. (of type). La Paz, 4000 m.

Type. Old male. Original number 1376. Collected 28th

February, 1901.

The olivaceous species of Akodon are an exceedingly

difficult group to make out, and [ am unable at present deti-

nitely to determine all the large numbers of them obtained by

Mr. Simons during his exploration of the Andean chain.

From Ecuador southwards to Chili they are the commonest

of Muride, and every collection contains many of them.

Those of Ecuador and Peru appear mostly to be my A. mollis,

described from Tumbez, N. Peru. Meyen’s A. boliviensis,

paradoxically enough, was also from Peru, but can probably

never be determined with certainty, as the type is quite

young, and might be any one of several different forms.

In this Bolivian collection there are three species at least,

and none of these can 1 identify with any described form.

‘The present one, A. pacificus, is of much the size and general

appearance of the ordinary Andean 4A. mollis, but its inter-

parietal region is markedly narrower and more sharp-edged.

I am not quite satisfied about the determination of the

Cochabamba and Choro specimens, as they are not fully

adult.

20. Akodon puer, sp. n.

2 g,1 9. Choquecamate, 4000 m. 14th to 15th July,

1901.

A small species of the olive-coloured group.

Size small. Fur thick and soft, hairs of back about 10

millim. in length. General colour above pale olive-grey,

lined with blackish (near “raw umber,” Ridgway). Sides

tawny olive, gradually passing into dull soiled isabelia on the

——— ee

Mammals from Bolivia. 137

belly. Eyes ringed with yellow. Ears short, well-haired,

scarcely darker than the head, Hands and feet dull whitish

above. ‘Tail well-haired, blackish brown above, dull whitish

laterally and b: low.

Skull small, slender and delicate,,with a small narrow

brain-case. Interorbital region smooth, slightly convex

above, its edges -squarely rounded, not ridged. Anterior

plate of zygoma-root well thrown forward, its front edge

vertical. Palatal foramina long, reaching past the middle

of m’.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 78 millim. ; tail 65 ; hind foot (s. u.) 19;

ear 14°5.

Skull: greatest length 24:2; basilar length 18°8; zygo-

matic breadth 11°7; length of nasals 8°5; interorbital breadth

4°5; breadth of brain-case 10°9; palate length 10:2; dia-

stema 6°1; palatal foramina 5°-4+x 19; length of upper molar

series 3°4, ‘

Hab. as above.

Type. Old female. Original number 1501. Collected

15th July, 1901.

This is one of the smallest species of the genus. It appears

to belong to the A. xanthorhinus group.

21. Akodon fumeus, sp. n.

2 2. Choro, 3500 m. 8th to 10th May, 1901.

A daik-coloured species of the A. mollis group.

Size fairly large. Fur very fine; hairs of back about

9 millim. in length. General colour dark olivaceous (near

“olive” of Ridgway), intermediate between the clear oliva-

ceous of A. mollis and pacificus, and the dark colour of

A. caliginosus. Under surface almost as dark as the upper,

merely rather a paler olivaceous. Face rather more yellowish,

indistinct rings round eyes. Ears short, well-haired, con-

colorous with head. Upper surface of hands and feet brown,

the digits paler. Tail more thinly haired than in the other

Andean species, the scales not hidden ; brown throughont,

except that the under surface is lighter proximally.

Skull on the whole very like that of A. mollis. Inter-

orbital region similarly broad and rounded. Palatal foramina

reaching past the middle of m’.

Dimensions of the type :—

int and body 100 millim.; tail 84; hind foot (s. u.) 21;

ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 26; basilar length 20; zygomatic

138 Mr. O. Thomas on

breadth 12°7; length of nasals 10; interorbital breadth 5:2;

breadth of brain-case 12; palate length 10°7; diastema 7°2 ;

palatal foramina 6°2 ; upper molar series 4.

Hab. as above.

Type. Old female.» Original number 1437. Collected

10th May, 1901.

This species is much darker than the other members of the

present group, though not so dark as 4. cal/ginosus. From

A. lutescens, Allen, the only allied species whose type I have

not examined, it may be distinguished by its broader inter-

orbital region. It is probably a southern representative of

A. mollis, while A. pactficus is equally a northern represen-

tative of A. ol’vaceus. It has a close external resemblance

to Oxymycterus mimus, but its zygoma-root is as in typical

Akodon.

22. Akodon caliginosus, Tomes.

4 $,5 9. Charuplaya, 1350m. 22nd May to 2nd July,

1901.

23. Akodon bacchante, sp. n.

6. Choro. 2nd May, 1901.

Allied to A. pulcherrimus, but with rufous points.

Size and general characters as in A. pulcherrimus, the fur

of similar length and thickness, a white patch present behind

the ear, and the line of demarcation on sides similarly high.

Fur of back 10 to 12 millim.in length. General colour above

olivaceous grey, about as in A. p. cruceri, uniform on back

and sides. Underside sharply defined white, the hairs dark

slaty basally, white terminally. Muzzle, ears, metacarpals,

hind feet, and upperside of tail bright fulvous, similar to the

small patch on the sides of the muzzle in A. pulcherrimus.

On the head the fulvous covers the whole of the nose and

surrounds the eye, fading off on the crown into the general

greyish colour. Visible part of ears bright fulvous, especially

basally ; a white patch on the side of the neck behind each

ear, and of about its size, so as just to be covered by it when

folded back ; the patch, as in A. p. crucert, widely separated

from the white ot the lower surface. Metacarpals tulvous,

fingers white. Under surface of tail whitish, and a narrow

line along its terminal half black, but the greater part of the

upper surface fulvous.

Skull broken in the only specimen, but apparently very

much as in A. pulcherrimus. Nasals long and narrow.

Palatal foramina extending to the middle of m’.

Mammals from Bolivia. 139

Dimensions of the type (an old male, measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 102 millim.; tail 85; hind foot (s. u.) 25;

ear 20.

Skull: length of nasals 12 ; interorbital breadth 5; palate

length 11°5; diastema 7°5; palatal foramina 6°9 x 2°3; length

of upper molar series 4°2; lower jaw, condyle to incisor

tip, 19.

Hab. and type as above.

This is one of the most showy and beautiful species that L

have ever seen. With the general appearance of A. pulcher-

rimus, especially A. p. crucert, it is at once separated by its

brilliantly fulvous muzzle, ears, feet, and tail.

Mr. Simons assigns the same native name, “ Ketacui,” to

this animal as he did to A. pulcherrimus. ‘ Caught in

cabin.”

24. Oxymycterus paramensis, sp. n.

3,1 2. Choquecamate, 4000 m. 15th July, 1901.

9. Choro, 3500 m. 5th and 10th May, L90L.

. Alisuni, 2600 m. 22nd July, 1901.

Size markedly less than in O. juliace and other members

of that group, rather less than in VU. Robert: of Minas Geraes.

General colour and appearance strikingly like those of

O. Ttoberti, to which O. paramensis seems to be most nearly

allied. Fur longer and thicker than in O. Roberti; ordinary

hairs of back 13-14 millim. in length, and mingled with these

there are a number of longer finer hairs attaining 18 millim.

in length. General colour above black, lined greyish brown

(near ‘ broccoli-brown’’) anteriorly, and dull rufous (near

“* Mars brown ’’) posteriorly, tle head and fore neck being of

the first colour and the rump of the second. Longer hairs on

1ump tipped with shining whitish. Cheeks and sides dull

greyish buffy. Under surface not sharply defined, dull

soiled buffy, the bases of the hairs slaty, their tips buffy ;

chin and throat rather lighter. Hands and feet dull greyish

white. ‘Tail well-haired, blackish above, greyish white on

sides and below.

Skull, as compared with that of O. Roberti, smaller and

more lightly built throughout; nasals long, slightly trumpet-

shaped and retroussé anteriorly ; interorbital region compara-

tively narrow, square-edged ; palatal foramina narrow, not

widely open.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 130 millim. ; tail 102; hind foot, s. u. 25,

c. u. 27°5; ear 18.

140 Mr. O. Thomas on

Skull: greatest length 325; basilar length 24:3; zygo-

matic breadth 14:2; nasals 12°5 x4; interorbital breadth 56;

breadth of brain-case 13°2 ; palate length 12°2; diastema 7°3 ;

palatal foramina 7 x 2°6; length of upper molar series 4°9.

Hab. High Paramos surrounding sources of Rio Securé,

Type from Choquecamate, 4000 m.

Type Male. Original number 1504. Collected 15th

July, 1901.

“On grassy plain.” “In stone wall.” ‘ Native name

* Huacucha.’ ”"—P. O. S.

This species differs from the one it most resembles—

O. Roberti of Minas Geraes—by its smaller size, longer and

softer fur, and the presence of the longer fine hairs on its

posterior back; but its general appearance is very similar,

and the two no doubt represent each other in these widely

separated localities.

While O. juliace is the Oxymycterus of the low valleys

bordering on the Amazonian plains, O. paramensis represents

the genus on the Andean highlands. No member of the

genus has hitherto been recorded from so great an altitude.

The Choro specimens are rather larger than the others, but

do not seem specifically separable.

25. Oxymycterus juliace, Allen.

2 $. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 21st May to 22nd June,

1901.

Originally described from the Inambari River.

26. Proechimys securus, sp. n.

2 3,4 ¢. Charuplaya, 1350-1400 m. June 1901.

Allied to P. bolivianus, Thos., but with shorter feet.

Size rather small. General colour, as usual, dark fulvous,

heavily lined with black on the back. Sides rather clearer,

the edges of the belly lined, especially in the younger

specimens, with a line of bright buffy ; but this is absent in

the type. Under surface white, fairly well detined laterally.

Head browner than back. Ears naked, greyish brown; the

tufts at their anterior bases dark brown. Upper surface of

hands and feet dull whitish brown. ‘Tail, as usual, finely

haired, not pencilled, brown above, white below.

Skull, like the foot, short in proportion to the size of the

animal, lowand squat. Ascompared with that of P. bolivianus,

the nasals are broader, with slightly convex lateral edges,

the interorbital space is proportionally broader and is flatter

and less strongly ridged. Supraorbital edges evenly curving

Eee

Mammals from Bolivia. 141

outwards, without marked postorbital angle, ridges scarcely

trespassing on the parietals; palatal foramina broadest at

their middle or anterior third, strongly narrowed behind, with

well-marked inturned posterior ridges; posterior nares nar-

row, Sharply V-shaped; pterygoid processes spatulate; bull

comparatively small,

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 210 millim.; tail 180; hind foot, s. u. 44,

ec. u. 47°5; ear 24. Other hind-foot measurements (s. u.):

42, 43, 43, 44.

Skull: greatest length 49; basilar length 37; zygomatic

breadth 24; nasals 17 x 53; interorbital breadth 10; palate

length 17°6 ; diastema 11-2 ; palatal foramina 5°6 x 3; length

of bulle 9°5; length of upper molar series 8.

Hab. Charuplaya, Upper Securé River. Alt. 14)0 m.

Type. Old female. Original number 1459. Collected

16th June, 1901.

This Proechimys is, as usual, remarkably like its allies

externally, though it may be distinguished by its much shorter

foot. Its short squat skull is readily separable from the

larger long-muzzled one of P. bolivianus.

27. Coendou Simonsi, sp. n.

9. No. 1481. Charuplaya, 1400 m. 22nd June, 1901.

Allied to C. bicolor, Tschudi, and, like it, a member of the

group with uninflated skulls, without longer hairs on the back,

and with spines on the belly.

Size rather less than in C. bicolor, decidedly greater than

in C. guichua. Back without any obvious admixture of

hairs, although, as usual, there are a few hidden among the

spines. Spines, where longest on the back, attaining a length

of about 85 millim. General colour above dark chocolate-

brown, speckled with orange on the head, shoulders, and

lower edges of flanks, uniform on the back, and modified on

the rump by the showing through of the light bases to the

spines. Individually the spines are all yellowish white

basally for about one half their length on the head and back

and two thirds their length on the rump; then on the head

and shoulders and along a narrow line on the lower flanks

there is a subterminal band of brown, the tip being orange,

and on the rest of the upper surface the whole terminal half

or third of the spine is dark brown. Under surface clothed

with thin spines mixed with fine inconspicuous hairs, its

colour pale brown more or less modified by the whitish bases

of the spines. Muzzle and orbital region pale brown. Ears

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, ix. 11

142 Mr. O. Thomas on

brown, the tuft of spines near their outer base whitish basally,

then dark, with a subterminal ring of white and an inc n-

spicuous black tip. Hands and feet uniformly dark brown

above. Proximal two thirds of tail above clothed with

bicolor blackish-tipped spines like the rump, its sides and

under surface bristly, more uniformly blackish, but mixed

with a few inconspicuous white bristles ; end of tail brown on

sides and below, naked above.

Skull rather smaller than that of C. brcolor; muzzle

shorter and less swollen; brain-case smooth and compara-

tively unridged; bulle smaller; palatal foramina larger,

and the fossa in which they lie more open. Premolar markedly

larger than the molars.

‘ Dimensions of the type (an old female, measured in the

eshi) :—

Head and body 425 millim.; tail 335; hind foot, s. u. 68,

ce. u. 79; ear 28.

Skull: greatest length to, gnathion 92, to tip of nasals 82 ;

basilar length 76; greatest breadth 51; nasals 27x19; inter-

orbital breadth 82°3; least breadth above meatus 31°5;

palate length 39; diastema 23; length of bulle 20; length

of upper tooth-series 20.

Hab. and type as above.

“ Native names ‘Chapisevada,’ ‘ Puerco espina.’”—P. O. S.

This fine porcupine is clearly the representative in Bolivia

of the Peruvian C. bicolor, from which it differs by its

smaller size and the orange speckling of the head and

shoulders.

‘These two species, with the still smaller and more speckled

C. quichua of Ecuador *, form a natural group intermediate

between the “ Synetheres” and “ Sphiggurus” sections of the

genus, agreeing in their hairlessness and the spinous con-

dition of their bellies with the former, but in their little

inflated skull with the latter.

28. Lagidium peruanum, Mey.

9. Paratani, 2600 m. 9th April, 1901.

Native name “ Biscacho.”

29. Dasyprocta sp.

Immature g & ?. Charuplaya, 1550 m. June 1901.

These two specimens are strikingly different from each

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv. p. 283 (1899).

Mammals from Bolivia, 143

other, but Agoutis generally vary so much that their deter-

mination is by no means easy. ‘lhe female connects through

other Andean specimens collected by Mr. Simons with

examples representing J). variegata, Tschudi, although most

of Mr. Simons’s specimens are much yellower and more

freckled than that described by Tschudi. The male is still

more fulvous, but being immature, I can make no suggestion

as to its relationships.

30. Kerodon boliviensis, Waterh.

3,2 9%. Paratani, 2500 m. 2nd to 5th April, 1901.

Yg. gd. Caracolto, 4000 m. 15th March, 1901.

31. Lama huanachus, Mol.

9. Head, skin, and skull. Choquecamate, 5300 m.

1$th July, 1901. 5

32. Lama vicugna, Mol.

3 ¢. Choquecamate, 5000 m. 18th July, 1901.

33. Mazama rufa, F. Cuv.

3. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 3rd June, 1901.

34. Didelphis Azare, Temm.

2. Tapacari, 3000 m. 27th March, 1901.

g. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 27th April, 1901.

35. Metachirus nudicaudatus bolivianus, Allen.

3. Charuplaya, 1350 m. 7th June, 1901.

Described by Dr. Allen on specimens previously obtained

at Cholumani by Mr. Simons.

“ Native name ‘ Achucaylla.’”’—P. O. S.

36. Marmosa elegans, Waterh.

3,3 9. Paratani, 2800 m. 2nd April, 1901.

In spite of the generally dissimilar character of the faunas

of the two regions, I can find no differences between these

Bolivian opossums and the excellent topotypical examples of

M. elegans from Valparaiso presented to the British Museum

by Mr. J. A. Wolffsohn.

1}?

144 On a new Characinid Fish.

XXV.—Description of a new Characinid Fish discovered by

Dr. W. J. Ansorge in Southern Nigeria. By G. A.

BouLenGer, F.R.S.

[Plate IIL]

CITHARIDIUM.

Mouth wide, with a marginal series of very minute pointed

teeth; maxillary very small, toothless. Suborbital bones

moderately broad, not entirely covering the cheek; nostrils

close together, separated by a valvular papilla; a narrow

fontanelle along the skull; occipital process long, raised.

Branchiostegal membrane free, with four rays. Body strongly

compressed ; belly rounded in front of the ventrals, trenchant

behind. Scales moderately large, strongly ctenoid; lateral

line complete, with straight tubules, following the middle of

the side; a scaly process at the base of the ventral fin.

Dorsal fin with 17 rays, opposite to the ventrals; anal with

21 rays; adipose fin well developed.

This genus, differing from Cithar¢nus in the ctenoid scales,

is of great interest as lessening the gap which existed between

the latter genus and Xenocharaz.

Citharidium Ansorgit. (PI. III.)

Depth of body twice in total] length, length of head 3 times.

Head twice as long as broad, flattened above, with the eyes

visible from below and not from above ; snout twice as broad

as long, as long as the diameter of the eye, which is con-

tained 4 times in the length of the head and 2} times in the

interorbital width; a narrow adipose lid in front of and

behind the eye. Gill-rakers very short, closely set. Dorsal

fin with 17 rays (3 rudimentary), much deeper than long, the

longest rays nearly as long as the head; first ray equally

distant from the snout and the base of the caudal fin. Adipose

fin scaly, as long as its distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal

with 21 rays (2 rudimentary), the anterior rays at least 5

times as long as the posterior. Pectoral half the length of

the head. Ventral 2 the length of the head, inserted below

the origin of the dorsal, nearly reaching the vent. Candal

forked. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long. 51 scales

. . 1 . .

in the lateral line, 3 in a transverse series, 12 between the

lateral line and the root of the ventral fin; each scale bears

6 to 10 ridges, ending in a spine on its free edge. Brown

On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 145

above, bright yellow beneath * ; an oblique blackish stripe

from in front of the dorsal to the base of the ventral; upper

surface of head and opercular fold black ; pectoral fins yellow,

ventrals black; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins grey at the

base, black at the end.

Total length 130 millim.

A single specimen from Lake Oguta, presented to the

British Museum by Dr. Ansorge.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Citharidium Ansorgii, natural size, with enlarged view of scales from

the middle of the body.

XXVI.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymeno-

ptera from the Oriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonide,

Fossores, and Authophila) t. By P. CAmErRon.

Ichneumonida.

Aglaojoppa Rothneyt, sp. n.

Nigra, late flavo-maculata; pedibus flavis, anterioribus nigro-

lineatis ; femoribus posticis rufis; alis hyalinis, stigmate testaceo.

9 et co.

Long. 18 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Antenne black ; the scape and the flagellum to beyond the

middle yellow beneath. Head yellow; the middle of the

vertex, of the front, the occiput, and a band on the outer

orbits above the middle black. Face and clypeus closely

punctured, the clypeus less strongly than the face, and its

sides are impunctate. ‘The front in the middle bears shallow

moderately large punctures and is furrowed down the centre.

Mandibles black, yellow at the base; the palpi yellow.

Thorax black ; the upper third of the prothorax, two longi-

tudinal lines on the centre of the mesonotum, the scutellum,

postscutellum, the basal half of the scutellar keels, a trans-

verse line near the base of the areola, the sides at its apex, a

large obliquely narrowed mark on the outer side of the lateral

basal are, the posterior median, and the spiracular (except at

* On the fish being transferred to fresh spirit on its arrival, this colour

disappeared in a few hours, staining the spirit a vivid yellow.

+ The species are mostly in the collection of Mr. G A. J. Rothney.

146 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the base and more narrowly on the lower side) yellow. The

lower part of the propleurz, the greater part of the meso-

pleuree, the mesosternum, and the apex of the metapleurse

broadly yellow. Mesonotum punctured, but not very closely

or strongly; the scutellum is less closely punctured; the

postscutellum more closely and distinctly, except at the apex,

which is smooth. The areola is irregularly rugosely punc-

tured; the sides at the apex are depressed and transversely

striated; the posterior median area is closely irregularly

reticulated; the outer basal ares are closely and” strongly

punctured, the base smooth and the sides striated. Pro-

pleurze punctured, but not strongly, the apex striated, more

strongly in the middle. Meso- and metapleure closely punc-

tured; the spiracular area is strongly, closely, obliquely

striated. The fcur anterior legs pale yellow; the femora

broadly lined behind with black; their tibia have an inter-

rupted black line: the hinder coxe are yellow, irregularly

and largely marked with black in front and behind; the

femora rufous, with the extreme apex black ; the tibie yellow,

with the apical third black. Abdomen black; the post-

petiole, two large apical marks on the second, third, fourth,

and fifth segments, and smaller ones on the sides of the sixth

and seventh, yellow; the marks become smaller towards the

apex and extend backwards beyond the middle. The petiole

is opaque, its sides irregularly transversely striated; the

postpetiole is closely longitudinally striated; the second and

third segments are longitudinally striated in the middle ; the

gastroceeli are smooth, with two stout transverse keels on the

inner side at the base and two longitudinal ones on the outer

side. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous tinge; the stigma

fuscous, the nervures black.

This is the largest species of the genus.

ERYTHROJOPPA, gen. nov.

Scutellum pyramidal, distinctly raised above the level of

the mesonotum; its basal slope short and rather steep, its

apical longer and gradual; its sides below the raised part

carinate. ‘Ihe depression between the metathorax and median

segment is deep, the base of the median segment being raised ;

the areola is small, is not defined laterally by keels, and is not

depressed ; the posterior median becomes gradually wider to

the apex, its bounding keel is roundly curved ; there are only

two central and two lateral aree, besides the spiracular.

Labium projecting ; the apex of clypeus transverse. Abdo-

men long and narrow, more than twice the length of the

Genera and Spectes of Hymenoptera. 147

thorax ; the postpetiole is clearly separated; the second

segment has the basal half in the middle longitudinally

striated; the ventral keel is only on segments 2, 3, and 4;

the apical one is blunt and is nearly as long as the penulti-

mate. Legs moderately long; the tarsi are spinose; the

hinder femora do not reach to the apex of the third segment.

Areolet 4-angled, the nervures touching at the top; there is

a distinct nervure on the discocubital nervure and an indis-

tinct one on the recurrent nervure, which is angled in the

middle; the transverse basal nervure is interstitial.

Of the Indian genera of Joppini this genus most nearly

resembles Facydes and Pachyoppa, which agree with it in

having a pyramidal scutellum; both differ in having the

apex of the wings clouded and in the transverse basal nervure

not being interstitial. Pachyjoppa differs further in the

areola being bounded by raised keels, in the median segment

being stoutly spined, and in the postscutellam being keeled

behind; the areola in Facydes is flatter, is keeled laterally,

but not at the apex, it being confluent with the posterior

median area; the malar space is greater and the head behind

is not so obliquely narrowed, it being more rounded.

Erythrojoppa ferruginea, sp. n.

Ferruginea, apice flagello antennarum, abdominis segmentis 2-6

tarsisque posticis nigris; alis fuliginosis, nervis stigmateque

nigris. <.

Long. 16 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

The tenth and eleventh basal joints of the antennz are

rufous, the others black; the scape is punctured and sparsely

covered with short black hair. [Face and clypeus bearing

shallow punctures, ferruginous, the sides of the face broadly

and distinctly yellow; the labrum is fringed with long ful-

vous hairs ; the mandibular teeth black ; the palpi yellowish.

Front and vertex shining, impunctate, the vertex thickly

covered with black hair; the ocelli in front are surrounded

by a deep furrow, the sides opposite their lower part are

finely transversely striated, the inner orbits above distinctly

margined. Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured and

darker in tint than the rest of the thorax: the pyramidal

scutellum has a curved slope at the base, the apex has a

longer oblique one; it is sparsely covered with large deep

punctures and clothed with long dark hairs; the depression

at its base and the keels are deep black: the postscutellum is

very smooth and shining, distinctly bifoveate at the base ;

148 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the lateral depression is wide and deep, deep black, and

bearing some stout longitudinal keels. There is a deep

depression between the apex of the postscutellum and the base

of the median segment; the depression is black at the base

on the bottom and on the lower part of the apex; the middle

of the raised part projects above the level of the postscutellum ;

the centre is raised, is very smooth and shining; the sides

are obliquely depressed from it; the segment has a rounded

slope from the base at the top to the apex and is coarsely and

closely punctured ; the centre of the segment from the raised

central part to the apex is bordered on either side by a stout

keel, which diverges roundly towards the apex; inside of

this in the centre is a narrower keel, which splits in two

shortly before the middle ; the space enclosed by these keels

is deep black and is stoutly transversely striated, but not so

strongly and more closely than on the central area; the lateral

ares are closely reticulated, the keels bounding them form a

triangle ; the spiracular area at the base is closely and rather

strongly punctured ; its apical half bears seven or eight stout

oblique keels, which become stouter and more widely separated

towards the apex. ‘The apex of the median segment and the

metapleure behind the coxe are deep black. Propleurz

closely punctured; the depressed middle is deep black,

smooth, except for a few oblique striations on the lower side.

Mesopleure closely punctured ; the apex is deeply furrowed

and crenulated; the base of the metapleure deep black,

broad at the top, becoming narrowed below; the depression is

deep and much wider above than below; below the middle

are two stout keels; the rest of the metapleure closely and

strongly punctured; the apex with some indistinct striations ;

the mesopleuree black under the wings and down their base,

and the base of the mesosternum is black ; the apex is slightly

curved and projects somewhat triangularly at the sides; the

centre is deeply furrowed. Wings fusco-violaceous, lighter

in tint towards the base; the costa, stigma, and nervures

Llack ; the areolet is narrowed at the top, being about one

lialf of the length of the space bounded by the recurrent and

tle second transverse cubital nervures; the recurrent is

received shortly beyond the middle of the areolet. The four

anterior tarsi are infuscated towards the apex; the hinder

black, rufous at the base. Petiole elongate, longer than the

second segment; the middle of the postpetiole is depressed at

the base and strongly longitudinally striated, the sides punc-

tured. ‘The second segment in the middle is strongly longi-

tudinally striated, the striations reaching to near the apex and

becoming finer there. Gastrocceli wide, deep, smooth, except

fora few irregular broken strie at the base; the third segment

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 149

is finely and closely striated down the middle, the fourth still

more finely and less distinctly.

BYSTRA, gen. nov.

Scutellum flat, its sides, and apex to a less extent, stoutly

keeled. Abdomen with eight segments, its ovipositor pro-

jecting. 'Tibiew and tarsi spinose. Labrum_ projecting.

Mandibles with a large upper and a shorter lower tooth.

Median segment completely areolated, its spiracles linear.

Antennz stout, dilated, and compressed before the apex.

Occiput margined, but not sharply. Apex of median seg-

ment with a straight somewhat abrupt slope. The ventral

keel is on segments 2, 3,4, and on the base of the fifth,

reaching to the base of the ovipositor. Areolet 5-angled.

Belongs to the Oxypygi. From Jchneumon it may be

known by the abdomen having eight instead of seven

segments. In having eight dorsal segménts it agrees with

Exephanes, from which it may be known by the flatter

sharply keeled scutellum, by the tibie and tarsi bearing stiff

spines, and by the dilated antenne. The transverse basal

nervure is interstitial; the stump of a nervure on the disco-

cubital is large; the areola of metanotum is not quite horse~

shoe-shaped, its sides at the base being stronger, not curved ;

the basal joints of the flagellum are not elongate, but still

longer than broad ; the ovipositor extends to the apex of the

fifth ventral segment and largely projects.

Bystra testacea, sp. nu.

Testacea, nigro-maculata, facie, orbitis oculorum, coxis trochanteri-

busque pallide flavis; alis fere fusco-hyalinis, stigmate nervisque

testaceis. Q.

Long. 15 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Scape of antennee pale yellow; the basal sixteen joints of

the antenne testaceous, the apical black, compressed and

dilated before the apex, which is narrowed. Head pallid

yellow ; the middle of the front, vertex, and occiput broadly

testaceous. Face and clypeus sparsely punctured, almost

bare, shining; the front and vertex shagreened, almost punc-

tured ; labrum smooth, fringed with pale hair. Mandibles

smooth, the teeth black. ‘Thorax rufo-testaceous ; the pleura

paler, yellowish; the apex of the pronotum, a small mark on

the base of the propleurze above the middle, the part below

the tubercles, an oblique mark above the centre of the meso-

plewize, a maik above the middle coxe, a line along the base

of the mesonotum, a mark in its centre, one on its apex before

150 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the scutellum, one behind the middle of the scutellum, its

sides at the apex, the lateral basal arew on the median seg-

ment, a mark on the base of the supramedian area, the

greater part of the upper three fourths of the posterior median

area, and a mark on the upper part of the metapleura, black.

Mesonotum closely granular. The scutellum is much more

strongly and not so closely punctured, especially in the centre,

the sides and the apex being smooth. Postscutellum smooth.

The base of the median segment is smooth, the basal area is

slightly depressed in the middle, the supramedian is longer

than broad, 6-angled, the apex roundly curved inwardly.

Pro- and mesopleure smooth, except behind; the metapleuree

are closely and distinctly longitudinally striated. Meso-

sternum obscurely transversely striated. Coxe, trochanters,

and the lower side of the femora pale yellow; the tibie

testaceous, the hinder darker than the anterior; the tarsi are

of a darker testaceous colour; the tibial spines are dark

rufous, the tarsal of a paler colour. ‘The cubitus is widely

bullated before the apex, its nervure is large, as is also that

on the recurrent nervure, which is received beyond the middle.

Abdomen rufo-testaceous, the sides and apex of the petiole

and the apical segments paler, the second to fourth segments

broadly blackish at the base.

HIORADA, gen. nov.

3. Face and clypeus broadly and roundly dilated in the

middle, a broad furrow on either side of the dilated part; the

clypeus not separated from the face; the face at the top tri-

angularly depressed in the middle. Mandibles with one large

apical and a short subapical tooth. Apex of clypeus broadly

rounded. Labrum hidden. Occiput margined. Scutellum

roundly convex, its sides stoutly keeled, the sides of the

postscutellum broadly depressed at the base. Median segment

completely areolated, its spiracles linear. Areolet 5-angled,

narrowed at the tip; the cubital, the second transverse cubital,

and the recurrent nervure in two places largely bullated.

Legs stout, the tarsi spinose. Abdomen with seven segments ;

the petiole becomes gradually dilated from the middle to the

apex; the postpetiole is not perceptibly bent and bears the

spiracles near the base; the ventral keel is on segments 2, 3,

and 4; the sides of the segments project distinctly at the

apex; the last segment is large and is brought gradually to

a point; the epipygium is larger than the last segment, is

flat, and bears a transverse furrow in the middle.

Belongs to the Oxypygi. The distinctive characters are

the dilated face and clypeus, the unequally toothed mandibles,

the keeled scutellum, and the petiole only very slightly curved

Genera and Species of Ilymenoptera. 151

at the apex. ‘There is a short stump of a nervure on the

cubital-discoidal nervure; the transverse basal nervure is

interstitial ; the basal joints of the flagellum are longer than

broad. Characteristic is the fact of the face and clypeus

being broadly and distinctly dilated in the middle and forming

one piece.

LHiorada bilineata, sp. n.

Testacea, capite pleurisque flavis, nigro-maculatis ; mesonoto nigro,

flavo bilineato ; pedibus testaceis, coxis trochanteribusque flavis ;

alis hyalinis, stigmate testaceo. d.

Long. 12-13 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Scape of antenne pallid yellow; the basal half of the

flagellum brownish, the apical black, serrate, closely pilose.

Head lemon-yellow, shining; the centre of the front, the

ocellar region, and the occiput broadly black. The face and

clypeus shining, sparsely punctured, almost bare; the front

is somewhat more distinctly punctured. Mandibles lemon-

yellow, the teeth black. ‘Thorax testaceous, the sides with a

more yellowish tint. Mesonotum black, with two lines down

the middle. Scutellum with a large black mark, triangularly

narrowed at the base in its centre, and an oblique mark on its

sides behind. ‘The basal aree of the median segment, the

greater part of the posterior median area, a line on the outer

area touching the black on the central, a large mark (rounded

above) on the propleure, one below the tubercles, a smaller

one on the top of the mesopleure behind and below it, and

the basal half of the metapleure, black. The pleurz and

sternum are thickly covered with short pale pubescence ; the

obliquely sloped base of the latter is more shining, bare, and

has a crenulated furrow down the middle; the pleure are

closely punctured, the metapleura more distinctly than the rest.

Legs: the four anterior are coloured like the pleura, the coxe

and trochanters of a paler yellow, the hinder coxe are broadly

black above and on the outer side, the femora and tibiz are

rufous, the tarsi blackish. The areolet is much narrowed at

the top, being there slightly less in width than the space

bounded by the recurrent and the second transverse cubital

nervures; the latter is largely bullated. Abdomen testa-

ceous, darker coloured towards the apex, the sides paler; the

middle of the petiole, the basal half of the second segment,

the other segments to a somewhat less extent, black, except

the apical, which is rufo-testaceous; the black part of the

petiole and the basal half of the yellow part closely and

distinctly punctured ; the middle segments are closely punc-

tured ; the gastrocceli rufous, striated.

152 Mr. P. Cameron on new

CHIAGLAS, gen. nov.

Clypeus raised, flat, projecting out from the face. Man-

dibles ending in one longish tooth. Abdomen with seven

segments, the last large, if anything longer than the penulti-

mate; the ventral keel distinct on the second and third

segments, indistinct on the fourth, Antenne thickened and

compressed beyond the middle. Occiput roundly incised,

margined. Scutellum raised, keeled laterally at the base.

Postscutellum bifoveate at the base. Median segment

regularly areolated, its apex with an oblique slope; the

spiracles linear, Legs normal; the tarsi spined; the hinder

coxee rounded at the base. Areolet 5-angled, narrowed at

the top. Abdomen not very much narrowed at the apex;

the last seement is fully developed all round ; the cerci large,

stout; postpetiole broad and distinctly separated.

Belongs to the Heresiarachini. It is readily known by

the clypeus projecting beyond the level of the face in all its

extent and by the unidentate mandibles. The male has the

antennz serrate beyond the middle; the ventral keel is as in

the female ; the last segment large. There are eight abdo-

minal segments.

Chiaglas nigripes, sp. n.

Niger, flavo-maculatus; clypeo, facie orbitisque oculorum flavis; facie

nigro-maculata; pedibus flavis; femoribus posticis, femoribus

anterioribus subtus, dimidio apicali tibiarum posticarum tarsisque

nigris; alis hyalinis, apice fumatis, nervis stigmateque nigris. d¢.

Long. 15-16 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Antenne black; the scape with a white mark on the apex

below, it is closely punctured and thickly covered with long

white hair; the flagellum serrate towards the apex; the

niuth to fourteenth joints white beneath. Head black; the

face, clypeus, a line on the inner orbits to the end of the eyes,

the outer more widely from shortly above the middle to the

base of the mandibles, pale white. ‘The face and clypeus

strongly but not very closely punctured and sparsely c»vered

with whitish hair; in the centre of the face is a large black

mark, which is narrow at the top, becoming gradually wider

to the clypeal foverw ; the lower edge of the clypeus is black,

narrow at the sides, wider in the middle. Frontal depression

smooth; the space below the ocelli closely transversely

striated. Mandibles black, the palpi white. Thorax black ;

the edges of the pronotum, its lower edge more narrowly, two

short lines on the middle of the mesonotum, the scutellum,

postscutellum, two large marks on the apex of the median

Genera and Species of IIymenoptera. 153

segment (half on the metanotum, half on the metapleure),

and a large mark on the base of the mesopleure on the lower

side, touching the keel at the base and irregularly rounded at

the base, pale yellow. Mesonotum closely and distinctly

punctured and thickly covered with short white hair. Scu-

tellum sparsely punctured and thickly covered with long

white hair, its base and apex black ; the apical black band

dilated backwards in the middle. Median segment strongly

and closely punctured and thickly covered with white pubes-

cence ; the supramedian area is large, about as long as broad,

rounded behind, transverse below ; inside it is shining, fur-

rowed round the edges, irregularly shagreened ; the apex with

a few short irregular striz ; the posterior median area closely,

strongly, irregularly, transversely striated; the upper part

with some irregular longitudinal stria. The pleure closely

punctured and thickly covered with short white pubescence ;

the propleure smooth and shining at the base above, the apex

irregularly striated. The four front legs are pallid yellow;

tle anterior femora are lined with black above and below,

the middle with black above and at the base all round; the

four front tibiz are lined with black behind ; the tarsi black ;

the hinder legs are black, except the basal half of the coxe

above and more or less of the basal half of the tibiae, which

are pale yellow; the calcaria are pale. Wings almost hya-

line, the apex with a distinct fuscous-violaceous tinge, the

stigma and nervures black; the areolet is narrowed above,

but with the nervures not touching ; the recurrent nervure is

received shortly beyond the middle. Abdomen black, the

apices of all the segments pale yellow ; the yellow marks on

the second and third are broader and interrupted in the

middie; the seventh has the apex broadly yellow. The

petiole is smooth, the second and third segments are closely

punctured; the gastroceeli have the basal slope stoutly

obliquely striated ; the ventral keel is pale yellow.

- MELCHA, gen. nov.

Areolet small, square, the second transverse cubital nervure

faint; the recurrent nervure received between the middle

and the apex; the median nervure is received behind the

transverse basal. Radial cellule elongate ; the apical abscissa

of the radius is the longer, and is curved roundly upwards at

the base. Antenne longer than the body, slightly thickened

beyond the middle, which is annulated with white; the third

joint is slightly but distinctly longer than the fourth. Head

not much developed behind the eyes, where it is sharply

oblique ; the occiput distinctly and sharply margined. Eyes

very large, parallel, reaching below the base of the clypeus,

154 On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

but not to the base of the mandibles, which are short and

have at the apex two stout, triangular, equal teeth. Para-

psidal furrows distinct, deep. Median segment large and with

a rounded gradual slope to the apex, the base finely aciculated,

shining ; this space bears two curved keels which originate

at the base and are united in the middle by a short transverse

keel, thus forming a central area, which is narrowed towards

the apex ; the part behind this is strongly reticulated and

striated, the spines large, leaf-like, the spiracles small, oval.

Legs longish. Petiole long, narrow, not much thickened

towards the apex, curved ; the spiracles placed near the base

of the postpetiole. Ovipositor projecting.

Has the small areolet of Mesostenus, trom which it may be

known by the small, oval, not linear or elongate spiracles, by

the longer and more slender antennx, and by the longer,

narrower, and not distinctly dilated at the apex, petiole. In

the form of the petiole it does not differ much from Cerata-

cryptus, but that, apart from the tubercles on the front, may

be known from it by the elongate metathoracic spiracles, It

has pretty much the form of Fiona, but that genus has the

antenne longer, the front distinctly depressed and strongly

striated; it has no enclosed area on the base of the median

segment and the spiracles are more elongated.

Melcha varipes, sp. n.

Nigra, mandibulis, palpis, scutello spinisque metanoti flavis; pedibus

rufis, apice femorum posticorum tarsisque posticis nigris; alis

hyalinis, stigmate nervisque nigris. 9.

Long. 11-12 mm. ; terebra 3 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black; the fifth to ninth joints clear white,

except above; the scape covered with short dark pubescence

and impunctate. Head entirely black, the mandibles and

palpi yellow, the mandibular teeth black. Face coarsely

shagreened, the centre obscurely transversely striated; the

front and vertex coarsely shagreened, thé front with a stout

keel down its centre ; the part on either side of the keel is

irregularly transversely striated; the front is broadly and

distinctly depressed. ‘Thorax black; the inner side of the

tegule, the scutellum, the scutellar keels, the postscutellum,

and the metanotal spines, yellow. Mesonotum closely punc.

tured; the middle lobe is distinctly raised; the furrows are

wide and deep. In the centre of the median segment at the

base isa triangular area bordered by straight keels, the narrow

part being at the apex; this area is strongly coarsely acicu-

lated, and is separated from the postscutellar region by a

smooth depression ; the part between the base of the segment

Bibliographical Notices. 155

and the transverse keel is closely, somewhat irregularly,

longitudinally striated. ‘The transverse keel is slightly curved

backwards in the middle ; in front of the keel the segment is

strongly irregularly reticulated ; the reticulations are much

stronger, wider, and transverse at the apex; between the

spines at their base is a stout curved keel; the spines are

large, margined behind, and rounded at the top. ‘The upper

part of the propleuree is coarsely rugose, the rest bears stout,

slightly curved, longitudinal striations: the mesopleure

coarsely aciculated and irregularly obliquely striated; the

apex aciculated to near the bottom; the extreme apex is

coarsely crenulated above. Mesosternum coarsely aciculated ;

the sides behind the lateral furrow coarsely striated; the

central furrow is deep and crenulated ; the sides at its apex

obliquely striated. Wings hyaline, the areolet with its outer

nervure faint; the recurrent nervure is received near its apex.

The four front legs are rufo-testaceous; the fore coxe pallid

yellow ; the hinder coxe and slightly mote than the basal

half of the femora ferruginous ; the trochanters, the apex of

the femora broadly, the tibia (except a white line near the

base), and the basal half of the metatarsus black ; the rest of

the tarsi white. Abdomen black; the apex of the petiole, of

the second segment, and the apical two segments white; the

petiole smooth, shining, and glabrous, aciculated towards

the apex; near the apex, reaching to the yellow band, is a

shallow depression, which is transverse at the apex.

[To be continued. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Fauna, Flora, and Geology of the Clyde Area. Edited by G. F.

Scorr Etntrot, Matcom Lavrir, and J. Barctay Murpocu.

Glasgow: published by the Local Committee for the Meeting of

the British Association, 1901. Pp. 1-567.

Tuoucu prepared specially for the benefit of the members of the

British Association Meeting at Glasgow in 1901, the usefulness of

this handbook by no means ended with the dispersal of those for

whom it was designed; on the contrary, it will doubtless long

remain the standard werk on this district, and might well serve as

a model to be imitated by the resident naturalists of every meeting-

place of the Association.

The number of contributors is considerable; and whilst some

have given simply a list of names and localities, in systematic

order, others have prefaced their work with a short and often

exceedingly interesting introduction. Where necessary text-cuts

are introduced ; whilst at the end of the work is a large bathy-

156 Bibliographical Notices.

orographical map in colours of the Clyde basin, which alone is

worth the price of the whole book. Editors and authors alike are

to be congratulated on the production of so valuable a work.

Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada,

By J. F. Wurrsaves, LL.D. Ottawa, 1901. 8vo.

In view of the recent establishment of a Marine Biological Station

in the Maritime Provinces of Canada, the Geological Survey of the

Dominion have decided to publish a list of the marine invertebrate

fauna of the east coast. The resuiting volume by Dr. Whiteaves is

in many respects successful, being conceived on sound lines and not

overburdened with useless synonymy, while much valuable informa-

tion as to the habits, habitats, &c. of the several species is given in

a very concise form. But there is one serious blemish which will

greatly impair the usefulness of the work. This consists in the

entire absence of anything in the nature of diagnoses or keys of the

species or genera. ‘The lack of these means of identification will,

we fear, go far to deprive Dr. Whiteaves’s list of value to any but

specialists, by whom, at the same time, it will no doubt be welcomed.

We may hope, however, that the work of the Marine Biological

Station will, at some future time, necessitate the issue of a revised

edition, in which the omission in question may be rectified.

Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs in the British Museum

(Natural History). Vol. 1. Ratite, Carinate (Tinamiformes—

Lariformes). By Eveuns W. Oates. London: Published by

Order of the Trustees, 1901.

In publishing this ‘ Catalogue ’ the Trustees have conferred a great

benefit upon ornithologists in general and oologists in particular.

That its preparation has been entrusted to Mr. Oates will be a

sufficient guarantee that the work is absolutely reliable and carried

out with scrupulous exactness.

Mr. Oates, in a short Introduction, reviews the history “of the

entire Collection from its earliest commencement,” and concludes

with a tabular statement showing that, in all, the eggs of 520

species have been described, which has entailed the examination and

registration of 12,156 eggs. The Game-birds, Rails, and Gulls

appear to be exceptionally well represented, these three groups

alone yielding over 8000 out of the total. The whole Catalogue

is to be completed in four volumes, and will then form a quite

unique work,

The egg of each species is tersely described and its extreme

measurements are given. In addition is a complete collection of

references-to the literature wherever the egg has been previously

described or figured, which should prove of immense value.

Eighteen beautifully coloured Plates are given at the eud of the

volume, These contain representations of eggs, for the most part,

not previously figured.

har 's .ag7 uae qu, ‘INOSMVYW SNUn'iIvyo adn “UMT 39 'T8p 12 P Yo HY

Wd VALS 72H PIN Oy My

OUIX. PU. UIT,

YJ -« Vat. Hist. ae 7

“

Ann.&e Ma

imp

J.Green del. et lth.

ril.

ANSORG

TT Hh

WIV

HARIDI

ON hy

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES]

No. 51. MARCH 1902.

XXVII.—A Contribution to the Systematics of the Pedipalpi.

By R. I. Pocock.

Part I.—A REevIsIon oF THE GENERIC NAMES OF THE

AMBLYPYGI.

THE first name introduced into the group of Amblypygous

Pedipalpi was renzforme, Linn., which was assigned to the

genus PHALANGIUM (Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p.619, 1758). Leni-

forme was based upon—(1) a specimen in the Mus. Ludov.

Ulr. and indicated in the description by the letters M. L. V.;

(2) a figure and description of a Pedipalp from Antigua

published in Browne’s ‘ History of Jamaica.’ The specimen

and the figure are representatives of totally distinct species.

To which is the name ren7forme to be affixed ?

In the case of a genus based upon two species which sub-

‘sequently prove to be generically distinguishable it is custo-

mary, in deciding to which of the two the generic name is to

be attached, to abide by the verdict of the first reviser who

fixes the type species either by direct selection or by elimina-

tion. Species should be similarly treated.

In the case of renzforme, Linneus was his own reviser,

for in the catalogue of the Mus. Ludov. Ulr. p. 427 (1764) he

gives a description of reniforme taken from the actual

specimen, and this description obviously excludes the species

Ann. & Mag. N. list. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 12

158 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

depicted in the ‘ History of Jamaica.’ Hence this specimen

must be regarded as the type of rentforme. The species it

belongs to is now known to occur in Ceylon,

In 1772 (Spic. Zool. pt. 9, pp. 33-37) this Ceylonese

species was recharacterized as Phalangium lunatum by Pallas,

and in the same work appear a figure and description of a

South-American species believed, though erroneously, to be

reniforme of Linn.

In 1792 (Ent. Syst. ii. p. 43) Fabricius established his

genus TARANTULA upon three species, namely, Phalangium

reniforme, L., caudatum, L., and /unatum, Pall. He did

not, however, discover that Pallas had renamed renzforme, L. ;

and for the latter species he takes a form which may be

considered to be specifically identical with the Antigua

specimen figured and described by Browne. His description

plainly tells so much, and the specimen he described is said

to be still in the Museum of the Kiel University.

TARANTULA, then, was based upon the following species,

any one of which might be its type :—

1. A species, wrongly named Phalangium reniforme, L., and identified

with Browne’s figure.

2. Phalangium caudatum, Linn.

3. Phalangium reniforme, Linn. (=lunatum, Pall.).

In 1797 the species included under no. 1 (i. e. rentformis,

Fabr.) was desciibed as palmatus by Herbst (Nat. unge-

tliigelt. Ins. i. p. 82).

In 1£01 * Lamarck (Syst. Anim. p. 175) based the genus

Phrynus upon the following two species:—(1) Tarantula

rentjormts as restricted by Fabricius, (2) Zarantula caudata

(Linn.). It is significant that he omits all mention of lunata,

Pall., and all reference to the example in Mus. Ludov.

Ulrice. Hence the genuine reniformis, Linn., formed no

part of the genus Phrynus as first constituted, and Lamarck’s

elimination of caudata, L., and reniformis (L.), Fabr., from

V'ARANTULA fixes the latter name upon the third and last

species included in that genus, namely renzformis, L.

(=/unata, Pall.).

In 1802 Lamarck’s PHRYNUS was subdivided by Latreille

(Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. iii pp. 47 & 48), who took caudatus out

of it as the type of his new genus T’helyphonus, and thus left

reniformis, Fabr., as the type of Phrynus. It is significant,

* Phrynus does not date from Latreille, 1802, as I have already

pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 274, 1896). Kraepelin

repeats the old error of ascribing it to Latreille, 1802, in Das Tierr.,

Scorp. &e. p. 241 (1899).

Systematics of the Pedipalpi. 159

too, that Latreille carefully cites reniformis, Fabr., not reni-

formis, Linn. or Pall., as the “exemple ” of Parynus.

Thus with regard to the two species of Amblypygi under

discussion the method of settling type-species by elimination

gives the following results :—

1. reniformis, Linn. (=/unatus, Pall.), comes out as the type of Taran-

TULA by Lamarck’s elimination under Phrynus of caudatus and

the species wrongly called reniformis by Fabricius.

2. The latter comes out as the type of Phrynus by Latreille’s removal

of caudatus under Thelyphonus.

The next author to take up the genera of the group was

C. Koch in 1850 (‘ Uebersicht,’ &c. v. p. 81). He arranged

them as follows :—

1. Purynvs, to include ceylonicus, Koch ; lunatus, Pall. ; nigrimanus,

Koch; medius, Herbst.

2. Damon, nov., for variegatus, Perty ; reniformis, L,, as erroneously

restricted by Pallas.

3. ADMETUS, nov., for pumilio, Koch ; palmutus, Herbst ; fusctmanus,

Koch; marginemaculatus, Koch.

Phrynus, however, was already restricted by Latreille to

reniformis, Linn., as restricted by Fabricius. Hence Koch’s

application of the name was inadmissible. For Damon and

Admetus any one of the species cited under them might come

out as the type.

In 1879 (Arch. Naturg. p. 197) Karsch proposed the

following systematic arrangement :—

1. Purynicuvs, nov. Type reniformis, Linn. (=lunatus, Pall.).

2. Damon, Koch. Type medius, Herbst (=variegatus, Perty).

3. TARANTULA, Fabr. Type pumilio, Koch (= reniformis, Pallas, nec

Linn.).

4. Cuaron, nov. Type Gray, Gerv.

For the first name Phrynichus, reniformis, Linn. (=Junatus,

Pall ) is cited as the type. But since this species is also the

type of Tarantula, Fabr., as already pointed out, Phrynichus

falls as a synonym of Yarantula. It will be observed that

Karsch reverses the action of Pallas and Fabricius, and

rightly makes tle species exemplitied by the specimen in the

Mus. Ludov. Ulr. the type of rentformis,

The second name DAMON is restricted to vartegatus, the

supposition that medius, Herbst, is identical with variegatus

being erroneous.

The third name TARANTULA is assigned to a species

originally included in the genus as a synonym. But the

name was already taken up tor renzformis, Linn.: hence the

12*

160 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

restriction is null and void. Karsch regarded Phrynus and

Admetus as synonyms of Tarantula as restricted by himself.

CHARON stands as defined and does not further concern my

present purpose.

In the Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. lxi. pp. 45-52 (1892) appeared

Simon’s classification. He adopts Karsch’s nomenclature

with two exceptions. He shows that the genus Zarantula

as recognized by Karsch is divisible into two genera. He

restricts Zarantula to pumilio as Karsch had done, and for

the second he rightly takes Admetus of Koch, citing pa/matus,

Herbst, as its type. In the second place he follows Pallas,

Herbst, and Koch in their determination of ren¢formis, Linn.,

which brings that species out as the type of Tarantula.

In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. pp. 274-298 (1894),

I returned to Fabricius’s determination of rentformis, Linn.,

and applied the name to a West-Indian species from Antigua.

This species was made the type of the genus Tarantula,

Fabr., on the assumption that Zarantula and Phrynus were

strictly synonymous. Moreover, although I overlooked the

fact that Simon had selected pa/matus as the type of Ad-

metus, nevertheless 1 assigned Admetus to the synonymy of

Tarantula+ lhrynus. Also I showed that the genus called

by Karsch and Simon Turantula was nameless, and proposed

for its reception the term L/eterophrynus, with chiracanthus,

Gerv., as the type. ‘This name will stand. For dunatus,

Pall., Karsch’s name Phrynichus was kept.

The type species of the other genera established in this

paper are clearly stated and need not be further discussed.

‘The innovations proposed by Kraepelin (Abh. nat. Ver.

Hamb. xiii. pp. 8-51, 1895) come next in order. He

followed Karsch’s determination of reniforme, Linn., and,

holding that reniforme must be the type of Tarantula,

used this generic name in place of Phrynichus, Karsch. In

the second place, overlooking Simon’s selection of palmatus

as the type of Admetus, he proposed Neophrynus for this

same species.

And, lastly, in 1899 (‘Das ‘Tierr.,’ Scorp. et Pedipalpi)

Kraepelin makes still further changes. He discovered, what,

indeed, is pretty clear from the diagnosis, that Fabricius’s

specimen of reniformis was identical with, or at least closely

allied to, the specimen subsequently described as palmatus by

Herbst, and, holding that the species represented by this

specimen must be the type of Zarantula, he retransferred

Tarantula to the West-Indian species, with Phrynus and

Neophrynus as synonyms. Phrynichus he readopts for reni-

Systematics of the Pedipalpt. 161

Jormis, Linn. (=lunatus, Pall.), and ignoring Simon’s legiti-

mate restriction of Admetus, he brings this name up for the

species I had assigned to Heterophrynus, selecting pumilio as

the type.

The results arrived at may be briefly summarized as

follows, the genera being arranged systematically under

family headings equivalent to the subfamilies proposed by

Simon :—

Family Phrynidz, nov.

Tarantuline, Sim., Poc., 1894; Kraepelin, 1899.

Neophrynine, Kraepelin, 1895.

Admetina, Poc., 1897.

Subfam. Purynin2, nov.

Genus Purynus, Lamarck, as restricted by Latreille (nee PArynus,

Koch). Type palmatus, Herbst. .

Syn. Admetus, Koch, as restricted by Simon. Type palmatus,

Herbst.

Neophrynus, Kraep. Type palmatus, H,

Genus HEMiIpHRynvs*, nov. Type levifrons, Poc.

ACANTHOPHRYNUS, Kraep. (= Phrynopsis, VPoc., preoce.).

Type spinifrons, Poc.

Subfam. HETEROPHRYNIN®, Noy,

Genus HeTERoPpHRyNvs, Poc. Type chiracanthus, Gerv.

Syn. Tarantula, Karsch, type pumilio, Koch; Simon, type reni-

formis, Pall, nec Linn,

Admetus, Kraep., 1899, type pumilio, Koch; nec Admetus, Sim.,

type palmatus, Herbst.

Family Tarantulide.

Phrynichine, Sim., Poc., Kraep., 1899,

Tarantuline, Kraep., 1895.

Genus TarantULA, Fabr. Type reniformis, Linn.

Syn. Phrynus, Koch (ad max. part.).

Phrynichus, Karsch, Simon (PAryniscus),=Poc., Kraep., 1899.

Type reniformis, L.

Tarantula, Kraep., 1895,

Genus Damon, Koch. Type variegatus, Perty.

Syn. (sec. Kraep.). MNanodamon, Poc. Type annulatipes, Wood.

Genus TITANODAMON, Poc. Type Johnston, Poc.

* For the species diagnosed under heading a in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) xiv. p. 276 (1894),

162 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Family Charontide.

Charontine, Sim., Kraep., Poe.

Genus Cuaron, Karsch. Type Grayt, Gerv.

Srycopurynvs, Kraep. Type cavernicola, Thor.

Cxarmvs, Sim. Type australianus, Koch.

Sarax, Sim. Type brachydactylus, Sim.

Caragrus, Thor. Type pusillus, Thor.

Part II.—DEScCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES.

Family Phrynida.

Genus HETEROPHRYNUS, Poc.

Fleterophrynus armiger, sp. n.

Normally coloured and granular. Ocular tubercle and

lateral eyes exceptionally high.

Chele shorter and stouter than in any species hitherto

described ; trochanter normally spined; femur covered above

with five spines, the fifth standing near the middle of the

distal half of the segment ; the lower side armed with five

spines, the first and second long, not very unequal, the third

small, slender, about half the length of the second, and a

little less than its own length from it, and about as long as

the fifth, the fourth noticeably shorter than the second, the

fifth near the middle of the distal half of the segment; tibia

armed above with six spines, the first standing about midway

between the base of the segment and the proximal of the

three long spines ; fifth and sixth spines small and slender,

subequal, both of them shorter than the first; lower side of |

this segment armed with six spines, of which the first,

second, third, fifth, and sixth represent the second to the

sixth of longicornis, chiracanthus, and the first to the fifth of

cervinus, the fourth from the proximal end being super-

numerary and inserted between the normal third and fourth

spines; the penultimate spine of this series is as thick and

about twice as long as the last, and slightly thicker than and

almost as long as the third spine from the distal end, which is

the longest of the series.

Hand spined as in the other species, the distal half of the

external surface quite smooth, except the edges, which are

very finely denticulated, the proximal half up to the root of

the long spines dull and studded with coarse granules.

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 34; width

of carapace 16°5, its median length 11°5; length of femur of

Systematics of the Pedipalpi. 163

chela (along upperside) 17:5, of tibia 20, of hand 8; femur of

first leg 54, of fourth leg 28.

Loc. Pambelar in Ecuador.

One male and two female examples. The length of the

chele is substantially the same in the two sexes.

In the spine-armature and form of the chelew this species

stands midway between the previously known species of this

genus and the following species, which would otherwise have

strong claims to rank as a distinct genus.

Heterophrynus alces, sp. n.

? (adult)—A uniform reddish-brown colour.

Carapace finely and closely granular, studded with coarse

granules as well; the anterior border straight, denticulated :

ocular tubercle with a pair of granules above, about its own

diameter from the frontal border; lateral clusters not widely

separated, the distance between them equal to about one

third the greatest width of the carapace, considerably nearer

to the middle line than to the anterior or lateral border.

Chele short; tibia only a little longer than the median

length of the carapace, much less than its width; trochanter

armed with four spines, femur with five above and five below

on the margin, as in H. armiger ; the second on the upperside

erect, the fourth on the underside much longer than the third

or fifth, which are subequal, the first inferior about equal to

the height of the segment, the longest of the upper spines

much less ; base of temur furnished with a strong additional

spine above the two long inferior spines, exactly as in the

genus Acanthophrynus; tibia armed above with six spines,

below with five, the longest upper spine only a little ex-

ceeding the height of the segment and considerably more

than one third of its length; the first, fifth, and sixth not

very unequal in length, the first a little the smallest, third as

long as the second or fourth; hand with two upper and two

under spines, the latter subequal ; chele coarsely and finely

granular, except the hand, which has only a tew granules

externally and beneath in its basal half.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 22; width of

carapace 12, median length 7°5; length of tibia of chela 9,

width 3°5; of femur of first leg 22, of fourth leg 15.

Loc. Upper Surinam River (C. W. Ellacombe).

Differing from the remaining species of Heterophrynus in

the presence of a strong spine upon the base of the femur of

the chela in front above the long proximal inferior spine, as

in Acanthophrynus, and in the form of the chele, which are

164 On the Systematics of the Pedipalpi.

short, robust, and without any noticeable external curvature

on the tibia, approaching what is seen in the genus Phrynus.

a. Chel short and thick, like those of Phry-

nus, the tibia scarcely bowed; femur

armed basally in front with a strong

spine standing above the two normal

long spines, as in Acanthophrynus; the

two inferior spines on the hand sub-

equal; the rest of the spine-armature of

the chela substantially as in H. armager. alces, sp. n.

6. Chele variable in form and length; no

spine on base of femur in front above

the long inferior spines ; second spine on

lower side of hand much longer than the

first.

a. An additional spine present upon the

-femur of the chela between the second

and third long spines and one on the

inferior edge of the tibia between the

second and third long spines from the

distal end; the two distal spines on

the upperside of the tibia small, weak,

and subequal; the penultimate spine

on the tibia below much longer and

stronger than the ultimate, and sub-

equal to the longest spine along this

pT aT PR EA Pe ar Se a been armiger, sp. 1.

6‘. No supernumerary spine between the :

second and third long spines on the

lower edge of the femur, and none be-

tween the second and third long spines

from the distal end on the tibia .... chiracanthus, Gerv.; longi-

cornis, Butl.; Batesti,

Butl.; cervinus, Poc.*

Family Thelyphonide.

Genus TYPoPELTIS, Poc.

Typopeltis Tarnantt, sp. n.

g.—Very closely related to 7. Dalyi, Pocock (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 297, 1900), from Lacan, near

Raheng, in Siam. The trunk, the chele, and anterior portion

of the carapace more granular. Trochanter of chela with or

without one small tooth in the middle of its straight upper

edge, the angular tooth represented merely by a blunt promi-

nence, immediately below which on the inner side there are

twd small sharp spines. Tibial apophysis with two or three

* For diagnoses of these species see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.

p. 287.

On new Eastern and Australiin Moths. 165

sharp spinules in front at the base, strongly geniculate, with

a triangular expansion at the apex, the anterior side of the

angle the longest and armed with six teeth, the posterior side

with one tooth; when the anterior side of the angular ex-

pansion closes against the immovable finger the tip of the

movable finger considerably surpasses its posterior side ;

inner edge of hand lightly convex, without trace of any basal

prominence, with four strong and some smaller teeth; inner

surface of hand without any distinctly depressed or hollowed

area on its inner side just below the denticulated crest.

Total length 44 millim. ; carapace 25; chela (not including

coxa) 26.

Loc. Lampun, N. Siam (JZ. Daly).

Two male examples of this species were collected with one

of 7. Dalyt. The chief difference between the two forms

lies in the much smaller size and different shape of the tip of

the tibial apophysis and the absence of excavation on the

inner surface of the hand in 7. Turnanit.

XXVIII.—Deseriptions of new Eastern and Australian Moths.

By Colonel C. Swinuoe, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Limacodida.

Thosea luxa, nov.

3. Of a uniform grey colour, some examples tinged with

ochreous, some with pale olive; shaft of antenne dull red,

the pectinations red-grey: fore wings with a central thin

brown band from hinder margin a little before the middle,

stopping short of the costa a little beyond the middle; a

brownish spot in the centre of the disk; in some examples

the band is more or less obsolete, in others the spot is obso-

lete, but all have indications of one or the other: the hind

wings and the underside are without any markings, the under-

side is tinged with red.

¢. Without the discal spot in all the three examples before

me, the transverse central band more or less marked.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1, 2? 1,5 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types in B. M.

166 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Family Lasiocampida.

Clathe edna, nov.

3. Shafts of antenne red, pectinations red-grey ; head,

body, and fore wings dark olive-grey ; a small whitish space

at the base of each antenna; head and thorax with some

greyish-white hairs: fore wings irrorated with red atoms;

cilia red: hind wings red; both wings without markings ;

some examples have both wings of a uniform red-grey colora-

tion. Underside of a uniform red colour ; legs and body with

whitish hairs ; costa of fore wings and the upper and lower

spaces of the hind wings whitish.

@. Of a pale uniform red-grey above ; aldomen covered

with white hairs; underside uniform dull red.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1, 2 1y%5 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types in B. M.

Family Microniide.

Urapteroides diana, nov.

¢@. Like U. astheniata, Guen., but on the fore wings the

median band is much nearer the streak at end of cell, and

instead of a similar band in the disk there is a broad diffuse

band of the same colour and the submarginal band of striz is

only very indistinctly indicated; the discal band on the hind

wings is also much broader than in astheniata, though not so

broad as it is on the fore wings: on the underside the differ-

ence is still more marked, the discal band on both wings

being broad and diffuse.

Expanse of wings 24 inches.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Family Boarmiide.

Icterodes Hamiltonia.

Icterodes Hamiltonia, Swinhoe, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1892, p. 17, pl. i.

ig. 5.

Pree Hamiltonia, Hmpsn. Moths India, iii. p. 294 (1895).

The type (a male) came from the Jaintia Hills. I have

lately received a fine series from the same locality, amongst

them several fresh females. The female only differs from the

male in being slightly larger, the ground-colour of the fore

wings somewhat paler, and the orange bands of the abdomen

broader.

ee ee

Eastern and Australian Moths. 167

Family Monocteniide.

Monoctenia mtnuta, nov.

?. Antenne greyish white, unipectinate, pectinations short;

head, thorax, and fore wings grey, with a slight pinkish

tinge ; two indistinct transverse grey lines on the disk of fore

wings only visible in certain liphts; otherwise the wings have

no markings: hind wings white, slightly pinkish grey towards

outer margin ; one discal line, corresponding to the outer line

of the fore wings; in some examples these lines are hardly

visible. Underside paler than above, uniformly coloured,

without any markings.

Expanse of wings 1,4; inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Type in B. M.

There are six examples, all females.

Monoctenia ozora, nov:

3. Sandy grey, slightly tinged with flesh-colour; frons

brown, with a white line in front; antennz with the shafts

white ; abdomen with grey bands and with a white stripe

along each side: hind wings slightly paler than the fore

wings, both absolutely without markings, the abdominal

margin of the hind wings with white hairs. Underside paler,

the abdominal half of hind wings nearly white, and a very

large greyish-brown spot in the disk of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 1,5; inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

‘Type in O. M.

Family Sterrhide.

Sterrha punctilinea, nov.

?. Palpi and head deep black; body and wings white,

uniformly irrorated with minute atoms; wings with a black

dot at end of each cell; three rows of pale blackish spots

forming a transverse discal band across both wings ; marginal

line composed of deep black lunules ; cilia marked with grey.

Underside same as above, but the discal series of spots are

more lunular in shape and on the hind wings there are only

two rows.

Expanse of wings 2-1 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement),

Type in B. M.

There are four examples, all females, of this very distinctly

marked species.

168 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Family Acontiide.

Erastria lilacina.

Daxata lilacina, Butler, Il. Het. vii. p. 81, pl. exxxiii. fig. 5 (1889).

Raparna ilacina, Umpsn. Moths India, iii. p. 27 (1895).

Great Nikobars.

This insect belongs to the Acontiide, and not to the

Deltoidide. |

Megalodes radiata, nov.

3 3. Palpi, head, and thorax white, covered with grey

iirorations ; thorax with a brown band in front: fore wings

mostly greyish white; in some examples, especially in the

females, the entire wing is more or less suffused with grey ;

some grey spots on the costa, a blackish-brown irregularly

shaped space along the hinder margin, thin at the base, broad

and quadrate at the middle, with a black and ochreous line,

in some examples like an ocellus with ochreous or orange

centre ; some blackish streaks between the veins in the disk :

hind wings white, in some females grey.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types in B. M.

There are five males and four females.

Megalodes lucala, nov.

g. Palpi chocolate-brown, with a few white hairs; thorax

chocolate-brown, white in front and at the sides: fore wings

with a chocolate-brown costa and with broad markings of the

same colour along the hinder margin, containing a short

outwardly oblique line beyond the middle; veins brown,

some brown streaks on the outer margin in the interspaces ;

all the inner portions of the wing whitish, as if smeared with

white: hind wings white, in one example pure white, in the

other with a slight ochreous-grey marginal border. Under-

side: fore wings smeared with grey; hind wings pure white,

no markings; body whitish, legs chocolate-brown.

Eixpanse of wings 14 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Type in B. M.

‘lwo examples, both males.

Meyalodes tusa, nov.

3 2. White; fore wings with five broad, dark grey,

straight bands, the first from the costa at the base short, the

Eastern and Australian Moths. 169

second from the hinder margin, broken before reaching the

costa, the third running up from the hinder margin for two

thirds, the fourth and fifth complete, the fifth on the outer

margin; these bands cover nearly the whole wing in the

female, leaving thin white linear spaces between them; a

black dot at the end of the cell: hind wings with a grey dot

at the end of the cell and a broad grey discal band which in

some specimens is suffused and clouds most of the lower half

of the wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 75, 2 1;4;-inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Types in B. M.

There are two males and four females.

Cerynea xenia, nov.

?. Ochreous brown tinged with pink; palpi dark brown

at the sides ; head, thorax, first two joints of the abdomen,

and a broad band on the wings pale pinkish ochreous; this

band crosses the base of the hind wings and runs up to the

apex of the fore wings, occupying the whole central space

and quite one third of the wing; it has some brown suffusion

towards the base and two brownish patches on the costa

beyond the middle; the rest of the wing is pale brown, with

a slight purplish tinge; there is a darker space towards the

apex, through which runs a sinuous, ochreous, submarginal

line, with two outward teeth in its centre and a pale spot

above the teeth; there is also an indistinct medial similar

line which has a large outward curve on its upper part: hind

wings paler and more ochreous ; a small brown space next to

the pale base ; a medial sinuous grey line; indications of a

discal line, with three black spots marked with white, near

the abdominal margin; submarginal black points, pale

marginal line, and ochreous cilia.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Allied to C. lunifera, Moore.

Cerynea cithara, nov.

¢. Coloured like the preceding species, the pale band

from base to apex covered with longitudinal brown streaks,

very fine and close together, the band limited by a duplex

brown line, which is distorted in the disk and has a short

black band which runs on to the outer margin above the

middle, and contains an ochreous streak which forms the

upperside of an oblong circlet which occupies the inner portion

170 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

of nearly the whole of the outer pale brown purplish-tinted

space, the circlet being formed by a brown duplex line and

filled in with pale ochreous grey on its outer side, black and

single on its inner side, its upper part connected with the

costa near the apex by a fine brown line: hind wings suffused

with brown; indications of a discal duplex line filled in with

ochreous, most distinct towards abdominal margin; both

wings with submarginal black points, fine marginal black

line, and ochreous-grey cilia.

Expanse of wings 175 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Cerynea jugosa, nov.

9. Head, thorax, first two segments of abdomen, and

base and upper two thirds of fore wings bright olive-brown ;

abdomen greyish brown, dorsal tufts black : fore wings with

the olive-brown portion of the wings limited by a blackish-

brown line which runs from middle of hinder margin to end

of cell, where it is duplex, and on the inside of which are

two black dots; here it bends out in a brown streak to the

outer margin above the middle, and there is a brown streak

from the costa at one third from apex almost parallel with it;

the costal streak is edged on its upperside with ochreous, and

there is an ochreous mark before the outer margin between

the two streaks; the rest of the wing and the whole of the

hind wing is unicolorous, being grey, minutely irrorated with

brown atoms; submarginal points of both wings and marginal

crenulated line black ; cilia ochreous grey.

Expanse of wings 1,’5 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Family Euteliide.

Anuga fida, nov.

3. Purplish grey, covered with minnte black irrorations ;

palpi deep black ; body and fore wings very uniform in shade

of colour; some black spots on the body ; the dorsal tufts on

abdomen grey: fore wings with the bands thin, whitish,

sinuated, and in parts dentated, and edged on both sides by

black lines; the first is subbasal, rather close to the base ;

second antemedial, with black costal patch on its inner side

and a small patch near hinder margin; third discal, com-

mencing on costa above the reniform, curves out, then down

to the hinder margin one fourth from the angle, edged out-

wardly thickly with black, and the whole space between it

Eastern and Australian Moths. vel

and the outer margin filled in with spear-shaped black and

white marks; marginal line black, with black points; a

black dot forming the orbicular, the reniform square, mar-

gined by two black straight lines: hind wings suffused with

black, with two crenulated whitish thin bands, medial and

submarginal.

Expanse of wings 17% inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

There are two examples unnamed from Borneo in the B. M.

Anuga juventa, nov.

3. Ochreous grey, very strongly tinged with pink; palpi

with a dark brown band at end of second joint; top of head

nearly white, some chestnut and whitish bands on thorax,

dorsal tufts on abdomen black: fore wings with a black dot

as orbicular, with a black ring; the reniform large and

square, composed of black and pale lines; the lower and

discal part of the wings and a large central patch on the outer

margin blackish brown, these brown parts forming two

irregular bands, ante- and postmedial, the former including a

pale outwardly curved line, the latter limited on both sides

by similar lines; marginal points black; cilia pinkish grey,

brown opposite the patch: hind wings blackish brown; a

large, square-cut, pinkish-grey patch at the anal angle, with

a white inner edging; a pinkish-grey medial line corre-

sponding to the second line of the fore wings; cilia pinkish

grey. On the underside the pectus is black, with a white

band in front and white at the sides; legs blackish brown ;

fore tarsi with pale pink bands; hind tarsi pinkish grey :

wings blackish brown; a pale thin band, discal on fore

wings, medial on hind wings; a pale spot with black point

at end of each cell; outer third of hind wing pale pinkish

grey, with brown patch on centre of outer margin.

Expanse of wings 1% inch.

Goping, Perak (Aunstler).

Anuga fabrica, nov.

3. Grey; palpi beneath, head, thorax, and fore wings

thickly irrorated with white; abdomen greyish brown, the

basal portion irrorated with white, the dorsal tufts black: fore

wings with a black inwardly curved line from the hinder

margin one third from base to the median vein; the basal

space inside dark brown; a discal line, black at the upper

and lower portions, white in the middle, from costa one third

172 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

from apex towards the outer margin, then deeply bent in

towards the end of the cell, and curved down to the hinder

margin beyond the middle, where there is a brown space

and brown suffusion in the region of the hinder angle ; some

small brown marks on the costa; black submarginal points :

hind wings brown; both wings with a very thin, marginal,

brown, crenulated line ; cilia with pale basal line and brown

tips.

Expanse of wings 1} inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Family Stictopteride.

Stictoptera viridaria, nov.

g. Palpi, head, and fore part of thorax chestnut-brown,

the remainder of the thorax green: fore wings with the

lower third green, the upper two thirds chestnut-brown

variegated with green; the orbicular is green, ringed with

black ; the whole space from this to the base is chestnut-

brown; the reniform is brown, ear-shaped, and ringed with

white, both on a green space, this colour running obliquely to

near apex of the wing; on the outside of the reniform is a

large black oval spot or patch, and the space between this and

the outer margin is suffused with black; there is a small

white spot below the outer side of the large black spot and a

black dot below the orbicular: hind wings pale ochreous, pale

towards the base, and the veins brown. .

Expanse of wings 1,’p inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Family Gonopteride.

Erizada viridifascia, nov.

9. Top of head and fore part of thorax green, rest of

thorax and both wings dark pinkish grey; abdomen dark

grey, with whitish segmental lines; first dorsal tuft white:

fore wings with broad basal and medial green bands, edged

on each side with black, the latter from the hinder angle to

the middle of the costa and slightly convex ; there are some

pale and some blackish marks on the costaand a submarginal

sinuous blackish line running from a small white-spotted

biackish patch on the costa to the hinder angle: hind wings

paler, more pinkish and whitish towards the base. Under-

side: fore wings red, grey on the costal and outer margins,

“

| —

—

ee ee ee

Eastern and Australian Moths. 173

whitish on the hinder margin ; hind wings pale grey, irrorated

with brown atoms.

Expanse of wings 1); inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Alhed to Erizad1 (Blenina) effusa, Swinhoe.

Family Trifide.

Methorasa manta, nov.

3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings chestnut-brown :

fore wings with white points on the costa and a white, sub-

apical, toothed mark (4) ; three indistinct, sinuous, blackish,

transverse lines, antemedial, medial, and postmedial, all

inclining outwards from hinder margin, the last two rather

close together, the first with an indistinct ringlet towards the

hinder margin ; marginal points black, with some black vein-

streaks ; cilia crenulate, with white marks in the hollows on

the outer side of the points: hind wings paler, whitish towards

base, without markings. Underside dull reddish grey, both

wings crossed by a brown crenulated discal line,

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Family Quadrifide.

Subfamily Porrprsurvz.

Genus Horetounta, nov.

3. Antenne nearly as long as fore wings, very minutely

ciliated ; palpi slightly upturned, not so high as the head,

smoothly scaled; a truncate frontal prominence, slight tufts

on metathorax: fore wings somewhat narrow, the apex

nearly rounded; cilia crenulate; legs without spines, with

the usual double pairs of spurs.

Hopetounia carda, nov.

36. Milky white, suffused with grey ; head and frons pure

white, the latter with a black dot at the apex of the promi-

nence: fore wings suffused with grey, the costa broadly

whitish ; a grey longitudinal centrak streak from base and a

streak at apex, conjoined in some examples, others are milky

white with hardly any markings; cilia grey and white: hind

wings white, with grey outer border. Underside paler; hind

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Scr. 7. Vol, ix. 13

174 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

wings with the border reduced to a small grey mark at the

apex.

Scie of wings 1 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Type in B. M.

Eight examples, all males.

Melioptis juba, nov.

& 2. Grey, irrorated with brown atoms: fore wings with

many brown irregular marks on the costa; a short black line

inwardly edged with ochreous running from hinder margin

before the middle to the median vein; its outer side is

suffused with black and above the black portion is a large

pale reniform stigma with some black on each side of it; a

discal straight brown line, outwardly edged with ochreous,

the ochreous band being limited by a brown suffused shade,

marginal line whitish: hind wings grey, with the borders

brownish, marginal line pale.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement).

There are five examples in the B. M. unnamed, all females.

Subfamily Carrpurzm2.

Catephia runa, nov.

g. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark olive greyish

brown: fore wings with antemedial and postmedial black

thick lines, both more or less dentated and sinuous, the

former curved outwardly in its middle, the latter curved out-

wardly above the middle, then deeply bent inward, then

acutely outwards to the hinder margin; above the second bend

is a black ringlet below the end of the cell, and between the

lines is another indistinct sinuous line; an indistinct sinuous

pale line some distance before the outer margin; a pale brown

patch on the costa before the apex, some brown marks and

streaks in the disk, marginal line black and crenulate: hind

wings dark greyish brown; a central pale narrow band; a

pale ochreous spot on outer margin before the middle; cilia

with a white space at apex.

Expanse of wings 1,5; inch.

Labuan (Everett).

Allied to C. amplificans, Walker.

Subfamily Opurvsrvz.

Episparis jacquelina, nov.

¢. Palpi, head, body, and both wings of a dark uniform

Eastern and Australian Moths. 175

olive-brown colour above; costa of fore wings with five

rather longish spots; a large white semihyaline spot at the

end of the cell and another under the costa near the base; an

indistinct grey line before the middle, witi a small curve

inwards from the costa, suddenly angled outwards and then

straight down to hinder margin, inclining a little inwards;

another somewhat similar line across the disk, and indications

of a subbasal line: hind wings with. a white semihyaline

spot at the end of the cell and a black dot below it; an in-

distinct sinuous middle line and indications of a similar

discal line. Underside pale olive-brown; all the wings

smeared with pinkish white; a black dot at end of each cell ;

outer and discal lines, the latter on hind wings crenulate, and

on fore wings there is a whitish space on the outer margin

containing a brown lunular patch below the apex; body and

legs white; pectus and fore tibia in front brown.

Expanse of wings 1,’ ineh.

Goping, Perak (Aunsé/er).

Subfamily Cazrzsizwz.

Pasipeda brandolina, nov.

3 2. Palpi, head, thorax, and wings brown, with a

greyish-purplish tinge ; abdomen scarlet, without any

markings: tore wings with a white, somewhat tubular-shaped

mark at the end of the cell composed of four spots; above

this mark there is a greyish indistinct patch on the costa,

three transverse, brown, outwardly curved, indistinct lines—

antemedial, medial, and postmedial—rather close together,

the space between the last line and the outer margin rather

darker than the rest of the wing: hind wings with a central

diffused brown band and with scarlet hairs on the abdominal

border. On the underside the wings are brown, diffused with

scarlet towards the abdominal half of the hind wings, and

with three transverse lines on both wings; legs with some

scarlet hairs; abdomen scarlet, with a brown line on each

side.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Cape York (Démel), 3.

Type (¢%, ‘T'aboga Island) in B. M.

Family Focillida.

Capnodes pansa, nov.

&. Palpi brown, with ochreous tip to last joint; body and

13*

176 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

wings brickdust-red; abdomen dark grey, with thin seg-

mental brown bands; both wings very uniform in colour,

covered with evenly disposed, very minute, brown irrorations :

fore wings with erect, antemedial, white, thin band, with an

arrow-shaped angle below its middle and a white dot in front

above its middle; a large, ear-shaped, reniform, ochreous

mark, circled with white and attached to the costa by a white

mark; an indistinct waved brown line from the reniform to

hinder margin; a very sinuous brown line before the outer

margin, between which and the outer margin the colour is

purplish grey: hind wings with an indistinct, sinuous, brown,

tuansverse line a little before the middle; both wings with

submarginal and marginal brown lunules and pale antecilial

line.

Expanse of wings 1,/; inch.

Goping, Perak ( Kunstler).

Allied to C. rufescens, Moore, and near to C. pustulifera,

Walker.

Genus HEPSIDERA, nov.

¢. Antenne with short bristles and cilia; palpi sickle-

shaped, curving over the head, first joint very short, third not

more than one third length of second, all three smoothly

scaled; frons flat; slight tufts on metathorax: fore wing

long, narrow, costa somewhat concave, rounded just before

apex, which is somewhat produced, outer margin slightly

rounded and oblique: hind wings with vein 5 from below the

middle, 3 and 4 and 6 and 7 from the angles.

Lepsidera lignea, nov.

g. Antenne, palpi, head, and collar dark chestnut-red ;

thorax pale red, with six dark chestnut-red longitudinal

stripes ; abdomen paler, with a brown dorsal line and smeared

with brown on each side: fore wings darker than the thorax,

the outer and hinder margins and all the veins dark chestnut-

red, some pale streaks in the interspaces: hind wings pale

grey, tinged with red, outer border broadly suffused with

brown ; cilia of both wings striped into four lines, two dark

and two pale. Underside pale pinkish grey, wings suffused

in parts with chestnut and all the veins of both wings strongly

marked with that colour,

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Goping, Perak (Aunstler).

Eastern and Australian Moths. 177

Family Hypenide.

Subfamily Derromr2.

-Bertula nigra, nov.

3 ¢. Palpi of male long, covered with dense pile as in

B. alpheusalis, Walker ; the coloration of the palpi (except

for a few pale hairs), body, and wings is a uniform blackish

brown, dark, nearly black ; the hind wings are slightly paler,

there is a faint dot at end of cell of fore wings, and indica-

tions of two transverse central lines, rather prominent in some

of the females and somewhat of the shape of the prominent

central band of B. alpheusalis. On the underside the tarsi

are banded with ochreous, and on the hind wings there is a

brown cell-spot and some discal brown thin bands.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Pulo Laut (Doherty) ; Sandakan.

Types in B. M.

There are three males and five females from Pulo Laut

and one male from Sandakan. ;

Bertula invenusta, nov.

3. Of the same section of the genus as the preceding

species ; of a uniform dull brown colour, the long hairs at

the end of the palpi pale ochreous: fore wings clouded in

parts with small patches of dark brown; a pale dot in middle

of cell, a Junule at the end, and two sinuous pale bands, discal

and submarginal ; there are also indications on the costa of

some inner bands impossible to trace: hind wings with a

faint indication of a pale medial band; marginal border of

both wings with black lunules and a pale antecilial line.

Underside ochreous brown, paler than above; a brown

Junular mark at end of each cell; discal brown crenulated

line and submarginal pale similar line across both wings.

Expanse of wings 1,5; inch.

Sumatra (Lambrecht).

Genus PANCRA, nov.

$. Palpi porrect, second joint long, with stiff hairs

beneath, third joint half as long as second and quite smooth ;

antennzx bipectinate, with short bristles: fore wings long and

narrow; costa straight, apex acute; outer margin rounded,

hinder margin straight till near the base, where it is concave ;

cell short, vein 2 from middle of cell, 3, 4, and 5 from lower

end, 6 and 7 from upper end, 8, 9, and 10 stalked, 11 and 12

178 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

thickened towards base, the frenulum consequently on an

enlarged space like a fold: hind wings very broad, apex

rather produced ; cell very short, veins 3 and 4 and 6 and 7

from the upper and lower ends of the cell, 5 from the middle

of discocellular, 8 free till near base, where it touches 7: legs

long, tibia hairy, spurs long ; abdomen extending one fifth

beyond hind wings.

Pancra sordida, nov.

$. Ofa uniform sordid brown colour, last joint of palpi

black ; antenne and top of head ochreous grey: fore wings

with a brown spot in the cell, the reniform consisting of

a brown and a white spot joined together; lines brown,

indistinct, ante- and postmedial, the latter much curved

outwardly in its upper part; a submarginal sinuous line

connected with two brown spots at the costa, one above the

other; hind wings paler than fore wings, with central and

discal, thin, irregular, brownish bands, which become obsolete

before the costa; a brown spot at end of cell. Underside

much paler than above, with medial and discal transverse

brown crenulated bands, spots as above.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Lombok (Everett).

Ovenanus hieroglyphica, nov.

@. Palpi, head, and thorax chestnut-brown: fore wings

deep black, lines ochreous white ; a basal line with an out-

ward ‘angle connected with a subbasal, transverse, straight

line, which on the hinder margin is connected with a post-

pedial distorted line; this line is duplex on its lower half,

throwing one tooth inwardly and two outwardly, then curves

in singly to the costa at the middle, and just inside it is a

stigma. like figure of 8 with a twisted base ; the two outward

teeth are connected with a submarginal line, which is also

connected with a marginal line by a series of spear-shaped

marks, and the marginal line is decorated with black lunules ;

there is also a white dot below the costa outside the post-

medial line: hind wings pale brown, with an indistinct,

central, whitish, thin band; cilia of both wings ochreous grey,

with central brown band and brown spots at the tips; abdo-

men brown, with ochreous-grey dorsal tufts.

Expanse of wings 1,’ inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Without the male sex it is not possible to say exactly to

what genus this species belongs; but it is so peculiarly and

beautifully marked, it is worth describing.

Eastern and Australian Moths. 179

Zanclognatha adda, nov.

¢@. Dark blackish brown, nearly black ; palpi pale ochreous

white on the inner sides; colour of both wings and body very

uniform ; fore wings with an indistinct, blackish, outwardly

curved, antemedial line; an indistinct spot at end of cell; a

large white band at the outer margin, cut straight on its inner

side, broadest at its upper end, stopping short of the costa,

with a blackish spot at the apex, and limited outwardly by

the blackish-brown cilia: on the hind wings a straight,

whitish, submarginal line extends from the apex to the outer

margin before the angle. On the underside the abdomen is

ochreous grey ; the wings same as above, but paler.

Expanse of wings 1 ,°5 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Allied to Z. albapex, Hmspn.

Catada atrata, nov.

3. Palpi pinkish grey ; head and fore part of thorax olive-

brown, rest of thorax deep black, with a pinkish-grey band

behind: tore wings deep black, with pinkish-grey bands, one

just commencing at base along hinder border for a short

distance, then ascends obliquely to costa above end of cell,

whiere it expands and includes a black dot; the other band is on

the outer margin, commencing narrowly at the apex, suddenly

expands before reaching the middle, and then extends to the

hinder margin; both these bands are edged with white:

hind wings dark grey, costal portion paler; both wings with

a black marginal line; abdomen dark grey, with a dorsal

pinkish-white line.

E:xpanse of wings 1 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Nodaria kona, nov.

¢- Palpi and antenne blackish brown; head, body, and

wings tawn-colour ; abdomen with white segmental bands ;

a brown lunule at end of each cell: fore wings with indistinet

subbasal, antemedial, and postmedial crenulated lines, thie

last curving outwardly from the costa round the end of the

cell: hind wings with a medial similar line ; both wings with

a straight brown submarginal line, edged outwardly with

white, trom costa of fore wings near apex to the outer margin

of hind wings before the anal angle, towards which it is

abruptly bent; at the apex of fore wings there is a white

lunular mark filled in by a deep black spot: hind wings paler

180 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

than fore wings, with the costal and abdominal margins

broadly whitish. The underside is much paler; the lower

portions of fore wings and centre of hind wings whitish; the

submarginal bands are indicated by white spots.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Differs from N. producta, Hmpsn., from Ceylon, in having

the inner line of fore wings more outwardly curved and in

the ocelloid-looking apical spot, which is absent in N. producta.

Subfamily Hrrewiyvz.

Iypena finga, nov.

g. Palpi grey, speckled with black; body and wings

blackish brown: fore wings with the basal two thirds dark

blackish brown, limited by a transverse, sinuous, erect, black

line, outwardly edged with white; a black spot in centre of

cell, another near its end, an inner, outwardly curved, sinuous

line ; a pale band on the outside of the outer line, this band

edged on both sides with blackish brown; followed by a

broader pale band, which is interrupted in its middle and has

in its upper portion a pale apical streak and two minute, white,

spear-shaped marks; marginal lunules black, edged with

white, marginal line pale: hind wings blackish brown, without

markings; cilia of both wings brown, with two black bands.

Underside uniform brown: fore wings with a white subapical

small patch, with a black spot on its inner side.

Expanse of wings 17% inch.

Lombok (£verett).

Allied to H. ni/girica, Hmpsn.

Hypena doda, nov.

9. Pinkish fawn-colour; palpi brown, whitish beneath ;

abdomen with the raised tufts dark brown and with thin,

segmental, brown bands: fore wings irrorated with chocolate-

brown; a brown dot at the end of cell; a straight chocolate

duplex band from the hinder margin near the angle to the

costa one third from apex; an irregular waved indistinct line

just beyond it, and two brown spots at the hinder angle:

hind wings with an indistinct, brownish, straight line from the

anal angle to the costa a third from apex ; black marginal

Junules on both wings. Underside ochreous grey; a single,

brownish, transverse, thin band across the disk of both wings,

a ———aE———————eEO

Eastern and Australian Moths. 131

a brown dot at the end of each cell, and brown marginal

lunules.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

‘There are unnamed examples in the B. M. of this species

from Penang, Formosa, and Sikkim, all females,

LTypena nuta, nov.

g. Olive-brown, with a pinkish tinge: the fore wings

equally divided into two portions, the basal nearly black in

the middle, slightly paler towards base, this portion limited

by a white line with two blunt outward dentations; then

follows a pale band, and the remainder of the wing a darker

clouded brown; marginal lunules brown, marginal line

whitish: hind wings uniform dark brown.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Lombok (Zverett).

Somewhat resembling /7/. stygiana, Butler, from Japan.

Family Epipaschiide.

Locastra ardua, nov.

g. Palpi brown, thorax and basal third of fore wings dark

brown ; this space contains an indistinct, subbasal, thin, pale

band, a pale oval mark in its middle, and is limited by a pale,

sinuous, thin band; the rest of the wing is of a pale brownish

ochreous, marked and variegated with brown and irrorated on

its pale portions with blackish-brown atoms; a black lunule

at end of cell, below it a short blackish-brown band on the

middle of the hinder margin; a pale crenulated discal band,

which has an outward curve in its middle, which comes

rather close to the outer margin ; between this and the outer

margin the coloration is dark brown: hind wings pale greyish

brown on the outer half, very pale and whitish on the abdo-

minal portions; cilia of both wings ochreous, with brown

patches ; legs blackish brown, with pale bands.

Expanse of wings 1,’5 inch.

Fiji (Damel).

Allied to L, crassipennis, Walker, but the discal, curved,

pale band is much nearer the outer margin than in that

species,

Family Schenobiide,

Cirrhochrista minuta, nov.

9. Pure white; abdomen with orange-red tip: fore wings

182 Mr. H. Fulton on new Species of

with the costa orange; an orange-red band on the outer

margin of both wings, narrow, and with a crenulated interior

border; cilia orange: fore wings with indications on the

costa of ante- and postmedial bands, and an orange-red thin

subapical band from the costa at one fifth from apex to outer

margin at one third below apex: fore legs with broad orange

bands on the tarsi.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Labuan (Zvereit).

Allied to C. figuratalis, Walker, from Celebes.

XXIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Land-Mollusca from

New Guinea. By HuGu FULTON.

Paryphanta striata, sp. n.

Shell depressed-globose, thin, imperforate, dark olive-brown ;

spire only very slightly exserted; sculpture with fine but

distinct, close-set, oblique stri# ; suture rather deep ; nucleus

with somewhat decussated microscopic spiral striz ; whorls

34, moderately convex, rapidly increasing ; aperture subovate,

very oblique ; peristome thin, simple.

Alt. 5, maj. diam. 9 millim.

Hab. Arva River, British New Guinea (Emil Weiske).

In placing this species under Paryphanta I am following

Dr. Otto von Millendorff, who has described a closely allied

species as Paryphanta louisiadarum, from Rossel Island.

The last-named has spiral sulci, which are not present in

P. striata.

Paryphanta elegans, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, depressed-ovate, almost flat above, convex

below, dark brown, corneous, obliquely striated above and

below; at rather distant intervals the strie are developed

into oblique rugose folds, on the second whorl the striz

appear (under the lens) to be indistinctly decussated by

spiral lines, sharply carinated at the periphery; the peri-

ostracum is produced on the carina into triangular hair-like

projections; whorls 3, almost flat, rapidly increasing ; aper-

ture very oblique, subovate ; peristome thin, not expanded.

Alt. 24, maj. diam. 53 millim.

Hab. Arva River, British New Guinea (Zmil Weiske).

Land-Mollusca from New Guinea. 183

I place this curious little form with doubt under Pary-

phanta. I think it probable that this species will, upon exam-

ination of the anatomy, prove to belong to a new section of

the Endodontide.

Papuina gemina, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, depressed-conic, smooth, sometimes all

white (except peristome), sometimes upper wltorls dark, with

lower white, ornamented by reddish spiral colour-bands,

rather acutely carinated at the periphery in front, getting more

obtuse towards the peristome; whorls 5, slightly convex,

regularly increasing, last descending in front; peristome and

outer part of parietal wall of a polished black colour; aperture

white within; peristome expanded, especially at the colu-

mellar portion, indented at the outer portion, and bearing a

small tooth-like projection.

Alt. 20, maj. diam. 31 millim. (white specimen).

5 2 30. =~,, ~— (banded specimen).

FHlab. Arva River, 5000 feet, British New Guinea (Emil

Weiske).

This form differs from P. naso, Martens, in being smaller,

much narrower in proportion to its height, not so acutely

carinated at the periphery, and principally by the difference

in the shape of the outer portion of the peristome, which in

P. gemina is not nearly so contorted as in P. naso. The

foregoing differences are quite constant in the four specimens

before me.

Papuina cynthia, sp. n.

Shell globose-conic, umbilicated, the perforation almost

concealed by the expansion of the peristome, rather solid,

yellowish, with spiral bands of dark brown, which are

sometimes interrupted, apex rather obtuse; whorls 5, mode-

rately convex, obliquely striated, the stria on last whorl being

broader and cord-like; aperture subovate, dark within ;

peristome white, broadly expanded and slightly reflected,

margins joined by a thin callus.

Alt. 25, maj. diam. 30 millim.

Hab. British New Guinea (fide C. Z. Beddome).

A large number of specimens of this species were obtained

by the late C. E. Beddome, of Tasmania, who distributed

them as P. Braziere, Braz.; it, however, differs from that

species by its coarser oblique striation, its more globose form,

its flatter apex, and different coloration. Although very

1S4 On new Land-Mollusca from New Guinea.

different in form from typical P. plur‘zonata, Ad. & Rve.,

our species has many characters in common with it, and may

ultimately prove to be but a variety. At present its globose

form, more covered umbilicus, coarser sculpture, and more

oblique peristome seem to me to justify its separation.

Papuina zeno, Braz., var. subglobosa, nov.

Similar to typical P. zeno in coloration, but of a lighter

substance, subglobular in form, with a thinner, expanded but

non-reflected peristome.

Alt. 25, maj. diam. 31 millim.

Hab. Port Moresby, British New Guinea (mil Weiske).

The differences noted above are constant in the twenty-

five specimens before me.

Ganesella (Coliolus) Weisket, sp. n.

Shell conical, rather narrowly but distinctly umbilicated,

covered with a dark brown periostracum, which is studded

with rather short hairs at the suture, apex somewhat obtuse ;

whorls 834, slightly convex, the last acutely carinate, with

oblique, clese-set, microscopic striz; aperture circular ;

peristome simple, continued over parietal wall by a more or

less raised callus, very slightly expanded at point of insertion.

Alt. 9, maj. diam. 7$ millim.

HTIab. Kemp Welsh River, British New Guinea (Zmil

Weiske). .

This new species is closely allied to Dalbertist, Braz., for

which Pilsbry has created a new section * (Paratrochus),

which he places under Lndodonta. In the absence of any

knowledge of the anatomy of the species in question, ] am

inclined to think that the creation of this new section was

unnecessary, as, according to their conchological characters

both Dalbertist and Weisked appear to me to fall naturally

under Canefri’s section Coltolus. Judging from description

and figure only, Wersked appears to principally differ from

Dalbertisi by its narrower, more conical form and its acutely

carinate periphery.

* Tryon’s ‘ Manual of Mollusca,’ 1893, vol. viii. p. 295.

Mr, C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora. 185

XXX.—On Sellaphora, a new Genus of Diatoms.

By C,. MrrescuKowsky.

[Plate IV.]

THE method of studying diatoms exclusively on dead shells,

which has, with few exceptions, been the practice since these

little algw first became known, will soon, I believe, have to be

replaced by a broader and more scientific process, based not

only on characteristics of valves and frustules, but also on

those of the inner structure ; and this will no doubt result in

great changes in the whole science of diatomology. New

genera, based on cell-contents, will be founded, new groups

established, and the affinities of the diatoms will prove to

be very different from what is now supposed to be true.

This conviction is the result of long and careful studies of

living diatoms in which I have been engaged for the last few

years, and which have given many unexpected results. Some

of these results have already been described in my previous

papers *, and it is my intention to discuss them more fully

in an extensive work on the inner organization of diatoms

which I am now preparing.

In the present note I shall give the description of a few

interesting forms which I have recently found abundantly in

California, ‘They are a good illustration of the great import-

ance of the inner structure in dealing with diatoms. Any

diatomist would certainly place them in the genus Navicula

if dead shells alone were known, and, in fact, one of these

forms has always been regarded as a Navicula. But if their

inner structure, and especially the endochrome, is taken into

account, it becomes evident that they do not belong to that

genus, their endochrome being very different from that of

Navicula or any other allied genus. ‘They represent no doubt

a new genus.

One of these forms is the well-known Navicula pupula,

Kiitz., not uncommon in fresh water ; the other two are new

species, also not rarely to be met in salt water. The latter

are small delicate forms of which I have not yet mounted

specimens, so that the structure of the valves cannot be

* ©. Mereschkowsky, “Etudes sur l’'Endochrome des Diatomées,”

Mémoires de l’Acad. des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, vol. xi. n. 6 (1901) ;

“On Okedenia,’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 415 (1901); “Ou

Stauronella, a new Genus of Diatoms,” ¢. c. p. 424 ; “ Rapport prélimi-

naire sur la Structure intérieure des Diatomées,” Scripta Botanica, St.

Petersburg, fase. xix, (1902).

186 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora.

described ; but they are easily to be distinguished one from

another by the outlines of the valve, their size, their mode of

living, and from all other species of Naviculoid diatoms by

their inner structure.

On account of the latter it seems to me necessary to

establish a new genus, which I propose to call Svl/aphora (or

“saddle-bearer”’), as the endochrome, consisting of a single

chromatophore-plate, is placed on the diatom like a saddle

on a horse’s back (Pl. IV. fig. 12).

The diagnosis of the genus is as follows :—

SELLAPHORA, gen. nov.

Valve small, symmetrical, linear to elliptical, with obtuse

ends, terminal nodules distant; stria usually fine, connecting-

zone simple. Endochrome composed of one plate, resting

with its narrow median part on the surface of one of the

valves, with four long prolongations along the connectinz-

zones. Pyrenoid absent. A few eleoplasts, sometimes

represented by two libroplasts *.

The endochrome is very uniform in all the species, the

unique chromatophore-plate being always composed of two

parts—a narrow median part (m. in the figures) resting on

the surface of one of the valves, which may be called the

dorsal valve ; and four long, usually narrow, linear prolonga-

tions, turned down at a right angle to the median part and

resting on both connecting-zones (pr. in the. figures). The

diagram fig. 11 represents such a plate when spread out, m.

being the median part belonging to the valve and pr. the four

prol ngations resting on the connecting-zone. The diagram

fig. 12 represents a transverse section of a frustule and shows

the disposition of the plate in the frustule; the upper or

dorsal valve is provided with an endochrome (m.), the lower or

ventral valve is without one.

I shall now describe the species belonging to this genus,

and then consider its affinities and its systematic position.

* The elzoplasts are oil-drops usually applied to the chromatophores,

sometimes free. Retaining this name as a general term, I have found it

necessary to divide the various forms of elwoplasts into three classes,

as follows :—

(free, situated along the median

Eleoplasts constant in | line, two or four in number .. __libroplasts,

number and dispo-< applied to the inner surface or to

sition : the margins of the chromato-

| phores, from two to four...... placoplasts.

Elwoplasts variable in number and disposition.......... sparsioplasts,

Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora. 187

Sellaphora pupula (Kiitz.), Mer. (PI. IV. figs. 1-5.)

Navicula pupula, Kiitzing, ie | 93, pl. xxx. fig. 40; Cleve, Syn.

Navic, Diat. part i. p. 181. . pupula, var. genuina, Grun. Arct.

Diat. p. 45, | il. fig. 53; Van Heurck, Synops. p. 106, pl. xiii.

figs. 15, 16. Stawroneis Witrockit, Lagerstadt, Spitsb. D. p. 38,

pl. ii. fig. 15 (1873) (according to Cleve perhavs Nav. bacilliformis).

Stauroneis tatrica, Gutwinsky, Mater. fl Galicyi, 1890, p. 24, pl. i.

fig. 20 (according to Cleve perhaps JN. bacilliformis). Schizostauron

? tatrica, De Toni, Notarisia, 1890, p. 196.

The endochrome of this species is composed of a single

plate resting with its median part on the surface of one valve,

which we may call the dorsal valve, the opposite one (the

ventral valve) being always without an endochrome. The

median or central part (m.) resting on the valve is narrow,

extending transversely from one side of the valve to the

other, and terminating in four lateral prolongations ( pr.) which

rest on both connecting-zones. When seen from the valvular

aspect (figs. 1, 8, 4) the central part appears as a light yellow

transverse band with concave margins and the zonal parts as

two narrow dark lines along the sides of the frustule, reaching

its extremities. ‘The four prolongations are always of equal

length : sometimes their upper margins are partly turned on

the dorsal valve, where they appear as a light band (fig. 1, a)

gradually passing into the central part (fig. 1, m.); such a

case is represented in fig. 1; but usually the prolongations do

not extend on to the surface of the valve. The zonal aspect

shows ashort dark band (fig. 2, m.) on one side of the frustule

in its middle part, which is nothing but the median

portion of the plate seen in projection : the connecting-zone is

occupied by a broad light plate (pr.), which corresponds to

the dark lines pr. of figs. 1, 3, 4; it never reaches the

margin of the frustule opposite that which contains the dark

band (m.). ‘he endochrome is of a light yellow-brownish

colour. No pyrenoid is to be seen.

A very peculiar feature of this species consists of the two

free elxoplasts, or libroplasts as I propose to call them

(fig. 1, /p.). ‘They are situated along the median line of the

valve, one in the upper, the other in the lower half of the

frustule, and, as can be seen from fig. 2, they both rest on one

valve, which is always the ventral. These libroplasts are

absolutely constant; I have found them in all the numerous

specimens which I have had the opportunity of observing

and they are invariably two in number, always occupying the

same position. It is as good and constant a characteristic of

this species as the disposition of strize or the form of the

terminal nodule. The shape of the libroplasts is rarely a

188 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora.

regular sphere; usually they are more or less irregular,

angular, sometimes elongated. A very interesting peculiarity

of these libroplasts is their constant motion. They are con-

tinuously wandering along the median line, now approaching

the extremities, now reaching the border of the central part

of the plate. The two little crosses in fig. 4 mark the limits

of their wanderings. ‘These movements do not proceed in

a regular way, but are rather irregular, with sudden changes

in both directions.

The same kind of libroplasts are to be found in many

diatoms; they occur in several species of Navicula and

Caloneis, are common amongst Diplone’s and Amphora, and

are never absent in 7rop/doneis, Pleurosigma, and Towonidea ;

usually also they have the same kind of movements.

The central plasma is not well marked, being hidden by

the median part of the chromatophore ; it can be better seen

in the zonal aspect, where it appears as a narrow transverse

band (fig. 2, pl.).

In order to give an idea of the structure of the valve of at

least one species of this genus I have reproduced here the

figure of a valve of S. pupula after Grunow * (tig. 5).

As already stated, I have observed a great number of

living specimens of this species in fresh water in Los Angeles

(California).

Some measurements in millimetres are :—

Length : 0:021 0:024 0:0276 0:033 0:033

Breadth of valve: 0:0086 0:0086 0:0095 0:0095 0-0095°

Cleve f distinguishes the two following varieties :—

Var. rectangularis, Greg. (M. J. ii. pl. iv. fig. 17, 1854;

Grun. Arct. D. p. 45).

Var. bacillarioides, Grun. (Cl., Grun. Arct. D, 1880,

p. 49).

Sellaphora Borscowii, sp. n. (PI. LV. figs. 6-10.)

Valve narrow, linear-lanceolate or almost linear, slightly

attenuated at the ends, which are a little produced, broad and

roundly truncate. ‘Terminal nodules distant from the ends.

Strie very tine. IT rustule delicate, regularly quadrangular,

with truncate ends and rounded angles. Lives in gelatinous

Schizonema-like tubes. Length 0°019-0°031 mm., breadth

ot valve 0°0052—0:0067 mm.

Marine: San Pedro (California).

* Cleve & Grunow, Arctische Diat. pl. ii. fig. 53,

T Cleve, Syn, Navic, Diat. part i. p. 1381.

eae eT Te

Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora. 189

This is a small and very delicate form, the frustules living

in long, very thin, gelatinous tubes, in which they are disposed

in several rows. Whether the tubes are ramified or not I

cannot say, as I have not seen entire colonies. When out of

the tubes the frustules move very slowly, and, as I ascertained

by turning them on both sides, they move on whichever

valve, the dorsal or the ventral, they are lying.

The endochrome is composed, as usual in this genus, of

one plate, resting by its narrow median portion (m.) on the

dorsal valve, with the margins extended in four narrow linear

rolongations (pr.) which rest on both connecting-zones.

‘he median or valve part is thicker than the prolongations,

as can be seen by comparing figs. 7 and 8, m., with figs. 8 and

9, pr.; and this part is a little elevated, ¢. e. nearer to the

dorsal valve than the prolongations (figs. 7,8). In the valve-

face (figs. 6, 9) these latter appear as very narrow and

usually short dark lines, never reaching the ends of the

frustule; in the zonal aspect they are seen as narrow linear

bands, with rounded ends and straight margins occupying

only a small part of the connecting-zone, not reaching either

the dorsal or the ventral margin of the frustule; from the

latter they are always more distant than from the former.

The ventral part of the frustule is therefore entirely colourless.

The colour of the endochrome is Jight yellow, with a

greenish tint. Pyrenoids absent. Eleoplasts variable ;

usually there are two small ones applied to both margins of

the median part along the central line (fig. 6), frequently

there are four (fig. 9), sometimes none. ‘I'wo very small

eleoplasts are also occasionally to be found at the ends of

the prolongations (fig. 8). The central plasma is applied

to the inner surface of the median portion of the chromato-

phore (fig. 38, p/.) as a hemispherical protuberance, containing

in its centre a nucleus (xc.) ; sometimes the plasma reaches

the ventral valve (fig. 7).

This species is rather common in some of the lagunas near

San Pedro (California). It may be considered a marine

species, the water in these lagunas connected with the open

sea being quite saline.

The species is named after a distinguished Russian

diatomist, Professor E. Borsgow, author of a very valuable

work on the Diatoms of West Russia*, unfortunately

interrupted by his early death.

* E. Borscow, ‘ Die Siisswasser Bacillarien (Diatomaceen) des west-

lichen Russlands’: Kiew, 1873.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 14

190 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora.

Sellaphora elliptica, sp. n. (PI. IV. figs. 13-16.)

Valve elliptical to linear-elliptical, with subcuneate ends ;

terminal nodules distant; median line accompanied by a

narrow dark space, broadening towards the centre, repre-

senting probably the axial area; strie fine. Frustule very

narrow, linear, with rounded angles. Length 0°012-0-0245

mm., breadth of valve 0°006-0°009 mm., breadth of girdle-

face 0°0036-0°0055 mm.

Marine: San Pedro (California).

This species is easily distinguished from the preceding one

by the form of the valve, which is much broader, elliptical,

in larger forms almost linear (fig. 15) ; towards the ends the

valves are always a little cuneate. ‘lhe frustule is usually

very narrow.

‘The endochrome is of the same type as in the two pre-

ceding species; the median portion is narrow, often asym-

metrical, being broader on one side (fig. 15) and not thicker

than the four prolongations. The latter are usually more or

less short, only rarely attaining the summit of the frustule

as in fig. 15. The zonal prolongations are much broader

than in S. Borsgowti; sometimes they cover the entire

surface of the connecting-zone (fig. 14), but as a rule they do

not reach the ventral side (fig. 16). Colour of endochrome

yellow-brown, of amore or less dark tint. Pyrenoids absent.

Eleoplasts usually two in number, variable as to their dispo-

sition, either at the extremities of the prolongations and

along their median line or nearer to the centre (figs. 15, 16);

they are never free, 7. e. of the kind which I call libroplasts.

This is a free-living species; its movements are rather

fast, proceeding in a straight line with continuous fluctuations.

It is not rarely to be met in a laguna at Long Beach, near

San Pedro (California), where the water is usually quite

saline; in winter time when it rains (which seldom happens

in California) the water becomes of course a little brackish

for a while.

Sellaphora (?) bacilliformis (Grun.), Mer.

Ag ie be cre

Navicula bacilliformis, Grun., Cleve & Grunow, Arct. Diat. 1880, p. 44,

pl. ii. fig. 51; Van Heurck, Synops, pl. xiii. fig. 11; Pantocksek, iit.

pl. iil. fig. 49.

I give the figure of a valve of this species after Grunow

(Arct. Diat. pl. ii. fig. 51). When compared with fig. 5,

representing a valve of S. pupula, one can easily see the

Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora. 191

great resemblance of both species in every respect except

in the terminal nodules, which in S. (?) bacill/formis are not

transversely expanded. ‘There can be hardly any doubt that

this species also belongs to the genus Sellaphora and that

its endochrome will prove to be of the same kind as in other

species of this genus.

It seems very probable that many other species of Navicula

belonging to Cleve’s group Mesoleiz (and perhaps Bacillares

also, established by Cleve *), and especially the so-called

Dickieia, will also have to be placed in this genus. In my

paper “ Etudes sur l’Endochrome des Diatomées”’ I have

described one representative of this group (p. 17, pl. iii.

fig. 22) t, which is characterized by very short chromatophores,

such as do not usually occur in the genus Navicula, while in

the genus Sel/aphora short chromatophores are not uncommon

(figs. 9,10, 13). It is true that the median valve part of the

plate is missing in my figure, but I may possibly have over-

looked it, as at the beginning of my studies on diatoms, when

these observations were made, I did not pay much attention

to the endochrome.

The following brief synopsis of the forms belonging to the

genus Sellaphora will facilitate their distinction and serve as

a convenient key for their determination :—

Strie distant in the middle of the valve (12-

15 in 0°01 mm.) : freshwater forms.

Terminal nodules with transverse ex-

pansions. Two l:broplasts; lateral

prolongations of the chromatophore

WORP-CUPNOMEOR <5 aio ns seca Wee's © S. pupula (Kiitz.), Mer.

Valve linear, with broad subrostrate é.

ender. FP isd PRIS v. rectangularis, Greg.

Valve linear, with rounded ends : v. bacillarivides (Grun.).

Terminal nodules without expansions .. S.(?) baedliformis (Grun.),

Strie fine everywhere; no libroplasts: { Mer.

marine forms.

Valve narrow, linear; frustules enclosed

in gelatinous tubes .............- S. Borsgowti, Mer.

Valve elliptical; frustules free ........ S. elliptica, Mer.

* Cleve, Syn. Navie. Diat. part i. pp. 127 & 156. ;

+ It is erroneously named in my paper Amphipleura pellucida. TWaving

it now in aslide, I can easily see that it is not an Amphipleura, but a

Dickieia ; and as the form of the valve is very different from D. ulvacea,

the only species which Cleve has admitted in his synopsis, it represents

robably a new species which might be called Nuvicula (Lickieia)

oblita, Mer. The two libroplasts of this species resemble those of Sed/a-

phora pupu'a,

14*

192 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora.

On the Affinities of the Genus Sellaphora.

In order to show the right place of this genus in the system

of diatoms it is necessary to give here a short exposition of a

new classification of the Raphidian diatoms, based on the inner

structure, and especially on the endochrome, This system

will be more fully explained in my paper “ Rapport prélimi-

naire sur la Structure intérieure des Diatomées.” For the

present I simply give its main features,

I divide the Rhaphideze into three groups :—

I. Archaidea.

II. Monoplacate.

III. Polyplacate.

The Archaidee represent the central group from which

have sprung on one side the two remaining groups of

Raphidian diatoms (Monoplacate and Polyplacate) and on

the other the Carinate (Surirelloidew, Nitzschioidex) ; the

actually living representatives of the Archaidez are the genera

Auricula, Amphiprora, Amphoropsis (s. emend.), Epithemia,

Stauronella*.,

The Polyplacate are characterized by a symmetrical

disposition of the plates, usually two in number (Diplacate or

Naviculacex), sometimes four (Tetraplacate, including the

genera Scoliotropis, Achnanthidium, Mastogloia, and certain

species of Amphora), or even more, as in the Okedeniez f.

The Pleurotropidee (comprising two sections or families,

Pleurosigmez aud Tropidoideze) form a separate division of

the Polyplacate representing an independent branch of the

common stem f.

Finally, we have the Monoplacate, which are characterized

by a single plate disposed asymmetrically. This group is

mainly composed of such forms as Cymbella, Gomphonema,

Rhoicosphenia, Anomeoneis, and Brebissonia, in which the

plate is situated on the dorsal connecting-zone with a pyre-

noid in its centre. On account of this latter characteristic [

call this group, which is a very natural one, Pyrenophorez.

There are, however, several other groups of Monoplacates

besides the Pyrenophore, as, for instance, the Cocconeideze

# See my note “On Stawronella, a new Genus of Diatoms,” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1901, vol. viii. p. 424.

+ See my note “ On Okedenia,” t. c. p. 415.

t The inner structure of Pleurosigmew and Tropidoides leaves no

doubt as to their near relationship. The Tropidoidesw have nothing in

common with Amphiprora or the Nitzschiew, and are not related to them

in any respect.

Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora. 193

or Heteroidex, which represent a lateral branch composed of

degenerated forms (Cocconei's and Microneis, Cleve). Another

group is formed by the new genus Cutenula*, characterized

by the plate being placed not on the dorsal but on the ventral

connecting-zone and by the absence of a pyrenoid. And,

finally, we have a fourth group of the Monoplacate represented

by Sellaphora, where the plate rests not on the connecting-

zone, but on the surface of one of the valves.

The main idea of this new system lays in the division of

the Raphidian diatoms (other than the Archaidez) into two

entirely independent principal branches, one with a single

asymmetric plate and the other with two or more symmetric

plates. It seems to me quite impossible to admit that iu the

course of evolution of diatoms forms with two or more

symmetric plates could have originated from forms with one

asymmetrical plate or vice versa, and this not once but several

times. ‘The supposition that all Monoplacate have had a

common ancestor with a single asymmetrical plate is much

more natural and in conformity with the constancy of the

number and position of chromatophores in diatoms. ‘lhe

single plate may have changed its position in the frustule

and lost its pyrenoid, thus producing the groups Cocconeidez,

Catenulacez, and Sellaphorez.

The genus Sellaphora is therefore to be regarded as a

separate group (family) of the Monoplacate.

The new classification of the Raphidian diatoms is made

clear by the following table :—

RAPHIDEZ.

I. Polyplacatz.

A. Diplacate.

1, Naviculaceze (Navicula, Diploneis, Caloneis, &c.), with two

zonal plates.

2. Cleviacee (Cleviat), with two plates resting on both

valves.

B. Tetraplacate.

1. Scoliotropidess (Scoliotropis, Achnanthidium, Achnanthes).

2. Mastogloiex.

C. Okedeniez.

D. Pleurotropidee.

1. Pleurosigmee.

2, Tropidoides.

* See my note “Sur Catenula, un nouveau Genre de Diatomées,”

Scripta Botanica, St. Petersburg, 1902, fasc. xix.

+ Under this name I propose to unite the Naviculee Punctate and

Lyratz, which have all two plates placed on the surface of both valves.

The genus Psewdoumphiprora, which has a similar structure, belongs also

to the family Cleviacez.

194 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Sellaphora.

II. Monoplacate.

A. Pyrenopboress (Cymbella, Gomphonema, Rhoicosphenia, Ano-

meoneis, Brebissonia, Navicula dicephala).

B. Catenulaceze ( Catenula).

C. Sellaphorese (Se/laphora).

D. Coeconeidere or Heteroide, s. em. (Cocconeis, Micronets).

Ill. Archaideze (Auricula, Amphoropsis, Amphiprora, Epithemia,

Stauronella).

28th September, 1901.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV,

Sellaphora pupula (KXz.), Mer. Valve. m., median part of the

single chromatophore ; pr.,its four lateral prolongations resting

on the connecting-zones; a, the margin of the latter turned up

on the surface of the valve; dp., libroplasts. Fresh water,

California. “>.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Girdle-face. pl., central plasma ; m.,median part of the

plate seen in projection ; pr., the Jateral prolongations of the

Bae

latter. _.

Fig. 1

Fig. 3. Ditto. Valve; a typical specimen. lp., m., and pr., see fig. 1.

1200

Fig. 4, Ditto. Valve of a small individual. °°.

. Ditto. Valve, after Grunow (Arct. Diat. pl. ii. fig. 53). >.

Fig. 6. Sellaphora Borsgowtt, Mer. Valve, very typical. m., median

part of the chromatophore, with the two elzoplasts ; pr., its

four lateral prolongations seen in projection. Marine, Cali-

fornia, 122,

. Ditto. Girdle-face of the same individual in a slightly oblique

position. m., median part; pr., prolongations of the chroma-

tophore. 12°

: =

Fig. 8. pecs Another girdle-face. pl., central plasma; nc., nucleus.

Fig. 9. Ditto. Valve. ©™.

Fig. 10. Ditto. Valve; the smallest individual observed. .

vg. 11. Diagram of a chromatophore-plate of a Sel/aphora with unfolded

margins. m., median part resting on the surface of the valve ;

pr., the four prolongations resting on the connecting-zone,

Fig. 12. Diagram representing a transverse section of a frustule of Sella-

phora, m., median part of the chromatophore resting on the

dorsal valve; y7., prolongations resting on the connecting-

zones.

Fig. 13. Sellaphora elliptica, Mer. <A typical valve. Marine, Cali-

: 201

fornia.

On @ Hermaphrodite Example of the Herring. 195

Fig. 14. DINE Girdle-face of the same individual; not very typical.

120

Fig. 15. Ditto. Valve with unusually elongated lateral prolongations of

the chromatophore-plate. 1”,

Fig. 16. Ditto. A typical girdle-face.

Fig. 17. Sellaphora (?) bacilliformis (Grun.), Mer. Valve, after Grunow

(Arct. Diat. pl. ii. fig. 51).

XXXI.—On a Hermaphrodite Example of the Herring

(Clupea harengus). By THoMAS SoUTHWELL,

Dr. GUNTHER remarks (‘ Study of Fishes’) that instances of

so-called hermaphroditism have been observed in the codfish,

some Pleuronectide, and in the herring; but I believe that

in the latter species such instances are very rare. It may

therefore be worth recording an example recently sent me by

Mr. Patterson, of Yarmouth, for examination.

Mr. Yarrell exhibited the bi-sexual organ of a herring at a

meeting of the Zoological Society on the 23rd September,

1845 (P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 91); there is also a description of a

similar compound sexual organ in this fish by Dr. A. J. Smith

in the ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ 1870, vol. iv.

p- 258; in addition to these, Dr. Day (Brit. Fishes, il. p. 219)

refers to a third example of the same kind recorded by Malm

(Gaiv. Ak. Férh. 1876, pl. v.) ; this latter description I have

not seen.

The example sent me, which had been removed from the

fish, was of the usual form of the complete roe; it was

130 millim. long; the anterior portion, consisting of the

female organ, was 95 millim. in length and 30 millim, at its

greatest depth. The male organ, or milt, occupied the poste-

rior portion of the abdominal cavity and was 35 millim. in

length, tapering off sharply towards its termination. The

female roe was divided transversely into two distinct lobes, each

contained in the usual investing membrane, but the male

portion (milt) was in a single mass, the division between the

two organs being more or less vertical, but the former ex-

tending furthest to the rear along the dorsal portion. The

lobes of the female organ thinned out towards their posterior

outer margins and a portion of the milt obtruded between them

in the form of awedge. Both bodies were fully iatared and

had a healthy appearance, but owing to their having been

removed from the fish, which had previously been smoke-

dried, a more minute examination was impossible.

196 On a new Lizard from Pitt Island.

As to the relative positions of the two organs in the

various examples, it has already been mentioned that in the

specimen under consideration the female section occupied the

anterior position, whilst the smaller male organ was confined

to the posterior portion of the abdominal cavity; but in that

described by Dr. A. J. Smith (which measured only 34 inches

in length, and was therefore evidently not matured) the

reverse was the case :—‘‘ The upper [anterior ?], larger, and

bulkier portion, 2 inches in length, was a distinct testis or

milt ; the lower [posterior ?] and more tapering half was roe

and 14 inches in length, the separation between the two

quite distinct and divided vertically.” Only one side of the

generative organs was preserved, but Dr. Smith says that the

other side was of exactly the same character. In Mr. Yarrell’s

specimen the disposal of the parts differed from both these :

the “lobe of the female, or hard roe, was on one side, and the

lobe of the male, or soft roe, on the other.”

That the occurrence of such compound sexual organs in the

herring is of very rare occurrence (it is more frequent in

members of the cod family) seems probable, for 1 cannot

learn of like examples having been previously observed by

the Yarmouth fish-curers, through whose hands many millions

of these fish pass annually, and who are very ready to mark

any departure from the normal.

XXXIL.— Description of a new Lizard from Pitt Island, near

Chatham Island, New Zealand. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

Lygosoma Dendyt.

Section Liolepisma. Body elongate; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained 13 to 14

in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short,

obtuse. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk ;

nostril pierced in the centre of the nasal; no supranasal ;

rostral nearly twice as broad as deep; frontonasal broader

than long, forming a suture with the rostral; prefrontals in

contact on the median Jine or narrowly separated; frontal

shorter than frontoparietals and interparietal together, in

contact with the two anterior supraoculars ; four supraoculars,

second largest ; seven supraciliaries ; frontoparietals distinct,

a little longer than the interparietal; parietals in contact

On the Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 197

behind the interparietal, bordered by a pair of nuchals and a

pair of temporals ; three pairs of nuchals; fifth upper labial

below the centre of the eye. Ear-opening oval, larger than

the transparent palpebral disk, its anterior border with two or

three short projecting lobules. 34 scales round the middle

of the body, dorsals largest and feebly striated. Praanal

scales scarcely enlarged. The adpressed limbs fail to meet.

Digits moderately long, subcylindrical; subdigital lamelle

smooth, 16 to 18 under the fourth toe. Tail once and a half

as long as head and body. Dark olive-grey above, with

small black spots and a blackish-brown wavy lateral band,

passing through the eye; this band may be dotted with white ;

lower parts leaden grey or blackish.

millim

otal lonoth:. on Ws. Shi) Na le ciaaat, LOS

EL CR Girser thei rovts ciemevers tans eras h are Aarevins 14

WV TEE OP HOAE fo EN oe sek cs teres hase 9

12fft UA ra ie ee at Read oe Rae 54

Monet limp ses et look conse ten ee es 18

tana lim br Geof Ga reds Hoa ost 24

SEN $5 Stet clase « a séade «sas Sta eR R GS cletal 100

The British Museum is indebted to Professor Arthur

Dendy for specimens of this species, most nearly allied to

LL. moco, D. & B., of New Zealand. Professor Dendy in-

forms me that the new lizard is common on Pitt Island, a

small island south-east of Chatham Island, whilst no lizards

have yet been recorded from the latter.

XX XIII.—Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—

Il. On the Berycide. By G. A. BouLENGER, I’.R.S.

First included by Cuvier among his Percoides, the Berycide,

after having been raised to family rank by Giinther in 1859,

have later been regarded by the same author as the repre-

sentatives of astill higher division, the Beryciformes, equivalent

to his Perciformes. ‘The reasons for such a course have never

been explained otherwise than by the brief diagnosis which,

in Giinther’s latest work, ‘Study of Fishes,’ runs thus :—

“‘ Body compressed, oblong, or elevated; head with large

muciferous cavities, which are covered with a thin skin;

ventral fins thoracic, with one spine and more than five sott

rays (in Afonocentris with two only).” As compared with

the definition of the Perciformes, the tirst of these characters

198 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

has nothing distinctive; the second is decidedly misleading,

since the heads of Myripristis and Holocentrum, two of the

principal genera of Berycide, show the muciferous cavities

even Jess developed than in an ordinary perch, whilst these

cavities are excessively large in the Percid genera Acerina

and Percarina. he third character is evidently the leading

one; but here again an inconsistency occurs, for, if we turn

back a few pages in the book, we find in the account of the

Perciformes a note to the effect that ‘ A North-American

freshwater genus, Aphredodcrus, oceupies a perfectly isolated

position in the system and is evidently the type of a distinet

tamily. It resembles the ‘Sun-fishes’ { Percide] of the same

country with regard to the structure of the vertical fins, but

has the vent situated in front of the ventrals, which are com-

posed of more than five soft rays.” And’ besides, a new

genus, Ma/acosarcus, was shortly after, in the “ Report on the

‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes,” added by the same author

to the Berycide, in spite of its ventrals being described as

five-rayed. Giinther has therefore failed to give us a defini-

tion by which his Beryciformes can be distinguished from

the Perciformes. Let us see if later authors have been more

successful.

In his ‘ Memoir on the Families and Subfamilies of Fishes,’

which summarizes his views on classification in 1893, Gill

adopts a division of Acanthopterygii, named Berycoidea,

equivalent to Scombroidea, Percoidea, &c., which contains

six families :—Stephanoberycide, Berycide, ‘rachichthyide,

Monocentrid, Holocentride, Anomalopide. This division

was not defined in this paper, but was shortly after by

Jordan and Evermann, who have adopted the families of

Gill and added to them the Bathyclupeide, the Polymixiide

(Berycide of Giinther), and the Mullide, the pertinence of

the two latter to this group being, however, regarded as

questionable. In their definition the only two distinctive

characters, both accompanied by restrictions which impair

their value for diagnostic purposes, are the following :—

‘‘ Ventral fins with 1 spine, usually 7 soft rays, the number

of soft rays varying from 5 to 10; air-bladder in some species

retaining its duct throughout life (a character verified only in

Beryz).” ‘he authors add that they regard the group as a

valid one, “allied to the Percoidei and Scombroidei, but

characterized as a whole by the retention of the archaic cha-

racters of the persistent air-duct and the increased number of

ventral rays.” The character of the persistent air-duct

between the swim-bladder and the intestinal canal, first

pointed out by Kner in Holocentrum, by Alcock in Bathy-

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 199

clupea, and verified by the American authors in Beryz, is well

known to be absent in the Mullide, and I have failed to find

it in V'rachichthys, Monocentris, and Polymixia; it is there-

fore by no means distinctive of the group, and only shows

the nearer affinity which these Acanthopterygians bear to the

Haplomous Physostomes, from whicle they are probably

directly descended.

I was very curious to see how Smith Woodward would

deal with the subjict in his newly-issued fourth volume of

the ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes,’ the Berycide being so

richly represented in Cretaceous deposits; but, to my dis-

appointment, nothing new appears in his definition of the

group, Which is much in the style of his predecessors, and

consists merely of these few words :—“ Division Beryciformes.

— Pelvic fins thoracic, usually with more than five articulated

rays in addition to the spine. No bony stay between circum-

orbital ring and preoperculum.” ‘The second character

appears merely for the purpose of contrast with the division

Scorpeniformes. ‘Three families are grouped under the

Beryciformes :—Berycide (in Giinther’s sense), Aphredo-

derica, and Cyttide. As I shall explain presently, I have

every reason to think the author justified in thus placing the

Aphredoderidz near the Berycide, but I can see no reason

for the association with them of the Cyttide, which, in spite

of an extra yay to the ventral fins, are as little allied to them

as the so-called Scombriformes, a group in which families

with an increased number of ventral rays also occur (Grammi-

colepidee, Lampridide).

I have set myself the task of making a careful survey of

all the characters available for defining the “ Beryciformes,”

but have absolutely failed to discover any single feature by

which they could be diagnosed from the “ Perciformes.” An

examination of the skeleton has convinced me that Pulymixia

has Leen correctly placed near Beryz, and that it bears no

special affinity to the Mullide, which are themselves more

nearly related to the Sparide. The Anomalopida are

probably wrongly placed near the Berycide, but 1 have not

been able to examine the skeleton. Aphredoderus, on the

other hand, has all the esscntial characters of the Berycide,

and may be regarded as the freshwater representative of that

family. Its vertebral column is of the same type, consisting

of 30 vertebrae (14 presacral and 16 caudal) *, the para-

* 29 (14+15) according to Jordan and Evermann (Fish. N. Am. i.

p. 785), who raise ApAredoderus to the rank of a suborder, Xenarchi, with

the following definition :—* We place in a distinct suborder, next to the

Salmoperce [Percopside, a family of Haplomi], the singular little family

200 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

pophyses first appearing on the fifth, the pramaxillaries are

feebly but distinctly protractile; the second suborbital emits

an internal lamina for the support of the eyeball, and this

lamina is triangular as in Trachichthys; the pelvic bones are

quite similar to those of the latter genus, not forked, as stated

by Cope and after him by Woodward *, and attached to the

clavicular symphysis. The forward position of the vent, so

exceptional a character among Acanthopterygians, is found

likewise, though to a somewhat less degree, in the Berycid

Trachichthys Traillit. The Eocene freshwater genera

Amphiplaga, Trichophanes, and Astneops should, perhaps,

also enter the Berycide, but from the descriptions and figures

given by Cope ¢ I have failed to grasp the near affinity which

is supposed to exist between them and the Aphredoderide.

As an example of the uncertainty in which we still are re-

specting the exact systematic position of these fossils, I would

point out that Pygewus ot Agassiz, which Cope was inclined to

regard as nearly allied to and possibly identical with Astneops,

is placed by Woodward among the Cheetodontide.

One thing is certain, the Berycide are a very ancient and

generalized group of Acanthopterygians, and were richly

represented in the Upper Cretaceous by several genera

which are identical with or closely related to the existing

forms. In those days, however, the Serranide had already

dawned (Prolates), and it is probable that the connexion

between the two families was as close as it is at present. No

better evidence of this near affinity can be adduced than a

comparison of Beryx proper with Pempheris, the two genera

agreeing so completely in structure, both external and in-

ternal ft, with the sole exception of the rays in the ventral

fins, that I am much inclined to doubt whether the difference

between them should be regarded as greater than that between

the former and Zrachichthys. The relation between the

Berycide and the Pempherid has already been recognized,

of Pirate Perches, which finds its natural position between the Percopsida

and the Percoid forms. Structure of mouth and skeleton, so far as

known, essentially that of the Percoid fishes. Dorsal fin single, with

few small spines; ventrals thoracic, with a small spine, and more than

five soft rays. Air-duct not examined, probably obsolete, the air-bladder

large and adherent. Intestinal canal ending at the throat in the adult,

the vent variously posterior in the young. Vertebree 29.”

* A character taken from the Kocene genus Lrismatopterus, which,

having the pelvis suspended from the postclavicular bones, probably bears

no near relation to the Berycide.

+ Vert. Tert. Form. West, i. p. 80 (1883).

t The number of vertebre assigned to Pempheris by Jordan and Ever-

mann, viz. 10424, is obviously a misprint for 10+ 14.

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 201

indirectly, by Gill when including Bathyclupea among his

Berycoidea, this genus being correctly referred by Alcock to

the vicinity of Pempheris. ‘he latter author is, however,

mistaken in following Giinther in placing Pempheris in the

family Kurtide, the genus Kurtus bearing no sort of affinity

to Pempheris ani Bathyclupea, as is well shown by its most

remarkable skeleton, to which a brief allusion has been made

by Valenciennes. The vertebral column of Kurtus indicus

consists of 24 vertebre; the ribs of the third and fourth are

free and slender, whilst the following are immovably fixed

between rings formed by the ossification of the outer membrane

of the elongate air-bladder in a manner unique among fishes ;

the first interhemal is very strong, attached between the

fifth and sixth rings of the capsule of the air-bladder, and

directed obliquely forwards ; six interneurals support short

spines, the first of which is directed forwards. The skull is

peculiar for its very strong, denticulate, occipital crest, which

ends posteriorly in a curved spine bent forward; this spine

has been incorrectly described by Valenciennes as_ being

supported by the first interneural bone. ‘The suborbitals are

slender and do not emit a suborbital lamina. ‘The most

remarkable peculiarity in the skeleton of Kurtus lies in the

absence of the scapula, the coracoid, formed as in a normal

Percid or Scombrid, supporting four small pterygials. ‘The

Kurtide must be regarded as forming an isolated group near

the Scombride, without any close relation to the Berycide

and Pempheride.

I have also examined the skeleton of Afonocentris, which

has never been described; and although it shows affinity to

the Berycide, it differs considerably from them in the total

absence of ribs on any of the vertebre anterior to the seventh,

which character, together with the bony armour of the body

and the reduced number (2 or 3) of soft rays in the ventral

fin, fully justifies the family Monocentrida proposed by Gill.

Stephanoberyx, Gill, and its close ally Malacosarcus, Gthir.,

have abdominal ventral fins, with 5 rays, no spines to the

fins, and, as | have ascertained in a specimen of Stephano-

beryx Mone, an open duct to the air-bladder. I therefore

refer the Stephanoberycidx to the Haplomi, to the definition

of which they perfectly answer.

The numbers of vertebre in the Berycide and allied

families, of which the skeleton has been examined, are as

follows :—

202 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

BERyYCID&.

Beryx decadactylus oo... 2.6.44. 104+14=24. Parapophyses from 6th.

Polyminia faponted .... ccc cee 13+16=29, a » | ord

A phredoderus Sayanus ........ 14+16=30., 5 y» Oth,

Caulolepis subulidens (after Gar-

MBA) . 5 as ncn kh ee eae A 12+15=27. an VE

Trachichthys mediterraneus .... 114+15=26. a = Guis

pacificus (after Garman) .. 114+16=27. ¥ 59 Eas

Myripristis murdjan ..... 6644. 11+15=26. y » | Oth

Holocentrum rubrum vo... cece. 11+ 16=27. + jy Sth,

IOUOING otis iv aca eae 11+16=27. ef oo ene

CILGCEUE. ss scus hs eaten Kee 114+16=27. pa 53... ue

SHRINE PS PEO Pes eee 114+16=27. 4 7 Ole

MonocrNTRID&.

Monocentris japonicus ........-. 184+13=26., - oy Ct

PEMPHERID2.

Pempheris otaitensis ........4. 10414=24. "4 9) | 1 Oty.

SROUROCE .. Blain speech Yen silt 10+15= 25, i » Oth.

Bathyeclupea Hoskyntt.......... 10421=31. + »{ Din.

Having purged the Berycide of the forms which had been

unduly associated with them, I find that a family of that

name may still be defined by the number of soft rays in the

ventral fin exceeding five, although I am not satisfied that

such a group is a perfectly natural one, owing to the closer

affinity which appears to exist in other respects between Beryx

and the Pempheride than between it and the other genera

placed in the same family. Anyhow the group Beryciformes,

as opposed to Perciformes and Scombriformes, cannot be

maintained, ‘The tamily may be thus diagnosed :—

One or more of the suborbital bones with an internal

Jamina supporting the globe of the eye; entopterygoid

present. Anterior vertebra without transverse processes ; all

or most of the ribs inserted on the transverse processes where

these are developed. Two nostrils on each side. Gill-

imembranes free from isthmus; gills four, a slit behind the

fourth ; pseudobranchize present. Lower pharyngeal bones

separate. Ventral fins with one spine and six to thirteen

soft rays.

Before presenting, in synoptic form, the principal characters

of the thirteen genera into which the known living Berycids

may be divided, I wish to offer some remarks on the limits of

the genus Trachichthys.

This genus was founded by Shaw on a small fish, T. aus-

tralis, in 1 which the spines of the dorsal fin are few in nuthber

(3), close together, and graduating towards the longer soft

Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 203

rays, as in Beryx or Pempheris. Several similar species,

with the dorsal spines somewhat more widely spaced, and

four to six spines, as in //oplostethus, have since been

described from Australia and New Zealand. In 1865

Johnson discovered a large allied form at Madeira, which

he named 7’. Darwinii; the same fish has since been re-

discovered in Japan and in the Bay of Bengal. The

dorsal fin is, however, quite different from that of 7° australis,

and more like that of a Myrtpristis or Holocentrum, the spines

(eight in number) being strong, wide apart, increasing in

length to the fourth, and then decreasing to the penultimate,

thus producing a shallow notch between the two divisions of

the fin. How such a marked difference has not yet been

seized upon for generic distinction [ fail to understand, and

must now propose the name Gephyroberyx to designate the

genus of which 7’. Darwinit is so far the only representative.

In 7. Trailli, Hutton, from the South Pacific, the spines

of the dorsal are more widely spaced than in the typical

Trachichthys, but they likewise graduate towards the soft

rays. As first observed by Giinther, the vent is far forward,

between the ventral fins, in front of, and not, as usual,

behind, the series of abdominal scales. ‘his species has

therefore very properly been made the type of a distinct

genus, Puratrachichthys, by Waite in 1899.

On the other hand, 1 would endorse the opinion of Lowe,

that Hoplostethus is not entitled to rank as generically distinct

trom T'rachichthys, the presence or absence of minute teeth on

the vomer not being in this case a character of sufficient

importance,

Synopsis of the Genera.

I. Anal fin longer than dorsal; dorsal

spines feeble, 4 to 7, graduated ;

anal spines 3 or4; vertebrae 24.... 1. Berya, Cuyv.

If. Anal fin not longer than dorsal; ver-

tebrie 26 to 30.

A. Dorsal spines feeble, 2 to 4, gradu-

ated ; belly not serrated.

1. Hyoid barbels; anal spines3 or 4, 2. Polymiaia, Lowe.

2. No barbels; anal spines 1 or 2.

a. Scales small; head moderately

large, with feeble dentition ;

vent anterior to ventrals.... 3, Aphredoderus, Le Sueur,

6. Scales large; head moderately

large, with feeble dentition ;

vent posterior to ventrals.

Anal far behind dorsal; eye moderate.... 4. Melamphaes, Gthr.

Anal below dorsal ; eye moderate........ 5. Plectromus, Gill.

Anal below dorsal; eye very small .,,... 6. Scopelogadus, Vaill.

204 Mr. P. Cameron on new

ce. Scales minute; head very large;

dentition powerful.

Scales reduced to minute asperities; small

canines in the lower jaw ............ 7. Anoplogaster, Gthr.

Scales leaf-like, pedunculated ; huge fang-

like teeth in both jaws ....... 8. Caulolepis, Gill,

B. Dorsal spines 3 to 8; anal spines

2 or 3; belly serrated.

Dorsal spines 3 to 6, graduated; vent far

HGH VORUPEES So's wow a's os ye sate ene « 9. Trachichthys, Shaw.

Dorsal spines 5 or 6, graduated; vent be- ;

Lween-ventrale sigan. tisk Wien Hababies © 10. Paratrachichthys, Waite.

Dorsal spines 8, third and fourth longest.. 11. Gephyroberyx, Blgr.

C. Dorsal spines strong, 10 to 12;

anal spines 4.

No large spine at angle of preopercle .... 12. Myripristis, Cuv.

A large spine at angle of preopercle .... 13. Holocentrum, Art.

XX XIV.— Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymeno-

ptera from the Uriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonidae,

Fossores, and Anthophila). By P. CAMERON.

(Continued from p. 155.)

ANCARIA, gen. nov.

Areolet small, quadrate, slightly narrowed on the lower

side at the apex; the second transverse cubital nervure is

faint; the recurrent nervure is received shortly before the

middle and is largely bullated in its centre; the transverse

basal nervure is interstitial. Antenne filiform, longish, fully

as long or longer than the body, annulated with white in the

middle. Eyes large, slightly converging on the lower side.

Mandibles with two sharp, almost equal teeth. Occiput

margined. Parapsidal furrows distinct. Metathorax elon-

gate, rough, and bearing two transverse keels; the spiracles

small, oval. Petiole curved, narrow, not much widened

towards the apex, and is as long as the second abdominal

segment; the spiracles are at the base of the dilated part

behind the middle.

Has the small areolet with almost obsolete second trans-

verse cubital nervure of MJesostenus, but may be known from

it by the longer and much more slender antenne, by the more

slender petiole (which is not nearly so much dilated at the

apex), by the smaller oval metathoracic spiracles, by the

smooth and shining median segment, and by the recurrent

nervure not being received near the apex of the areolet.

The scutellum is roundly convex and narrowed towards the

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 205

apex ; there is a small area narrowed towards the apex on the

middle of the median segment at the base; the legs are

longish ; the anterior tarsi twice the length of the tibie and

curved at the base; the apex of the penultimate joint of the

hinder tarsi has a bunch of stiff longish bristles. The genus

Aglaocryptus comes near to it, but may be kngwn by the

circular metathoracic spiracles and by the areolet being

narrowed above.

Most of the species in this genus have the metathorax more

or less red.

Ancaria fuscinervis, sp. n.

Nigra, apice mesonoti metathoraceque rufis; coxis trochanteri-

busque anterioribus tarsisque posticis albis ; trochanteribus poste-

rioribus, femoribus tibiisque posticis nigris ; alis hyalinis, nervis

stigmateque fuscis. 9.

Long. 8-9 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne black; the base and apex of the flagellum

brownish; the middle with a white band. Head entirely

black ; the face and clypeus aciculated, more strongly in the

middle, and thickly covered with white pubescence; the

front and vertex strongly aciculate, almost punctured, the

front with a fine keel down the middle. Mandibles black,

striated in the middle; the palpi white. Pro- and meso-

thorax black, the base of the prothorax yellow; the apex of

the mesothorax and the metathorax rufous. Mesonotum

shining, faintly aciculated; the scutellum rufous, its keeis

white. The base of the median segment smooth, the sides

aciculated, the rest of the segment transversely striated ; the

first transverse keel is slightly obliquely curved backwards in

the middle, the second distinctly roundly curved backwards

in the middle, and ending at the sides in a broad whitish

tooth. The apical half of the propleure strongly longitu-

dinally striated, broadly in the middle, narrowly at the top

and bottom ; the mesopleure strongly longitudinally striated

on either side of the basal keel, more closely and finely in the

middle. Mesopleuree smooth, the middle furrow crenulated,

as is also the lateral. The four front legs dark rufous, their

cox and trochanters white: the hinder cox broadly black

towards the apex ; the trochanters, apex of femora, and tibiz

broadly blackish ; the rufous colour darker on the hinder

than on the anterior legs; the basal two joints of the tarsi

whitish yellow, their apices and the other joints brownish,

Wings hyaline, iridescent, the stigma and nervures pale

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 15

206 Mr. P. Cameron on new

fuscous ; the areolet narrowed on the lower side beyond the

recurrent nervure, broader than long; the second transverse

cubital nervure faint. Petiole rufous, its apex yellowish,

finely aciculated; the sides and the middle regions margined

by a fine keel; the apical third of the second segment and

the apical two segments entirely white.

GOTRA, gen. nov.

¢. Antenne longer than the body, densely pilose; the

basal joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third.

Kyes large, parallel, distinctly distant from the base of the

mandibles, which have two large teeth. Clypeus not sepa-

rated from the face by a suture. Occiput not distinetly

margined; the front and vertex stoutly obliquely striated.

Mesonotum with the parapsidal furrows narrow, shallow.

Median segment large, punctured or reticulated all over; the

basal keel complete, the second incomplete; the spiracles

linear, about four times longer than broad. Areolet small,

narrow, contracted slightly at the base; the recurrent

nervure is received near the apex; the transverse basal

nervure is interstitial. Legs stout; the hinder elongate, the

tarsi spinose, scarcely longer than the tibia. Petiole slender,

longer than the second segment, slightly dilated at the apex ;

the spiracles are received near the base of the basal fourth ;

the gastroceeli shallow.

‘The female has the antenne as in Mesostenus; the ovi-

positor in the known species is short.

‘his genus has the small areolet of Ceratacryptus, but it

wants the frontal tubercles; the clypeus is not separated from

the face by a suture; the mesonotum closely punctured,

opaque, with the sutures not so deep; the median segment

not striated, &c. ‘lhe same characters separate it from

Friona, which has also the front striated, but it may be

known by the larger square areolet. From Mesostenus it may

be separated by the linear, not round, meta:horacic spiracles,

Gotra longicornis, sp. n.

Nigra, annulo antennarum, facie, ore, orbito oculorum, linea pronoti,

mesopleuris late subtus, mesosterno maculisque duabus meta-

noti flavis; pedibus fulvis ; coxis trochanteribusque anterioribus

flavis; coxis posticis supra, apice femorum apiceque tibiarum

posticarum nigris :alis hyalinis, stigmate nigro. o.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Khasia. Coll. Rothney.

Autenne longer than the body; the flagellum thickly

Genera and Species of ITymenoptera. 207

covered with short stiff black hair; a band of ten joints

beyond the middle white, spotted with black above. The

face and clypeus are closely and strongly punctured, covered

with short white hair; the lower part of the front smooth

and shining, the upper part and the vertex strongly and

closely obliquely striated. ‘The inner orbits above are

narrowly bordered with yellow to the end of the vertex; the

lower half of the outer one more broadly yellow. Mandibular

teeth large, triangular, deep black. On the thorax is a

narrow line on the pronotum, the tegula, a mark on the apex

of the middle lobe of the mesonotum, the scutellum (except

the sides at the base), the scutellar keels, postscutellum, and

the sides of the apex of the median segment yellow, the yellow

united at the top by a narrower line; the lower edge of the

propleure, the tubercles, a broad irregular band on the lower

side of the mesopleure, a large curved mark behind the hind

wings, an irregular mark (longer than broad) on the middle

of the metapleure and the mesosternum, lemon-yellow.

Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured; the parapsidal

furrows narrow and nearly complete. Scutellum and _post-

scutellum smooth and shining. ‘The base of the median

segment closely rugosely punctured, the rest closely and

strongly reticulated, the middle with the reticulations more

irregular and more widely separated; the basal transverse

keel is stout and curved backwards in the middle, the second

is not so clearly defined; the spines are blunt and incon-

spicuous. ‘The upper part of the propleurz closely punctured ;

the central and apical portion with large slightly curved

keels. Mesopleure closely punctured, the upper part in the

middle striated ; the apex with a large smooth space. Meta-

pleure coarsely and closely punctured, running into oblique

striations behind. Mesosternum closely punctured, the central

furrow narrow, triangularly dilated behind, and black; the

Jateral furrows do not extend much beyond the middle ; it is

black, and there is a black mark on its outer side, which is

gradually narrowed towards the apex. ‘lhe front legs are

pallid fulvous, the coxe and trochanters pallid yellow; the

basal joint of the tarsus is as long as the tibia, the entire

tarsus is more than twice its length ; the middle legs simi-

larly coloured; the hinder coxe closely punctured, black

above (except the base on the inner side) ; the trochanters

are darker and are broadly marked with black at the base

and more narrowly at tlie apex; the apical fourth of the

femora and a narrower band on the apex of the tibiz black ;

the tarsi pallid yellow and thickly spinose ; the claws are

black. Areolet minute, narrow, twice longer than broad,

15*

208 Mr. P. Cameron on new

narrowed at the base, and receiving the recurrent nervure

near the apex; the second transverse cubital nervure is faint,

the transverse median interstitial. Abdomen smooth and

shining, the apices of the segments narrowly banded with

yellow.

UMLIMA, gen. nov.

Areolet small, of equal width, not much longer than wide ;

the recurrent nervure received near the apex; the transverse

basal nervure is interstitial. Eyes large, parallel, not

touching the base of the mandibles, which are large, broad,

and have two equal apical teeth. Clypeus roundly convex,

its apex oblique. Parapsidal furrows deep, distinct. Scu-

tellum prominent, roundly convex, the sides not keeled ;

postscutellum not foveate at the base. Metathorax large,

gradually rounded from the base to the apex; it has two

transverse keels, is smooth and impunctate behind the basal

keel, the rest strongly transversely striated; the spiracles

oblique, linear, rounded at the base and apex. Legs longish,

slender ; the hinder tarsi spinose. Petiole slender, longer than

the second abdominal segment, not much thickened ; the spi-

racles are placed at the base of the dilated part. Ovipositor

exserted. The body is slender; the antennz not much longer

than the body, distinctly thickened towards the apex, the

third joint is distinctly longer than the fourth; the inner

orbits are distinctly margined ; the basal abscissa of the radius

is oblique, straight, the apical curved upwards at the base ;

the antennz in the male are covered thickly with short stiff

pubescence ; the front is smooth and scarcely depressed.

Has the small areolet of J/esostenus, but the body and

antenne are much more slender ; the petiole longer, narrower,

and not so much dilated at the apex; the metathorax is

moie elongated and has two transverse keels.

Umlima penetralis, sp. n.

Nigra; flagello antennarum late annulo albo; pedibus rufis, tarsis

posticis late albis ; coxis, trochanteribus posticis apiceque tibiarum

posticarum nigris ; alis hyalinis, stigmate nigro. Q.

Long. 9-10; terebra 4 mm.

Hlab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.

Antenne fully as long as the body, black; the eighth to

thirteenth joints clear white, except above ; the scape shining,

sparsely covered with short white hair. Head black, the

clypeus and palpi white; the front and vertex very smooth

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 209

and shining; immediately in front of the ocelli is a shallow

semicircular depression, with a short, stout, longitudinal keel

in its centre at the apex. The centre of the face broadly

projects, rugose, almost transversely striated at the sides ; the

clypeus smooth, sparsely covered with short white hair.

Mandibles large, entirely black; the base with a few punc-

tures; the palpi white. ‘Thorax entirely black, except the

tubercles, which are white. Mesonotum shining, thickly

covered with short fuscous hair, closely but not strongly

punctured, the lateral lobes more weakly than the middle ;

the parapsidal furrows reach near to the apex and are ob-

securely crenulated; the scutellum very shining, sparsely

punctured and haired; the basal keels yellow; the post-

scutellum very smooth and shining, the depression at its

sides coarsely rugosely keeled; the apex of the segment is

bordered by a stout transverse keel. The base of the median

segment behind the transverse keel smooth, almost glabrous,

in front of the keel strongly transversely striated in the

middle, the sides punctured ; the apex is obliquely sloped; at

its base is a stouter keel than that found on the middle, and

it is, if anything, more stoutly and regularly transversely

striated. ‘The top of the propleure is coarsely punctured ;

below strongly longitudinally striated. Mesopleure rugose,

longitudinally striated in the middle, strongly so at the base

above, and still more strongly in the middle; at the bottom

is a wide and deep crenulated furrow. Metapleure coarsely

punctured, covered thickly with long, soft, white hair. All

the coxe are black; the four anterior trochanters white, the

hinder black ; the fore legs pale, the middle dark testaceous ;

the hinder femora rufous; the tibiz testaceous, narrowly

black at the base, more broadly at the apex ; the hinder tarsi

white ; the basal two thirds of the basal and the whole of the

apical joint black. Wings clear hyaline, the stigma fuscous

on the lower side; the areolet slightly longer than broad and

of nearly equal width throughout; the recurrent nervure is

received in the apical fourth. Abdomen shining, the seg-

ments narrowly bordered on the apex with testaceous, the

second more broadly than the others; the apical segment

broadly, the penultimate more narrowly, bordered with white ;

the petiole is very smooth and shining.

DayYro, gen. nov.

Areolet large, almost square, the transverse cubital nervures .

parallel; the recurrent nervure is received in the middle,

where it is slightly angled, the transverse basal nervure is

210 Mr. P. Cameron on new

interstitial ; the radial cellule wide, lanceolate at base and

apex. Clypeus short, not separated by a furrow from the

face, its apex rounded; the labrum distinctly projecting, its

sides oblique. Mandibles with two equal teeth on the apex.

Parapsidal furrows only distinct at the basal half. Scu-

tellum roundly convex; the postscutellum bifoveate at the

base. Metathorax Jarge, with a gradually rounded slope to

the apex, densely pilose, with one narrow, curved, transverse

keel near the base ; the spiracles large, oval. Legs longish,

the hinder tarsi spinose. Petiole narrow, distinctly curved ;

the apex dilated; the spiracular space prominent, placed near

the base of the postpetiole at the base of the apical third.

The apical abdominal segment and the hinder tarsi white.

The claws are simple; the fore tarsi are twice the length of

the tibiz and are curved at the base.

This genus has the large square areolet of Htha, but may

be known from it by the median segment being rugose, not

smooth, by the petiole being narrower, with the apex

abruptly, not gradually, dilated; the spiracles are placed

nearer the apex ; the median segment is densely covered with

long hair, the apical abdominal segment is white, and the

parapsidal furrows are incomplete. ‘Lhe labrum projects; the

cubital nervure is curved gradually at the base; the sub-

discoidal nervure issues from the middle of the nervure.

Dayro pilosus, sp. n.

Niger; clypeo, ore palpisque albis; abdomine rufo-balteato ; pedi-

bus rufo-fulvis ; coxis anterioribus tarsisque posticis albis; coxis

trochanteribusque posterioribus apiceque tibiarum posticarum

nigris; alis fulvyo-hyalinis, stigmate nigro. ¢.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Head black ; the face, clypeus, labrum, mandibles (except

at the apex), palpi, and a line on the middle of the inner

orbits pallid yellow. The front and vertex closely and

strongly punctured, almost bare, the hinder part of the vertex

thickly covered with short fuscous hair; the face and base of

the clypeus closely and strongly punctured, covered with

longish fuscous hair, the apex of the clypeus smooth and with

the hair longer; the labrum elongate, the sides oblique, the

apex transverse. Mandibles short and broad, the teeth

black ; the palpi long and covered with white hair. Thorax

black; the base of the tegule, the scutellum (except for a

large triangular black mark at the base), and the postscutellum

yellow. Mesonotum closely punctured, thickly covered with

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 211

short black hair; the middle lobe raised and separated from

the lateral at the base; the parapsidal furrows wide at the

base and they extend to the middie. Scutellum with scattered

punctures, the base oblique; the keels extend to near the

middle. Postscutellum smooth and shining, black, and with

a fovea on either side at the base. Median segment closely

punctured at the base behind the transverse keel; the rest

coarsely rngose, transversely and more coarsely rugose at the

apex ; the second transverse keel is less distinct than the

first and is bordered on the underside above with fulvous,

broadly above, narrowly on the sides. ‘The upper part of

the propleure closely and deeply punctured, the central part

and the lower at the apex strongly irregularly striated; the

extreme base minutely punctured, in the middle beneath is a

smooth space. Mesopleure closely and rather strongly

punctured, running into reticulations in the middle. Meta-

pleure closely punctured ; the basal depression deep, narrow

above, wider below, and with a few stout keels. Meso-

sternum closely punctured; the middle furrow wide, crenu-

lated, the lateral curved, wide and deep, and extending to the

middle. Legs rufous, the posterior deeper in tint; the four

anterior coxe and trochanters pallid yellow, with a black

mark behind, the hinder coxa and trochanters black; the

apical halt of the hinder tibie blackish ; the basal halt of the

metatarsus and the apex of the last joint black. Wings

iridescent, with a slight fulvous tinge; tle stigma and

nervures are black; the areolet almost square; the trans-

verse cubital nervures parallel; the recurrent nevure is

received in the middle and is largely bullated, as is also the

second transverse cubital; the transverse basal nervure is

interstitial. ‘he petiole is long, curved, and slender; the

postpetiole abruptly dilated, tuberculate at the base behind

the spiracles, where it is black, the apex is rufous; the

second and third segments are black, broadly rufous at the

apex, the fourth is more narrowly black, the fifth and sixth

entirely black, the apex white.

FENENIAS, gen. nov.

Thorax a little more than twice longer than wide. Para-

psidal furrows only reaching to the middle. Median segment

rugose, the apical slope reticulated, the sides armed with a

stout spine; the base has an indistinct keel in the middle.

Metapleural keel absent. Head as wide as the thorax; the

eyes reach well back, the space behind them is small and

obliquely narrowed. Postpetiole broad, clearly separated,

212 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the spiracles separated by a greater space from each other

than they are from the apex. Areolet small, narrowed at the

base; the recurrent nervure is received at its apex; the

transverse basal nervure is almost interstitial; in the hind

wings the transverse median nervure is broken far below the

middle. Legs stout; the hinder pair much longer than the

others; the tarsi are closely spined ; the claws longish and

narrow. ‘The scutellum is large and flat, its keels are stout

and broad ; the apex of the median segment has an oblique

slope ; the face projects broadly and roundly in the middle ;

the clypeus is roundly convex, its apex in the middle is

roundly depressed; the pronotum is not spined in front, its

upper part projects broadly in the middle, the dilated part

becoming wider towards the apex ; the vertex and front are

keeled down the centre ; the vertex is striated.

This genus has the form of Alesostenus. In Ashmead’s

arrangement (Bull. U.S. Mus. xxiii. p. 44) it comes nearest

to Crypturopsis, Ashm.

Fenenias albomaculatus, sp. n.

Niger, facie, ore, macula mesopleurali, maculis duabus metanoti,

linea pronoti tegulisque flavis; alis hyalinis, stigmate nigro;

pedibus rufis ; coxis trochanteribusque anterioribus flavis ; geni-

culis posticis apiceque tibiarum posticarum fuscis. @.

Long. 10 mm.; terebra 2:3 mm.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Head black; the face and clypeus, the inner orbits, the

lower broadly, and the palpi yellow ; the apex of the roundly

convex clypeus black; the front and vertex closely and

distinctly punctured. The middle of the antennee is broadly

banded with white. Thorax black; a broad band on the

pronotum, the lower side of the propleure, a large mark on

the hinder part of the mesopleure, a mark under the hind

wings, the scutellum, postscutellum, and two large marks on

the apical slope of the mesonotum, yellow. Mesonotum closely

and finely punctured ; the sides of the furrows finely trans-

versely striated, the rest closely irregularly reticulated. The

median segment behind the basal keel is finely obliquely

striated, the rest closely irregularly reticulated ; the sides of

the apical slope are transversely striated. Propleura strongly

longitudinally striated; mesopleure striated, most strongly

at the base and apex; the metaplenre closely striated, the

apex more strongly than the base; the spines are broad, flat,

yellow, margined. Legs rufous; the four anterior coxa,

trochanters, and the hinder tarsi (except at the base and

Genera and Species of Hymenoptera. 213

apex) yellow; the apex of the hinder femora, the base of the

hinder tibiw narrowly, and the apex of the hinder tibia more

broadly, black. Wings hyaline; the costa, stigma, and

nervures black ; the areolet is square; the second transverse

cubital nervure is faint; the recurrent nervure is received

shortly behind the middle of the areolet. Abdomen black,

the apex of the first, second, third, and the whole of the apical

two segments yellow; the petiole is smooth and shining,

from the sides near the middle two fine keels run to the base

of the yellow part ; the middle segments are finely shagreened.

Mesosternum smooth and shining; the middle furrow is

closely transversely striated.

FOSSORES.

Pompilide.

Pseudagenia morna, sp. n.

Nigra; coxis, trochanteribus femoribusque posterioribus rufis ; alis

hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. 9.

Long. 7 mm.

f=)

Hab. Bengal (Lothney).

The lower part of the front, the face, and clypeus are

densely covered with silvery pubescence. Clypeus short, its

apex broadly rounded, the lateral fovee large and deep.

The hinder ocelli are separated from each other by a dis-

tinctly less distance than they are from the eyes. Antenne

stouter than usual. Prothorax longer than usual, its base

transverse, its sides slightly obliquely narrowed at the base;

the apex is also transverse. Median segment transversely

rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations

in the middle ; it is thickly covered with silvery pubescence,

which is distinctly longer and thicker on the apex. ‘here is

a wide, shallow, oblique depression before the middle of the

propleure, and a shorter, oblique, wider one on the apex

above. The first cubital cellule at the top is slightly but

distinctly shorter than the second; the first transverse cubital

nervure 1s oblique and roundly curved; the second is not so

oblique and is distinctly rounded ; the first recurrent nervure

is received shortly beyond the middle, the second behind the

middle; the transverse basal nervure is almost interstitial.

‘The four posterior coxe, trochanters, and femora are bright

red; the anterior femora and tibiw are obscure red in front.

Abdomen shining; the petiole has a distinct neck at the

base. In the hind wings the accessory nervure is longly

appendiculated.

214 On new Genera and Species of Hymenoptera.

In Bingham’s arrangement this species would enter into

his division C. b', near stulta and tincta, with neither of

which can it be readily confounded. Both are very much

larger species.

Pseudagenia mutua, sp. n.

Nigra, femoribus posticis rufis ; alis hyalinis, cellula cubitali 1* bre-

F aot : kage

viore quam 2", stigmate nervisque nigris. @.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney).

This species is closely allied to P. morna, here described :

apart from the difference in the coloration of the legs, morna

may be known from it by the head not being so largely nor

so obliquely developed behind the eyes, by the first cubital

cellule being distinctly shorter above compared with the second,

by the first transverse cubital nervure being almost straight,

not roundly curved; the base of the pronotum is not so

transverse, it being more developed laterally, and the meso-

notum is more developed behind the tegule.

Head distinctly wider than the thorax, obliquely narrowed

behind the eyes. The hinder ocelli are separated from each

other by about half the distance they are from the eyes. The

clypeus is bluntly rounded at the apex; the mandibles are

bright rufous before the middle; the palpiare fuscous. Pro-

notum large, not quite transverse in front, the sides projecting

slightly more than the middle; its apex is not quite trans-

verse. Median segment with a gradually rounded slope,

closely reticulated, the reticulations larger in the middle than

at the sides; it is sparsely covered with long pale hairs; the

apex is thickly covered with silvery pubescence. The hinder

femora are entirely red, the four anterior are more obscurely

red on the lower side. Abdomen smooth and shining; the

petiole is distinctly narrowed at the base. The first cubital

cellule is distinctly shorter than the second above and below,

but more especially above; both the recurrent nervures are

received shortly behind the middle.

Agenia albipalpis, sp. n.

Black; the mandibles and palpi white; the abdomen

rufous, broadly at the base; legs black, broadly marked with

white; wings uniformly fuscous violaceous. ?.

Long. 13 mm.

Hab. Borneo.

Antenne black, brownish towards the apex. Head black ;

the mandibles (except at the apex) and the palpi pale yellow

—_—- ~~ ve we ee ne ee —

On the Bear of Ecuador. 215

the head is, if anything, wider than the thorax, and is very

little developed behind the eyes, which only converge slightly

above. The face, cheeks, and clypeus are thickly covered

with silvery pubescence ; the clypeus is roundly convex ; the

apex is depressed, smooth, and shining, and has a curved

depiession in the centre. The hinder ocelli are separated

fiom the eyes by double the distance they are from each

other. ‘Thorax densely pruinose. Wings fuscous violaceous,

the hinder more hyaline, the extreme base of the anterior

paler in tint; the third cubital cellule is distinctly shorter

than the second; the first recurrent nervure is received near

the middle, the second near the apex of the basal third; the

transverse median nervure is received beyond the basal; the

accessory nervure in the hind wing is appendiculated. Legs

black ; the fore cox at the apex and the four hinder entirely,

the middle femora at the apex above, the hinder above (except

at the base), the four front tibiz above, and the base of the

middle tarsi, pale yellow ; the four hinder tibize and tarsi are

shortiy spinose. ‘The basal three segments of the abdomen

are red, the apical black.

This is an Agena sen. str., not a Pseudagenia.

[To be continued. ]

XXXV.—On the Bear of Ecuador.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

In 1878 the British Museum obtained a pair of full-grown

bears which had been collected by Mr. Clarence Buckley in

Ecuador, and which were referred to Ursus ornatus, F. Cuv.,

and under this name they have remained until now.

In addition, besides other less important material, the

Museum possesses two skulls, male and female, collected by

Mr. Whitely at Cosnipata, near the River Inambari, S.E. Peru,

being the skulls on which Gray’s note on the species * was

based.

Now the Ecuadorean and Peruvian skulls are conspicu-

ously different in size, and evidently belong to different

forms, but the determination of the names they should bear

is not an easy matter.

F. Cuvier’s specimen was said definitely to have come

from Chili, and there seems no sufficient authority for

Tschudi’s suggestion that it was obtained at Truxillo. In

any case it should be treated as the more southern form, with

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 182 (1873),

216 Mr. O. Thomas on the

well-developed “ spectacles.” Its skull, figured by de Blain-

ville, is, on the stated proportion of 2, 183 millim. in length

from condyles to gnathion, and therefore clearly, even though

rather young, one of the smaller forms.

But the spectacles by themselves prove to be a character of

no value, one specimen in the Museum even having one eye

ringed and the other not; and on this account T’schudi’s

unspectacled Ursus frugilegus cannot be distinguished from

U. ornatus, or at least from whatever form of the group

proves to occur in Central Peru, where he first obtained it.

For the first mention * of Tschudi’s bear is apropos of the

“ Urwald” of Eastern Central Peru, and the Cosnipata skulls,

being from the same faunal district, may well be considered

to represent that form, which would thus be synonymous

with ornatus.

In 1§68 t Sclater described a bear as Ursus nasutus which

in 1898 ¢ he thought might be that of Colombia, forgetting

that in 1871§ he had stated, on the authority of Mr. Busk,

that this bear was referable to U. americanus. An examina-

tion of the typical skull, now in the Museum ||, shows that

Mr. Busk was quite right, and that U. nasutus was not a

Tremarctos.

This leaves the larger northern form without a name, and

in honour of my friend Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, to whose.

assistance I have been so constantly indebted, in this as in

other matters, I would propose to call it

Tremarctos ornatus Majort, subsp. n.

Size comparatively large. Colour uniformly black all

over, except the muzzle, which is dull whitish, and there are

some indistinct whitish marks on the throat.

Skull as compared with that of U. ornatus larger (see

measurements below), longer, and more slender when viewed

from above, higher and more convex in lateral profile, and the

whole aspect less like that of the Malayan bear. Zygomata

less widely expanded. Frontal very convex upwards, espe-

cially just opposite the orbits. Interorbital region long and

narrow, the orbito-temporal fosse proportionally long. Occi-

pital region high and narrow, instead of broad and low.

Palate much longer, but of about the same width. Posterior

narial opening broader. Basioccipital very broad between

bullz. Lower jaw large and powerful, and of the peculiar

* ‘Peru: Reiseskizzen, ii. p. 209 (1846).

t P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 71.

} Ibid. 1898, p. 2.

§ Ibid. 1871, p. 232.

|| B.M. 1531 a, 69. 10, 19. 19.

Bear of Ecuador. 217

shape characteristic of Zremarctos. Teeth like those of

ornatus, but rather larger throughout.

Dimensions of the type (an old male, taken on the stuffed

specimen) :— ’

Head and body (c.) 1625 millim.; hind foot, s. u. 195,

c. u. 210; ear 75.

Skulls:

U.0. Majori, U.ornatus,

mm. mm.

Createatilonathie. = Sire se tan ete ha ere tes 263 231

oper leaptle 2519. 2a, ol clht Pada 4 223 194

Basal lonith sci22) ts. elie. cee ee 224 190

Zywomatie breadth) 20.1.4. case cis'e » veiene 169 163

Height of crown from palate.......... 92 76

Nasals, length in middle line ........ 41 33

3. wpoadth anterorly 25/002. 422: 27°56 28°56

Interorbital breadth ................ 65 60

Intertemporal breadth .............. 59 58

Height of occipital surface .......... 48 39

Palate length Ban henselion ....... 20 118 97

» breadth between m' .......... 40 41

Breadth of basioccipital.............. 45 375

Teeth:

TO CR Be ee ee 13 ne

Pie ACER sat ore age Wig ot he date < ki bras 17 16

| TL CS Pe aee s e e OP 12°8 13

PA SAENOEM sen 8 rt we ake wins eile ho oe 24°8 23

DIGMMIES 2) tleea tout lee. «id: 13°5 13:2

Hg, RODS 4s tes © Moa bed ca 98 73

ARE a nn gat ain sgl on 205 19

Wit CEBU ra eda are einte so os saul a > 19:8 185

reader REY EE Sala S203 12 11

PE OEER CD. Siu. detdiks tak AEE 14:3 15

RPEBGUHS civ: a> ksidnee= Hel Aa. « 10 10

The practical equality of the breadth measurements of the

skulls and the great superiority of 7. 0. Mojord in all the

length measurements is to be noticed. The measured skull

of ornatus is distinctly older than that of Majord, and the

female belonging to it, fully as old, is again a great deal

smaller,

The second skull of 7. 0, Majort, although not so old, is

larger in proportion to the type than the female of ornatus is

to its male, and I am not quite satisfied as to its sex. But

it is quite of the same form as the type, and equally differs

from either sex of the smaller form.

Hab. Southern Ecuador, probably the Province of Aznay.

Type. Old male (stuffed). B.M. no. 78.8. 31.11. Cole

lected by Mr. Clarence Buckley. Two specimens.

The young bear from the Simitara River, Upper Magda-

lena, Colombia, mentioned by Mr. Sclater in 1898 (1. c.)

appears also to belong to Z. 0. Major, its unworn teeth

agreeing closely in size with those of the type.

218 Mr. O. Thomas on

XXXVI.—On Two new Species of Mus discovered by Mr. S.L.

Hinde in British Eust Africa. By OLprieLp THOMAS,

F.R.S.

In a further consignment of small mammals from British

East Africa presented to the National Museun by Mr. and

Mrs. Hinde there occur examples of the two following new

species of Aus :—

Mus Hindei, sp. n.

A rat allied t> and of about the same size as Mus nyike,

Thos. Fur sleek and glossy ; hairs of back about 15 millim.

in length, General colour above dull tawny grey (nearest to

raw umber of Ridgway), heavily lined with brown on the

back, clearer, paler, and more drab on the sides. Under

surtace dull whitish, not sharply defined laterally ; the hairs

everywhere slaty grey basally, dull white terminally. Face

clearer grey than back, without mixture of tawny. Kars

brown. Upper surface of hands and feet glossy white; fifth

hind toe, without claw, not quite reaching to the base of the

fourth toe. ‘Tail comparatively short, well-haired, slightly

pencilled, brown above and at the end, dull whitish proxi-

mally below.

Skull on the whole shaped very like that of ML. nytke.,

Nasals long and broad. Interorbital of median breadth, the

supraorbital ridges well developed and running backwards

across the outer part of the parietals to the corners of the

interparietal. Anteorbital plate evenly rounded in front, not

concave below. Palatal foramina long, ending opposite the

anterior lamina of m’; palate ending about 1 millim. behind

m°. Bulle rather larger than in JZ. nytke,

Incisors orange above, yellow below, not whitened ter-

minally. Molars very small, much smaller than in JZ. nytke.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 179 millim.;

tail 124; hind foot (s. u.) 27°3; ear (dry) 19.

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 31; zygomatic

breadth 19°7; nasals 15 x5; intzrorbital breadth 5:2; inter-

parietal 5x 10°6; palate length 17:3; diastema 11; palatal

foramina 9x3; length of upper molar series 5°9.

Hab, Machakos, British Kast Africa. Alt. 5400 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 1. 12. 9.9. Original num-

ber 90. Collected 12th June, 1901. One specimen only.

This fine and distinct species is no doubt most closely

allied to the peculiar Nyasan Jl. nytke, and represents a

group not hitherto recorded from East Africa,

Two new Species of Mus. 219

Mus Hildegardee, sp. n.

A small species precisely like the local multimammate

form M. Hildebrandt, but with a very different skull.

General colour above dark olive-grey, lined with black.

Sides pale buffy, with an indication of a clearer buffy line

edging the under surface. Belly dull greyish, the hairs slaty

basally and dull whitish terminally. Face like back. Ears

not very long, greyish brown, not contrasted with the head.

Hands and feet dull white above; fifth hind toe without

claw reaching just past the base of the fourth. Tail about

the length of the body without the head, thinly haired, the

scales not hidden; greyish brown above, dull whitish below.

Skull entirely different from that of any known species ;

broad, rounded throughout, without marked ridges or angles.

Interorbital region smoothly rounded, without beading.

Brain-case large, rounded, inflated, unridged. Interparietal

of medium size, its anterior border convex forwards. Front

edge of anteorbital plate slanted backwards, scarcely deve-

loped above. Palatal foramina large, reaching to the middle

ot m’, back of palate level with the hinder end of m*. Buile

of medium size.

Incisors thin autero-posteriorly, markedly thrown forward,

so as to be easily seen from above in front of the nasals ;

yellow above, whitening terminally, paler yellow below.

Molars of normal structure, broad, and with well-detined

cusps.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 123 millim.; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 23;

ear (dry) 13.

Skull: greatest length, excluding incisors, 30; basilar

length 26°5; zygomatic breadth 17:5; nasals 11:2x 3-4;

interorbital breadth 4°8; breadth of brain-case 13, inter-

parietal 3°3 x 8:5; palate length 14; diastema 9-2; palatal

foramina 7°6 x 2°7 ; length of upper molar series 5.

Hab. Machakos, 5400 feet ; two specimens. Another from

Kitui, 3500 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 1. 8.7.10. Original num-

ber 88. Collected 5th June, 1901.

This mouse presents the most remarkable resemblance to

another totally different species that | have ever seen. I fail

to tind any point whatever by which JZ Hildegardee can be

distinguished externally from the Machakos member of the

multimammate group, for which the name of MM. Hildebrandti,

Peters, may be provisionally used. Mr. and Mrs. Hinde

have sent several specimens of each form in different con-

220 Mr. O. Thomas on a

signments, and it was, of course, thought at first that some

mistake had been made about the numbering of the skulls ;

but this theory falls to the ground now that three specimens

have been received all presenting the same characteristics.

The species, by its cranial characters, is a most distinct

one, and is most interesting by the remarkable resemblance

above described. I have had great pleasure in connecting

with it the name of Mrs. Hinde, who has given much assist-

ance and interest in the preparation of her husband’s collection

of small mammals.

XXXVII.—On a new Genus of Vespertilionine Bat from

New Guinea. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

AMONG a small collection of mammals collected by Mr. H.S.

Rohu in the Albert Edward ranges dividing German and

British New Guinea there occur a number of specimens of a

bat allied to Vespertilio, Tylonycteris, and Hesperoptenus, but

evidently distinct enough to require generic separation.

PHILETOR, gen. nov.

General facies rather as in Pterygistes.

Incisors **. Premolars 3, as in Vespertilio. Incisors

shaped as in Z'ylonycteris. Lower premolars subequal, crushed

together.

Skull short, stumpy, rounded, with a large rounded brain-

case. Muzzle broad, with marked supraorbital projections.

Muzzle much swollen. Wings proportionally small.

Fifth fingers short, as in Pterygistes. Wings to the lower

end of the tibia. Penis with a bone, the glans peculiarly

modified, as are also the external female organs.

Philetor Rohut, sp. n.

General appearance that of a small Pterygistes, the head

large, broad and flat, the fur short, and the wings propor-

tionally very small. Muzzle smoothly swollen; the nostrils

far apart, their edges not projecting. ars short, laid

forward they hardly reach halfway between eye and nostril ;

a small hem ending in a lobule at their inner bases; inner

margin straight or slightly convex ; tip broadly rounded off;

outer margin slightly convex, then slightly concave, and

again slightly convex for its lower third, its base running

forwards to behind and below the angle of the mouth.

Tragus short, thickened, fleshy, its inner margin straight, its

outer slightly convex, with an inconspicuous basal lobule.

new Genus of Vespertilionine Bat. 221

Wings comparatively short, the forearm length much less

than that of the trunk. Metacarpal of fifth finger much

shorter than those of the other fingers, and its two terminal

phalanges together only equalling the first phalanx of the

middle finger. Wings attached to the lower end of the tibia.

Calcar of medium length; a distinct postcaleareal lobule

present. ‘Tail included in membrane nearly or quite to its

tip.

Penis without prepuce; its gland curiously complex.

There is proximally on the upperside a double rough-surfaced

cushion, from below the centre of which springs forwafd an

upwardly curved projection, ending in a single pointed

cushion with the opening of the urethra at its tip. The os

penis is strongly curved, bifid proximally and expanded

terminally, about 2°5 millim. in length; its bifid base appears

to support the proximal double cushion of the gland and its

end to support the projecting tip. In Hesperoptenus* the

complexity of the male organ is of quite a different nature,

and the os penis, although similarly bitid basally, is not ex-

panded terminally.

Female organs also complicated. Vulva very small, longi-

tudinal instead of transverse, situated some distance from the

anus; between the two on the perineum are two large

rounded cushions separated by a median groove, their surface

covered with minute hairs. In LHesperoptenus the female

organs are nortfal and the vulva is, as usual, transverse.

It appears probable that the slender projecting tip of the

glans penis alone enters the minute opening of the vulva.

Far short and close, apparently T confined to the body

above, the membranes naked. Below the same, except that

the wing internal to a line from the elbow to the knee is

finely clothed.

Colour above (in alcohol) reddish brown, rather paler

below.

Skull as above described.

Anterior upper incisors short, strongly projecting inwards ;

their outer supplementary cusp approaching the main one

in size. Outer incisor small, conical, pointed, rather smaller

than the outer cusp of 7’. Canine with a small secondary

basal cusp behind. Premolar pressed close against canine.

* T owe to the kindness of Dr. Gestro, of the Genoa Museum, the

opportunity of examining the type of Hesperoptenus Dorie, the typical

species of the genus, and have verified that the structure of its penis is

precisely as in the Indian H. Tickelli.

+ The distribution of the fur is not easily determined, as all the

specimens are in a bad state of preservation.

Ann. &: Mag. N. Hist. Ser 7. Vol. ix. 16

222 Mr. O. Thomas on

Lower incisors small, subequal, tricuspid, not overlapping.

Lower premolars subequal, en pressed together.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 34°5 millim.

Head and body 58; tail 32; head 17; ear 14; tragus on

inner edge 2°6; third finger, metacarpus 31, first phalanx 10,

second phalanx 9°5; fifth finger, metacarpus 25°5, first pha-

lanx 5, second phalanx 3; lower leg 14; hind foot, including

claws, 9°3.

Skull: greatest length 14°73; zygomatic breadth 11;

depth of nasal notch 3°2; breadth across supraorbital projec-

tions 8°3; breadth of brain-case 8°5; front of canine to back

of m® 4°6,

Hab. Albert Edward Range, Central New Guinea. Alt.

6000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 1. 11. 24. 11. Collected by

Mr. H. 8. Rohu. ‘Ten specimens examined.

XXXVIII.—On Mammals collected by Mr. Perry O. Simons

in the Southern Part of the Bolivian Plateau. By OLDFIELD

THOMAS.

AFTER making the collection from round Cochabamba worked

out in the last number of the ‘ Annals,’ Mr. Simons travelled

to the barren and desolate country forming the provinces of

Oruro and Potosi, and to Sucre, and collected what mammals

he could. As might be expected from the character of the

country, he did not obtain very many species, but what he did

get are of much interest, for this country had not been at all

worked before. Mr. Bridges, nearly sixty years ago, had

skimmed its eastern borders ; Philippi has described species

from Atacama on the west; Mr. Gustav Garlepp had, at

Sahama, collected some of the species now sent by Mr. Simons;

but no one has hitherto recorded specimens from the middle

of the plateau, from the dreary area round Lake Poopo, or

eastwards in Potosi and Sucre.

Over the main part of this area, not unnaturally, the fauna

is very uniform, considerable as is the distance between its

extreme ends. But the specimens collected by Mr. Simons

on the Pampa Aullaga, to the west of Lake Poopo, are mostly

different from the rest, and agree with species obtained by

Mr. Garlepp near Mount Sahama, or with others from further

north-westward.

Of the novelties the most interesting are the two new

genera Neoctodon and Andinomys described elsewhere, the

Mammals from Bolivia, 223

former being an animal evidently conspicuous and widely

distributed. Then there is a Phyllotis with hairy gerbille-

like soles, quite a new departure in the group, and a new

Ctenomys. Altogether this collection, though disappointing

to Mr. Simons himself, owing to its small extent, proves scien-

tifically to be of very considerable value.

The following extracts from Mr. Simons’s notes may be of

interest as illustrating the nature of the country :—

“ Potost.—F rom the summit of Potosi Peak the outlook is

brown, barren, rough and crisp, like the people. ‘To the

north the peaks and ridges disappear away in the blue haze.

The eastern view is closed by the Cari Mt. Range, whose

summits are grey and are flanked by decomposed soil. ‘The

intervening area is full of caiions and moraines of granite

boulders, at the end of which stands the Red City.

“ Sucre-—From the summit of the mountain S.K. of Sucre

one sees the entire horizon at a great distance as a great

circular range of mountains, and all inside the circle as a

brown, barren, rough waste, badly eroded and cut, with cafions

extending in every direction.

“Mount Pampa Aullaga is a grey talc, with plenty of

scoriz scattered about. Its base is sandy and cultivated. It

was apparently formerly a volcano, and the town is now in

its crater.

“ On all the eastern slope of the Andes there seems to be a

belt or zone at about 2500 m. in which there are few or no

animals. I noticed this first when going in to the Inambari

(S.E. Peru) and at all the places where I have entered the

montafia since. The Indians of the sierra will not go into

the lowlands, nor will those of the lowlands go up.”

1. Conepatus arequipe, Thos.

9. Pampa Aullaga, 3800 m.

Closely similar to the original specimens, and equally

different from the remarkable C. rev, of Sahama.

2. Eligmodontia domorum, Thos.

d,2 2. Sucre, 2700 m.

3 6,2 9. El Cabrado, 3700 m.

In some of these specimens the belly-hairs are white to

the roots. ‘Their skulls all have the small bulle which

distinguish LZ. domorum from E. cachina.

3. Phyllotis boliviensis, Waterh.

Livichuco, 4500 m.

2 9.

3,3 %. Potosi, 4400 m.

224 Mr. O. Thomas on

Quite similar to the many specimens that have been

received from Bridges, Hunt, Kalinowski, Garlepp, and

others from localities north-westwards to Caylloma, Pern.

4, Phyllotis arenarius, sp. n.

Oruro, 3700 m.

@. Lagunillas, 4000 m.

El] Cabrado, 3500 m.

9. Sucre, 3000 m.

2. Potosi, 4000 m.

28,4 9. Uyuni, 3670 m.

Size and general characters about as in Ph. lutescens, but

coloration that of desert animals. Fur long, soft, and fine ;

hairs of back about 15 millim. in length. General colour

above pale fawn, lined on the back with dark brown ; sides

clearer and more buffy, the buffy often forming a clear lateral

line edging the ventral white. Under surface white, either

pure white or faintly tinged with buffy, not sharply defined

laterally ; the hairs everywhere dark slaty basally. A small

bright buffy spot often present on each side of the chest.

Face pale greyish, with scarcely: any buffy tinge. Ears

fairly large, pale brownish, not contrasting with head. Upper

surface of hands and feet pure white. Tail well haired and

more or less pencilled at the tip, its upperside fawn, darkening

terminally to dark brown; sides and under surface white.

Skull in size and shape closely similar to that of Ph. lu-

tescens.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 118 millim.; tail 114; hind foot, s. u. 26,

c. u. 27; ear 26.

Skull: greatest length 30; basilar length 23:2; greatest

breadth 14°5; nasals 18%3°7; interorbital breadth 3°7;

breadth of brain-case 12°8 ; palate length 13°1; diastema 8:2 ;

palatal foramina 7°5 x 2°5; length of upper molar series 4°9.

Hab. Sandy plateau of Bolivia. Type from Uyuni. Alt.

3670 m.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 2. 2. 2. 34. Original number

1671. Collected 4th November, 1901.

This Phyllotis is evidently the representative of the Ph.

Haggardi-lutescens group in the desert parts of the Bolivian

plateau. Besides the specimens above enumerated Mr. Simons

had already sent, in a previous consignment, examples

apparently referable to it from the desert-region near Are-

quipa, at the north-western end of the same faunal area.

Mammals from Bolivia. 225

5. Phyllotis hirtipes, sp. n.

3 3,1 9%. Oruro, 3700 m.

d6,2 ¢%. Challapata, 3800 m.

9. Pampa Aullaga, 3800 m.

Size small ; fur soft and fine, hairs of back about 11 millim.

in length. General colour bright sandy buff, indistinctly

lined on the back with brown. Sides brighter buff, a line

almost matching Ridgway’s ‘ pinkish buff”’ edging the white

of the belly. Under surface pure snowy white, the hairs

white to their roots*. Face but little greyer than back.

Ears pale greyish, the back of their anterior halves rather

browner. Upper surface of hands and feet pure white.

Palms (except pad at base of pollex) and soles thickly clothed

with stiff white hairs, the pads being obsolete, the whole

structure being just as in the African Gerbillus, subgenus

Gerbillus, and showing a precisely similar adaptation to

desert life; tips of digits naked. Tail about the length

of the head and body (ranging from 10 millim. shorter to

7 millim. longer), hairy, finely pencilled, whitish throughout,

on the upperside slightly darker terminally.

Skull much as in the other small species of the group;

interorbital region narrow, flattened into sharply square but

unbeaded edges, which strongly diverge posteriorly ; no trace

of parietal ridges. Front edge of zygoma-root not hollowed

out. Palatal foramina reaching to the level of the anterior

lamina of m’.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 90 millim.; tail 97; hind foot, s. u. 24,

e..0. 25 ear 20,

Skull: greatest length 25°3; basilar length 20; greatest

breadth 13°5; nasals, length 9°8; interorbital breadth 4;

breadth of brain-case 12; diastema6°8; palatal foramina 5:9 ;

length of upper molar series 3°8.

Hab. Neighbourhood of Lake Poopo. Type from Challa-

pata, 3750 m.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 2. 2. 2. 48. Original number

1657. Collected 29th October, 1901.

This most interesting little mouse rivals PA. gerbillus in the

adaptation of its coloration to desert conditions and exceeds it

in its resemblance to the more typical gerbilles by the hairi-

ness of its palms and soles, in which character it is unique in

the group.

6. Andinomys edax, Thos.

P. Z. S. 1902 (Feb. 18th). Abstract in ‘ Nature.’

3 ¢. El Cabrado, 3500 m.

* Philippi’s “ Mus capito” has only “the points” of the belly-hairs

white, their bases being presumably slaty.

226 Mr. O. Thomas on

This animal looks like a large Phyllotis or soft-haired Ory-

zomys, and it is not until its hypsodont complicated teeth are

examined that its peculiarity appears. In this respect it

differs from its ally Chinchillula, whose external appearance

is as striking as its teeth.

7. Euneomys sublimis, Thos,

3 ¢. Livichuco, 4550 m.

Like Ctenomys opinus and Phyllotis boliviensis this species

ranges north-westwards from the present locality to Caylloma,

Peru.

8. Akodon albiventer, Thos.

2 g,1 2. Challapata, 3750 m.

7 3,3 2. Potosi, 4400 m.

6 ?- Uyuni.

9. Akodon Berlepschi, Thos.

3 9. Pampa Aullaga, 3800 m.

Widely as the original specimens of A. albiventer and Ber-

lepschi, from Cachi and Sahama respectively, differ from each

other, a study of the present series shows that they are more

nearly allied than I had supposed. Unfortunately the majority

of the new specimens are in more or less bleached pelage, and

it is only where patches of fresh fur are present that the proper

colours can be observed. Of the three from Pampa Aullaga

one only has fresh fur, and that only on the anterior two

thirds of the body; but so far as this goes the agreement

with the type is exact, and these specimens should no doubt

be referred to A. Berlepschi, But the difference between the

two forms narrows itself down to a question of the shade of

grey—clear dark cinereous in Berlepschi, lined isabella in

albwventer; and in the series of the latter there are such

approximations to the former, that it is by no means im-

probable that the two will be found to intergrade completely,

in which case A. Berlepschi will have to be considered as a

subspecies of A. albiventer.

10, Akodon Spegazzinti, Thos.

3. Lagunillas, 4000 m.

2 3,1 2. Potosi, 4300 m.

More olive and less rufous than the type, from Cachi; but

the fact that that had been skinned out of spirit would account

for the difference.

Mammals from Bolivia. 227

11. Neoctodon Simonsi, Thos.

P. Z. S, 1902 (Feb. 18th). Abstract in ‘ Nature.’

36,2 2. Oruro, 3700 m.

36 ?. Challapata, 3800 m.

2 6,2 ¢. Livichuco, 4500 m.

?. Potosi, 4400 m.

This handsome Neotoma-like animal, whose grey colour,

snowy-white belly, and bushy tail give it an exceedingly

striking appearance, has beeu described elsewhere. It is one

of the most interesting discoveries made by Mr. Simons.

12. Ctenomys opimus, Wagn.

3,6 %. Oruro, 3700 m.

3 ?. Challapata, 3750 m.

2 9. Pampa Aullaga, 3800 m.

4 2. Potosi, 4300 m.

3. Livichuco, 4500 m. (‘ nigriceps’’).

‘This species is evidently the common Tuco-Tuco of all the

region covered by the present collection, and it also goes

northwards to Lake Titicaca, while in Atacama and 'Tarapacé

several of the forms described by Philippi are probably refer-

able to it.

The species is a variable one as to colour, specimens from

the same locality showing a considerable range of variation

in the depth and tone of the yellow, which may be either

more buffy or more drab. The latter will perhaps prove

characteristic of the females.

In addition, one specimen, that from Livichuco, is coloured

absolutely as in my C. 0. nigriceps, originally from Titiri,

W. of Titicaca. Unfortunately no other Livichuco examples

were obtained, and I am therefore unable to express an

opinion as to whether this dark form, whose skull is indistin-

guishable from that of C. opimus, is there locally constant, as

at Titiri. The distribution is very curious, as the two places

are separated by regions inhabited by true optimus, a fact

which suggests that ntyriceps may be only a “ plumbeous

phase” of opimus, as occurs in the Geomyide. But the

identity of the four Titiri specimens ¢néer se is against this,

and the solution of the problem must therefore await further

material.

In old skulls of this species the peculiar additional process

external to the condyle of the lower jaw (for which the name

of ectocondylar process might be used) is particularly well

developed. When the mandible is at its most posterior

position during the fore-and-aft motion this process articulates

with, or at least impinges on, the front face of the bony

a ee)

228 Mr. OQ. Thomas on

meatus, so that in these animals there may be said to be a

second “‘antaculation between the mandible and cranium,

13. Ctenomys frater, sp. n.

a,b. 3 &. Potosi, 4300 m. 28th September, 1901.

Size medium, decidedly smaller than in C. optimus, the

common species of the district. General colour brownish

fawn, rather browner than Ridgway’s ‘ fawn-colour.”

Under surface dull buffy, without white patches, the inguinal

region with a tinge of rufous; line of demarcation on sides

not defined. Muzzleandchin blackish. No darker markings

on or around ears. Hands and feet thinly haired, pale

brownish. Tail very finely haired (almost naked in the

type), brown above, whitish beneath and at the end.

Skull short and stumpy, high, with its profile flat from the

middle of the nasals to the middle of the parietals, and then

markedly and unusually convex, the posterior half of the

brain-case bent downwards. Nasals short, broad, broadest

at their middle, narrowing both forwards and backwards,

scarcely surpassed posteriorly by the premaxillary processes,

Interorbital region flat, its edges sharply cut, with quite

rudimentary postorbital processes. A narrow "longitudinal

median fontanelle present in both specimens at the hinder end

of the frontals. Bulle very peculiarly shaped, narrow, little

inflated, their outline slightly concave forwards ; their bony

meatus - very long and slender (see measures below). Hcto-

condylar process of lower jaw small, inconspicuous.

Incisors broad and heavy, their combined breadth 73

millim., dark orange above and below. Mbolars with the

usual antero-external and posterior gaps in their enamel enve-

lope more extended than in C. opimus, less than in some of

the smaller species,

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 180 millim.; tail 73; hind foot, s. u. 35,

c, u. 39 * ear 9.

Skull: greatest length in middle line, excluding incisors,

46; basilar length 38; greatest breadth 31; nasals 17x8;

interorbital breadth 10°5; least breadth across brain-case

19; posterior breadth on meatus 30°5; palate length 21;

diastema 12°5; bulla, greatest diagonal diameter 15: 3, lesser

diameter at right angles to last 6°6 ; tip of meatus to postero-

internal side of bulla 12° 3; upper tooth-series (alveoli) 10°7.

Lower jaw, greatest breadth 40.

Lab. as above.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 2. 2. 113. Original

Mammals from Bolivia. 229

number 1599. Collected 28th September, 1901. The second

specimen is younger and still in the plumbeous pelage.

This Tuco-‘l'uco may be readily distinguished from any

species known to me by the shape of its nasals, the marked

convexity of its parietal profile, and the peculiarly narrow

bulle. Externally it resembles C. Perrensi and tucumanus

in general colour, though it has no white on its under surface.

None of Philippi’s Atacama or Tarapacd species appear to

be related to it. C. pernix, the only one of about the right

size, is said to have a white belly.

Mr. Simons labels his specimens as caught “in ground in

moist sand,” while the Potosi representatives of C. opimus

were taken “in sandy place on ridge,” “in decomposed

trachyte soil on ridge.” Probably the two species do not

live on quite the same ground.

14. Lagidium sp.

3. Potosi, 4400 m.

‘This may represent Philippi’s L. lutescens.

15. Kerodon boliviensis, Waterh.

g. Livichuco, 4500 m.

3 ?. Sucre, 2700 m.

2. El Cabrado, 3500 m.

2g. Potosi, 4400 m.

This species does not appear to occur in the pampas region

west of Lake Poopo, where it is replaced by K. niata.

16. Kerodon niata pallidior, subsp. n.

6,2 9. Pampa Aullaga, 3700 m.

?2. Sevaruya, 3720 m.

“The Cuis of Pampa Aullaga are quite different to any

others I have seen. ‘Their hair does not fall out so easily,

and they make a faint short whistle when they dodge into

their holes.”"—P. O. S.

Similar to the typical Sahama form in every respect, but

paler throughout, the general tone a yellowish cream-colour,

the fore back, region round ears, and face being but little

darker than Ridgway’s “cream-colour.” Caudal region

bright yellow.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 200 millim. ; hind foot, s. u. 38, c. u. 41;

ear 22.

Skull: greatest length 46°5; basilar length 35:5; zygo-

matic breadth 32; length of upper molar series (alveoli) 12.

230 Messrs. T. D. A. Cockerell and E. Atkins on

Hab, Pampa Aullaga. Alt. 3700 m.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 2. 2.81. Original number

1642. Killed 21st October, 1901.

The specimen from Sevaruya, a place I fail to identify, but

not on the Pampa Aullaga, is rather darker than the Pampa

ones, representing an intermediate colour between these and

the typical Sahama series.

17. Marmosa elegans, Waterh.

3,4 9. Challapata, 3700 m.

3%. Sucre, 3000 m.

XXXIX.—Contributions from the New Mexico Biological

Station. —XII. On some Genera of Bees. By 'T. D. A.

CocKERELL and EmMErson ATKINS.

THE family Stelidee of Ashmead consists of a series of para-

sitic bees which can hardly be grouped together in a classifi-

cation based on actual blood-relationship. The subfamily

Stelidine appears to be an offshoot from the Anthidiine ;

while it has been suggested that the other subfamily, Coeliox-

ine, is similarly related to the Megachiline. ‘The Ceelioxina,

however, appear to be a composite group, Calioxys and its

allies being close to Megachile, while the genera with 4- to

6-jointed maxillary palpi must be referred to quite another

series.

Dioxys (Hoplopasites) producta, var. subrubra (Ckll.).

Labial palpi.—1 * longer than 2; 34-4 less than half length

of 2.

Mazillary palpi.i—Apparently 2-jointed; 1 oval, much

longer than broad, 2 minute. There is presumably a basal

tubercle, representing the true first joint, so that the palpi

are properly 3-jointed.

Galea.—Slender, falciform, with transverse striz; inner

margin ciliate,

Mr. Ashmead states that Hoplopasites is distinct from

Dioxys, but no distinctive characters have been pointed out,

nor have we found them.

The transverse striz on the galea are noteworthy, as they

do not occur in the supposedly allied genera Caxlioxys &c.,

but do occur in Hertades and Chelostoma.

* In this paper the figures in the descriptions of the palpi are to be

understood to refer to the joints: thus, 1=first joint.

some Genera of Bees. 231

Heriades truncorum (L.).

Labial palpi.—1 much shorter than 2.

Mazillary palpi 3-jointed.

Chelostoma campanularum (Kirby).

Labial palpi.—l extremely short, 2 very long; last joint

only diverging from the straight line.

Mazillary palpi 3-jointed.

Phileremus mesille, Ckll.

Labial palpi.i—1 longer than 2; palpi shorter than in

Dioxys productus; 3+4 more than half length of 2.

Tongue very broadly fimbriate, the lateral fimbrie towards

the tip longer than breadth of tongue at that point.

Maxillary palpi 2-jointed ; 1 a low broad tubercle, 2 long-

oval, rather large. ‘The pap look as if 1-jointed.

Galea.—Comparatively short and broad, broadly rounded

at end, inner margin not ciliate; striz longitudinal.

The galea is wholly unlike that of Calioxys, Megachi/e,

Dioxys, &c., and resembles that of Epeolus. It seems likely

that this and the Hpeolus-like outward appearance of the

bees are indications of real relationship.

This appears to fall in Phileremus as defined by Taschen-

berg, but it is by uo means an Ammobates, of which Phile-

remus has been lately regarded a synonym. It accordingly

finds no place in Ashmead’s tables.

Caliorys gilensis, Ckll.

Labial palpi.—1 shorter than 2; 3+4 not half length of 2.

Maxillary palpi 3-jointed ; 1 a rounded tubercle ; 2 broad,

subquadrate viewed laterally ; 3 rather small but stout.

Galea.—Long-falciform ; strize oblique, decussating ; inner

margin ciliate. The mouth-parts contirm the view that this

genus Is closely related to Megachile.

Megachile apicalis, Spinola.

Labial palpi.—i and 2 about equal, very much broadened,

each with a row of strong bristles.

Maxillary palpi 3-jointed ; 3 much longer than in Celiorys.

Galea.—Broad and tapering, with a margin on each side ~

of the double rib. ‘I'he inner area is rather narrow, decus-

sated, and strongly ciliated on the edge; the outer area is

broad, plain (not striated), and its edge is not ciliated. ‘lhe

rib bears a row of long bristles and shows some hyaline dots.

232 Messrs. T. D. A. Cockerell and E. Atkins on

This differs from Celioxys in the greatly developed outer

area of the galea; but this is only a specific character, as the

following cases show :—

M. fortis ——Decussated area much the broadest, plain area

very small.

M. fidelis.—Plain area even more reduced.

M. pugnata.—Plain area on apical half a little larger than

the decussated, but it is narrow below.

M. manifesta.—Plain area larger than the decussated.

M. exilis—Plain area very narrow. (This species is

peculiar for the maxillary palpi, which are covered

with long bristles, and the third joint is remarkably

long.)

M. cleomis.—Plain area almost as large as the decussated.

Phileremulus nanus, Ckll.

Labial palpi.—1 long, a little longer than 2+3+4; 2

short, not very much longer than 3; 3 and 4 similar in cha-

racter to 2. (Compare with nomada.)

Tongue.—Very long and slender, about twice as long as

labial palpi. The tongue resembles that of Allodape.

Maxillary palpi 5-jointed; 1 broad and flattened; 2 long,

cylindrical ; 3 broader than 2 or 4; 5 somewhat constricted at

middle. Measurements of joints in w:—(1) 15, (2) 66,

(3) 27, (4) 24, (5) 66.

Galea.—Slender, falciform, sepia-colour, with the inner

margin of apical half colourless; the sepia portion with

minute hyaline dots; inner margin with few minute hairs,

Neolarra pruinosa, Ashm.

Description from material taken at Mesilla Park, N. M.,

May 7, on flowers of Dithyrea Wislizentt.

Labial palpi.—2 longer than in Phileremulus and nearly

twice as long as 3.

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed ; 4 broad at end; 6 very slender,

only half as broad as 5. Measurements in w:—(1) 24,

(2) 69, (3) 36, (4) 45, (5) 57, (6) 69.

Neolarra and Phileremulus agree nearly with Allodape in

the mouth-parts. Smith figures, but does not count, a first

joint in the maxillary palpus of Adlodape similar to that of

Phileremulus; on the other hand, he appears to count the

long terminal joint as two. ‘Lhe habits ot Al/odape seem to

resemble those of Phileremulus.

some Genera of Bees. 233

ASHMEADIELLA.

A. bucconis, A. cactorum, and A. bigelovie examined.

Maxillary palpi 4-jointed. Galea very slender, decussated.

In bucconis and cactorum the first two joints of the labial

palpi are very long and about equal; in cactorum the third

joint is narrowly heart-shaped. In A. bigelovie the first

two joints of labial palpi are broadened and the first joint is

noticeably longer than the second.

Ashmeadiella appears to be related to Osmia, but not to be

much allied to Leriades or Chelostoma.

All the slides which form the basis of this paper were

prepared by Mrs. W. P. Cockerell.

APPENDIX. By T. D. A. COcKERELL.

I would propose, in view of the abeve facts, to split up the

Ceelioxine * of Ashmead (Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xxvi. p. 80)

into several subfamilies :—

(1) Ccelioxine proper, including Celiorys, to follow

Megachiline in the series.

(2) Dioxine, including Diorys (with Hoplop sites), position

somewhat uncertain. The separation of this from

Ceelioxinze may perhaps be erroneous.

(3) Phileremine, including Phileremus (sens. Taschen-

berg), to follow the series of Hpeolus &c.t

(4) Allodapine, apparently including Allodape, Philere-

mulus, and Neolarra; but I know the first genus only

from description.

This leaves numerous genera not accounted for; I do not

place them, because I have no specimens, though their

position can usually be guessed at.

Dioxys Martii, Ckll., sp. n.

¢.—Length about 7 millim. Black (without any red) ;

pubescence about as in D. producta subrubra, the five hair-

bands on abdomen very dense and white; legs black; tibial

* The Ceelioxyne of Dalla-Torre and Friese is even more composite,

including all the European parasitic bees except Psithyrus and Stelis!

Ashmead (Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. xxvi. p. 53) has given an excellent criticism

of this arrangement, and my only objection to his reforms is that they do

not go nearly far enough along the lines he has indicated.

t Phileremus and £peolus would form a more natural group than

Epeolus and Nomada,

234 Bibliographical Notices.

spurs orange; antennx formed and coloured as in subrubra,

the flagellum ferruginous beneath; tegule piceous, with a

dark ferruginous patch ; first recurrent nervare joining first

submarginal cell a little before its end; thoracic spine &c. as

in subrubra; abdomen oval, not tapering apically, apical

segment not produced. Otherwise about as in subrubra.

Hab. Picacho Mountain, Mesilla Valley, New Mexico,

March 25, 1900, at flowers of Spheralcea Martit. The plant

was also new and was described in ‘ Botanical Gazette,’

July 1901, p. 60.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Feb. 4, 1902.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxester, M.A., LL D.,

F.R.S.—Part IV. The Platyhelmia, Mesozoa, and Nemertini. By

W. Braxtanp Bennam, D.Se. (Lond.), M.A. (Oxon.). London :

Adam & Charles Black, 1901.

Tue present volume—the fourth in order of the complete series—is

by Prof. Benham, who is to be congratulated on having fulfilled a

very arduous task in a most successful manner. Singularly un-

attractive animals, and mostly parasitic in habit, it is not surprising

that their study is attempted only by those keenly interested in

the advancement of zoological science or in the investigation of the

many and often very painful devastating diseases which are inflicted

on mankind and the lower animals as a result of this parasitism.

Condensed into a surprisingly small compass, the author has con-

trived to embody practically everything that is known of these

animals ; so that this volume will form a source of reference of the

highest value alike to the systematist, the morphologist, and the

physician.

The historical sections of the various chapters are extremely

interesting reading, and bear eloquent testimony to the extreme

difficulty which besets the correct interpretation of the structure of

these animals and the many pitfalls in the path of the investigator.

The Mesozoa of Van Beneden are very fully dealt with in an

appendix to the Platyhelminths, being regarded by the author as

degenerate forms of this phyluam—a view shared by Whitman and

others—and therefore not needing the formation of a special grade

to contain them. To this appendix the editor adds a very interesting

paragraph on four new species of Orthonectids parasitic in Cheto-

pods and Nemertines.

The work having been somewhat delayed in the press, a few notes

have been added to the chapter on the Nemertines by Mr. R. C.

Punnett, of St. Andrews, in order to bring the work completely up

Bibliographical Notices. 235

to date. This was necessitated by the removal of Dr. Benham to

New Zealand after the MSS. had left his hands; thus justice has

been done both to author and those for whom the book is intended.

Three other appendices to the Platyhelmia contain descriptions of

the remarkable and extremely puzzling forms T’richoplax, Pemnato-

discus, and Salinella. Concerning these the author remarks that,

“with the exception of Pemmatodiscus, they have only been met

with in a ‘domesticated’ condition in aquaria, and it has been

suggested that they are in reality imperfectly developed animals—

embryos which cannot attain full development owing to these con-

ditions.”

The illustrations are numerous, singularly clear, and well

executed, and for the most part original.

Use-inheritance. Tilustrated by the direction of Hair on the Bodies

of Animals. By Water Krop, M.D., F.Z.S. London: Adam &

Charles Black, 1901. Pp. 1-47; 16 text-cuts. Price 2s. 6d.

Tae author attempts to show “that certain inherited characters

of animals can only be interpreted by considering them to have

arisen in ancestors of those animals by use or habit.’ He bases his

argument upon the disposition of the hair on the bodies of animals.

Frankly admitting that the general direction of the hair-slope on

the body is open to selectionist interpretations, he contends that the

familiar whorls and featherings of the hair found in the domestic

horse, for example, can have but one explanation—“ a dynamical

one.”

We do not find the author’s arguments, often very obscurely set

forth, at all convincing. At times, indeed, we venture to think

that his method of winning converts is distinctly unfair and calcu-

lated to rouse much opposition. Thus he tells us that “ The trifling

intrinsic importance of these characters (whorls and featherings) . . .

produces the impression. . . that except for maintaining the credit of a

great theory, such as that of Weissmann, there is only one way of

interpreting them, and that is according to Lamarck.” We protest,

and protest vigorously, against the imputation contained in the words

we have italicized. Moreover, Lamarckism, by the majority of those

qualified to speak, has been weighed and found wanting. It

may well be that many things are as yet inexplicable by any

theory yet promulgated, and till the light comes, let us say

frankly, with Montaigne, “Nor am I ashamed... . to confess I

know not that which I do not know.”

A Guide to the Shell and Star-fish Galleries (Mollusca, Polyzoa,

Brachiopoda, Tunwates, Echinoderma, and Worms), Department

of Zoology, British Museum (Natural History). 1901. Price 6d.

Many even of those who cannot visit the Natural History Museum

will be glad to have this book. Like its predecessors, it is a won-

derful production, well written and well illustrated, the text-cuts

being not only numerous but most excellent of their kind.

236 Bibliographical Notices.

The three contributors to this work, Messrs. E. A. Smith, F. J.

Bell, and R. Kirkpatrick, are all well known as first-rate authorities

on the subjects with which they deal, and on the present occasion

they have fulfilled a very difficult task in a really able manner.

The preparation of these Guides undoubtedly represents a task of

quite exceptional difficulty, and not the least troublesome matter to

be decided must be the plan of the book itself. The present volume

may be described as a much condensed and elementary text-book on

the particular groups dealt with; and to those who use the galleries

wherein they are displayed, for the purpose of serious study, it will

prove invaluable. To the collectors of ‘‘sea-weed,” corals, shells,

and other “ pretty objects,” this book will probably come as a

revelation ; and to many will open up hitherto unsuspected wonders

and delights interwoven with the life-histories of the animals whose

dead remains they cherish. Thus will the mere ‘ collector” be

converted into the serious student. The casual visitor will pro-

bably find this book too technical; for him, however, the General

Guide will probably prove sufficient.

The Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-

pelagoes. Edited by J. Strantey Garpiner, M.A. Vol. I. part 1.

Plates 1-5; text-cuts 1-25. J. Clay & Sons: Cambridge Uni-

versity Press.

Tuer study of coral-reefs is one fraught with many and great

difficulties, and attended with no small element of danger, as a

perusal of these pages will show. In spite, however, of all

obstacles, Mr. Gardiner and his colleagues have managed to reap

a rich harvest, the first-fruits of which are here presented for the

benefit of zoologist and geologist alike. It is certain that if the

following parts maintain the same high standard of excellence

displayed by the first issue, the work will form one of the most

valuable treatises on the subject extant.

The present number includes five reports. Of these, the first

two are by Mr. Gardiner, and contain the Introduction, an ex-

tremely interesting narrative of the expedition, and the description

of the Maldive and Laccadive Groups, with notes on other coral

formations in the Indian Ocean; the third deals with the Hymeno-

ptera, and is written by Mr. P. Cameron; the fourth with the

Land Crustaceans, by Mr. L. A. Borradaile ; and the last with the

Nemerteans, by Mr. R. C. Punnett.

Mr. Borradaile has had an advantage over Messrs. Cameron and

Punnett, in that, owing to the nature of his subject, he has been

enabled to make his the more interesting reading of the last three

reports; but from a scientific point of view no preference is

possible—all are alike admirable, clear, concise, well planned, and,

where necessary, well illustrated.

Ann. be Mag. Nat Hest.S.7 Vol IX PL]

0-005 millon. 4 1200

; _ CMereschkowsky, del.

_ RE Mmtern,sc. Mantern Bros imp

— .

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SBVENTH SERIES.]}

No. 52. APRIL 1902.

XL.— On Mammals collected at Cruz del Eje, Central Cordova,

by Mr. P. O. Simons*. By OuLprietp THoMAs.

AFTER his successful collecting work on the Bolivian Plateau

Mr. Perry O. Simons travelled by rail to Antofagasta, by sea

to Valparaiso, and then over the Andes through Mendoza to

Central Cordova, where at Cruz del Hje, in the salina district

of that country, he made, in ten days only, the collection now

described.

Apart from the co-types of Dolichotis salinicola, few

mammals have ever been recorded from this salina country,

and the present collection is therefore proportionally valuable.

The most interesting things in the collection are undoubtedly

the specimens of Dolichotis, showing as they do that a form

of the Greater Mara (J). magellanicus) lives side by side with

the small PD. salinicola, his fact, hitherto unrecognized, is

probably partly the cause of the confusion into which the

proper relationship of the smaller to the larger species has

fallen.

The new skunk (Conepatus proteus) is also surprisingly

different from the ordinary Argentine C. suffocans.

1. Vespertilio sp.

é. 27th November, 1901.

* While this paper is in the press news has been received that

Mr. Simons, the most successful mammal collector that I have ever had

to deal with, has fallen a victim to his intrepidity,and has been murdered

by a guide when crossing the Andes alone with him. Brave to a fault,

cheery and enthusiastic, fond of a wild life, successful as a trapper, pains-

taking, systematic, and extraordinarily rapid in his work, Mr. Simons was

the perfection of a collector, and we shall not easily find his like again,

I shall hope to publish later a summary of his Andean journeys and their

scientific results.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 17

238 Mr. O. Thomas on

2. Lasiurus borealis * saline, subsp. n.

Q and 4 young f.

Similar in general characters to the other races of Z. borealis,

but with the ears short and apparently as in L. db. teliotis,

and with duller and less rufous coloration. ‘The feet appear

to be rather longer than usual (see measurements).

Ears very short, their outer basal lobe reduced almost to

nil, and without any anterior notch or angle at its insertion.

Fur of wings and interfemoral membranes very sparse and

thin, but its distribution apparently as usual ; patch on base

of thumb and hairs of back of foot thicker than the rest.

General colour of body (in spirit) dull grizzled greyish,

almost without rufous, the only specimen at all like it that I

have seen being one of Z. semotus, H. All., from Hawaii.

Individual hairs blackish at base, then buffy whitish, then

dark, with the extreme tips white. A slight tendency

towards rufous is perceptible on the interfemoral hairs, and

those on the back of the feet are bright rufous. Wing-

membranes dark brown, lighter along the edges of the inter-

digital spaces.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—

Forearm 42 millim.

* I can by no means accept Dr. Allen’s recent alteration of my identi-

fication of Azara’s “ Chauve-Souris septiéme” from the local race of

Lasiurus cinereus to that of LZ. borealis, a determination I came to after

most carefully weighing the claims of the three Paraguayan Lasiuri to

this doubtful honour. I freely grant that the “envergure” given by

Azara (313 millim.) is a good deal below the corresponding dimension in

fresh and well-stretched specimens of L. cinereus ; but if Azara’s specimens

were a little dry and stiff, or immature, the discrepancy would easily be

made up, while nothing will give any specimen of ZL. borealis an ear-

length of 15 millim. The trunk and tail-lengths may be considered to

fit either, Thus one of Mr. Dinelli’s Tucuman specimens of cinereus is

labelled as measuring in the flesh: head and body 70 millim.; tail 48;

ear 14°5—a sufficiently close correspondence with Azara’s 62, 50, and 15

millim. But the primary point is the coloration. With such conspicu-

ously different and brilliantly coloured bats as ZL. cinereus and borealis

the first thing that would strike any, and especially any non-technical,

observer is the hoary or whitish-washed colour of cereus and the

brilliant rufous of borealis. Now Azara says “le poil est... . d’un brun

trés-blanchatre,” an expression perfectly applicable to cinereus, hopelessly

at variance with the coloration of either borealis or ega.

The colour of the body and the size of the ear appear therefore to me

to settle the question, aud consequently I still consider Geoftroy’s name

villusissimus to be applicable to the local furm of the “ trés-blanchatre ”

Lasiurus cinereus.

+ From the method of labelling Mr. Simons would appear to have

thought that the four young ones were the offspring of the single female.

Such an occurrence as four young in a bat is, I believe, unheard of, and I

shall hope later to publish further details on the subject.

——_—

Mammals from Central Cordova. 239

Head and body 59; tail 47; head 16; ear 11; tragus on

inner edge 3:7; third finger, metacarpus 44, first phalanx 17 ;

fifth finger, metacarpal 37, first phalanx 8; lower leg 22;

hind foot, c. u. 10 *,

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 2. 2.5.39. Original number

1724, Killed 2ud December, 1901.

This specimen is so different from any of the bright-coloured

continental forms of L. borealis that I am compelled to

consider it as representing a peculiar form. Indeed, further

knowledge will not improbably show it to be worthy of

specific rank,

3. Felis Geoffroy’, VOrb.

9. 28th November, 1901.

4, Canis gracilis, Burm.

2 ¢. 30th November, 1901.

5. Conepatus proteus, sp. n.

4 3,2 2,and 2 young.

Size very small, less than in C. umboldti and suffocans,

the smallest species previously known. Fur thin, soft, and

poor, far softer and less thick than in C. suffocans. Hairs

either directed backwards throughout or forwards from the

withers to the crown. Coloration of body very variable, the

two white stripes either joined or not on the crown, narrow,

almost obsolete, and reaching only half down the back in the

least white specimen, and ranging from this to an example in

which the stripes are complete and extend on to the sides of

the base of the tail. ‘T'ail of medium length, the hairs of its

basal half entirely black, those of its end black, profusely

mixed with longer white hairs, which form a grizzled whitish

terminal tuft.

Skull, as usual in this group, only differing from that of its

allies by size.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 265 millim. (range 245-305) ; tail 190;

hind foot, s. u. 48 (range 42-52), c. u. 53; ear 25.

Skull: greatest length 63; basal length 55; zygomatic

breadth 36 ; mastoid breadth 82-7; interorbital breadth 16°5 ;

palate length from gnathion 25°5; upper molar 8 x 6.

Hab. Cruz del Eje, 600 m.

* From posterior side of calcar 8°3, the corresponding measurement in

a Bolivian borealis 6°8.

1i*

240 Mr. O. Thomas on

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 2.5.3. Original number

1716. Killed 30th November, 1901.

The British Museum possesses three skunks obtained by

Mr. E. Lindner at Esperanza, Santa Fé, and these may be

considered as topotypically representing C. suffocans, for

Azara* says of his ‘ Yagouaré” (on which the name suffo-

cans is based) that “ the most northern point at which I have

found it is in 29° 40'S. latitude”; and as all his movements

and observations were up and down the River Parand, the

point at which this latitude crosses the river may be taken as

the type locality.

These specimens all have the hairs of the tail whitish for

their basal halves, with their ends black, a coloration of the

hairs only found elsewhere in the Patagonian species C. Hum-

boldti. This arrangement is quite different from that in

C. proteus, where, more as in the various Andean species,

each hair is unicolor, either black or white, the white sur-

passing the black at the end of the tail and forming there a

whitish tuft. In the two baby specimens, 5 inches in length,

the tail is very conspicuously bicolor, black for its basal and

white for its terminal half.

But the most noticeable point about this species is its

great variability in the extent and distribution of the white

stripes; for among this set there is one with them reduced as

in C, inca, others where their development is intermediate, as

in C. arequipe and chorensis, and one with them passing on

to the sides of the base of the tail, as in C. chinga. In

addition, one has the hair reversed forwards from the withers

as in C. porcinus. But in size C. proteus is widely different

from any of these Andean torms which it imitates in colour,

so that there can be no question as to its specific validity.

6. Eligmodontia griseofl wus centralis, subsp. n.

3 adult ¢ and 2 young. 23rd to 30th November, 1901.

Size slightly less than in Z. g. domorumt. General colour

as usual greyish drab above, clearer drab on the sides, more .

buffy on the ramp. Belly eee white, the hairs white to the

roots. Ears large, uniformly brown. Hands and feet pure

white. ‘Tail well-haired, pencilled terminally, brown above,

white below.

* Quadr. Parag. i. p. 211 (1801).

+ Although, following the lead of Dr. Allen, I described “ 2. domorum”

as a species of the “ E. griseoflavus group,” further consideration convinces

me that this is one of the cases where all the local forms of a widely

spread animal may be best considered as subspecies of it, thus showing

ear connexion with each other nomenclaturally.

Mammals /rom Central Cordova. 241

Skull with the general characters of the group; bulle

slightly larger than in 2. g. damorum, conspicuously smaller

than in Z. g. cachina and EL. g. chacoensis. ‘Yeeth very small,

much smaller, and especially narrower, than in any of the

allied forms (so far as such measurements can be taken, the

breadth of m! in Z. g. domorum is 1°8 millim. and in £. g. cen-

tralis 1°5 millim.). Supraorbital ridges well marked, with

rudimentary postorbital projections. Overhanging point of

anterior zygomatic plate well defined.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 130 millim.; tail 156; hind foot, s. u. 27,

c. u. 29; ear 26.

Skull: greatest length 33°5; basilar length 26; greatest

breadth 17; length of nasals 14; interorbital breadth 5:4 ;

breadth of brain-case 13°5 ; palate length 14:7; diastema 8°5 ;

length of bulla 6; length of upper molar series 4:5.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 2. 2. 5. 13. Original

number 1691. Killed 28rd November, 1901.

By its small bulle this subspecies is at once separated

from all the members of the group except ZL. g. domorum,

while both from that and every other it is distinguished by

its diminutive molars.

7. Eligmodontia callosa, Rengg.

go. 2nd December, 1901.

8. Akodon vartus, Thos.

9. 80th November, 1901.

9. Ctenomys Bergi, sp. n.

29,1 ¢.

Allied to C. mendocinus, Phil., but smaller and with a

brown forehead and muzzle.

Size small, though larger than in C. Pundti, Nehr., and

C. talarum, Thos. Fur soft and fine; hairs of back 13-14

millim. in length. General colour above glossy uniform

sandy fawn, rather paler on the sides. Under surface also

pale fawn, concolor with the sides, not patched with white;

the hairs everywhere slaty grey at base. Centre of face from

muzzle to between the ears dark glossy brown, conspicuously

different from the rest of the animal. No collar or ear-

markings. Cheeks and chin like sides of body. Upper sur-

face of hands and feet thinly haired, dull whitish. ‘Tail with

an indistinct dorsal crest; thinly haired, scarcely pencilled,

pale fawn.

242 Mr. O. Thomas on

Skull small, narrow, not particularly flattened; upper

profile slightly and evenly convex ; nasals parallel-sided or

evenly narrowing backward. Posterior width on edge of

meatus greater than the zygomatic breadth. Bulle large and

evenly inflated. An indication of a groove on the upper

surface of the malar in one specimen, not perceptible in the

others, Palate ending opposite penultimate molar. Lcto-

condyloid processes of lower jaw well defined, though small.

Dimensions of the type:—

Head and body 190 millim.; tail 74; hind foot, s. u. 28,

c. u. 32; ear 7.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 39; basilar length

33°5; zygomatic breadth 24°7; nasals 13°1x 6:2; least

breadth across brain-case 16; greatest breadth on meatus

256; palate length 17; diastema 10:1; length of molar

series (alveoli) 8; bulle 14x7°3; least breadth of basi-

occipital 2°3; greatest breadth across lower jaw 32.

The basilar length of the female skull is 30:4.

Type. Old male. B.M. no, 2. 2. 5.21. Original number

1693. Killed 25th November, 1901.

This species is half as large again as Dr. Nehring’s

C. Pundti, smaller than C. mendocinus, and is also distin-

guished from both by its dark frontal region.

I have named it in honour of Dr. Carlos Berg, Director of

the Buenos Ayres Museum, one of the first zoological ex-

plorers in the salina district, and the discoverer of Dolichotis

salinicola, Burm.*

10. Dolichotis magellanicus centricola, subsp. n.

a,b. ¢ Y. 2nd December, 1901.

Similar in size and general characters to the typical form

of Patagonia and Southern Argentina, but the dorsal colour

is of rather a clearer and more bluish tone, the fulvous of the

cheeks, sides, and thighs is paler and more sandy, the hairs

of the ears are sandy and less black, the claws are rather

more sharply keeled and compressed, and, finally and chiefly,

the dorsal colour is not edged with black behind, the grey

paren down without darkening to meet the white of the

ower rump.

The last-named character is my chief reason for distin-

guishing the northern form of the Greater Mara from the

southern. Six specimens of the typical form all have the

well-known black marking, edging and showing up the white

* Since the above was written news has arrived of the death of

Dr. erg, to the very deep regret of all who had the pleasure of his

acquaintance,

Mammals from Central Cordova, 243

of the lower rump, as have all the specimens that have been

described by different authors. But Mr. Simons’s two

specimens from the salina country of Cordova have no trace

of this marking, the grey of the back keeping the same tone

throughout.

Skull and dentition as in the typical form.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 740 millim. ; tail 45; hind foot, s.u. 165,

c. u. 180; ear 107.

Skull*: greatest length 138; basilar length 108-5;

greatest breadth 66.

Type. Old female, B.M. no. 2. 2. 5. 24. Original num-

ber 1721. Killed 2nd December, 1901.

The discovery of the large form of Dolichotis in the same

country as the little J). salinicola is of much interest, for

hitherto the latter had been supposed to represent D. magel-

lanicus in this region. I have little doubt that the “ adult

specimens of D, salinicola’’ referred to by Burmeister in his

second communication on the subject T really belonged to the

present form. The range there given is from Chafiar, close

to Cruz del Eje, northwards to Santiago del Estero.

There is a striking difference in the breadths of the nasals

in the two specimens, these being 20°5 millim. broad in the

measured skull and 25°5 millim. in the other.

It is probable that I shall prove to be wrong in only

describing this animal as a subspecies, but in the absence of

cranial distinctions and without any certainty that the ranges

and characters do not intergrade, | prefer for the present not

to call it a separate species.

11. Dolichotis salinicola, Burm.

2 g,2 2, and two foetuses in spirit. 22nd to 28th No-

vember, 1901.

These specimens are of the utmost value to our collections,

as, although no one should have any doubt as to the validity

of Burmeister’s species f, yet its distinction from D. magel-

lanicus has been called in question by Remy Saint Loup, and,

owing to the difficulty of distinguishing old specimens from

young in this family, its exact status is still little known.

Some of the confusion has no doubt been caused by the

fact that D. magellanicus centricola, which has some of its

colour-characters, occurs in the same region, and has therefore

been not unnaturally taken for the adult of D. saltnicola.

* Of either a or 4, the labels having been displaced.

+ P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 461.

t Cf. Berg, Com. Mus. Buenos Ayres, i. pp. 23 & 44 (1898), where

the rather complicated literary history is clearly traced.

244 On Mammals from Central Cordova.

The species is a most distinct one, its skull being barely

half the length of that of the larger form; its coloration (as

may be seen by Burmeister’s figure) is widely different,

owing to the absence of the contrasted markings on the rump,

while the claws, as pointed out in Weyenburgh’s excellent

description of his J). centralis, are much narrower and more

compressed, The skull is remarkably like that of a half-

grown 1). magellanicus, but may be readily distinguished by

its more deeply notched palate, which is cut out to the level

of m? instead of m’,

By the*kindness of Dr. Berg, of the Buenos Ayres

Museum, the original discoverer of the species, the British

Museum has been enabled to acquire by exchange one of the

co-types. Mr. Simons’s specimens are not precisely similar

in colour to this, but the difference is probably due to its

fading. In any case the Cruz del Hje specimens, should

there be any local variation in the species, will represent

Weyenburgh’s D. centralis, described as from Cordova, very

shortly after Burmeister’s description was published.

12. Kerodon boliviensis, Waterh.

&o 2. 23rd and 27th November, 1901.

These specimens presumably represent Burmeister’s Cavia

leucoblephara.

13. Dasypus vellerosus pannosus *, subsp. n.

33,9 8.

Similar to the true vellerosus in all essential respects, but

far less thickly haired. Although there are a certain number

of long hairs (13-2 inches) scattered along the sides, the

greater part of the fine hairs which spring from the hinder

ends of the scales are quite short, about half an inch long, so

that there is no general long hairy coat hiding the scales, as

is the case in true vellerosus.

Of vellerosus the Museum contains, besides the type from

Santa Cruz de la Sierra (Bridges), three examples from

Tucuman (Dinelli) representing both seasons of the year;

and these, though varying somewhat in their hairiness, are

all conspicuously more thickly clad than any of the six

specimens from Cruz del Eje, where, owing to the different,

more desert, character of the country, a different subspecies is

likely enough to exist.

In neither skull nor scaling can I perceive any constant

* Ragged, half-clothed.

On new Genera and Species of 1/ymenoptera. 245

difference, but within Mr. Simons’s set there are some varia-

tions worthy of note. ‘Thus in some specimens there are

only two rows of small scales on the middle line of the

shoulder-shield, and in others there are three, others again

having an irregular intermediate condition. ‘Then in the

skull the variation in the shape of the nasals is very con-

siderable, these being in some long and narrow (breadth

about 9 millim.) and in others far broader (12°8 millim.).

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 237 millim.; tail 103 ; hind foot, s. u. 44,

c. u. 48; ear 31.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 64°5; basal length

52; zygomatic breadth 41; nasals 22x 12°8; constriction

17; palate length 36.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 2. 2. 5. 31. Original number

1701. Killed 26th November, 1901.

The type of D. vellerosus is rather smaller (skull length

61), but the Tucuman specimens are of the same size as

D. v. pannosus.

14. Didelphis Azare, Temm.

3 ¢. 26th November, 1901.

XLI.— Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Hymeno-

ptera from the Oriental Zoological Region (Ichneumonide,

Fossores, and Anthophila). By P. Cameron.

{Concluded from p. 215.]

Sphegida.

Ampulex 3-carinata, sp. n.

Metallic green, largely mixed with blue; the scape of the

antenna black; wings hyaline; the space between the base

of the stigma and the third transverse cubital nervures

smoky; the nervures and stigma black, the latter pale at the

base. 9.

Long. 15-16 mm.

Hab. Borneo.

Head above the antennse blue, smooth and shining, below

them green and densely covered with silvery pubescence ;

the clypeal keel and the apex of the clypeus testaceous, A

246 Mr. P. Cameron on new

distinct keel runs down from the front ocellus to the antenne,

and there is a more distinct stouter keel on either side which

commences lower down; the central keel is thinner in the

middle. The eyes on the inner side are distinctly mar-

gined. Mandibles testaceous. Scape of antenne dark green;

the flagellum black. Prothorax as long as the mesothorax,

distinctly narrowed at the base, and smooth and shining.

Mesonotum smooth and shining; the two furrows are wide

and deep and with stout transverse keels throughout, this

being also the case with the transverse keel at the apex.

The eight keels on the metanotum are distinct and reach to

the apex, except the inner three, the outer two of which only

reach to the base of the apical third of the segment and

distinctly converge towards the apex. The segment, except

in the middle at the apex, is closely transversely striated.

The apical slope of the segment has a few oblique keels

above and some transverse ones in the middle; the teeth on

the upper edges are stout. The propleure are furrowed on

the lower edge; the mesopleure distinctly punctured on the

basal half above; below is a curved furrow which reaches

beyond the middle; the upper part of the metapleure is

striated and is bordered below by a longitudinal Kooks the

apex, as is also the sternal region, is thickly covered with

white pubescence. Legs green; the hinder tibie blue, the

tarsi darker in colour; the front tibiz and tarsi dark testa-

ceous in front. - Wings hyaline; the radial cellule, the apex

of the first, the second and third cubital, and the discoidal

cellules smoky, with a faint violaceous tinge; the three

transverse cubital nervures are distinct. Abdomen green, the

second segment blue; it is about twice longer than wide and

is not much narrowed at the base.

Comes near, judging from the imperfect description, to

A, insularis, Sm. ‘The description is not sufficient for identi-

fication—e. g., no mention is made of there being any keels

on the front. In Kohl’s monograph of Ampulex (Ann. Mus.

Wien, vill. p. 495) there is a mistake in the copy of Smith’s

description of A. imsularis which may mislead: in the

fourth line of the description, for “‘ mesothorax ” read “ meta-

thorax.”’

Sphea Franzi, sp. n.

Black ; the abdomen, except the petiole, ferruginous; the

wings fuscous violaceous, the apex of the fore wings darker,

the hinder pair lighter in tint; the third cubital cellule at the

top slightly shorter than the second, at the bottom distinctly

longer than it; the head and thorax thickly covered with

Genera and Species of [lymenoptera. 247

long white hair and with a silvery pile; petiole black, curved,

longer than usual, nearly as long as the hinder tibie and

longer than the third and fourth joints of the antenne. ¢.

Long. 18 mm.

Hab. Borneo.

Antenne black, the flagellum bare, the scape sparsely

covered with short white hair. Head alutaceous, the front

and clypeus sparsely punctured; the cheeks and clypeus are

thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the face in the

middle is clearly separated and bounded by narrow keels ;

the middle of the clypeus is indistinctly keeled, its apex is

distinctly depressed and separated. Mandibles rufous be-

tween the middle and the teeth; the hinder tooth /is clearly

separated above, is wide at the apex, and widely distant from

the apical; the lower apical is bluntly pointed and projects

long beyond the short apical one. ‘Thorax shining ; the pro-

and mesothorax minutely and closely punctured, the pleure

more closely than the upper surface, which has a slight

plumbeous hue; the scutellum and postscutellum flat, neither

is furrowed down the middle. Median segment closely

transversely punctured, almost reticulated, and more openly

at the base than at the apex. Legs black, pruinose, the pile

white, except on the inner side of the hinder tibie, where it

is fulvous or golden, and at the apex rufous; the claws are

bidentate. Wings dark fuscous violaceous, the apex darker,

the hinder lighter in tint; the stigma and nervures are

black ; the third cubital cellule at the top is slightly shorter

than the second, at the bottom longer than it; the second

recurrent nervure is received nearer the second transverse

cubital than is the first; the transverse median nervure is

received behind the transverse basal, the basal two transverse

cubital nervures are not so sharply oblique as usual, as in,

e. g., Sphex aurulentus; below the base of the stigma is a

small black distinct point. ‘The long black petiole is dis-

tinctly curved and covered with long white hair; the rest of

the abdomen is ferruginous, ‘Tegule black.

The eyes distinctly converge on the lower side, where they

are separated by a distinctly less distance than they are on

the vertex ; all the tarsi are thickly and stoutly spined; the

postscutellum is not sharply or deeply separated from the

scutellum, and is scarcely raised above the metanotum; the

upper part of the mesopleure is not raised distinctly, as in

aurulentus ; tle tibize are almost spineless.

Belongs to the Jsodonta-section of Sphex, and comes near

to S. nigellus.

248 Mr. P. Cameron on new

ANTHOPHILA.

Nomia (Paranomia) zebrata, sp. n.

Black ; the head and thorax densely covered with longish

white pubescence ; the apices of the second to sixth segments

banded with greenish blue and smooth and shining, the apex

of the first dull green; the legs dark piceous, the tibie and

hinder femora not dilated; the hair thick and pale; the

wings hyaline, the nervures fuscous, the stigma darker. ¢.

Long. 7 mm.

flab, Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne black; the scape covered with longish white

hairs. Head: the front, face, and clypeus thickly covered

with white pubescence, the upper two thirds of the clypeus

keeled in the middle ; the apex is depressed, smooth, and

transverse in the middle; the punctuation towards the apex

runs into striz. Mandibles black, broadly piceous in the

middle ; their base is distinctly punctured. Mesonotum and

scutellum closely punctured ; the scutellum is broadly but

not deeply depressed in the middle, its apex is sparsely

covered with long black hair; the postscutellum is thickly

covered with white pubescence. The basal area of the

median segment is bordered behind by stout transverse keels ;

the sides are irregularly reticulated. Pleura thickly covered

with white hair, which is much longer on the metapleure.

The coxe and trochanters are darker than the rest of the

legs; the hair on the underside of the tarsi is rufous; the

spurs are testaceous. Except on the apical bands, the abdo-

minal segments are closely but not strongly punctured. ‘lhe

ventral surface is smooth, shining, and piceous in colour ; the

last segment is keeled in the middle, the keel becoming

stronger towards the apex, which has a short narrow incision.

This species comes close to VV. Frederict; the two may be

separated thus:—

The area on the median segment transversely striated at the

base; the flagellum of the antenne black; the legs

PICOOUS fo 50 pivigis salaries bis disini fs spe es rea wee « bts zebrata.

The area on the median segment not transversely striated at

the base; the flagellum of the antenne brownish; the

lege’ binge £25. 55. Saws se nade asain ete ta gee Frederici,

Nomia (Paranomia) Frederict, sp. n.

Black, covered with white pubescence; the flagellum of

the antepne brownish beneath ; the four basal segments of the

abdomen with smooth, bare, blue bands; the wings hyaline,

Genera and Spectes of ITymenoptera. 249

the stigma and nervures fuscous; the hinder legs not much

more thickened than the middle ones. 2.

Long. nearly 8 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne as long as the head and thorax united, stout; the

scape covered with long pale hair. The front, face, and

clypeus are thickly covered with white pubescence ; there is

an indistinct keel on the centre of the face and a distinct one

down the centre of the upper two thirds of the clypeus; the

front, vertex, and occiput are thickly covered with long white

hair. Mesonotum closely rugose and covered with a white

pile ; the scutellum is more strongly punctured and its apex

is fringed with long black hair. Postscutellum thickly

covered with longish white pubescence. The basal area of

the median segment is irregularly, longitudinally, but not

closely, striated; the area behind it is smooth, the rest of the

segment is punctured and covered with white pubescence.

Pleure thickly covered with longish white hair. Legs

black, thickly covered with white hair; the calcaria rufous ;

the hinder tibize become gradually, but not much, dilated

towards the apex ; the metatarsus is not thicker than usual.

The basal segments of the abdomen are closely punctured,

except at the apex; the basal segments of the abdomen and

the sides are covered with white pubescence, the apices of the

second, third, fourth, and fifth are smooth and bright blue.

The apices of the ventral segments are fringed with white

pubescence ; the apical segment is furrowed in the middle

and its apex is bilobate.

Comes close to NV. dridescens, Sm., which may be known

from it by the basal area of the median segment being longi-

tudinally rugose, while in the present species it bears irregular

widely separated keels.

Nomia (Paranomia) argenteobalteata, sp. n.

~ Black; the apices of the segments silvery white; the legs

piceous black ; the hinder tibiz and tarsi testaceous, the hair

on them silvery ; the wings clear hyaline; the stigma black,

the nervures paler; the hair on the head and thorax cine-

reous. <.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne black; the fagellum rufous beneath towards the

apex. ‘Ihe hair on the face, clypeus, and front is dense, on

the vertex it is sparse; the vertex is almost impunctate.

The clypeus is clearly separated from the face; the apex of

250 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the clypeus is transverse and it is brownish there, as is also

the labrum. Mandibles shining, brownish behind the sub-

apical tooth. Mesonotum opaque, obscurely closely punc-

tured; the scutellum is shining, closely and distinctly pune-

tured, except behind the middle, where there is on either side

a transverse smooth space; it is sparsely covered with long

black hair. Postscutellum closely rugose, opaque, its base

covered with white pubescence. The area on the median

segment is closely, irregularly, and not very strongly longi-

tudinally striated; the striw in the middle form irregular

reticulations ; the segment is alutaceous and is almost punc-

tured above; in the centre is a longitudinal furrow; the

lower half of the sides is keeled. ‘The pleuree are more

thickly haired than the dorsum and the hair is longer.

Wings clear hyaline; the second recurrent nervure is received

in the middle of the cellule. ‘The hair on the legs is long,

thick, and white; on the base of thie tarsi it is bright fulvous

on the underside; the hinder tibia and the metatarsus are

bright rufo-testaceous; the four front tibia and metatarsus

are darker rufo-testaceous. Abdomen black, smooth, im-

punctate ; the apices of the segments silvery ; the bands on

the third and fourth segments are covered with silvery

pubescence ; the last dorsal segment is covered with fuscous

hair. ‘The ventral segments are dark rufo-testaceous on the

apex.

There is a curved, not very distinct, transverse furrow near

the middle of the second and third segments; the silvery

pubescence on the outer orbits is dense; the hinder tibie

and metatarsus are not abnormally dilated; the metatarsus

projects above into a stout spine; the middle joints are

narrowed at the base, becoming wider towards the apex ; the

third cubital cellule on the top is almost twice the length of

the second; the clypeus is not keeled in the middle; the

tegule are pale in front, dark brownish behind; the white

band on the basal segment of the abdomen is narrower than

the bands on the other segments.

Comes nearest to N. albofasciata, Sm. It differs from

most of the species of Paranomia in the abdominal bands

being white, not blue or green.

Nomia aureobalteata, sp. n.

Black, the apices of the abdominal segments pale and

densely covered with golden pubescence; the hair on the

head and thorax pale fulvous; the legs piceous, their hair

long and white; the area on the median segment large,

Genera and Species of [lymenoptera. 251

strongly and closely longitudinally striated; the wings

hyaline, highly iridescent, and slightly infuscated towards

the apex; the stigma and nervures are dark fuscous. ¢.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne black, brownish towards the apex. ‘The face,

clypeus, and the lower outer orbits are thickly covered with

pale fulvous pubescence; the hair on the front and vertex is

sparser and paler in colour; the front and vertex are aluta-

ceous. ‘The apex of the clypeus is broadly rounded; the

labrum is fringed with golden hair and has two rounded

broad keels, the lower being smaller than the upper. Man-

dibles piceous. Mesonotum and scutellum closely punctured,

their hair is moderately thick and long and pale golden. The

area on the median segment is large, extends to the top of

the apical truncation, and is, except at the narrowed apex,

closely, strongly, longitudinally striated; the sides on the

apical slope are keeled. ‘The hinder tibiz and tarsi are not

dilated. Abdomen shining, impunctate; the apices of the

basal four segments are paler and are thickly covered with

golden pubescence, which hides the surface ; the last segment

is brownish, and is thickly covered with long fulvous mixed

with black hairs. ‘The ventral surface is more or less piceous

and is thickly covered with long pale hair.

Nomia carinicollis, sp. n.

Black, the pubescence white; the apices of the segments

covered with white pubescence; the wings short, hyaline,

the stigma and nervures pale testaceous; the area on median

segment irregularly reticulated in the middle, the sides

obliquely striated. @.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ( Rothney).

Face and clypeus thickly covered with white pubescence,

the pubescence on the front and vertex sparser; on the outer

orbits it is dense. ‘he base of the pronotum is margined by

a sharp keel; behind this it is closely minutely punctured.

Mesonotum closely, uniformly, and distinctly punctured ; the

scutellum is less distinctly punctured; both are covered, but

not thickly, with white short pubescence. Postscutellum

more thickly covered with longer white pubescence. The

basal area on the median segment is irregularly reticulated ;

the sides are obliquely striated, but not closely; the upper

third of the apical slope has a narrow furrow, the furrow on

the rest is wider and deeper. ‘The legs are brownish testa-

252 Mr. P. Cameron on new

ceous and are thickly covered with white hair. The wings

appear to be shorter than usual; the third cubital cellule

above is less than twice the length of the first. Abdomen

smooth, the apices of the segments and the ventral surface

brownish ; the apices of the segments are covered with white

pubescence.

In Bingham’s arrangement (Fauna Brit. Ind., Hymen. i.

p- 449) this species would come in near the doubtful V. vincta,

Walker. Characteristic is the sharp distinct keel on the

base of the pronotum, which is flatter above and more largely

developed laterally than usual. The base of the basal abdo-

minal segment, too, is more depressed—almost furrowed—in

the middle than usual. The pygidium is covered with de-

pressed golden pubescence, except in the middle, where there

is a bare black longitudinal line almost as in Hulictus. The

tegulx are of moderate size.

Nomia albofimbriata, sp. n.

Black; the mesonotum and scutellum covered with rufo-

fulvous pubescence, the rest of the thorax and the head more

sparsely with cinereous pubescence; the basal four abdo-

minal segments with their apices narrowly lined with white

pubescence; the hair on the femora and on the upperside

of the tibie and tarsi white, on the underside of the tibize

and tarsi rufous; the wings are hyaline, the stigma testa-

ceous, the nervures paler. ¢.

Long. 8-9 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore, Bengal (Rothney).

Antenne black, the flagellum brownish beneath ; the scape

sparsely covered with long white hair. The front and vertex

are closely punctured, the vertex laterally smooth and shining ;

there is a narrow furrow down the centre of the front; the

front is covered with white, the vertex more sparsely with

longer fuscous pubescence. The face and clypeus coarsely

alutaceous, opaque, covered with a white pile and sparsely

with longish black hairs. Mandibles black, shining, and

with arufous band behind the apex. Mesonotum closely and

distinctly punctured and covered with rufo-fulvous pubes-

cence; the hair on the scutellum is similarly coloured,

but much longer. Median segment short, shining, acicu-

lated; the basal area is closely and finely transversely

striated. Wings clear hyaline throughout. Calcaria pale.

Abdomen shining, impunctate; the basal segment at the base

is sparsely covered with white hair; the apices of the basal

four segments are narrowly banded with white pubescence ;

Genera and Species of Llymenoptera. 253

the pubescence on the apical two segments is black; the

hair on the ventral segments is darker-coloured than on the

dorsal.

The median segment is furrowed in the middle from the

basal area; the clypeus is flat, with its sides rounded; the

pleura opaque, the metapleura at the base obscurely striated ;

the second abdominal segment is slightly depressed and has

a fine transverse furrow; the second transverse cubital

nervure is roundly curved outwardly, and the mesopleura at

the tubercles are thickly covered with white pubescence.

Comes nearest to the Ceylonese NV. rustica, Sm. It has

the general coloration and appearance of N. thoracica, Sm.

Halictus lahorensis, sp. n.

Black, the basal segments of the abdomen with a brownish

tint ; the hair white, on the underside of the tarsi fulvous;

the basal area of the median segment has a few irregular

longitudinal striae; the basal two segments of the abdomen

with a transverse narrow furrow near the base; the wings

hyaline, the stigma testaceous; the first recurrent nervure is

interstitial ; the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly

longer than the third. ¢.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab, Lahore (Rothney).

Face and clypeus strongly but not closely punctured; the

apex of the clypeus is impunctate, except for a few elongate

punctures, and is fringed with long fulvous hairs; the front

and vertex are closely punctured and opaque, except behind

and in front of the ocelli; the hair is griseous, darker on the

front and vertex. Mesonotum shining, sparsely but dis-

tinctly punctured; there is a narrow furrow down the centre

on the basal half and another on either side opposite the

tegule ; the base at the commencement of the central furrow

is slightly but distinctly incised ; the base has a vertical slope

and has a transverse pilose furrow near the middle. Scu-

tellum shining, sparsely punctured at the base; the post-

scutellar region is thickly covered with long white hair. The

basal area on the median segment is not clearly detined, at

the base it bears a few irregular longitudinal strie; the apical

slope is bounded above by a rounded, laterally by more distinct

oblique keels ; the apical half in the centre is deeply furrowed.

Pleurx covered with white hair. Wings hyaline, the stigma

testaceous, tlhe nervures darker ; the second cubital cellule at

the top is fully longer than the top of the third; the first

recurrent nervure is interstitial, the second is received near

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 18

254 Mr. P. Cameron on new

the apex of the cellule; the third transverse cubital nervure

is broadly rounded on the lower side. The back of the

abdomen has a brownish tinge; the hair does not form

distinct bands, but this may be owing to rubbing ; there is a

transverse furrow near the base of the apical fourth of the

first segment, and a similar one shortly behind the middle of

the second ; the apical rima is brownish. The ventral surface

is rather thickly pilose; the dorsal surface is impunctate.

The tegule have the basal half black, the apical brownish ;

there is a wide furrow on the hinder edge of the propleure,

extending behind to beyond their middle; the pleura below

this aie striated ; the clypeus is separated from the face by a

transverse furrow ; the face is roundly convex.

A distinct species, readily known by the area on the median

segment not being detined behind and by its having a few

inegular longitudinal stria, by the furrows on the mesonotum

with the incision at the base, by the transverse furrows on the

basal two segments of the abdomen, by the form of the base

of the thorax, and by the keeled apex of the median segment.

In Bingham’s arrangement the species would come in near

H. albescens.

Halictus ceylonicus, sp. n.

Black, the vertex and mesonotum with a slight but distinct

brassy tint, the base of the median segment striated ; the hair

on the head and thorax white, the base of the abdominal

segments banded narrowly with white pubescence. ¢.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Ceylon (Rothney).

Antenne black, slightly brownish towards the apex.

Head moderately shining, smooth; the front and vertex

covered with long fuscous hair, this being also the case with

the face and clypeus; the outer orbits are covered with white

hair. ‘The clypeus is distinctly separated from the face by

a suture; its apex is transverse, distinctly and broadly

furrowed, and fringed with long rufous hair. Pro- and

mesonotum with the scutellum shining, impunctate, and

covered with fuscous hair; the postscutellar region is thickly

covered with white pubescence. The median segment at the

base is not so brassy in tint as the mesonotum; it is there

closely longitudinally striated ; its sides are more obliquely

striated; it is not defined behind; its apical slope has its

upper three fourths furrowed in the centre, the furrows being

obliquely widened on the top; the sides are keeled, The

propleurze project broadly behind above, the projecting part

becoming roundly narrowed towards the apex. ‘The hair on

the femora and tibiw is white, on the underside of the tarsi it

is rufous.

~——

Genera and Species of ITymenoptera. 255

This isa larger species than 7. carinifrons, which may be

known from it by the front being keeled, by the head and

thorax not having a blue tinge, and by the second cubital

cellule on the top being shorter compared with the third. The

labrum has two stout keels in the middle,

Halictus zonatulus, sp. n.

Black, the tarsi testaceous ; the abdominal segments banded

at the apices with olive-testaceous; wings clear hyaline, the

stigma dark, the nervures pale testaceous; the area on

the median segment stoutly, irregularly, longitudinally

striated. ¢.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Barrackpore (lothney).

In Bingham’s arrangement (/. c. p. £21) this species woul |

come near //, proteus, Vachal.

Antenne stout, rather thickly covered with a short black

stiff pile; the scape with longish white pubescence. Heal

closely and distinctly punctured; the clypeus smooth and

sparsely punctured above; thickly covered with pale hair,

which is darker-coloured on the vertex than on the face or

clypeus ; the front has a narrow but distinct keel on the

middle. Mandibles black, testaceous near the middle, the

apex piceous. ‘Thorax thickly covered with pale fuscous

hair; the mesonotum and scutellum closely minutely punc-

tured. ‘lhe area on the median segment is large and is

distinctly bordered behind; there is a distinct longitudinal

keel in the centre, some irregular ones on either side of it, and

three regular ones on tle edges; the apical slope of the

segment is furrowed distinctly in the centre. Propleure

closely obliquely striated in the middle; the mesopleure

rugose, irregularly striated above the middle; the meta-

pleure finely rugose and finely irregularly striated. Legs

thickly covered with long, soft, white hair ; all the tarsi are

testaceous, as are also the calcaria. Abdomen smooth,

shining, the apices of the segments banded with pale olive-

green, the sides of the basal two segments and the apices of

the others covered with pale hair; the hair on the ventral

segments is longer and sparser. ‘The wings appear larger

than usual; the first and second transverse cubital nervures

are straight, converge slightly above, and are bullated below ;

the third is roundly curved inwardly on the top; the first

recurrent nervure is received close to the transverse cubital.

‘The antenne are longer and the wings larger than usual,

Characteristic are the olive-coloured bands on the abdomen.

18*

256 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Taxonomy

XLII.—The Taxonomy of Recent Species of Limulus.

By hk. I. Pocock.

[Plates V. & VIL]

Part 1L—Tue Question or NAMES,

THE existing species of Limulus are restricted in range to

the eastern coasts of North and Central America and the

shores of the Malayan and Chinese seas. Anyone acquainted

with problems of geographical distribution would expect

to find structural differences of more than specific value

between the species inhabiting areas so long and widely sun-

dered. An examination of all available material has justified

this expectation to the full. It has shown that the American

form is distinguishable from the Oriental by many points

certainly worthy at least of generic recognition; also that

the three known species from the Indian seas, while agreeing

with one another in the main, are at the same time divisible into

two well-marked groups, one of which is typified by ZL. rotundt-

cauda, the other by the two species which currently pass as

L. moluceanus and L. longispina. These two types I have

regarded as valid genera, keeping for the latter the name

Tachypleus of Leach, and proposing for the former the new

name Carcinoscorpius. Furthermore, I have linked these

two genera together to form the subfamily ‘lachypleine,

reserving the name Xiphosurine for the American genus.

This division of the old genus into three genera demands a

settlement of the question as to which of them should bear

the name Xiphosura, of which po/yphemus of Linnzeus is the

type.

Under the name J/onoculus polyphemus, Linneus (Syst.

Nat. ed. x. p. 634, 1758) confounded two species, namely the

American and the Moluccan, as can be seen from the refer-

ences he cites. He may, however, be considered to have

himself limited the name to the American species when, in

1764, he definitely described a specimen of that species as

polyphemus (Mus. Ludovic. Ulr. p. 460).

‘This, perhaps, was the line taken up by Latreille in 1802,

when, by restricting the name polyphemus to the American

form, he reversed the action of Lamarck and probably also of

Fabricius.

For the species characterized as Monoculus polyphemus in

the tenth edition of the ‘ Systema,’ Gronovius (Zoophylac. &c.,

Ins. p. 220, 1764) proposed the name NXiphosura, giving an

of Recent Species of Limulus. 257

admirable and unmistakable diagnosis of the genus and

citing polyphemus as a representative of it, though by refer-

ence and number, not actually by name*.

Miiller, like Linnzeus, mixed up the Moluccan and American

species under the name Limulus gigas (Entomostr. p. 126,

1785). Following him came Fabricius (Int. Syst. ii. p. 487,

1793), who restricted the name Limulus to the genus typified

by gigas, or, as he called it, po/yphemus, and thus antici-

pated by eight years Lamarck’s proposal to call the same

genus Polyphemus (Syst. Anim. sans Vert. i. p. 168, 1801).

Rightly, 1 think, have these genera been regarded by common

consent as synonyms; and whether we call the genus Xzpho-

sura or Limu/us, its type is polyphemus as limited in the

catalogue of the Mus. Ludov. Ulr. 1764. The only other

genus introduced into this family is Tachyp/eus, founded by

Leach upon a character peculiar to the maie sex and noticed

by him in a specimen of one of the eastern species. ‘There is

no reason to doubt that this species is the one that Latreille

described as heteroductylus and moluccanus ; and since Leach

cites heterodactylus as belonging to his genus Tachypleus, we

may take that species as its type.

Although Tachypleus was constituted on insufficient data,

the name must be reserved for the group of king-crabs con-

taining gigas (=moluccanus) and tridentatus (=longispina),

to which | have here given generic rank.

Into the specific nomenclature only two changes have to be

introduced: this is the restoration of the name gigas for the

Moluccan species and the substitution of tridentatus for longi-

sptna in the case of the Chinese species.

Part IL. —MAarTeRIAL.

The material worked upon is that preserved in the British

Museum. Although the collection contains the young and

adults of both sexes of all the usually recognized species, it is

scanty enough. Considering the quantities of specimens of

* Latreille admitted the claims of Xiphosura to generic recognition

and deprecated the action of Miiller and Fabricius in renaming the same

genus Limulus. In his unwillingness to side altogether with these authors

in ignoring the work of Gronovius, he effected a compromise, retaining

Limulus for the genus and erecting Xiphosura to ordinal rank. It

appears to me, however, that Gronovius’s name should be recognized for

the genus, although he cites no species by its technical name as the type.

His genera rest on exactly the same basis and have the same right to

recognition as Brisson’s genera of mammals (see on this point Jefirey

Bell’s vindication of Gronovius in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 239,

1897). I cannot find in the work of Gronovius any reference to “ Xipho-

theca, Gronovii,” quoted by Leach in Dict. Sc. Nat. xiv. p. 536 (1819).

258 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Taxonomy

the American form that have been received, dead and alive,

in England within the last twenty years, we are very

badly off for examples of this species. Any specimens that

anatomical lecturers have to spare would make a welcome

addition to the national series. So, too, with the Oriental

species. There is probably a great deal yet to be learnt

about them ; yet specimens are usually considered not worth

the bringing, or not worth the keeping if brought. Espe-

cially is it to be regretted that none of the ‘Challenger’

material has found its way into the British Museum. Presu-

mably it was dispersed for anatomical purposes, and discarded

as useless when done with.

Part II].—GENERIC AND SPECIFIC CHARACTERS,

Most of the characters here used asa basis for classification

are manifest enough. Some have been employed before, but

with only a specific valuation, and many of the most obvious

are figured in Van der Hoeven’s classic monograph, though,

oddly enough, they are completely ignored in the text. In

the specific diagnoses, for example, while great stress is laid

upon the relative prominence of the posterior angular prolon-

gation of the opisthosoma, the serration and shape of the

postanal spine, the form and number of claspers in the male,

yet the structure of the genital operculum and the radical

differences that obtain between this appendage in the Ameri-

can and the Oriental species, the absence of the spur on the

sixth leg in rotundicauda, the absence of the spike on the

sides of the gill-chamber in polyphemus, the difference in

position of the anterior spike of the lateral series on the opistho-

soma in the two sets of species—all of which the artist has

faithfully portrayed—are passed over unnoticed in the letter-

press. ‘The same omissions are observable in the work of

H. Milne-Edwards in 1840 (Hist. Nat. Crust. i. pp. 547-

550). ‘These authors, in fact, like their predecessors, evince

only superficial acquaintance with the external structural

features of Limulus or an inappreciation of their value.

Subsequent writers have for the most part paid attention to

the more important questions relating to the affinities of this

animal with other Arthropoda, setting aside as uninteresting

or well known the affinities of its species to one anothier.

The organ which supplies the basis for the classification

given below is the genital operculum. As was long ago

pointed ont in Claus’s ‘Lehrbuch,’ this appendage differs

of Recent Species of Limulus. 299

constantly in the American and Oriental species *. On the

supposition that the operculum was vaictiatty similar to the

appendages that follow it, there can be no question that the

American species possesses a more primitive type of this

appendage than the Oriental. In the former the endopodite

ends in a free movable segment, representing the two distal

segments of this branch seen in the branchial appendages.

In the Oriental species, on the other hand, the three segments

of the endopodite of the branchial appendages are represente1

in the operculum by a triangular segment fused externally

to the exopodite and mesially to its fellow of the opposite side f.

In the branchial appendages of the opisthosoma the wart-

like sensory organs on the endopodite are fairly constant in

number and position in all the species. ‘l'ypically there are

five, placed as shown in Pl. VI. fig. 6, but the smaller

of the two on the distal segment is sometimes, perhaps

generally, wanting in rotundicauda. ;

I find one slight difference in the endopodites between the

American and Oriental species. This is the presence in the

former of a small movable spine on the inner distal angle of

the penultimate segment (Pl. VI. fig. 7). This spine is

absent in the Oriental species.

In the development of secondary sexual characters the

American species is again less specialized than the Oriental.

In the former only the second appendage of the prosoma is

modified as a clasper and there is no variation in the spines

of the opisthosoma in the female. In the Oriental, on the

other hand, the second and third pairs of appendages of the

prosoma are converted into holders in the male and the three

posterior spines of the opisthosoma in the feinale are markedly

shorter than the anterior, especially in Tuchypleus. Carcino-

scorptus, in this respect, is less specialized, as also it is in the

chelate condition of the claspers, a peculiarity which clearly

preceded the hemichelate condition of these appendages

observable in Xiphosura and Tachypleus.

* Owing to an error in specific determination, Dr. H. Woodward (Pal

Soc., Merostomata, pt. iii. p. 115, 1872) regarded these differences as

referable to sex, assigning the operculum of L. rotundicauda or L. moluc-

canus to the male of Z. polyphemus, and the operculum characteristic of

both sexes of L. polyphemus to the female of that species. Latreille was

apparently the tirst to set this error rolling.

t Ixcept in the species identified by Hoeven as ZL. moluccanus (see

p. 264), where the two appear to remain unfused in the middle line.

260 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Tua nomy

Part 1V.—CLASsIFICATION oF K1nG-CRABS.

Order XIPHOSURAB.

Family Xiphosuride.

Subfamily Xrpxosvrrvz (= Limuline), nov.

(Pl. V. fig. A and Pl. VI. fig. 7.)

Genital operculum with the distal or third segment of the

inner branch retained as a freely movable sclerite, distinct

both from the second segment, to which it is jointed, and

from the distal segments of the outer branch of this appendage,

which is widely separated from its fellow of the opposite side

in the middle line.

Entosternum with two pairs of long antero-lateral processes.

Second pair of prosomatic appendages modified as claspers

in the male.

Opisthosoma more vaulted, not so markedly hexagonal,

owing to the lesser prominence of the lateral angle, which

lies well in advance of the middle of the lateral border,

making the spiniferous edge much longer than the part of the

border that has no movable spines; the latter abruptly bent

downwards in the posterior two thirds of its length, the spike

that it bears lying in front of its middle and much nearer to

the “waist”’ than to the spike preceding the first movable

spine; posterior prolongation of opisthosoma more prominent,

the inner edge straight and cutting the outer at an acute

angle. Lateral crest bordering the gill-chamber on the lower

side of the opisthosoma without a strong spike, but posteriorly

evenly continuous with a serrated ridge which borders the gill-

chamber behind.

Lateral movable spines of opisthosoma alike in both sexes,

becoming progressively shorter from before backwards, and

gradually tapering from base to apex.

Sizth prosomatic appendage with its fifth segment thick,

subcylindrical, not longer than the sixth,

Penultimate segment of endopodite of branchial appendages

of opisthosoma armed apically on the inner side with a

movable spine. |

Distribution. Eastern coast of North and Central America.

Genus XIPHOSURA, Gronovius (= Limulus, Miill., as

restricted by Fabricius).

Apart from the features mentioned above under the heading

Xiphosurinez, some of which should perhaps be considered

rather of generic value, this genus presents the following

characters :—

of Recent Species of Limulus. 261

Sixth prosomatic appendage with movable spur at the

distal end of the underside of the fourth segment. Postanal

spine triangular in section, carinate above, lightly convex or

flattish, not excavated below. Clasper of male hemichelate,

the immovable digit reduced to a short, thick, thumb-like

prominence,

Xiphosura polyphemus (Linn.).

Monoculus polyphemus, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 634 (1758) (in part.) ;

id. Mus. Ulr. Reg. p. 460 (1764) (sensu stricto).

Limulus gigas, Miller, Entomostraca, p. 126 (1785) (in part.).

Limulus cyclops, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 488 (1793) (by tradition).

Limulus occidentalis, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert. p. 168 (1801)

(nomen nudum) ; id. ed. 2, vol. v. p. 147 (1818).

Limulus albus, Bosc, Hist. Nat. Crust, ii. p. 237 (1802) (according to

Desmarest).

Limulus polyphemus, Latreille, Desmarest, Leach, Van der Hoeven

Milne-JEdwards, and subsequent authors.

Limulus Sowerbii, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii, p. 84.

Limulus americanus, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. p. 587 (1819).

Distribution. This king-crab is said to range from the

coast of Maine to Yucatan in the Gulf of Mexico. Hardly

likely is it that more than one species is involved; but con-

sidering the different conditions of water-temperature to which

the species must be subjected, it is probable that some inter-

esting results would follow a comparison of a series of

specimens from Cape Cod with a series from Yucatan.

Subfamily Tacuyprer, nov.

(Pl. V. figs. B, C, D, and Pl. VI. fig. 6.)

Genttal operculum more specialized than in Xiphosura, the

terminal segment of the inner branch, which is retained by

that genus, suppressed, probably by fusion with the second

segment, the two being represented by a triangular plate,

broad at its proximal, narrow at its distal end, movably

jointed to its fellow of the opposite side internally, and

to the terminal segment of the outer branch externally, by a

sutural union. ‘Thus the distal segments of the outer

branches ave terminally approximated in the middle line and

not separated by a pair ot movable segments.

Entosternum with a single pair of antero-lateral processes.

Second and third pairs of prosomatic appendages modified

as claspers in the male.

Opisthosoma less vaulted, more markedly hexagonal owing

to the greater prominence of the lateral angle which lies near

the middle of the lateral border, making its spiniferous and

non-spiniferous parts subequal ; the latter not abruptly bent

downwards posteriorly, the area behind its spike, which lies,

262 Mr, R. I. Pocock on the Taxonomy

if anything, further from the waist than from the lateral angle,

subparallel to the area in front of it ; posterior prolongations

of opistiiosoma less prominent, their inner edge convex and

cutting the outer at a right angle in the adult. Lateral crest

bordering the gill-chamber on the lower side of the opistho-

soma armed with a strong spike; no transverse serrated crest

bordering the gill-chamber behind.

Lateral movable spines on opisthosoma in female short,

abruptly narrowed and pointed at apex, not evenly tapering

to a point.

Sixth prosomatic appendage with its fifth segment flat

behind, strongly compressed and much longer than the sixth

segment.

No spine on inner edge of penultimate segments of endo-

podites ot branchial appendages of opisthosoma.

Distribution. Oriental seas from the Bay of Bengal to the

coasts of China, Japan, the Moluccas, and Torres Strait.

Genus T'AacHyPLeus, Leach, emend.

(Pl. V. figs. C, D, K, and Pl. VI. figs. 1, 2, 4.)

Tachypleus, Leach, Dict. des Sci. Nat. xiv. p. 5388 (1819); Desmarest,

Cousid, Gén. Crust. p. 356; Desmarest in Bosc, Man. Crust. ii.

p. 198 (1830).

A movable spur present at apex of fourth segment of sixth

prosomatic appendage. Inner branches of genital operculum

not extending so far as tips of distal segments of the outer

branch. Postanal spine triangular in section, crested above,

hollowed below. Claspers of male hemichelate; the immov-

able tinger stumpy and abbreviated, the movable thick in the

middle, slender and cylindrical distally. Movable spines on

lateral border of opisthosoma very dissimilar in the two sexes,

of equal length and very long in the male and young female,

the posterior three short and apically acute in the adult

female,

Tachypleus gigas (Miiller).

? Limulus polyphemus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 488 (1793) (nee poly-

phemus, Linn., 1704).

Limulus gigas, Miller, Entomostraca, p. 126 (1785) (in part.).

Polyphemus gigas, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert. ed. 1, p. 168 (1801).

Limulus heterodactylus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 89

(1802); id. Sonnini’s Buffon, Ins. iv. p, 89 (1802); id. Gen. Crust.

et Ins. i. p. 12 (1806).

Limulus moluccanus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 92 (1802) ;

id. Sonnini’s Buffon, Ins. iv. p. 92 (1802); id. Gen. Crust. et Ins. i.

p. 11 (1806); Van der Hoeven, Milne-Edwards, &c.

Limulus Latreilli, Leach, Dict. des Sci. Nat. xiv. p. 527 (1819).

Tuchypleus heterodactylus, Desmarest, Consid. gén. Crust. p. 356 (1825).

of Recent Species of Limulus. 263

This species is commonly known as moluccanus, Latreille,

Lut the name /eterodactylus, proposed by the same author,

stands first in his earliest work and has the priority. It

appears to me, however, that g7gas of Miiller as restricted

by Lamarck will have to be adopted. Miiller confused two

species under Limulus gigas, namely, the American and thie

Molucean, Lamarck, following him, restricted the name

gigas to the Moluccan species, which he believed to be thie

pelyphemus of Linnzus, naming the American species occt-

dentalis (see Syst. Anim. sans Vert. i. p. 168, 1801; also

v. p- 147, 1818).

From the description of ZL. Latreil/it it appears that the

type Leach had before him had but one spine upon tlie anal

emargination above and a groove along the lower side of the

postanal spine. ‘These features coexist only in the species

known as moluccanus.

Limulus virescens, Latreille (Gen. Crust. et Ins. i. p. 12,

1806), is, according to Milne-Edwards (Hist. Nat. Crust. iii.

p. 048, 1840), exceedingly like L. moluccanus, but the type

has seven rounded conical and pointed sclerites at the base of

the penultimate segment of the sixth prosomatic appendage

instead of the four of the normal flattened form. ‘This feature

is probably a case of abnormal development or of regrowth,

a supposition borne out by the further statement that the penul-

timate segment of the leg in question is extremely short.

Should the character prove to be normal and of constant

occurrence, it must be regarded as the basis for a new genus,

Distribution. T. gigas has a wide range. The British

Museum has specimens from Malaysia; Singapore (Ridley,

Bedford, Lanchester) ; Gulf of Siam (8. 8. Flower) ; Sara-

wak (C. Hose); Kudat (S. S. Flower); and Torres Straits

(J. B. Jukes).

Tachypleus tridentatus, Leach.

(VI. V. fig. EB and Pl. VI. tig. 2.)

Limulus tridentatus, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. xiv. p. 537 (1819).

Limulus longispina, Van der Hoeven, Rech. sur l’Hist. nat. ete. des

Limules, p. 32, pl. v. (Leyden, 1838).

The type of LZ. tridentatus in the British Museum shows

that this species was based upon a young of the Chinese forin

that Van ihe Hoeven afterwards described as L. longispina.

Listribution. ‘This species has a much more northern range

than J. gigas, extending to the coast of China and Southern

Japau. Southwards it overlaps the area of T. gigas.

Examples of both species, for instance, have been received

by the British Museum from Kudat, in British North

264 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Taxonomy

Borneo, where presumably they exist side by side. These

specimens, the largest I have seen, measuring about 17 inches

long, excluding the postanal spine, which superadds another

19 inches, were presented by Mr. G. W. Jolinstone and

Capt. 8S. S. Flower.

Tachypleus Hoeveni, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. D.)

Limulus moluccanus, Van der Hoeven, Rech. sur l'Hist. nat. ete. des

Limules, pp. 9-26 & 31, pl. i. figs. 2 & 10, pl. ii. fig. 14 (not pl. ii.

fig. 15).

Van der Hoeven’s figures of the species he identifies as

L. moluccanus are most puzzling. The genital operculum of

both male and female of his specimens, if we are to trust the

artist who figured it, is quite different from those of all the

specimens of Tachypleus known to me. In the description

Van der Hoeven contents himself with saying that the genital

operculum has a median fissure in its posterior part (doc. cit.

p. 15) ; but the admirable illustrations cited above clearly show

that the distal segments of the inner branch of this appendage

are disunited in the middle line, with their inner borders

sinuous and overlapping. Plate i. fig. 2 of his monograph

represents this arrangement in a female which is shown to be

adult by the abbreviation of the three posterior spines on the

opisthosoma, and plate i. fig. 10 and plate il. fig. 14 show

precisely the same thing in the adult male. The variation is

clearly therefore attributable neither to sex nor age, and its

occurrence in at least two specimens precludes the likelihood

ot its being due to abnormal development.

‘That Van der Hoeven also had a specimen with the oper-

culum resembling that of the species | call gigas is indicated

by fig. 15, pl. ii., where this appendage is represented in its

typical form. Under these circumstances there appears to be

no other course than to regard the two types of operculum

as belonging to distinct species. In other characters, so far as

can be judged, the species appear to be alike.

Liistrthution, Moluccas,

The distinguishing features of the three species referred to

this genus may be tabulated as follows :—

a. Anterior border of carapace of ¢ strongly bi-

excised ; posterior margin of opisthosoma above

the root of the postanal spine armed with

three .apiked ss « snip.) sbi en behichen oe ore aneeee tridentatus, Leach,

b. Anterior border of carapace evenly convex in g

and 9; caudal emargination of opisthosoma

armed above with a single median spike.

of Recent Species of Limulus. 265

a’, Distal segments of inner branches of genital

operculum disunited and overlapping in

Re Fy PRO SYMON SHS. 0) eee Toeveni, sp. n.

b'. Distal segments of inner branches of genital

operculum united in ¢ and 2 ...... Feivg gigas, Miiller.

Genus CARCINOSCORPIUS, nov.

(Pl. V. fig. B and Pl. VI. figs. 3, 5.)

No spur on apex of fourth segment of last appendage of

prosoma. Inner branches of genital operculum extending

distally as far as the tips of the outer branches. Postanal

spine cylindrical, neither crested above nor grooved below.

Claspers of male completely chelate, the fingers long, slender,

and similar in form. Movable spines bordering the opistho-

soma short in the two sexes, the second and third the longest,

the rest either progressively decreasing in length from before

backwards in the male, or becoming abruptly shorter in the

female.

Type. Species represented by specimens in British Museum

identified as Z. rotundicauda, Latreille, from the Gult of

Siam (S. S. Flower, 99. 9. 7. 66).

Carcinoscorpius rotundicauda (Latr.).

Limulus rotundicauda, Latr. in Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 98

(1802); id. Sonnini’s Buffon, Ins. iv. p. 89 (1802); and of all subse-

quent authors.

Distribution. This species apparently extends further to the

west than Yachypleus gigas or T. tridentatus. Inthe British

Museum there are examples ticketed “ India and Bengal,”

also others from Malaysia, Pinang, and the Gulf of Siam

(S. S. Flower) ; Van der Hoeven’s specimens came from the

Moluccas, and Moseley has recorded it from Zamboanga in

the Philippines.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE Y.

Fiy. A. Genital operculum of Xvphosura polyphemus, 3.

‘gy. B. Genital operculum of Carcinoscorpius rotundicauda, 9.

Fig. C. Ditto of Tachypleus gtgas, 2.

Fiy. D. Ditto of Tachypleus Hoeveni, sp. n., showing the overlap of the

distal segments of the inner branch (after Van der Hoeven).

Fig. E. Second appendage of opisthosoma of 7. tridentatus, g, to illus-

trate the derivation of the structure of the genital operculum.

Lettering :—I, II, III, segments of the exopodite: 1,2; 1, 2,3; and

1, 2, 3, 4, segments of endopodite. The segment numbered 1 here

assigned to the endopodite may be part of tue second segment of the exu-

pedite separated from it by a secondarily acquired suture.

2(6 Mr. O. Thomas on the

Puatr VI.

Fiy. 1. Third prosomatie appendage of Tachypleus yigas, &.

Fig. 2, Abnormal clasper of Tachypleus tridentatus, g, retaining the

distal extremity of the immovable finger and illustrating the

formation of the hemichelate from the chelate condition.

Fig 3. Third prosomatic appendage of Carcinoscorpius rotundicauda,

Ig. 4, Sixth appendage of Tachypleus gigas, with spur (sp.) on fourth

segment.

vg. 5. Ditto of Carcinoscorpius rotundicauda, showing absence of spur.

Fy. 6. Endopodite of branchial appendage of 7. gigas, showing the sen-

sory organs and absence oF spine on penultimate segment.

Fig. 7. Inner edge of last and penultimate segments of endopodite of bran-

chial appendage of Xiphosura polyphemus, showing spine (sp.).

N.B.—In the Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. vol. xliv. p, 298 (1901), I drew

attention to the presence on the four posterior pairs of prosomatic

appendages in Limulus of a suture marking the original division of the

fourth segment into two, thus bringing the number of leg-segments in

Scorpions and Zimudus into exact agreement. My regret at having

overlooked the fact that M. Laurie (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 37,

1894) mentioned the same feature is lessened by the recognition of the

value that attaches to the independence of the testimony. The credit of

the discovery of this suture belongs apparently to Ranzani (Opusc. Sci.

Bologna, ii. p. 279, pl. vill. figs. 2,7, & 8, 1818), as stated by Van der

Hoeven. The latter, however, omits the sutures from his plates.

“J

XLIIT.—On the Geographical Races of the Kinkajou.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

THe Kinkajou (Potos flavus, as Mr. Paliner has shown its

name to be, better known as Cercoleptes caudivolvulus) is

spread over Central and Northern South America from

Mexico to Ecuador on the west and Guiana on the east; but

the specimens from these different regions are not all precisely

alike, and a comparison shows that five definable subspecies

may be readily distinguished. ‘These may be brietly indi-

cated as follows, more detailed descriptions of the new forms

being subjoined :—

1. Potos flavus aztecus, subsp. n.

General colour greyer; between “tawny olive” anc

colour” of Ridgway. No dorsal streak.

Mexico and Guatemala.

“ec

clay-

2. Potos f. megalotus, Mart.

General colour deeper and stronger, about raw sienna of

Ridgway. A dorsal streak usually present.

Costa Rica and Colombia.

Geographical Races of the Kinkajou. 267

8. Potos flavus, Schreb. (typical).

Colour as in aztecus. A well-marked dorsal streak.

Guiana.

4. Potos f. meridensis, subsp. n.

Colour and streak as in flavus, but size smaller.

Merida, Venezuela.

5. Potos f. modestus, subsp. n.

Size very small and tail short. Colour rather darker than

in flavus. Dorsal streak present.

W. Ecuador.

The original “ Lemur flavus” of Schreber ® ex Pennant’s

Yellow Maucaco”’ was said to have come from Jamaica,

but may be safely assigned to the “ caudivolvulus” of the

same author from Surinam, with which its description closely

agrees, and this may theretore be treated as the type locality

for both.

It is difficult to know how to deal with Martin’s Cerco-

leptes megalutus and brachyotus ¢, described from menagerie

specimens without localities, and the characters used being

mainly due, according to Gray, to the “‘artifice of the pre-

server.” C. brachyotus certainly .cannot be identified with

any cf the races above enumerated, although it is possible

that there may really exist a much shorter-eared form than

the usual one, for two specimens in the Museum, one from

* Central America” and the other (without skull) from

N. Ecuador, have much shorter ears than other specimens ;

Lut 1 am uot satisfied in either case that the difference is

natural. In any event the name may be put aside for the

present as indeterminable.

C. megaulvtus, on the other hand, agrees so closely in colour

with the Colombian form, which is the only one that can be

said to be ‘deep reddish yellow or fulvous, with an obscure

(dorsal) band,” that I think it advisable to identify it with

that animal. An example from Medellin agrees best with

the description, but other specimens from Costa Rica (Salvin),

Valdivia, Colombia (Pratt), and Santa Marta (Lngelke)

cannot be distinguished from it. The dorsal stripe is some-

* Saug. i. pl. xlii. (1774).

t Viverra caudivolvula, op. cit. iii. p. 453, pl. exxy. B (1777).

t P. Z. 5S. 1836, p. 81.

268 Mr. O. Thomas on the

times absent or faint and sometimes distinct, but the strong

general colour is common to all the specimens.

The following are more detailed descriptions of the new

subspecies :—

Potos flavus aztecus.

Size large. General colour greyish yellow, between taway

olive and clay-colour of Ridgway. Muzzle dark brown, the

brown surrounding the eyes. Crown like body. Ears large,

well haired, their backs concolorous with head. No trace of

a dorsal streak. Under surface and inner sides of limbs deep

fulvous yellow, a darker streak present on the abdomen.

Hands and feet darkening to brown on the digits. ‘Tail

proximally like body, rather lighter below, and darkening

terminally to brown.

Dimensions of the type (approximate), taken on the dried

skin :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 580 imillim.; tail

435; hind foot, s. u. (¢.) 94, c. u. 100; ear 38.

Skull (see below).

Hah, of type. Atoyac, Vera Cruz. Other specimens from

Michoacan (Mexican Museum) and Vera Paz, Guatemala

Salvin .

8 Old male. B.M. no. 88. 8.8.1. Collected May

1888 by Mr. H. H. Smith, and presented by Messrs. F. D.

Godman and O. Salvin.

Potos flavus meridensts.

Colour very much as in a Demeraran specimen of true

flavus, but size, as judged from skull, maikedly less. General

colour more yellowish than in C. f. aztecus, the fore-quarters

and hips especially suffused with yellow. Muzzle but little

darker, rings round eyes comparatively narrow. Ears larg»,

well-haired, their backs rather browner than the head. Back

with a distinct dorsal stripe commencing on the withers and

ending on tlhe rump. Under surface and inner side of limbs

bright buffy yellow. Upper surface of hands and feet deep

yellow, the digits also yellow, not brown. ‘T'ail above greyish

yellow, darkening terminally to brown; beneath yellow to

end.

Skull smaller and lighter throughout and with smaller

teeth than in P. flavus, the length of the cheek tooth-series

particularly small (see below).

Geographical Races of the Kinkajou. 269

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col-

lector) :—

Head and body 440 millim. ; tail 400; hind foot, s. u. 78,

c. u. 84; ear 30.

Hab. Sierra Nevada, Merida, Veneznela. Altitude 2500 m.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 98. 7. 1. 7. Collected

30th November, 1896, by S. Bricefi>, and presented by

Oldfield Thomas.

This is evidently a mountain race of the typical fluvus,

which it resembles in colour but does not equal in size.

Potos flavus modestus.

Size markedly smaller and form more squat than in all

other subspecies except P. f. meridensts ; the tail also (un-

less imperfect in both specimens) conspicuously shorter than

usual. Fur comparatively short and close, about 11 millim.

long onthe back. General colour dark, about a3 in P. f. meg1-

lotus. Muzzle and orbital area brown. Ulead rather darker

than back, owing to the numerous brown tips to the longer

hairs. Ears of medium size, well-haired, their backs brown,

darker than the general colour. Median line of back with a

well-marked dark line commencing behind the shoulders,

interrupted on the rump, indistinctly present on the base of

the tail. Under surface dull yellowish, the chest and usual

abdominal line deep suffused orange. Limbs like body,

darkening to brown on the digits. ‘l'ail very short, dull clay-

colour proximally, darkening to brown terminally.

Dimensions (approximate) of the type (measured in

skin) :—

Head and body 375 millim.; tail 240 (280 in the second

specimen) ; hind foot, s. u. 80, c. u. 87; ear 32.

Skull (see below).

Hab. Balzar Mountains, Guayas Province, W. Ecuador.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 80. 5.6.79. Collected by

Mr. Illingworth. ‘Two specimens, male and female.

These specimens are those referred to in my paper on

Ecuadorean mammals in 1880*. None like them have turned

up since, but an extended knowledge of the group emphasizes

their distinctness. ‘Their small size (the male skull is of

exactly the same size as the female), short tail, dark colour,

and biown ears readily distinguish them from any of their

allies. As regards the shortness of the tails, the terminal

darkening shows that, if at all, they cannot be very im-

perfect.

* P. Z. S. 1880, p. 400.

Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 19

270 On a new Species of Atherura.

Skull-dimensions :—

Subspecies... aztecus. megalotus. meridensis. flavus, modestus.

aie Same eae : : : oy 5

Specimen .. Type. 78.2.24.5. Type. 97.7.24.1. Type.

Greatest length. ..... 94 91 ais 94 875

Bazal length ........ 83 nf" 74 82 775

Zygomatic breadth .. 66 56 54 63 57

Interorbital breadth... 225 19 193 20 193

Breadth of brain-case. 44 39 39°5 40 38

Palate length ...... 40 40 35 41 37

Combined length of:

fiveuppercheek teeth 21-6 20 18 213 185

, lower $y 24 23 20 243 217

upper molars ...... 14 13 12 133 12

lower molars ...... 16:3 153 147 16 147

Height oflowerjaw.. 467 41 40 433 40

XLIV.— On a new Species of Atherura discovered by Capt.

Guy Burrows on the Congo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Tue British Museum owes to the generosity of Capt. Guy

Burrows, late Commissioner of the Aruwimi district of the

Congo, the skeleton of an Atherura obviously different from

any described species. The skin has unfortunately been lost ;

but in this group the characters of the skull afford the chief

distinguishing maiks, and I have therefore no hesitation in

describing the species as new. It may be called

Atherura Burrowst, sp. n.

Size even less than in A. centralis, Thos., of Monbuttu *,

itself distinguished from the West-African A. africana by its

smaller size and less inflated skull. Nasals very small, short,

narrow, paiallel-sided. Frontal region not inflated at all,

scarcely concave medially. Supraorbital edges rounded,

parallel, without postorbital projections. Interparietal large,

projecting far forward, so that the median parietal suture is

only about one third the length of the antero-posterior

diameter of the interparietal; in A. africana and centralis

ihe two measurements are about equal. A vacuity present

in the middle line of the palate halfway between the palatal

foramina and the premolars. Middle line of palate not raised

up into a central ridge, and the basioccipital equally smooth.

Milk-premolar still in place, but the last molar up and

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 88 (1895).

On a new Hipposideras from Borneo. 271

already worn. All the cheek-teeth small, rounded, and appa-

rently less high-crowned than usual; last molar particularly

small, little more than half the area in cross-section of m’*.

Dimensions of the skull :—

Greatest length 855 millim.; basilar length 69; zygo-

matic breadth 42; nasals, greatest length (diagonally) 22:5,

length to anterior notch 18, greatest breadth 11:7, least

breadth 10°5; interorbital breadth 24; length of parietal

suture 7; interparietal 22x19°3; breadth between outer

angles of anteorbital foramina 23; diastema 242; palate

length from henselion 35; length of upper cheek tooth-

series 15°2. Lower jaw: condyle to incisor-tip 51; height

to condyle 18°6; length of tooth-series 1(°6.

Hab. Lower Aruwimi River, close to its junction with the

Congo.

Type. B.M. no. 2. 2. 28.1. Collected and presented by

Capt. Guy Burrows.

This interesting rodent is conspicuously different from

A, centralis, its nearest ally both zoologically and geogra-

phically, by its smaller size, smaller nasals, larger inter-

parietal, and the other details above described.

XLY.—A new Hipposiderus from Borneo.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Hipposiderus dyacorum, sp. 1.

Allied to Z. bicolor, with which (using the order of the

characters in Dobson’s synopsis) it agrees in having 3 pre-

molars, no secondary leaflets on the sides of the muzzle,

frontal glands present, the front concave surface of the erect

leaf divided by three distinct ridges, and in size. Ears of

medium length, slightly surpassing when laid forward the

tip of the muzzle ; their inner margins convex below, straight

above, the tip sharply defined, angular, the upper third of

the outer margin flatly concave, the lower part convex, with

an obtuse projection at its most convex point. Nose-leaf

small, its characters much as in //. bicolor, but the horseshoe

narrows forward more markedly, and the septum between thie

nostrils is not thickened.

Anterior upper premolar minute, outside the tooth-row, the

large premolar pressed close up to the back of the canine.

Below the anterior premolar is also quite small, barely half

19*

272 Mr. E. T. Browne on [1ydromeduse

the height or antero-posterior diameter of the second pre-

molar; in //. (icolor the anterior has nearly as great a hori-

zontal diameter as the posterior tooth.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 42°5 millim. (the second specimen 40).

Head and body 47; tail 21; head 17°63; nose-leaf6°5 X45;

ear 15; third finger, metacarpal 32, first phalanx 13-5, second

phalanx 16; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 23°53 calear 9°5.

Hab. Mount Mulu, Baram District, Sarawak.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 94. 9. 29. 10. Collected

by Mr. Charles Hose. ‘Two specimens examined.

This species may be readily distinguished from HH. bicolor

by its pointed ears, small anterior lower premolar, and the

other characters above described. From H. sabanus *, which

shares its unusually small lower premolar, it is separated by

its larger nose-leat, the unnotched front edge of the horseshoe,

and the division of the posterior leaf by vertical ridges.

XLVI.—A Preliminary Report on Hydromedusee from the

Falkland Islands. By Epwarp T. Browne, Zoological

Research Laboratory, University College, London.

Mr. Rupert VALLENTIN visited the Falkland Islands during

the summer of 1898-99 for the purpose of investigating the

marine fauna, and he brought back a fine collection of Me-

dus in an excellent state of preservation. This collection

he most kindly placed in my hands without any restrictions.

Up to the time of Mr. Vallentin’s visit very little was

known about the marine fauna of the Falklands. There had

been no thoiough investigation, and our knowledge was

tased partly upon small collections made by exploring-ships

like the ‘ Challenger,’ which usually only stayed a few days,

and partly upon small collections made by inhabitants and

sent to friends in this country.

Our knowledge of the Meduse was limited to three species: —

Lippocrene Macloviana (Lesson), Stomobrachium lenticulare,

Praudt, Desmonema Gaudichaudi (Lesson).

Flippocrene Macloviana and Desmonema Gaudichaudi were

first described by Lesson (Voyage de la ‘Coquille,’ 1829).

‘The Hippocrene is apparently a regular inhabitant of Stanley

Harbour. Its hydroid, uo doubt, lives there, and probably

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 248 (1898).

Jrom the Falkland Islands. 273

belongs to the family Bougainvillide. This medusa was

also taken by the ‘Challenger.’ The descriptions and figures

are Lased upon an intermediate stage in its life-history and

not upon the fully grown adult, of which there are some fine

specimens in this collection.

The Desmonema, a Scyphomedusa belonging to the family

Cyaneide, has only been recorded by Lesson, and his

description is rather vague. Mr. Vallentin found a large

Scyphomedusa very abundant in Stanley Harbour, but pre-

served only one small specimen, which is, unfortunately, just

too young to determine for certain the genus; it belongs to

the Cyaneide,

Stomobrachium lenticulare was taken by Mertens in 1827

and described by Brandt (1838). It isa Leptomedusa of the

family AXquoridx, which is not represented in the collection.

Our knowledge of the Falkland Meduse is now extended

to sixteen genera and seventeen species, all, with one excep-

tion, taken in Stanley Harbour. The harbour is described

in the Admiralty Pilot-Book as a large natural dock about

3 miles long and 4 of a mile broad, with a very narrow

entrance about 250 yards across. ‘The bottom is stiff mud

and the deepest part is about 4-5 fathoms.

The Hydromedusea (Craspedota of Heeckel) are divided

into four orders:—1. Anthomeduse; 2. Leptomeduse ;

3. Trachomeduse; 4. Narcomeduse. The Meduse of the

first two orders I regard as belonging to the littoral fauna,

whilst the Trachomeduse and Narcomedusa are oceanic.

They only occasionally come within the littoral limits, being

diiven towards shore by strong winds.

The Meduse in this collection nearly all belong to the two

orders Anthomedusw and Leptomeduse. ‘There are no

Narcomeduse and only two Trachomeduse, one of which

(Vallentinia falklandica) has probably adopteda littoral habitat

and lives amongst the kelp-forests which surround the

Falklaud shores. The other (Aglauropsis) is a typical

oceanic medusa which had invaded the harbour in shoals.

The scientific value of the collection is enhanced by its

being the first good littoral collection made on the shores of

the South Atlantic Ocean. It is the result of tow-netting

almost daily for three months (7th November, 1898, to 6th

February, 1899) in one place. Most of the Meduse formerly

recorded for the South Atlantic are oceanic forms, chiefly the

large Scyphomeduse. There are only eight species of

Anthomeduse and Leptomeduse previously recorded, most

of them from localities scattered (or not stated) along the

coast of Brazil.

274 Mr, E. T. Browne on Hydromedusee

The zoological interest in the collection is not so much in

the number of new species as in the genera and their geogra-

phical distribution. There is a marvellous resemblance

between the medusoid fauna of Stanley Harbour and the

medusoid fauna found in British seas. Out of the sixteen

Falkland genera no less than thirteen occur in our seas, and

to these genera most of our species (and some of our com-

monest species) belong.

The three Falkland genera which are not found in our

seas are two new genera (J%aricodon and Vallentinia) and a

rediscovered genus (Ag/auropsis). The two new genera have

interesting characters connected with them.

Tiaricodon shows a connecting-link between the families

Codonide: and Tiaride. At its earliest stage it is just like a

little Sarsia (Codonidx), but the adult, a fine medusa, has

the characteristics of the Tiaride.

Vallentinia is a Trachomedusa with the four perradial

tentacles modified into suckers, and the other tentacles are of

the normal Trachomedusa type. This medusa was found

amongst the kelp, and its habits are probably somewhat

similar to those of Cladonema (Anthomeduse), which lives

amongst our Zostera-beds.

Aglauropsts has only recently developed a history. For-

meily only one species (Aglauropsis Agassizt:) was known,

and from the coast of Brazil. It was taken and described by

Fritz Miller (1865), but the description is so incomplete that

only the generic characters are given. ‘There are no figures

of the species and no further records. It is quite possible

that the Falkland Aglauropsis also occurs on the Brazilian

coast, as it is a Trachomedusa and belongs to the oceanic

forms.

Last autumn I received from my friend Dr. F. W. Gamble

some Meduse from Roscoff, on the French side of the English

Channel, and amongst them were some fine specimens of an

Aglauropsis. It is another species, which I intend soon to

describe and figure.

‘The new genus Piialella mentioned in this Report is of no

importance ; it is only the result of a further splitting-up of

the old genus T’haumantias.

The large number of specimens which Mr. Vallentin’s

collection contains has added considerably to our knowledge

of the development and the life-history of some of the species,

The development of the Falkland species is similar to that

of their British allies.

It is only ef comparatively recent date that attention has

been given to the tracing of the life-history of Medusx through

ee a

Jrom the Falkland Islands. 275

the various stages of development, and this neglect in earlier

days has Jed to a number of spurious genera and species

being made out of the early and intermediate stages. ‘The

different stages of the same species having been arranged in

several genera has caused great confusion and has placed

classification on an insecure foundation.

Mr. Vallentin is now at the Falklands making further

investigations on their marine fauna, and a second collection

of Meduse is likely to arrive during the coming summer.

For this reason I have prepared a preliminary Report on the

present collection, and will publish a complete Report when

the second collection has been examined.

In this preliminary Report the coloration of the species

has been omitted. ‘The specimens are in formalin or alcohol,

consequently the brightness and brilliancy of the colours are

destroyed. Mr. Vallentin has undertaken to note down the

colours of the Meduse found on his present visit, so that the

true colours can be given in the next Report.

ANTHOMEDUS.

Codonide.

Sarsia, Lesson (1843).

Sarsia gracilis, sp. n.

Umbrella cylindrical, nearly twice as high as broad, with

moderately thick walls and a quadrangular margin.

Stomach a cylindrical tube, about two thirds of the length

of the umbrella-cavity.

Gonads surround nearly the whole length of the stomach.

Tentacles four, about the same length as the umbrella, ter-

minating with large knob containing nematocysts.

Ocellus on the basal bulb of each tentacle.

Size: up to 5 millim. in height and 3 millim. in width.

About three dozen specimens in the collection, forming a

good series of stages extending from the earliest form up to

the adult.

AMPHICODON, Heckel (1879).

Codonide with a single tentacle or a single group of two

or more tentacles, perradially situated, and three rudimentary

perradial basal bulbs without tentacles. Margin of the um-

brella not at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the

umbrella, but slopes towards the side carrying the tentacle on

the group of tentacles.

276 Mr. E. T. Browne on Hydromedusce

Amphicodon unicus, sp. n.

Umbrella bell-shaped, a little higher than broad.

Stomach cylindrical and nearly as long as the umbrella-

cavity.

Gonads surround the tube-like stomach and extend from

near the base of the stomach to close to the mouth.

One solitary tentacle, situated between two rudimentary

basal bulbs; three perradial bulbs without tentacles.

Size: 3 millim. in height and 2 millim. in width.

The collection contains only a single specimen.

Tiaride.

TIARICODON, gen. nov.

Tiaride with four perradial tentacles.

Stomach with four perradial lobes extending along a

peduncle.

Gonads upon the stomach and the lobes.

Exumbrella smooth, without nematocysts.

Margin of the umbrella without bulbs between the ten-

tacles.

No perradial mesenteries.

Tiaricodon ceruleus, sp. n.

Umbrella bell-shaped, with a rounded summit, about as

high as broad.

Exumbrella smooth and not covered with nematocysts.

Velum narrow.

Stomach a quadrangular tube extending down nearly to the

velum and situated on a short broad peduncle.

Mouth with four perradial lips, about as wide as the

stcmach; margin folded.

Gonads surrounding the base of the stomach and extending

over the peduncle along the four perradial sac-like lobes.

‘Tentacles four, perradial, fairly stout, and tapering to a

point.

Basal bulbs large, cylindrical, a little longer than broad,

with an ocellus.

Size: 25 millim. in height and 24 millim. in width.

‘Lhe collection contains twelve specimens, showing the

early, intermediate, and adult stages. The earliest stage is

just like a little Sarsza.

Jrom the Falkland Islands, 2

‘TraArA, Lesson (1837).

Tiara intermedia, sp. n.

Umbrella bell-shaped, little broader than high, with a large

conical crown.

Stomach broad and massive, with perradial lobes; about

half to two thirds the length of the umbrella-cavity.

Mouth large, with four lips, and the margin slightly folded.

Gonads on the sides of the perradial lobes of the stomach

and in small horizontal folds.

Tentacles eight (four perradial and four interradial), and

eight adradial bulbs without tentacles.

Ucellus on the outer side of every tentacular basal bulb and

the adradial bulbs,

Size: up to 7 millim. in height (including the crown) and

5 millim. in width.

Five specimens in the collection belonging to the early and

intermediate stages. ‘he full-grown adult stage I believe

to be absent.

The Falkland species has much larger ocelli, broader basal

bulbs, and a broader umbrella than 7’ara pileata at the same

stages, but the general resemblance is uncommonly close.

Margelide.

Dysmorpuosa, Philippi (1842).

Margelide with eight marginal tentacles (four perradial

and four interradial). Mouth with clusters of nematocysts or

with simple undivided oral tentacles having a terminal cluster

of nematocysts.

Dysmorphosa tenuts, sp. n.

Umbrella somewhat conical, with a slight constriction above

the subumbrella-cavity ; a little higher than broad.

Stomach cubical and on a peduncle about as long as itself.

Mouth with four lips, having terminal clusters of nemato-

cysts.

Medusa-buds upon the stomach, interradially situated.

(Gonads not yet developed.)

Tentacles eight.

Size: up to 2 millim. in height and 14 millim. in width.

‘The collection contains only two specimens.

278 Mr. E. T. Browne on Hydromeduse

Lizzta, Forbes (1846).

Margelide with marginal tentacles arranged in eight

groups (four perradial and four interradial). Oral tentacles

simple, unbranched, with clusters of nematocysts.

Lizzia formosissima, sp. 1.

Umbrella bell-shaped, a little higher than broad, with a

slight transverse constriction level with the top of the sub-

umbrella-cavity and a solid mass of jelly above it.

Stomach small, somewhat cubical, about as long as broad,

and situated on a broad peduncle about as long as the stomach.

Mouth with a plain simple margin, rather quadrangular

in shape.

Oral tentacles four, each with seven to eleven clusters of

nematocysts, arranged in a double row, with always a single

terminal cluster.

Gonads on the stomach, four interradial roundish swellings

or masses.

Tentacles five in each perradial group and three in each

interradial group.

Size: up to 3 millim. in height and 23 millim. in width.

The collection contains twelve specimens showing different

stages in development.

The early stages have medusa-buds upon the stomach and

only three tentacles in each group.

H1ppocrENne, Mertens (1829).

Margelide with four perradial groups of tentacles, each

group with two or more tentacles. Four branched oral ten-

tacles, with terminal clusters of nematocysts. Stomach on a

peduncle, with perradial lobes extending along the peduncle.

Gonads upon the stomach and the lobes.

Hippocrene Macloviana (Lesson, 1829).

Umbrella bell-shaped, as high as broad or a little higher

than broad, with a quadrangular margin; longitudinal

furrows on the exumbrella.

Stomach small, cubical, situated on a broad inverted cone-

shaped peduncle, and has four narrow perradial lobes extending

along the whole length of the peduncle.

Mouth small, with four short perradial lips, about two

thirds down the umbrella-cavity.

Oval tentacles four, perradial, closely and thickly branched,

from the Falkland Islands. 279

each with about eighty to one hundred or more terminal

branches, with clusters of nematocysts.

Gonads upon the stomach and the lobes of the stomach,

hanging down in a folded band from the peduncle.

Compound basal bulbs four, perradial, V-shaped, about

thirty-five to sixty-five tentacles in each bulb, arranged in a

double row.

An ocellus at the base of every tentacle.

Size: up to15 millim. in height and 15 millim. in width.

The collection contains about one hundred and seventy

specimens of this species, showing a complete series of stages

from the earliest up to the fully developed adult.

The previous descriptions are based upon intermediate

stages,

Cladonemidz.

ELEUTHERIA, Quatrefages (1842).

Cladonemidz with four or more undivided radial canals

and four or more tentacles which are divided into two

branches, one terminating with a knob of nematocysts and

the other with a sucker.

Gonads over the top of the stomach. Mouth simple.

Exumbrella without nematocysts.

Eleutherta Vallentini, sp. n.

Umbrella circular, about twice as broad as high.

Stomach-tube conical and small. a

Mouth without lips, a plain round margin.

Gonads occupying the whole of the upper part of the

umbrella, above the stomach.

Tentacles twenty-four, divided into two branches, the upper

branch with clusters of nematocysts, the lower with a terminal

sucker.

An ocellus on the extreme margin of the umbrella opposite

each tentacle.

Size: 3 millim. in width and 2 millim. in height.

‘Lhe collection contains only a single specimen of this fine

medusa, and it was found on a frond of Macrocystis, com-

monly called kelp.

Williadez, Forbes (1848).

Anthomeduse with four, six, or more radial canals, each

having one or more lateral branches (except very early

stages), all running to the margin of the umbrella. Mouth

280 Mr. E. T. Browne on Hydromeduse

with four or more lips or a folded margin without clusters of

nematocysts. Gonads surrounding the stomach and extending

along the lobes of the stomach. ‘lentacles simple, evenly

distributed (not in groups) round the margin of the umbrella;

one tentacle opposite the termination of every canal.

Wii, Forbes (1846).

Williade with six or more radial canals, each having one

or more lateral branches (youngest stage without branclies),

all running to the margin of the umbrella.

Willia mutabilis, sp. n.

Umbrella slightly conical in shape, with a broad round

summit, about as broad as high; margin slightly inverted.

Stomach small, with six to eight lobes.

Mouth with a closely folded margin.

Six or eight main radial canals, each with three or more

branches.

Gonads surrounding the stomach and the lobes of the

stomach.

Tentacles twenty-four or more.

Size: up to 6 millim. in height and 6 millim. in width.

The collection contains thirty-three specimens, showing

various stages in development. ‘lhe specimens show so

much variability that the normal characteristics of the species

remain doubtful.

LEPTOMEDUS2.

Thaumantide.

Laopice, L. Agassiz (1862).

Lacdice pulchra, sp. n.

Umbrella flatly curved, nearly twice as broad as high.

Stomach very large, with four large perradial lobes ex-

tending nearly to the margin of the umbrella.

Mouth with four large lips.

Gonads extending trom near the stomach to within a short

distance of the ring-canal, forming a series of short folds

along the lobes of the stomach.

‘Lentacles about fifty, without a basal spur.

Cirri absent.

Sensory clubs (cordyli) generally three or four between

every two tentacles and each situated on a small bulb.

from the Falkland Islands. 281

Ocellus usually present at the bise of every bulb, with a

teatacle or a sensory club.

Size: up to 25 millim. in width and L5 millim. in height.

The collection contains five specimens belonging to the

intermediate and adult staves.

Eucopidz.

OBeLtIA, Péron et Lesueur (1809).

Obelia multicia, sp. n.

Umbrella flat, disk-shaped.

Stomach small, with a quadrangular base.

Gonads globular or ellipsoid, about midway between the

stomach and margin of the umbrella.

Tentacles about eighty to ninety, with a heart-shaped basal

bulb.

Marginal sense-organs small, eight.

Siz: up to 3 millim. in diameter.

‘The collection contains sixteen specimens.

Obelia diaphana, L. Agassiz (1852).

The collection contains only a single specimen.

This species occurs on the Atlantic coast of North America.

‘Traropsis, L. Agassiz (1859).

Eucopide with eight adradial marginal sense-organs (not

closed vesicles), each having an external opening above the

velum. Each sense-organ has two or more otoliths and an

ocellus at its base. Numerous tentacles. No marginal cirri.

A gonad on each of the four radial canals. Stomach not on

a peduncle.

Tiaropsis Davisii, sp. n.

Umbrella conical, a little broader than high, with mode-

rately thick walls.

Stomach short, cross-shaped when contracted.

Gonads occupying nearly the whole length of the four

radial canals, not touching the stomach, not extending quite

down to the margin of the umbrella, forming a thin, narrow,

simple band.

Tentacles about eighty. _

Sense organs eight, adradial, fairly large (probably con-

taining several otoliths).

Size: up to 11 millim. in width and 8 millim. in height.

The collection contains only three specimens,

982 Mr. E. T. Browne on Hydromedusee

PHIALELLA, gen. nov.

Eucopida: with eight adradial marginal sensory vesicles.

Each with two or more otoliths and situated on the margin

of the umbrella between two tentacles. Many tentacles. ‘No

marginal cirri, A gonad on each of the four radial canals.

Stomach not on a peduncle.

Phialella falklandica, sp. n.

Umbrella semiglobular, little broader than high, with thick

walls.

Stomach short and quadrangular.

Mouth with four lips and a fimbricated margin.

Gonads hanging down in wavy folds, occupying nearly the

whole length of the four radial canals, not touching the

stomach and not extending quite down to the margin of the

umbrella.

Tentacles sixty to seventy, with large basal bulbs.

Sense-organs eight, adradial, with two or more otoliths.

Size: up to 17 millim, in width and 1L millim. in height.

The collection contains eight specimens, which show a

series extending from an intermediate to the adult stage; but

there are no very early stages.

Phialidium cymbaloideum (van Beneden), found in British

seas, belongs to this new genus.

PHIALIDIUM, Leuckart (1856).

Eucopidz with many marginal sensory vesicles. One or

more between every two tentacles, each having a_ single

otolith. Many tentacles. No marginal cirri. A gonad on

each of the four radial canals. Stomach not on a peduncle.

Phialidium simplex, sp. n.

Umbrella watclglass-shaped, twice to three times broader

than high. .

Stomach short, with four perradial lobes.

Mouth with four large fimbricated lips.

Gonads extending over the outer half of radial canals and

reaching nearly down to the ring-canal, slightly folded.

Tentacles sixty to eighty- five, and a few tentacular bulbs ;

the maximum number probably about one hundred.

Sense-organs one between every two tentacles, with a

single otolith.

from the Falkland Islands. 283

Size: up to 22 millim. in width and 10 millim. in height.

‘There are about sixty specimens in the collection, forming ,

a good series from an early stage up to the adult.

TRACHOMEDUS i.

Petaside.

AGLAUROPSIS, Fritz Miiller (1855).

Petasidx without centripetal canals, with numerous enclosed

marginal sense-organs. Numerous tentacles, which are

evenly distributed round the margin of the umbrella, and not

arranged in groups.

Aylauropsis Conanti’, sp. n

Umbrella bowl-shaped, with an inverted margin, a little

broader than high.

Stomach somewhat cone-shaped, about half the length of

the umbrella-cavity.

Mouth with four large perradial lips, having a folded

margin.

Radial canals and ring-canal very broad.

Gonads occupying nearly the whole length of the radial

eanals, but separated by a short space from the stomach and

also from the ring-canal; transversely divided into lobes.

Tentacles very numerous, about two hundred or more,

closely packed in two or three alternating rows round the

margin.

Sense-organs internal, adjoining the ring-canal, about fifty

or more, each with a single otolith.

Size: up to 18 millim. in height and 20 millim. in width.

The collection contains about one hundred and fiity speci-

mens, showing a fine series extending from the early stages

up to the fully-grown adult.

This species is dedicated to the memory of F. S. Conant,

of Johns Hopkins University, who died of yellow fever con-

tracted whilst engaged on the study of the Cubomedusx of

Jamaica, 1897.

VALLENTINIA, gen. nov.

Petaside with four simple radial canals, without blind

centripetal canals between them. Sixteen or more enclosed

marginal sense-organs. Four solid perra lial tentacles with

suckers and twenty-four or more hollow tentacles evenly

distributed on the margin having bands of nematocysts.

284 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

‘allentinia falklandica, sp. n.

Umbrella bell-shaped, about one and half times as high as

broad.

Stomach short, about one third the length of the umbrella-

cavity, not situated on a peduncle.

Mouth with lips (four ?).

Gonads situated on the radial canals in the upper half of

the umbrella-cavity, a little way below the stomach ; oval

and sac-like.

Tentacles, four solid perradial with terminal suckers and

twenty-four hollow tentacles (six in each quadrant, evenly

distributed) with bands of nematocysts.

Sense-organs, sixteen vesicles enclosed inside the margin

of the umbrella, each with a single otolith.

Size: 3 millim. in height and 2 millim. in width.

The collection contains only a single specimen.

This species probably lives amongst the kelp.

University College, London,

13th February, 1902.

XLVII.—Deseriptions of new Fishes and Reptiles discovered by

Dr. F. Silvestri in South America. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S.

‘THE new species here described are from a large collection

formed by Dr. F. Silvestri in 1900 in Brazil, Paraguay, and

Argentina, entrusted to me for study by the Director of the

Genoa Civic Museum. Duplicates have been kept for the

British Museum.

FISHES.

Leporinus Silvestrit.

Depth of body 34 to 33 times in total length, length of

head 4 to 4} times. Eye perfectly lateral, visible from above

and from below, in the middle of the length of the head, its

diameter 4 times in the length of the head, 2 to 2} in the

interocular width ; width of the mouth half that of the head ;

lips feebly fringed; teeth white. Dorsal II 10, a little nearer

the root of the caudal than the end of the snout, its border

convex, its longest ray 2 the length of the head. Anal IIL 8.

Pectoral 3 the length of the head, terminating at a great

distance from the ventral, which is a little longer *. Caudal

* The ventral fins are entirely absent in one of the specimens.

Fishes and Reptiles from South America. 285

forked. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales

40-42 i al 6 between the lateral line and the ventral fin,

Olive above, whitish beneath; 7 or 8 darker cross-birs,

ending in points on the sides of the ventral surface; three

large round black spots over these bars, the first below the

dorsal fin, the third at the base of the caudal.

Total length 205 millim.

In the young (85 millim.) the depth of the body equals

the leneth of the head and is contained 34 times in the total,

the diameter of the eye is 34 times in the length of the head

and 14 in the interocular width, and the three round black

spots are proportionally larger.

Several specimens from the Rio Coxipo, Mitto Grosso,

This species is most nearly allied to L. fusciatus, Bl.,

from which it differs in the somewhat shorter snout, the white

teeth, and the coloration. JL. Frederic?, Bl., differs in having

fewer scales in a vertical series.

Parodon Gestri.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Eye perfectly lateral, in the middle of the length of

the head, its diameter 45 times in the length of the head, 13

in the interocular width; snout strongly projecting beyond

the mouth ; premaxillary teeth 8, as in P. suborbitalis, with

12 to 15 denticles, maxillaries and mandibulars 2 on each side.

Dorsal III 9, a little nearer the root of the caudal fin than

the end of the snout, its longest ray ? the length of the head,

Anal II 7. Pectoral as long as the head, not reaching the

base of the ventral; latter ? the length of the head, inserted

under the second half of the dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal

peduncle as long as deep. Scales 35 #, 4 between the lateral

line and the root of the ventral. Olive above, whitish be-

neath; 15 dark vertical rhombs close together across the

lateral line.

Total length 60 millim.

A single specimen from the Rio Coxipo, Matto Grosso.

This new species, which I have much pleasure in naming

after Dr. R. Gestro, of the Genoa Civic Museum, comes near

P. Hilarti, Reinhardt, trom which it differs in the shorter

body, the more prominent snout, the position of the ventrals

entirely below the dorsal, and the coloration.

Curimatus nigrotenta.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 34 fimes in total

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Scr. 7. Vol. ix. 20

286 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

length. Snout shorter than the postocular part of the head,

as long as the diameter of the eye, which is 34 to 3} times in the

length of the head and 1} to14 in theinterorbital width; adipose

eyelid moderately developedin frontand behind. Belly rounded

before and behind the ventrals. Dorsal II 10, a little nearer

root of caudal than end of snout, its longest ray 3 to ? the

length of the head. Anal I1 8. Pectoral 3 length of head ;

ventral below middle of dorsal. Caudal forked. Caudal

peduncle a little longer than deep, Scales cycloid, 43-44

es, 6 between the lateral line and the base of the ventral.

Brownish above, white beneath; a black band along the

lateral line, extending on the middle rays of the caudal ; fins

unspotted.

Total length 60 millim.

Several specimens from the Rio Coxipo, Matto Grosso.

Stands nearest to C. elegans, Stdr., but has more scales in

a vertical series.

Bunocephalus Dorie.

Depth of head twice in its width, which is a little greater

than its length; upper jaw not projecting; cranial ridges

feebly prominent ; interorbital space concave, half the width

of the corresponding part of the head; maxillary barbel much

longer than the head, extending nearly to the middle of the

pectoral spine, posterior mandibular barbel only half as long

and about once and a half the length of the anterior. Pec-

toral spine slightly curved, with strong serre on the outer

border, reaching the base of the ventral fin in the male, not

so far in the female. Coracoid processes parallel, as long as

their distance from each other, extending to the posterior

third of the pectoral spine. Dorsal fin with 5 rays, equally

distant from the end of the snout and the root of the caudal,

or a little nearer the latter; first ray 2 the length of the head.

Anal with 7 rays. Caudal peduncle compressed posteriorly,

its length 43 to 54 times in the total. Skin granular, with

larger tubercles forming longitudinal series on the caudal

region. Dark brown above, with three blackish cross-bands,

the first through the base of the dorsal fin, the two others on

the caudal peduncle; dorsal fin black, whitish at the end;

caudal black, whitish at the base and edged with white.

Total length 83 millim.

Five specimens from Villa Rica, Paraguay, and one from

Posadas, Rio Parana.

This new species, which I have the privilege of naming

in honour of the eminent Director of the Genoa Civic Museum,

Fishes and Reptiles from. South Anerica. 287

is most nearly related to B, bicolor, Stdr., which is readily

distinguished by the shorter barbels and the longer caudal

peduncle.

REPTILES.

Amphisbena Silvestrit.

Snout rounded, prominent. ostral large, pentagonal,

visible from above; nasals forming a suture behind the

rostral; a pair of large prefrontals and a pair of smaller

frontals; suture between the prefrontals as long as that

between the frontals and twice as long as that between the

nasals; a pair of shields forming a short suture behind the

frontals, followed by a pair of smaller shields forming a

longer suture; eye distinct through the ocular, which is in

contact with the second and third labials; no preocular; a

square postocular ; four upper labials, fourth small and sepa-

rated from the postocular by one shield; symphysial tetra-

gonal, followed by a large heptagonal median chin-shield;

three lower labials, second largest; a large chin-shield on

each side, just touching the median chin-shield and forming

a suture with the second and third labials. 175 annuli on the

body and 22 on the tail; the segments of these annuli longer

than broad on the back, those of the two median ventral series

twice to thrice as broad as long; on the middle of the body

each annulus is formed of 22 segments, 10 above and 12

below the lateral grooves, which are pertectly distinct.

Four anal segments ; only two preanal pores. ‘l’ail rounded

at the end. Segments brown, edged with white, the white

edge broader on the belly than on the back; end of snout

and lower surface of head white.

Length to vent 130 millim.; tail 20; diameter of body 5.

A single specimen of this very distinct species was obtained

at Cuyaba.

Philodryas subcarinatus.

Diameter of eye 3 length of snout; latter rounded, feebly

prominent. Rostral as deep as broad, its upper portion half

as long as its distance from the frontal; internasals shorter

than the prefrontals; frontal once and a half as long as

broad, a little longer than its distance from the end of the

snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal a little longer than

deep; one prxocular, narrowly separated from the frontal ;

two postoculars ; temporals 1+ 3; eight upper labials, fourth

and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with

the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior,

20*

288 On a new Barbus from Natal.

Scales short, rounded behind, with two apical pits, faintly

keeled on the back, in 21 rows. Ventrals rounded, 213 ;

anal divided; subcaudals 114, Green above, white beneath ;

upper lip white.

Total length 255 millim.; tail 70.

A single young specimen from Colonia Benitez, Chaco.

This species is nearer to P. estivus, Schleg., than to any

other, but is easily distinguished from it by the blunter snout

and the shorter, indistinctly keeled scales.

XLVIII.— Description of a new Barbus from Natal.

By G. A. Boutenaer, F.R.S.

Two species have been confounded in the original description

of Barbus Gurney?, Giinther, Cat. Fish. vii. p. 102. The

character of the small eye “ats diameter being one-fifth of the

length of the head in specimens only 34 inches long,” having

been specially emphasized by the describer, it seems to me

the proper course to restrict the name chosen by him to the

smaller specimens, and to propose a new name for the larger

ones which were believed to represent the adult condition.

In doing this I have great pleasure in connecting the name

of Col. Bowker with the fish of which he presented a young

individual to the British Museum a few years ago, as it is

through this that I was first able to detect the error which

is here corrected.

Barbus Bowkert.

Depth of body nearly equal to length of head, 32 to 44

times in total length. Snout rounded, about 3 length of

head; diameter of eye 4} (half-grown specimen) to 53 times

in length of head, 14 to twice in interocular width; width

of mouth more than half that of head; lips thick; two pairs

of barbels, the posterior a little longer than the anterior and

as long as or slightly longer than the eye. Dorsal III 8-9,

equally distant from occiput and root of caudal, its border

slightly concave; third ray feeble, smooth; longest ray # to

% length of head. Anal II 5; longest ray 2 to ? length

of head, reaching or nearly reaching root of caudal.

Pectoral ? to % length of head, not reaching the ventral

which is inserted under the first rays of the dorsal, Caudal

forked. Caudal peduncle 14 to 12 as long as deep. Scales

33-36 Ss 24 between lateral line and root of caudal,

Olive-brown above, silvery beneath.

On the Generic Term “ Dama.” 289

Five specimens, measuring 195 to 255 millim., from

“ Port Natal,” collected by Mr. Ayres, form part of the types

of Giinther’s B. Gurney’. A specimen, 115 millim. long,

from Durban, was presented to the British Museum by

Col. Bowker. Two specimens from Port Natal, measuring

150 millim., are also in the Museum and have been referred

to B. marequensis, Smith, in which the barbels are much

longer than the eye, the third ray of the dorsal fin is stronger,

more ossified, and 3 series of scales intervene between

the lateral line and the ventral fin. B. Gurney, as now

restricted, differs abundantly from &. Bowkert in having a

shorter body, a shorter snout, thinner lips, the posterior

barbel much longer than the eye, 7 branched rays in the

dorsal fin, a much shorter anal, and 31 to 33 scales in the

lateral line.

XLIX.—The Generic Term “ Dama.”

By P. L. Scrater, F.R.S.

In an article on Zimmermann’s ‘Specimen Zoologie Geo-

graphice ’ and ‘ Geographische Geschiclite,’ lately published

in the ‘ Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History ’

(xvi. pp. 13-22), Dr. Allen has suggested that we ought to use

the name “ Dama” for the American group of deer typified

by Cervus virginianus. If this is the case, the great incon-

venience would ensue that we should have to give up the use

of the term “ Dama” tor the Fallow Deer of Europe, to which

it has been applied ever since the days of Virgil and Pliny,

not to speak of all the systematic writers since Linneus. I[

venture, however, to state my opinion that this disagreeable

course is not necessary, nor, indeed, advisable. After reading

all that Dr. Allen has written upon the subject and studying

Zimmermann’s ‘ Specimen Zoologie Geographice,’ I have

come to the conclusion that that author had no intention

whatever of putting forward the word ‘‘ Dama” as a generic

term, and that we should not be justified in attributing to him

an intention which he undoubtedly never entertained.

In the systematic part of his ‘Specimen’ Zimmermann

arrives (p. 527) at the order Pecora, which he divides into

seven genera—Camelus, Moschus, Cervus, Antilope, Capra,

Ovis, and Bos. Under each of these genera Zimmermann

places a certain number of species with which he was ac-

quainted. Under the head of the genus Cervus he ranges

eleven species, the seventh of which he calls, it is true,

“ Dama virginiana.” At the same time it is quite evident

290 On the Generic Term “ Dama.”

that he did not thereby intend to make a new genus of the word

“ Dama,” as the following four species (8 to 11) are all called

“Cervus,” but merely to give a Latin translation of “ Virginian

Deer ’—Pennant’s name for this species. In a similar way

in the genus Moschus Zimmermann calls the fourth species

“ Tragulus surinamensis,” quoting from Brisson, but he by

no means thereby intended to found another genus Tragulus.

Again, Zimmermann gives Capra ammon as the first species

of his genus “ Ovis,” although he has likewise a genus

Capra, with three species, next before Ovis. It is evident

from this and other examples of Zimmermann’s names that

this author was not a strict binomialist, and did not think it

necessary to give every species an exact generic and specific

name according to the custom of nomenclature at present re-

cognized. Itis true that, as Dr. Allen says, Zimmermann on

his map and in other passages of his works also wrote Dama

virginiana, but this cannot get over the fact that he has

deliberately classed the Dama virginiana as the seventh

species of his genus Cervus. I hope, therefore, that future

systematists will not follow Dr. Allen in attempting to divert

the generic term Dama to the Virginian Deer and its allies

from the European form to which it has been applied so long.

I may add a few words on a still more difficult question

than that just treated of—that is, as to what generic term

ought to be employed for the American Deer, which, however

broad our views may be about genera, are manifestly entitled

to a different designation from Cervus. Mr. Lydekker has

discussed the same point in his work on the ‘ Deer of All

Lands,’ and has finally decided to employ Mazama, “as the

earliest satisfactory name.” But the claims of Mazama

have been carefully examined and condemned by Baird

((N. American Man mals,’ p. 665), and more recently by

Dr. Allen (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 16).

American writers, after shifting their names for this genus

on several occasions, have recently adopted the curious term

“ Odocotleus,” said to have been established by Rafinesque *

in 1832 (in a journal which it is nearly impossible to refer

to) upon a fossil tooth, which, it is presumed, must have

belonged to Cervus virginianus. But this isa mere hypo-

thesis, and on the whole I agree with Mr. Bangs (Proc. Biol.

Soc. Washington, x. p. 25, 1896) that it seems advisable to

retain the well-known name ‘‘ Cariacus”’ for the American

Deer until a more satisfactory decision can be arrived at.

* What Rafinesque meant by “ Odocotleus” is uncertain, but it is

proLable that the name was intended to be a compound of déovs, a tooth,

and xoiAos, hollow, and should therefore have been written Oduntocelus,

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 291

L.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews.—No. XXII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &e.

1. On Abnormal Coloration in the Pleuronectids.

2. On the British Syllide.

. On the Syllide@ of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions.

. On Norwegian Sy/iid@ collected by Canon Norman, D.C.L., F.R.S.

. On the Boring of Polydora in Australian Oysters.

lm Cor

1. On Abnormal Coloration in the Pleuronectids.

About a dozen adolescent turbot have lately been obtained

in the nets for plaice in the Bay showing a deep notch above

the head, the dorsal fin terminating in a prominent hook. All

these were coloured on both sides. The following may be

taken as examples :—

No. 1 was about 9 inches in antero-posterior diameter and

8 inches in transverse diameter. The left eye was normal in

position, whilst the right was barely clear of a line drawn

from the edge of the dorsal to the tip of the snout. This eye

had extensive vision, since in life the dorsal fin, even on the

bottom, was below it. Every part of the under surface was

as deeply pigmented as the upper. The prickles were, how-

ever, considerably Jess numerous and less prominent than on

the left side ; but their occurrence lends support to the view

that we have to deal with more than the effect of light.

2. A specimen about the same size and having the dorsal

fin terminating in the hook-like process above the head, a

line from the distal edge of the latter just touching the front

of the eye. The pigment was equally developed on both

sides, as in the former case, but the prickles were somewhat

more numerous and more prominent than in that form.

3. A living example in the tank is somewhat larger than

the preceding, viz. about 10 inches, but has precisely the

same arrangement of the dorsal fin, which terminates in a

hook-like process behind the head. The eyes are in the same

position. It is evident from an examination of this example

that the dorsal and anal fins are used in the tank, and probabl

in nature, as partial supports, and in the case of the dorsal

fin the right eye (which has passed to the lett side) thus has

a much wider area of vision than is apparent from a study of

spirit-specimens.

4, A male turbot 13} inches in length and 11 inches in

greatest breadth had a deep notch above the head, the tip of

292 Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the

the hook-like process of the dorsal fin extending in front of a

line from the anterior edge of the right eye, which was just

over (to the left of) the ridge. Both sides were deeply pig-

mented and a considerable number of prickles existed on the

right side.

In a turbot of 22 inches in length and 18 inches across—

noticed by Prof. Ewart *—the right eye remained on the right

side near the ridge. Both sides of the body were pigmented,

The same hook-like malformation of the end of the dorsal fin

was present. The intensity of the coloration of the right side

would not seem to be greatly altered by the presence of the

eye thereon, as in some in which the eye had passed the ridge

the colour appears to have been quite as well developed.

In a finely developed sole, 14 inches in length, procured at

Portrush, in Ireland, the under (left) surface had a conspicuous

reddish tinge along the sides (dorsal and ventral) and here

and there extending to the middle line, from the presence of

numerous red pigment-corpuscles. ‘The only other pigment

on the surface was a dark patch at the base of the tail. The

right (upper) surface had the normal pigment.

In a flounder (Platessa flesus) 74 inches long the dorsal

fin terminated in a hook which curved forward so as to touch

a line from the left eye, which was truly dorsal in position—

in fact, it occupied the ridge. The right eye was normal.

Both sides were deeply tinted, no distinction (except a small

white belt running torward and backward below the left eye

to the extent of 2 inch) being visible between them. The

prickles on the head, however, were little developed on the

left side, though the rough region above the pectorals was

present on both sides.

A flounder of 83 inches, in which the dorsal fin is arrested

behind the left eye and terminates in a small point or hook.

The left eye is lateral in position, its lower border being on a

level with the ventral surface (left). Its range of vision

would thus be extensive on the left side, sweeping from the

bottom upwards about ? of a circle, especially when its dorsal

fin was on the bottom or when swimming. ‘The left side is as

deeply pigmented as the right, even prolonged immersion in

spirit for eight or nine years only rendering the left side of

the head somewhat less dusky. This flounder was remark-

ably well nourished for its size, and evidently secured its food

readily. The ovaries were far advanced.

In a dab 83 inches Jong, with both eyes on the right side

and the dorsal fin running evenly forward on the left side of

* Second Report S. F. B., Appendix, p. 80, pl. xiii. (1884),

Gutty Marte Laboratory, St. Andrews, 993

the eye beyond its middle, both sides of the body were uni-

formly coloured. The fish was to all appearance normal in

its characters, yet no bleaching of the left or ventral side had

occurred,

Such an example raises doubts as to whether it is the effect

of light or its absence which alone is responsible for the con-

dition in the Pleuronectids. This is further supported by the

fact that in metamorphosing young examples the side which

is to be pale becomes considerably less pigmented before the

fishes swim obliquely or leave their pelagic life. Even when

the pelagic stage is greatly prolonged, as, for instance, in the

young turbot, by an arrest of the right eye in its progress

to the left, so that each side has an eye in a fish about an

inch in length, the same feature is noticed. ‘Thus, in the

‘Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews’ *, fig. 5 (pl. vi.)

represents the right side of such a specimen, which has

on the whole less pigment than the left side, viz. fig. 6. ‘This

feature has often been observed in smaller forms of various

Pleuronectids.

Besides, the mere fact that the lateral line in such examples

as the dab above mentioned remains unchanged indicates a

condition more deeply seated than so simple a cause as the

absence or presence of light. ‘This will be again referred to.

A dab about 9 inches in length had the dorsal surface

normal, but the posterior half of the left (lower) surface was

pigmented like the dorsum throughout. No structural abnor-

mality was present. ;

Messrs. Cunningham and Macmunnf met with no examples

resembling this and the preceding in turbot, brill, flounder, or

plaice—that is, a normal outline with pigment on the lower

or ventral side.

Various abnormally coloured plaice have recently been

procured at St. Andrews both by hook and net.

1. In an example procured 1st February, 1901, measuring

about 102 inches in length, the dorsal surface had an area of

about 3 inches from the tip of the snout backward of the

normal colour. ‘lhe colour-line included half an inch of the

anterior border of the anal fin, and trended with a slight con-

vexity backward and then a slope forward to the dorsal edge.

The dorsal line of the coloured region was 24 inches, the

ventral about 4. ‘The rest of the dorsal (right) surface was

pure white, with the exception of a small isolated patch about

the size of a large pea less than half an inch from an incurva-

tion of the dorsal edge of the coloured region. Two small

* 1875.

¥ Philos. Trans. 1893, B, yol. 184, p. 806.

294 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

specks, separated by an inch from each other, also occurred

behind this, about $ inch above the lateral line. From the

anterior area a coloured belt proceeded along the edge of the

dorsal fin about 12 inch backwards, and a similar marginal

belt occurred on the anal fin for fully 2 inches, the inter-

spinous region in both bearing the pigment. The under

surface was entirely white.

2. A second example, procured at the same time and

measuring 103 inches long, had only the dorsal surface of the

head and the tail coloured normally. The former coloration

extended to about a quarter of an inch behind the eye and the

irregular posterior border proceeded obliquely downward to

the edge of the operculum. Part of the opercular region was

thus white, part coloured, the pigmented region, from the

shape of the parts, being rhomboidal and about an inch broad.

The coloured part at the tail was about 13 inch, with an

irregular anterior margin. ‘The rest of the dorsum was pure

white, with the exception of slight streaks of pigment in the

interspinous regions of both dorsal and ventral fins, and two

streaks which followed the forks of two pectoral rays. A

little more than an inch behind the tips of the pelvic fins a

triangular depression running from the anal fin about ? inch

inward marked the site of what appeared to have been an

injury, now healed. The pigment on the slightly incurved

anal fin was best marked at the site of the injury, which

appeared to have occurred during the early adolescent con-

dition, A dimple about a quarter of an inch from the lateral

line on the left side of the fish seemed also to be connected

with this injary. The under (left) surface was pure white.

3. A plaice 9 inches in length and well nourished. The

entire upper surface was pure white, except the head, the

pelvic fin, and a few touches on dorsal, anal, and caudal fins,

‘The head, with the exception of the upper part of the oper-

culum (above the base of the pectoral fin), was of the normal

dark hue, the pigment of the lower margin of the operculum

being boldly separated from the white shoulder behind it.

The pigment-line dorsally passed to the right of the termina-

tion of the dorsal fin, bounded the eye, and then slanted

irregularly to join the opercular pigment. The right pelvic

fin was coloured, as also was a small patch of the margin in

front of the vent, whilst a touch of pigment occurred on the

tip of the pectoral. The dorsal and ventral fins had various

slight bands of colour chiefly on the region between the rays.

The caudal had a median longitudinal bar and faint pigment-

lines on the fin on each side of it (dorsal or right surface).

The under surface was entirely white.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 295

A deep notch occurred behind the vent and then a promi-

nent point with the spine followed by the anal fin, A

marked hollow, as if from former injury, existed at this region

on the left side.

4. A plaice 93 inches in length, and which was less plump

than usual, showed a marked concavity behind the pelvic

fins, thus separating the origin of the anal by a Jarger interval

than normal. ‘he upper (right) surface had the ordinary

ground-colour, but in addition the whole surface was speckled

with boldly marked touches of dark brown pigment, which

extended to all the fins and the tail. Moreover, the entire

under surface (left) was even more thickly and conspicuously

dotted with specks of the same dark brown pigment, which

extended to all the fins and tail. The densest groups of

these touches occurred over the opercular region and the

abdomen. The ground-colour of this surface was white.

5. In a plaice about 12 inches long the dorsal (right)

surface was peculiarly mottled. The anterior area corre-

sponding to the head and most of the abdominal region below

(to the right of ) the pectoral was of the usual dark tint, as

also was the tail and a broad irregular patch extending about

3 inches forward, especially on the ventral (right) edge. The

rest of the upper surface (with the exception of a patch about

14 inch by ? inch between the two larger areas and ventrally,

that is to the right) was pure white, the fins (dorsal and anal)

alone showing a little dark pigment. The under surface was

pure white. No structural peculiarity was visible externally.

6. A poorly nourished plaice * about 10 inches in length

had the dorsal (right) surface dotted all over with black

specks and touches, whilst the ventral (left) surface presented

an extraordinary appearance, for it was speckled with dense

opaque white areas and small circular patches of white, which

invaded likewise the fins and tail. Small black specks also

occurred on the head, fins, and here and there over the body.

The circular nature of the patches of white and their coales-

cence to form larger areas would indicate a condition of things

not uncommon in certain affections of the skin in which the

sympathetic system of nerves is often specially concerned.

Such a condition is manifestly due to more than the action of

light, which is inadequate to explain the appearances. A con-

sideration of all the circumstances of the pigment in these

Pleuronectids therefore points as much to peculiarity of con-

stitution and the influence of the sympathetic system of nerves

as to the action of light, however important that may be.

* Mentioned in the Report S. F. B. for 1894 (published 1895), part iii.

p- 234.

296 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

The coloration of such plaice, moreover, would render

them conspicuous to fishes and other forms which preyed on

them, just as hawks often strike down white pigeons in a

flock of blue. The fact, however, that plaice have the shelter

of the sand may have increased the chance of survival. It

has also to be remembered that these are only adolescent

fishes and that they had yet to encounter many risks before

attaining full size in the deeper water beyond St. Andrews

Bay.

2. On the British Syllide.

In Dr. Johnston’s Catalogue of the British Museam (1865)

seven species frequenting British waters are mentioned,

viz.:—Syllis armillaris, O. F. Miller; S. cornuta, H. Rathke ;

S. prolifera (= Autolytus prolifera, O. F. Miiller) ; S. mono-

ceros, Dalyell, a species which has articulated cirri and long

pencils of swimming (sexual) bristles; Gattiola spectabilis,

Johnston; Alyriantda pinnigera, Montagu; and Loida ma-

crophthalma, Johnston (a sexual form of one of the pre-

ceding).

Instead of the four or five genera then known there are

now at least nine or ten, and the number of species has been

increased by a multiple of five. Yet the small size and the

difficulty in discriminating the species has probably led to

some being overlooked even in the British area, just as in

some foreign collections the representatives are wholly absent.

‘The group is one of the most interesting to naturalists from

the frequence of schizogamy and epigamy in its members, as

well as from the occurrence of phosphorescence. While linear

budding is thus common, no British species exhibits the

remarkable lateral branching of Syll’s ramosa of the ‘ Chal-

lenger’* or of the Trypanosyllis gemmipara of H. P. John-

son ¢ from Puget Sound, a species in which numerous buds

arise from a “proliferating somite” near the posterior

extremity.

3. On the Syllide of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions,

In the expedition of 1869 a Sy/lis was dredged at no. 6

(3. 6. 69) which appears to approach most nearly Syl/s

armillaris, O. F. M., though the ventral cirrus is narrower.

Its imperfect condition forbids further diagnosis.

* Zoology, vol. xii. p. 198, pls. xxxi. Ke.

+ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. xxix. no. 18, p. 405, pl. vii. figs. 72-

76 (1901).

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 297

Ehlersia cornuta, H. Rathke, var. hystricis.

Dredged in 92 fathoms on Adventure Bank in the Poreu-

pine’ expedition of 1870.

The head generally resembles that of Syllis armil/aris,

O. F. M., though the tentacles, like the cirri, seem to be

shorter,

The body also agrees with that of S. armillaris, the cirri

being comparatively short. ‘lhe foot has dorsally a cirrus of

seven to nine joints. Beneath is a short and bluntly conical

setigerous region bearing spines and a group of bristles with

somewhat slender shafts slightly curved at the tip, which is

bevelled. ‘The terminal piece is proportionally long and

with a hook at the tip and a minute secondary process

beneath. ‘The edge of the terminal piece has a series of

spikes. In this small specimen the characters of the bristles

are less evident than in the larger, especially the discrimina-

tion of the secondary process beneath the terminal hook.

The ventral cirrus is elongated, the base somewhat con-

stricted below the enlargement, then tapering to the tip,

which extends as far outward as the end of the setigerous

region. .

This variety differs from the typical form in the shorter

dorsal cirrus and in the shorter ventral cirrus, whilst the

slenderness of the bristles and the difficulty of diagnosing

their bifid nature brings it close to those species with simple

tips to the terminal pieces of the bristles which Langerhaus

has described *. As the latter author has pointed out, the

Chetosyllis Girstedi of Malmgren T seems to be the sexual

form (with swimming-bristles) of this species, procured in

June at Spitzbergen. Langerhans also includes the Syllis

sexoculata of Ehlers} under the same species, and they

certainly approach each other very closely, for palpi, cirri,

and bristles all correspond.

In the typical Ehlersia cornuta, which was dredged in the

‘ Porcupine ’ expedition of 1869 off Bundoran, Donegal Bay,

in 20-25 fathoms (Stat. 18), the form of the body is more

robust, the spikes on the edge of the terminal blade of the

bristles better marked, and the minutely bifid tip distinct,

The dorsal cirri are stout and the ventral cirri are tongue-

shaped, and not long tapered cones as in this form (var,

hystricts), which approaches Sy/lis abyssicola in this respect.

* Zeitschr. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 538.

+ Ann. Polycht. p. 162.

} Borstenw. i. p. 241, pl. x. figs. 5,7, & 8 (1864).

298 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Ancistrosyllis grenlandica, M‘Intosh.

An incomplete example of this species was dredged in the

‘ Porcupine’ expedition of 1870, east of Cape de Gatte, 6 miles

from shore, at a depth of 60-160 fathoms. ‘The specimen to

which the fragment pertained was evidently larger than the

original one procured in the cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Valorous’ in

1875*, ‘The dorsal hook is remarkably strong at the curva-

ture towards the tip, and apparently fixes the body very

securely to other tissues, such as a tube or sponge. The

point of the hook also shows minute rough processes. The

shaft of the hook, which is boldly striated, diminishes from

the distal curvature downwards to the level of the skin, where

the narrowest part is, a dilatation then occurring in the

tissues of the foot.

In the inferior division the smooth conical tip of the spine

projects beyond the surface, and in this specimen the papille

on the ventral cirri were very few and difficult to observe.

4, On Norwegian Syllide collected by Canon Norman,

D.C.L., F.RS.

Ehlersia cornuta, H. Rathke, var.

Habitat. Procured by Canon Norman in Finmark,

A fragment of the anterior end of a Sy/lis, the head having

long palpi, the tentacles distinctly moniliform and of con-

siderable length. The cirri anteriorly had at least from

eighteen to twenty segments, and they continued of this length

to the end of the fragment.

The foot presented a slightly tapered dorsal cirrus of

eighteen to twenty segments. ‘The conical setigerous region

was supported by two spines, the larger with its smoothly

conical tip projecting beyond the apex. The bristles were

comparatively slender, with shafts of the usual structure ani

the upper with very long slender terminal pieces which

appeared to have a simple tip with a slight hook. Both

shaft and tip of the upper bristles were remarkably slender

and the latter long; but though the approach of the marginal

spikes to the terminal hook caused an appearance which

resembled a bifid tip, yet, so far as could be made out, no

condition of this kind obtained. ‘The marginal spikes were

proportionally large and distinct. The lower bristles had

shorter and broader terminal pieces, and a minute secondary

* The distribution of this peculiar form is thus extensive.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 299

process was visible below the terminal hook, though it was

by no means distinct.

The ventral cirrus is remarkably elongate in proportion to

the size of the foot. It extends considerably beyond the tip

of the latter. In shape it is constricted at the base, slizhtly

dilates for some distance, and then diminishes a little toward

the tip.

This form therefore differs from the variety procured by the

‘Porcupine’ in having more numerousarticulations in the dorsal

cilri, viz. eighteen to twenty, yet Malmgren gives twenty-two

to twenty-seven as the typical number. The great length of

the ventral cirrus, which extends considerably beyond the tip

of the setigerous region, is also noteworthy. The number of

the articulations in the dorsal cirri seems to vary much, for in

an example from the deep water off St. Andrews Bay they are

even more numerous than Malmgren observes, Moreover,

the shorter and wider ventral cirrus in such forms also leaves

tle question open as to whether all can be included under the

original species.

5. On the Boring of Polydora in Australian Oysters.

An interesting Report to the Fisheries Commissioners of

New South Wales by Mr. Thomas Whitelegge, Zoologist to

the Australian Museum, ‘On the Worm Disease affecting the

Oysters of New South Wales’*, affords an opportunity of

glancing at the effects of this widely distributed genus in

colonial waters, more especially as a considerable collection of

Australian oysters exists in the University Museum.

Mr. Whitelegge appears to have overlooked the earlier

paper by Prof. Haswell +, who examined the oysters from the

same beds, viz. Newcastle, Hunter River, and described the

blisters formed by the thin layers of nacreous substance over

the fine black mud in the valves, and suggests that the exten-

sive destruction of the oyster-shells in Hunter River may be

connected with the muddiness of the water produced by in-

creased traffic. Prof. Haswell found two species of Polydora

in the oyster-shells, one of which is new, viz. Polydora poly-

branchia, the other being P. ciliata.

The author (Mr. Whitelegge) carried out his observations

at Newcastle (Hunter River), where there are many beds,

* 1890. Kindly forwarded by the Hon. J. H. Want, who has taken

great interest in the fisheries of New South Wales,

t ‘Jottings from the Diol. Laboratory, Sydney University,’ p- 275

(1880).

300 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

about fourteen having been examined. He found that Poly-.

dora chiefly affected those oysters on the surface of or buried

in the mud, a feature probably not unconnected with the fact

that tubes of mud are fashioned by the annelid at its apertures

in the shell. The idea that removal of the shells from mud

would lessen the liability to attack may have some basis,

since, as mentioned, mud is necessary for the manufacture of

the tubes which project beyond the apertures in the shell ;

but the annelid also makes these tubes of the debris from its

borings in aluminous shale. It must not be supposed, how-

ever, that the placing of the oysters on a bed of shells will

have the effect of freeing them from the annelids, the business

of which is to bore into all shells and similar solid bodies,

His diagnosis of oysters “badly infested with worms” as

having a thick rounded outline and devoid of thin sharp

edges will not suit British oysters, such as those from Whit-

stable, many of which have thin edges, though the shell is

honeycombed by the worms. Moreover, in the British oysters

the apertures of the tubes occur all over the shell, and the

same occurs in certain examples from Australia. He is of

opinion that the oysters were infected before removal from

the mangrove-flats to the beds, but, as the swarms of pelagic

larve carry the species everywhere, this is not of much con-

sequence. The view that on the natural beds (on the

mangrove-flats) the oysters appear to overcome the worm—

that is, the postlarval form—by quickly enclosing it with a

thick layer of shelly matter before it has had time to establish

itself is more than doubtful. The young annelid may settle

on the shell quite out of the reach of any such secretion, just

as it does on the limestone, chalk, and shale. The postlarval

worm is not different in this respect from the postlarval

Cliona, the boring sponge, which likewise settles on the

oyster irrespective of any shelly secretion, and is even more

destructive than Polydora. Besides, an examination of the

massive pearl-shells from Thursday Island, for which this

University Museum is indebted to Mr. James R. Tosh, will

show that the postlarval boring mollusks, like the boring

sponges, follow similar habits and settle in numbers on the

valves irrespective and out of reach of any shelly secretion,

Polydora is capable of perforating harder shells than those

of the oyster, and its ravages are perhaps best seen in massive

shells such as those of Chama.

The keyhole outline of the tubes “ furthest from the edge

of the oyster ’’ is probably due to the coalescence of the tubes

to foim a loop, for the tunnels of Polydora, so far as observed,

are circular, and thus in marked contrast to the tunnels of

o_o

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, B01

Dodecaceria, another boring annelid, the single tube of which

forms a keyholeéoutline in transverse section.

The expression that the inlet and ontlet of the tube is

“‘ often enclosed by the thin layer of shell deposited by the

oyster” probably means that, according to the author, the

worm stoically keeps its body in the line of its tube whilst

the oyster makes a cast of it, a condition of things foreign to

experience. It may happen that at the growing edge of the

valve the projecting tubes of mud may be fixed by the shelly

secretion of the edge of the mantle, but there is no proof

that the annelid would thereby be prevented from gaining

the exterior—so necessary for its existence.

The author makes much of the mud in which he appears

invariably to have found the young Polydora, and of “ the

thin membranous covering thereot secreted by the oyster.”

He has seen no groove indicative of boring in such cases, and

denies, indeed, that the annelid bores at all. Such views,

however, cannot be received by zoologists either in regard

to Polydora or other boring annelids, such as Dodecaceria

and Sabella saxicava, or in regard to the perforations made

by Phoronis, boring mollusks, and sponges. Polydora bores

not only in oysters, but in dense shells, such as Fusus

and Buccinum, and over vast areas of the ocean, and

is one of the important agents in disintegrating the shells on

the sea-bottom. It is true that very little might be visible

at first, as the postlarval worm settles on the oyster,

but even less would be seen in the case of the postlarval

sponge, as it fixes itself to the shell, yet in due time the

shell is tunnelled by the one and honeycombed—often

with beautiful dendritic patterns—by the other. The idea

that the postlarval worm settles inside the valves of the

oyster could only apply to the free edge (uncovered by the

mantle), and it is traversed by the fact that there is no such

secretion to account for the phenomena in the case of a lime-

stone rock or a mass of shale. If the annelid does not bore,

how does it make the finely formed tunnels in such rocks

and in the thick coating of Melobesia (a caleareous alga)

which covers many rocks and stones between tide-marks, and

in Balani? Few traces of mud and no “ thin membranous

coverings ” occur in these instances.

The view that the postlarval worm, with a great capacity

for attachment, simply clings by the mouth to the margin of

the shell of the open oyster, “ constructs a tube, and collects

a large quantity of mud,” which the oyster surrounds with a

shelly secretion, and repeats it when the worm continues its

tube, will not fully explain the case. There is no doubt that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 21

302 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

considerable irritation ensues when, for instance, a Polydora

makes use of a fissure at the margin of the valve, follows the

chink inward, and may even penetrate to the mantle, or when

in the course of its boring it perforates the valve. The mud

ejected by the vent may thus collect and require investment

by the shelly secretion, and cause the so-called blister. A

large blister 14 inch long in a specimen sent by Mr. Want

may thus have originated, and it had a double shelf, indi-

cating that, after the first source of irritation had been shut

off, a new intrusion had occurred. The tubes which led to

this were only sunk in the shell at the extreme margin

and for a short distance, the rest of the communication with

the interior being between the lamina, where a chink existed,

probably the result of the former irritation. Such a condition

is very apt to happen now and then under the varied circum-

stances affecting thousands of annelids and oysters, and had

been described by Prof. Haswell and seen in an example

from the same Australian grounds (Newcastle) in 1883,

But it must be borne in mind that blisters may arise in

shells where no examples of Polydora have been or are.

Thus in a very fine oyster from Lake Cutgee, near Bermagui,

Australia, a large blister was caused by a group of small

pebbles, the largest nearly reaching a quarter of an inch and

the smallest like a coarse sand-grain. In certain very fine

oysters from Whitstable thin blisters occur without apparent

cause, and no Polydore are present. It is possible, there-

fore, that occasionally /o/ydora may take advantage of a

space caused by other sources of irritation than itself, though

there is no reason to suppose that it does not now and then

also cause by its excreted mud the irritation, especially

Polydora hoplura, the form found by Dr. D. Carazzi in the

Australian oysters. In some examples of this kind it is

possible that the annelid found it more convenient to utilize

the vacuity in the oyster than send the mud out of the ex-

ternal apertures of its tubes. In the great majority of British

shells few collections of mud enclosed by a shelly layer are

found, and yet the valves may be riddled by Polydora ciliata,

The statement in the Report that each worm necessarily has

its own collection of mud therefore requires the qualification

of species. The collections of mud with the young worms

within the valves have not been observed in this country,

where P. hoplura has not yet been specially noticed. The

author discusses the probabilities of the cavities of the blisters

being enlarged by the worm, but this has never been supposed

by any zoologist. In most instances the tunnels bored by

Polydcra ciliata in shells are cylindrical and quite clean

tiie

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 303

and have no relation to “ blisters,” and the position is further

shown by the boring of the annelid in chalk, limestone,

aluminous shale, and sandstone, where there is no possibility

of the secretion of a “thin membranous” layer to keep the

intruder out. As shown by Dr. Carazzi, the conditions indi-

cated by Mr. Whitelegge pertain for the most part to the

action of Polydora huplura.

The notion that boring does not occur because no “ grooves ”

were visible may be equally applied to the boring sponges,

Sipunculi, Phoronides, and other forms. Besides, no grooves

are necessary where a chink between the shelly layers permits

the annelid to form its tunnels of mud, as indicated in the

foregoing paragraph.

The tendency to secrete a nacreous coating to shut off

sources of irritation is observed in many mollusks, and is

taken advantage of, for instance, by the Chinese in the coating

of their josses with the nacreous layer and in the artificial

formation of pearls. Blister after blister may thus be formed

by different perforations. It is interesting that the boring

sponges do not cause the same irritation as the excreted mud

of Polydora, their minute perforations on the inner wall of

the shell being rapidly coated by the shelly secretion; but

their great number and persistent character have ultimately

a serious effect on the health of the oyster. The decompo-

sition of this excreted mud of Pulydora is certainly a source

of danger to the mollusk.

That the annelids do not thrive unless in living oysters

which cause currents, and thus bring the commensals food, is

negatived by the fact that vast numbers bore in limestone

rocks and shale, where no living mollusks and no favourable

currents are. ‘lhey have, indeed, been kept alive in shale

for months 50 miles from the sea. All that can be said on

this head is that they are very abundant on living oysters.

It is quite possible that the boring is best carried out when

the annelid settles after the pelagic stage. ‘The “ helplessness”

ot the adult when removed from its tube is no proof that it

is ineapable of boring. Any other adult borer, for example

Dodecaceria or Sabella saxicava, would, when removed from

its tube, be equally helpless.

The statement that in certain instances the annelid “lives

completely within the shell, and the ends of the tube have

no connexion with the outer world except when the oyster

is open,” is exceptional. As far as observed, a like condi-

tion has not been seen in this country nor in one hundred

and twenty oysters from fifteen Australian beds, including

those from Hunter River (Newcastle) kindly presented to

21%

304 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the University in 1883 by the Trustees of the Australian

Museum. It might have been supposed that the margin of the

mantle would have affected the intruding body by a calcareous

secretion.

Mr. Whitelegge gives three figures (6, 7, and 8, pl. iv.) of

sections through the tubes of Polydora, viz. 7, a single tube

(loop at inner end), which he supposes is the first stage in

which the worm rests on the flattened solid part of shell, and

over which (the quiescent worm) the oyster forms a layer,

semicircular in transverse section. In the next stage (fig. 8)

the semicircle has become a keyhole, namely, there is a

tendency to a double tube; whilst in the third stage (fig. 9)

the two tubes are distinctly separated. But the same appear-

ances are found in the borings of the annelids in limestone-

rock, chalk, and shale, and are not related to the secretions of

the oyster. His first stage is the loop at the end of the

tunnel, his second is the commencement of the double tube in

an instance where the loop has been very short, whilst his

third stage is the distal portion of each tunnel. ‘The latter is

a simple circular tube with a loop internally. ‘The appear-

ances figured, therefore, represent certain parts of the tunnel,

but the interpretation of their formation differs,

The whole position taken up by the author is lost at the

foot of page 8 of the Report, where, after mentioning the

entrance of the worm ‘into the open shell,” the collection of

mud, and the investment by the layer of shell (how it

manages to live after this encystment is not explained), he

adds, “the body of the worm, resting on the shell, has by

reason of the constant movements in and out a tendency to

wear away the shell”; ‘ whether this is accomplished by

strictly mechanical means or by a corrosive acid I am unable

to say, but the fact remains that it is worn away.” There is

no doubt the repoiter would have arrived sooner at this con-

clusion if, instead of confining his observations to oysters,

especially those having the “blisters”? internally, he had

studied the action of the worm on limestone and on shale.

The observations were evidently made with much care and

display great acuteness; but it is difficult at first sight to

giasp all the circumstances affecting these complex processes.

Again, the opinion is expressed that when the worm has

been long in the shell the “grooves” are deep, and the

longer they remain the deeper they become, from the fact

that “the growth or increase in the size of the shell forces

the entrances further outward and upwards or downwards, as

the case may be, according to whether it is the upper or lower

valve.” It is true many of the tunnels pass from the margin

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 395

of the valves inwards, but such may be due to the facilities

afforded by the numerous chinks and fissures between the

thin shelly plates for the early operations of the annelids of

this species, as pointed out by Dr. Carazzi. Polydora, more-

over, bores in univalves, not to allude to rocks and stones,

where the tubes could not be affected in this way. Nor will

the statement concerning the appearances of the tubes, viz.

“ becoming shallower inwards and ceasing to be grooved at

all,” lend much support. ‘he tubes end in a loop, which, in

shells that are worn, or when the loop occurs in a “ blister”

or space, does not show the circular form (in section of the

shell) of the distal part of the tube. The circular form, how-

ever, is really kept up by the tunnel in the mud or by calca-

reous sediment in other circumstances, and both of which

may be washed away after death. The tube is thus con-

tinuous from one aperture to the other, and the annelid can

reverse itself therein, the head appearing at either aperture.

The exact meaning of this part of the description is difficult

to comprehend. If it be that the proximal end or loop of

the tube indicates the site occupied by the postlarval worm

when it is “shut out”? by the oyster, such, as already men-

tioned, does not accord with previous observations.

It is also necessary to demur to the statement in the Report

that itis quite possible that in limestone and shale the annelid

“may take possession of a small depression, and as it grows

gradually enlarge it by its constant movements in and out,

until it has formed its tube in the same. Such tubes may

serve for a succession of generations, being still increased in

size by each occupant, as is the case with some of our sea-

urchins which form holes in the sandstone of Port Jackson.

But stil] there would be an absence of boring in the sense

used with reference to this worm.” The supposition that the

swarm of finely-drilled tunnels on the free edge of a fractured

piece of limestone rock or the thick end of Chama have thus

been formed in fortuitous depressions cannot be accepted.

The surface of many of the rocks and stones drilled by

Polydora and Dodecaceria is perfectly smooth, and besides,

in not a few instances, the number and regularity of such

fortuitous depressions that would be necessary negative it.

The author’s argument would be equally applicable to the

works of Yeredo and Limnorta in timber, and would be

equally futile. Further, if oysters from certain Australian

beds be examined, tubes of Serpul/e will be found in great

numbers on the surface, and some of these have been partially

enveloped by the shell during growth, so that they require

to be picked out. A careful examination of these tubes, tor

306 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

instance, gives no evidence that by the ‘ constant move-

ments in and out” the slightest change has occurred in their

diameter. Nor would the same movements alter the diameter

or make the tunnels of Polydora or Dodecaceria. The power of

boring is a special attribute of these and other forms which

perforate rocks and shells. It might be as appropriately said

of Teredo and Xylophaga (mollusks which perforate wood) that

their tunnels are made by “ constant movements in and out.”

Polydora is an active borer in shells, rocks, and stones, and

if it be carefully observed when working in the softer pieces

of shale, cloudy jets of the debris are noticed issuing from the

apertures of its tubes at intervals, and they form a deposit on

the bottom of the vessel. Whether this consists wholly of

materials from the excavations in the shale or partly of the

contents of the intestine is an open question, but it partakes

of the debris of the shale. Dr, Carazzi’s supposition that

the description given by the writer* might apply to chinks

and fissures between the layers of the albuminous shale

is unnecessary. The remarks applied to solid and fairly hard

portions of the shale, which required to be split to show the

tubes of the annelid, just as in the hard calcareous rocks.

Oysters (and other shelly mollusks) are every where attacked

by Polydora, but such can scarcely be termed a disease.

The annelid is a commensal in the case of the oyster, and

shares with it the muddy food carried by currents within

reach of its mouth and tentacles, which are richly ciliated and

fitted for conveying particles of various kinds. It settles on

the oyster because it possesses a shell wherein it can bore,

and because the shell-fish is usually on a site suitable for

supplies of food. Some, such as Pu/ydora ciliata, do not neces-

sarily interfere with the inner layer of the valves, and thus

are in contrast with the boring sponge (Cliona), which not

only is more destructive to the mass of the shell, but per-

forates the nacreous (inner) layer by multitudes of minute

pores, necessitating a constant secretion from the outer layer

of the mantle to close them, and by-and-bye rend2zring

the interior of the valves discoloured, nodulated, and un-

sightly. At first each minute pore is shut off by a thin

circular patch of the secretion, but as the sponge pertinaciously

progresses in its work of destruction the valves assume the

condition just mentioned. On the other hand, Polydora

hoplura, a southern species, as shown by Dr. Carazzi, more

frequently perforates the valves and causes collections of

mud and the formation of blisters as described by Mr. White-

legge. As Mr. Whitelegge states, the general view is that

the presence of Polydora on oyster-beds is connected with

* Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4, 1868, ii. p. 276. d

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 307

mud ; and a considerable number of years ago the Whitstable

Oyster Company of the Thames were greatly exercised on

this subject, for they were of opinion that the deposition of

mud from the dredgers used in the Thames was the cause of

the attacks which rendered many of their beautiful oysters

unsightly. The Polydora (P. ciliata) which is found in

these is much smaller, as arule, than that (P. hoplura) in the

Australian oysters; but if the authorities of New South

Wales saw the havoc made of the Whitstable shells, they

would derive some satisfaction from the fact that things

might be worse than they are in Australian waters. Yet

many of the Whitstable oysters, though honeycombed ex-

ternally by the worm-tunnels, are perfectly sound within, and

fit to appear in the most fastidious market. Probably much

depends on the vigour of the oyster, as in some cases, instead

of the Australian “ blisters,” the large Whitstable oysters

pour out a dense mass of pure white calcareous seeretion

nearly a quarter of an inch in thickness, thinning off at the

edges over an area of 1} in. square, and thus keep the lively

aunelids at a distance trom the mantle. Of the two com-

mensals, the annelid—British or Australian—is preferable to

the sponge, yet it is doubtful if the losses through them are

so serious as to endanger the success of oyster-culture either

at home or in Australia.

Mr. Whitelegge proposes to kill the boring-worms by

immersing the oysters in fresh water for some days, or by

placing them in the air (under shelter from the sun) for ten

days or longer. It is quite possible that the annelids would

thus be killed, and, it may be, some of the oysters, No

sooner, however, would the oysters be replaced on any

ordinary bed within reach of sea-water than they would be

liable to inroads both of the annelids and the sponge, since

the larval and postlarval forms of both abound, the former

especially for many months. Besides, unless in special

enclosed parks, any oysters left on the beds, or the occurrence

of old shells, limestone boulders, suitable shale, or even sand-

stone in the neighbourhood, would re-people the entire area

within a brief space.

‘The perforations of Polydora in oysters need not be taken

too seriously, since even the best oysters are thus invaded,

and yet their quality is undisputed. ‘The condition is so

universal that the greatest difficulty would be encountered in

stamping it out, and it is doubtful if the result would com-

pensate the labour and expense, even were it practicable,

Besides, as already mentioned, the boring-sponge is a more

dangerous enemy to the oyster-shell, since it so generally

perforates the inner or nacreous layer.

308 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

Of the beds represented in the collections procured in 1883,

the oysters of the Manning River were comparatively free

from Polydora, as are those of the Clarence River, Moryna

River, Shoalhaven River, Crookhaven River, Richmond

River, Clyde River, Camden Haven, Cape Hawke, and Cape

Upstart (Queensland) beds. Whether these had been specially

selected or were average examples, however, was not indi-

cated. The oysters from Georges River, Hawkesbury River,

Newcastle (Hunter River), and comparatively few from Jervis

Bay, had larger numbers of Polydore, but were not by any

means seriously affected when contrasted with those in Britain.

A few from Auckland, New Zealand, were quite free from this

borer. Some of the beds showed the oyster-valves riddled by

the boring sponge (Cliona), such as Shoalhaven, Hawkesbury,

Jervis Bay, Georges River, Clarence River, and Moryna

River. A survey of the available specimens here does not

show that the oysters from Hunter River are more subject to

attacks of Polydora than certain other beds; but as these were

collected in 1883, the condition may be different now, though

such is unlikely. Polydora is a ubiquitous form.

No appearance observed in this collection militated against

the view that in every instance oyster-culture, under efficient

management, could be carried out with much success.

It may be added that various papers have within recent

years been published on Polydora. In one of these, Prof. Léon

Vaillant*, in referring to the action of Polydora ciliata on

the calcareous rocks at the mouth of the Somme, estimated

that there would be from 250,000 to 300,000 of them in a

superficial métre, and he considers them amongst the most

persistently destructive forces affecting such shores. This

action of Po/ydora had long before been recorded in this

country, though it had escaped the notice of Mr. Whitelegge.

The most complete revision of the species of the genus in-

habiting oysters is that by Dr. D. Carazzi Tf, of the Museum

of Spezia. He concludes his paper with some remarks on

the biology of the annelids. As already indicated, he is of

opinion that the descriptions of Mr. Whitelegge apply mainly

to Polydora hoplura, which is partial to the margins of

oyster-shells and more frequently passes through the entire

shell, irritating the oyster and causing the blister with its

attendant mud. Its action on living oysters is thus more

grave, as a rule, than that of P. ciliata, a species also described

as occurring in New South Wales.

* Ann. Se. Nat. Zoolog. 7° sér. tome xii. p. 44 (1891).

t Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, ii, Bd. 1 Heft, pp. 1-45, Taf. 2 (1893).

Nomenclature of Genera &e. in the Oribatide, 809

Ll.—Nomenclature of Genera dc. in the Oribatide.

By A. D. Micwakt, F.L.S. &c.

Dr. A. C. OupEMANS, of Arnhem, in the ‘ Tijdschrift voor

Entomologie,’ Deel xliii., some time since published a pape~

which, although short, displays a considerable amount of

industry and ingenuity ; it is called ‘* Remarks on the Deno-

mination of the Genera and Higher Groups in ‘ Das Tierreich,

Oribatide.’”” It is a criticism upon the names of genera and

subfamilies as used not only in ‘ Das Tierreich,’ but in most

instances in almost every modern work of any authority. I

regret that the pressure of other engagements has prevented

my answering it before. If we were obliged to adopt the

alterations suggested by Dr. Oudemans, it would be little less

than a misfortune, as they would introduce endless confusion

by interchanging the generic names of the best-known

genera, so that it would be almost impossible to say in what

sense any particular author used any of these generic names.

Luckily Dr. Oudemans’s enthusiasm has, I think, led him to

overlook very sufficient reasons why this disastrous course

should not be adopted.

A large portion of what seem to me the errors of Dr. Oude-

mans’s paper arise from the idea that the descriptions given

by Linneeus and other early authors were sufficient to identify

species by ; whereas, as a rule, they were not distinct enough

even to identify families. Although the names have often

been preserved by far later authors out of respect to the

earlier men and a desire to retain some record of their work,

yet the definition and allotment of the name must be almost

always looked upon as that of the later author, while the

creature which the earlier author really spoke of remains

entirely uncertain.

Dr. Oudemans says that the well-known name of the genus

Oribata must be changed into Notaspis (which is a name

known for a different genus), the name of the subfamily

following it, because he says that ‘in all his works Latreille

tells us that the type ot his genus is Acarus geniculatus,

Linné (a Yameus of ‘ Das ‘Vierreich’).” The passage just

quoted seems to me to contain a double error. Firstly,

Latreille did not tell us so in all his works, he did in some

ot them; but he varied his types from time to time in a

very puzzling manner. ‘Thus, although in 1802 in Buffon’s

Hist. nat. éd. Sonnini, Ins, vol. iii. p. 65, which was probably

the first time he used the name, he says of the almost un-

defined genus, “‘ Example A. geniculatus, Linn.,” yet in the

following year, 1803, in his next work, ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire

310 Mr. A. D. Michael on the

d’Hist. nat. appliquée aux Arts,’ vol. xvi. p. 349, he simply

says that he has carried to the genus Orihbata A. coleoptratus

and A. geniculatus of Linneus, putting A. coleoptratus

first; and in 1804, in Hist. Nat. des Crust. et des Insectes,

t. vil. p. 400, he says: “ We have made known the genus

Oribata by describing the Acarus corticalis of de Geer.”

Latreille no doubt thought that the A. gentcu/atus of Linnzus

was the same species, but really it was not. Even if Latreille

had told us in all bis works that A. geniculatus, Linn., was

the type of Oribata, it would not have been good, firstly,

because he could not make it the type of Oribata in 1802

when he had already made it the type of Acarus in 1796, in

‘Piécis des Caractéres génériques des Insectes disposés dans

un Ordre naturel.’ As to this, Dr. Oudemans says that

Latreille created a genus Acarus with Acarus geniculatus,

Linn., as type, “ but that as Acarus was already preoccupied

by Linneus with Acarus sivo, Linn., as type, Acarus, Latreille,

must fall.” It does not seem to me correct to say that

Latreille created or attempted to create any new genus; he

simply divided the Linnean genus Acarus, which included

the whole of the present order Acarina as far as Linneus

knew of it. Having divided off the genus Tyroglyphus with

A. siro, Linn., as type, and other genera, he left 4. gen“cu-

latus as type of the remaining species, for which he retained

the generic name of dcarus, a name which has been con-

veniently and properly dropped by modern acarologists

because it has been raised into an order, and it was not

possible to say what ought to constitute the genus if it were

retained. As to A. s7ro, Linn., being the Linnean type, as

Dr. Oudemans says, it is difficult to see upon what he founds

this contention. Linneus does not in any way indicate that

it is the type, and neither in the 10th edition (1758) nor in

the 12th edition (1767), which are the only two editions

ot the ‘Systema Nature’ taken as the origin of nomenclatue

by anybody, does A. siro appear as the first species; A.elephan-

tinus is the first, then follow other Ixodidw, and A. siro is the

15th. Secondly, if A. geniculatus had been the type of Ori-

bata, that type would have been bad because it is not possible

to say what species the 4. geniculatus of Linneeus was, or even

what family it belonged to. ‘The Linnean description was

“ Acarus niger, femorum geniculis sub-globosus” ; this is all,

and is manifestly insufficient. What creature, if any, Latreille

supposed the A. geniculatus of Linnzus to be it is not possib’e

to determine ; it certainly was not the creature which we now

call Dameeus geniculatus and allot to Linneus’s name, because

in 1804, in ‘ Hist. Nat, générale et particulitve d. Crust. et

des Insectes,’ Latreille says that his A. genicu/atus is the same

Nomenclature of Genera &c, in the Oribatide. 311

as Acarus corticalis, de Geer, t. vii. pl. viii. fig. 1, which

certainly is not what we now call D. geniculatus, and is not a

Dameus at all, and which cannot well have been Linnzeus’s

species, because, meagre as the Linnean description is, it is

inconsistent with A. corticalis of de Geer. The fact is that

no one can say, even approximately, what the A. geniculatus

of Linneeus was. Latreille evidently did not know any better

than we do, and he mixed up several totally inconsistent

species under the name. It was only in 1835 that C. L. Koch

described a species in a manner which could be recognized,

and adopted the Linnean specific name and the genus

Dameus for it; but this cannot affect priorities in 1802-

1803 ; and there is not any reason to suppose that it is the

Linnean species. A. geniculatus having failed as a type

and the definition of the genus being insufficient, what can

we take as the type? It would be the species put first by

Latreille in his next work in 1803 as above quoted, viz.,

Acarus coleoptratus, if that be a sufficiently described species.

Dr. Oudemans says that it is, and that “ Linné’s description

of his Acarus coleoptratus tits perfectly on Oribates ovalis,

Koch.” Jf that be so, then it appears to me that Dr. Ou le-

mans has proved conclusively that the sense in which

acarologists use the genus OUribata is correct, and that if it

were changed into Notuspis, as Dr. Oudemans suggests, it

would be wrong. I fear, however, that I cannot accept this

simple method of deciding the point, because it seems to me

that the Linnean description of A. coleoptratus is as im-

possible to identify as that of A. geniculutus; it is, “ Acarus

ater, lateribus nigro-subcoleoptratus.” How Dr. Oudemans

makes this fit Orzbata ovalis or anything else is quite beyond

my comprehension. ‘The fact is that all that can be said is

that both Oribata, Latreille, and Notaspis, Hermann, were

intended to include the whole of the Oribatidz, that the types

utterly broke down, and that until Koch defined the former

and Nicolet the latter, the genera were undefined, and there-

fore the names as at present used are correct.

Dr. Oudemans then suggests that the genus Serrarius may

have to be changed into Gustavia because he is of opinion

that Gustavia sol, Kramer, is likely to prove to be a nymph

of a Serrarius ; of this no evidence is offered. Kramer him-

self expressly said that it was not one of the Oribatide, and

the four-jointed palpi seem to render it unlikely that it is.

Even if it were, it seems to me that all existing authorities

negative the validity of names of Acarina, whether generic or

specific, which are founded on immature types; but as I have

lately fuliy discussed this question in ‘ British Tyrogly phide,’

Ray Society, 1901, pp. 185-187, I will not repeat it here.

312 Nomenclature of Genera ke. in the Oribatide.

Dr. Oudemans further says that the genus Cepheus ought

to be renamed, and the name of Kochia (suggested by him)

adopted instead, on the ground that C. latus, Koch, was the

type species, and that it belonged to another genus, and that

Nicolet created a new genus Cepheus, which fails because of

Koch’s priority. This does not appear to me to be a correct

statement of the facts. Koch did not attempt to make any

type; his Cepheus latus and C. minutus were published at

the same time on loose sheets. Nicolet did not attempt to

make a new genus Cepheus, he expressly says that his genus

is Cepheus, Koch, but he divided it, creating a new genus

Tegeocranus, to which he carried his own species J’. cephei-

Jormis, which he supposed, probably erroneously, to be the

same as Cepheus latus, Koch; but the latter species is not

sufficiently well defined by Koch for anyone to say for certain

what it was, although there has been a desire by myself and

others to retain Koch’s name for something, and it is not

improbable that the creature now called Tegeocranus latus

may have been Koch’s species; but this is uncertain. Koch

did not give any available type; Nicolet defined Koch’s

genus better and divided it; his species are unmistakable.

‘The same observations answer the allegation that Nicolet’s

genus Tegeocranus ought to be changed into Cepheus, as the

reasons are the same, except that Dr. Oudemans adds an

additional reason against the name of Tegeocranus being

sustained, viz. that Nicolet’s type was his 7. femoralis, which

is true, but that was so evidently a member of Koch’s earlier

genus Carabodes that it was necessary to carry it to that

genus, leaving Nicolet’s subtype 7. cephetformis, which he

carefully gives, as the existing type of Tegeocranus.

Dr. Oudemans then says that Notaspis should be changed

into Hremeus, Koch, because Notaspis is founded on Acarus

coleoptratus as a type; but, as I have pointed out above, this is

not any type at all, and it is absolutely uncertain to what

genus or family it belonged. Notaspis is a far older name

than Hremeus, and as portions were divided off, the old name

was left for a part by modern writers, which seems to be a

proper course.

Finally, Dr. Oudemans says that the well-known and

universally accepted genus Nothrus, Koch (1835), must be

changed into Camista, because von Heyden in 1826 created a

genus of the latter name with Notaspis segnis, Hermann, as

type. ‘There seems to me to be more to be said in favour of

this than of any of Dr. Oudemans’s other proposals, because

JV. segnis is usually included in the genus Nothrus ; but some

acarologists have been of opinion that it should be the

type of a separate genus. If it be necessary to preserve

—— Oe ee

——— |

On new Species of Ampelita and Tropidophora. 313

von Heyden’s name, this would probably be the best way of

doing it rather than to upset the well-established genus

Nothrus; but it is doubtful whether it is necessary, because

von Heyden’s work was so extraordinary that it can hardly

be looked upon as a scientific publication at all; some

eminent modern acarologists have agreed not to pay any

attention to new names contained in it unless they have been

adopted by some later writer who has practically made thein

his own—so many of the genera being mere nomina nuda, or

based upon types which were so, never having been described

at all. Von Heyden probably intended to have described

them in some later work, an intention which he did not

carry out.

Dr. Oudemans at the end of his paper gives a list of what

he calls the types of the genera; I fancy that the authors of

the genera would, in many cases, have been somewhat

astonished to be informed that these were their types. So

far as | understand it, Dr. Oudemans considers that when a

zoologist writes of an existing genus and gives any new

species he creates a new genus which fails for want of priority,

but of which his first-named species is the type; if this be

his view, I am not able to agree with him.

LII.—Deseriptions of new Species of Ampelita and Tropido-

phora from Madagascar. By HuGu FuLron.

Ampelita subnigra, sp. n.

Shell widely and deeply umbilicated, lenticular, solid ;

upper whorls light to very dark reddish brown below, polished,

closely and irregularly obliquely striated above and below,

underside of last whorl with indistinet, microscopic, spiral

striz ; embryonic portion consisting of two w horls, the first

almost smooth; whorls 45, moderately convex, regularly

. . 5

increasing, the ‘last acutely carinate, and descending very

slightly ; aperture subovate, very oblique, leaden-bluish

colour within ; peristome narrowly expanded, polished, black-

ish brown, upper margin almost straight, with an angle where

it joins the basal margin at the periphery, the basal and

columellar margins regularly curved, margins connected by

an extremely thin transparent callus.

Alt. 16, maj. diam. 40 millim.

Hab. Fort Dauphin, Madagascar.

The most nearly allied species known to me is A. loucou-

beensis, Crosse, which is similar in colour and form, but has

not the angular peristome of A. subnigra, which is also more

‘

314 On new Species of Ampelita and Tropidophora,

oblique. The latter is also more acutely carinated, and the

last whorl descends even less than in Crosse’s species.

I have also received subfossil specimens from the same

locality.

A. novacula, Marts., is a flatter shell with a more oblique

aperture, sharply angular at the umbilicus, and its last whorl

does not descend.

Tropidophora carnicolor, sp. n.

Shell globose-conic, moderately thick, umbilicated to width

of about 3 millim.; first three whorls yellowish, last two and

a half of a deep flesh-colour, underpart of last whorl of a

lighter shade, encircled on last whorl immediately below the

periphery by a bluish-black spiral band about 1 millim. wide ;

whorls 53, very convex, first two smooth, others sculptured

with distinct, regularly spaced, spiral liree, about 18 on upper

part of body-whorl; just above the colour-band and for a

little distance below, the spiral structure is lacking, leaving a

smooth zone about 3 millim. wide; aperture almost circular,

orange-yellow within, outer band showing through ; peristome

thin, almost continuous, outer margin narrowly, columellar

margin broadly expanded but not reflected, partly obscuring

the umbilicus ; operculum normal, slightly concave, consist-

ing of about four regularly increasing whorls.

Alt. 21, maj. diam. 22 millim.

Hab. Fort Dauphin, Madagascar.

Allied to 7. asperum, Pot. et Mich., but easily distinguished

from it by the smooth zone on last whorl. In VT. carnicolor

the spiral lire are not so coarse, not so distinctly decussated

by the oblique striz, and the colour-band of body-wuorl is

situated a litle lower than in the former species.

Tropidophora erenulatum, sp. n.

Shell oblong-pyramidal, narrowly but distinctly umbili-

cated, moderately thick, pale yellow, with a dark-coloured

band just below periphery of last and continued at suture of

penultimate whorl, sometimes with several narrow spiral

bands above the periphery ; suture rather deep and delicately

crenulated ; whorls 5, very convex, first two smooth, lower

whorls with inconspicuous oblique striz crossed by numerous

spiral lire, the last half-whorl having a somewhat malleated

appearance ; aperture circular, slightly oblique, yellow within,

outer band showing through; peristome thin, very slightly

thickened and expanded, continued over parietal wall by a

somewhat raised callus; operculum slightly concave, the

nucleus (14 whorls) darker coloured and sunken.

On new Species of Helicoids. d15

Maj. diam. 10, alt. 11 millim. (with single colour-band).

7 934, ,, 10 ,, (with several colour-bands).

Hab. Fort Dauphin, Madagascar.

Near 7’, tenue, Sowb., but slightly broader in proportion to

its height, and with somewhat coarser sculpture.

T. tenue, Sowb., T. figatulum, Grant, and TJ’. concinnum,

Sowb., are very closely allied, but our species can readily be

distinguished from all three by its crenulated suture.

LIIT.— Descriptions of new Species of Helicoids from German

New Guinea and New Mecklenburg (New Ireland). By

HuGu FULTON.

Cristigibba Wahnesi, sp. n.

Shell planorbuloid, moderately solid, umbilicated to width

at upper part of about 3 millim., with oblique growth-lines

decussated by a dense microscopic obliquely spiral sculpture,

yellowish white above, a little deeper below, ornamented by

two dark brown spiral bands, the upper commencing at and

above the suture of the second, and continued on upper part

of the last whorl, the lower broader and situated just below

the periphery, continued on the parietal wall, a slight con-

striction situated a short distance from the columellar margin ;

spire plain, apex slightly immersed, the nucleus (three-quarters

of a whorl) sharply separated ; whorls scarcely 5, convex,

rapidly increasing, last half descending to periphery ; aperture

very oblique, white within, the two colour-bands showing

clearly through ; peristome very moderately expanded, white,

margins regularly curved, upper converging towards columella,

which is very slightly expanded at point of insertion.

Maj. diam. 22, alt. 12 millim.

Hab. New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

Similar above to C. corniculum, H. et J., but the last

whorl of our species descends much lower, its peristome is

not so widely expanded, and the constriction is much less

prominent.

The narrowly expanded peristome and the almost absent

gibbosity give C. Wahnest a more circular appearance than

any other species known to me.

Chloritis multisetosa, sp. n.

Shell depressed globose, moderately and excavately umbili-

cated, rather solid, dark mahogany-brown on lower whorls,

lighter brown above, densely covered with (under the lens)

conspicuous hair-scars, spire somewhat exseited ; whorls 2,

316 Mr. UH. Fulton on

moderately convex ; slowly and regularly increasing, the last

descending to the periphery, suture rather deep and somewhat

channelled ; aperture rather oblique, subcircular, light brown

within ; peristome moderately expanded, reddish brown,

margins regularly curved, slightly triangularly dilated at point

of insertion.

Maj. diam. 19, alt. 14 millim.

Hab. New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

This distinct new species can be readily distinguished by

its exserted spire; in that respect it resembles C. argillacza,

Fér., from which, however, it differs greatly in its other

characters.

Chloritis tenebrica, sp. n.

Shell depressed globose, spire slightly exserted, rather

solid, moderately excavately umbilicated, dark brown, with

numerous hair-sears ; whorls 42, moderately convex, with in-

conspicuous oblique lines of growth, last whorl descending to

just below periphery ; suture slightly channelled ; aperture

subcircular, interior brown, moderately oblique; peristome

somewhat expanded, reddish brown, margins curved, connected

by an extremely thin callus, columellar margin thickened and

triangularly expanded.

Maj. diam. 24, alt. 18 millim.

Hab. New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

Closely allied to C. multisetosa, but easily separated on

examination of the hair-scars, which are almost twice as

numerous in that species. C. tenebrica is larger, and the last

whorl descends even slightly lower than in C. multisetosa,

Papuina densestriata, sp. n.

Shell conical, moderately solid, imperforate, sculptured

above and below (except the smooth nucleus) with close-set

oblique costate striae, dark brown, middle whorls ornamented

at the suture by short oblique flakes of light brown, suture

margined by a light thread; whorls scarcely six, first some-

what papilliform, slightly convex, the last carinate at the

periphery ; aperture very oblique, subovate, dark within ;

peristome broadly expanded, somewhat reflected at the lower

right margin, triangularly dilated at point of insertion, margins

connected by a thin transparent callus, the extreme edge of

outer margin and the inner edge of columellar margin light,

the other portions very dark brown.

Maj. diam. 25, alt. 28 millim.

Hab. New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

This handsome new species resembles in its general form

P. Férussaci, Less., buthas the margins of its peristome curved,

new Species of Helicoids. 317

not acute at junction of upper and basal margins. The oblique

sculpture is similar to that of P. Fergusoni, Ad., but P. dense-

striata has not the spiral strie of that species. The specimens

before me vary in their proportions, some being narrower than

the type and more acutely carinate at the periphery, others

are wider with the peristome more rounded at outer margin.

Papuina humilis, sp. n.

Shell broadly conical, solid, imperforate, pale yellow, some-

times with a faint lighter-coloured spiral band situated on

the periphery of body-whorl, apex prominent; whorls 54,

moderately convex, regularly increasing, with rather distinct

oblique lines of growth, last obsoletely carinate in front only,

slightly descending ; aperture subovate, very oblique, white

within ; peristome thickened, expanded and somewhat re-

flected, white, columellar margin oblique with a slight angle

where it joins the basal margin, basal and outer margins

curved, margins joined by a very thin transparent callus, the

latter and the parietal wall covered with microscopic granules,

columellar margin triangularly broadly expanded at point of

insertion.

Maj. diam. 27, alt. 20 millim.

flab. Nusa, New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

This species resembles P. coniformis, Fér., in the form of

its spire, but that species is narrower in proportion to its

height, and, moreover, has conspicuous decussated sculpture.

From P. Chancez, Cox, it can be distinguished by its smaller

size, flatter form, and more convex whorls. Readily separated

from P. Boyeri, Fis. & Bern., by the absence of the reticu-

lated sculpture and its less angular form.

Papuina jucunda, sp. n.

Shell depressed conic, somewhat thin, imperforate, white,

covered by a golden-yellow periostracum with oblique broken

zigzag markings of a lighter shade, compressed and acutely

carinate at the periphery of last whorl; whorls 43, the upper

convex, the last concave at lower margin, convex above, first

three whorls white, smooth, others and underside of body-

whorl covered with minute rugose striz which cross the lines

of growth in an obliquely spiral direction ; aperture light

within, the exterior markings showing through ; peristome

very slightly thickened, black, somewhat expanded at the

lower part of basal and right margins, basal margin curved,

right upper margin bent inwards.

Maj. diam. 23, alt. 14 millim.

Hab. German New Guinea (C. Wahnes).

This beautiful shell belongs to the group of P. Taylortana,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 7. Vol. ix. 22

318 Bibliographical Notices.

Ad. & Rve., but its compressed carina, tortuous peristome

(somewhat similar in outline to that of P. naso, Marts.), and

different coloration separate it from the other species of that

group.

Papuina spadicea, sp. n.

Shell imperforate, trochiform, moderately solid, shining,

light brown, with a white spiral band at periphery of body-

whorl, bordered by a narrow brown band beneath, some

brown spots behind basal margin of peristome; suture

simple, margined by a narrow white band on penultimate

whorl; whorls 54, moderately convex, regularly increasing,

obliquely striated, faintly decussated by microscopic strie,

last shortly descending, bluntly carinate at periphery in front

only; aperture oval, lighter within, outer markings showing

through ; peristome slightly thickened, broadly expanded at

columellar and basal margins, extreme edge white, bordered

(except columella, which 1s whitish) by dark brown, margins

curved.

Maj. diam. 28, alt. 22 millim.

Hab. New Mecklenburg Island (C. Wahnes).

Allied to P. Boyeri, Fis. & Bern., but Jess carinated in

front of last whorl, and the peristome is curved at junction

of basal and outer margins, not obtusely angled as in that

species.

The oblique lines of growth of P. spadicea are decussated

by scarcely discernible subspiral strie, whereas in P. Boyert

they are comparatively conspicuous, giving a somewhat

malleated appearance to the surface of the body-whorl. From

P. humilis it can be distinguished by its different coloration,

subcarinate last whorl, its less oblique peristome, and higher

spire.

mes specimens of P. spadicea have a more or less inter-

rupted spiral band of dark brown situated just below the

white peripheral zone.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Zoology. An Elementary Text-Book. (Cambridge Natural Science

Manuals.) By A. E. Surprey, M.A., and E. W. MacBring, M.A.

Cambridge University Press.

Tue authors’ endeavour in writing this book has been to produce

‘“‘an elementary treatise on zoology which could readily be under-

stood by a student who had no previous knowledge of the subject.”

This was undoubtedly a most praiseworthy aim, and few, we think,

will deny that it has been most successfully accomplished. ‘The

Bibliographical Notices. 319

work is progressive in character, so that “the later chapters will be

intelligible to the beginner only if he has read the earlier.”

The first twelve pages are devoted to a brief but admirable intro-

duction, dealing with general principles. Following this come two

chapters dealing with the several phyla from the Protozoa up to

Man, and these are excellent, being lucidly written and bringing

the essential characters of the several groups well to the front.

When the standard of excellence is so high it seems ungracious

to suggest that improvements are still possible; but we venture to

think that in a future edition the chapter on the Protozoa might

be slightly extended, so as to give a little more space to the Mycetozoa

and Heemameeba, and allow of a reference to Volvow and Pandorina.

We have failed to find any allusion to the remarkable absence of

cilia in the Arthropoda, and would suggest that that portion of the

chapter on Birds dealing with the vexed question of classification

and the structure of the palate should be revised.

The significance of the ccelom has received special emphasis by

the removal of the Platyhelminthes, Nemertines, Rotifera, and

Nematoda to the end of the book, since in all these this organ is

conspicuous by its absence. By such transference the authors have

been enabled to trace a series of organisms, from the Cceelentera to

Man, all of which possess in some form or other this particular

organ. Having regard to the aims of this work, such a course can

readily be justified.

The illustrations are very numerous, well selected, and unusually

well executed.

Dragons of the Air. By H. G. Seerey, F.R.S. Methuen & Co.,

36 Essex Street, W.C., London, 1901.

Pror. Sretzy is admittedly one of the greatest authorities in all

that concerns that ancient group of animals known as the Ornitho-

sauria. For him these creatures have excited a quite peculiar

interest, which has lasted throughout the whole of his long scientific

career, and to-day he gives us, in a popular form, his conclusions

concerning their origin, development, habits, and affinities, under

the title of ‘ Dragons of the Air.’

A specially intimate knowledge of any given group of animals

frequently leads the investigator to conceptions which run more or less

counter to the generally accepted notions concerning that group ;

when this is the case, a serried array of well-marshalled facts

is usually sufficient to oust the old ideas and establish the new,

tradition being broken down by the force of the newly presented

data.

Prof. Seeley’s book is undoubtedly bristling with novelties, but

we very seriously doubt whether he will succeed in making a

single convert. The restorations, which are numerous, appear of

themselves highly improbable, and we venture to doubt whether

the arguments brought forward for their justification will carry

conviction. ;

320 Geological Society.

The question of the affinities of the group, somewhat obscurely

set forth, is disappointing. No allowance seems to have been made

for homoplastic characters, and as a consequence much has been

allowed to rank as evidence that should have been eliminated

as of no value when questions of kinship are concerned.

But, in spite of the drawbacks which we have pointed out, Prof.

Seeley’s book is extremely interesting, and one which is bound

to command a large number of readers.

The work is profusely illustrated, for the most part with original

drawings. Apart from the illustrations, to which we have already

referred, we must take exception to figs. 17 and 18, neither of

which is anything more than approximately correct, to say the

least.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 6th, 1901.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., V.P.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Clarke Collection of Fossil Plants from New South

Wales.’ By Edward Alexander Newell Arber, Esq., B.A.

This collection, numbering nearly 2600 specimens of all kinds,

including some 80 fossil plant-remains, was presented to the Wood-

wardian Museum, Cambridge, in November 1844.

The following is the stratigraphical succession in New South

Wales :—

4. Wianamatta & Hawkesbury Beds.

3. Newcastle Beds.

c. Upper Marine Beds.

2. Marine or Muree Beds. } 6. Lower Coal- Measures.

a. Lower Marine Beds.

1. Lepidodendron-beds (Arowa &c.).

Four species from the Wianamatta Series are described, fourteen

species (including one new one) from the Newcastle Series, and two

from the Arowa Beds. Of the twelve new types described by

McCoy *, five (namely, Odontopteris microphylla, Sphenopteris plu-

mosa, Glossopteris linearis, Phyllotheca ramosa, and Ph. Hookert) are

no longer considered as such. One new type has been added.

The age of the beds is then discussed. Such evidence as the few

plants in the Clarke Collection afford, supports Feistmantel’s con-

clusion that the Wianamatta Beds are of Triassic age. Thinnfeldia

odontopteroides occurs in Rheetic Beds in South America, and the

identification of Rattee’s Salisburia palmatu with the American

Baiera multifida, and a comparison with the Rhetie Baiera Stein-

manni of Chile, is a new point in favour of this conclusion. The

plants also support Feistmantel’s opinion that the Newcastle Beds

are equivalent to the Permian of Europe. The exact horizon and

age of the Arowa Beds must for the present remain doubtful.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. 1847.

Ann.da Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7 Vol LIE. PUY.

ock del.

R.1I.Poe

Mag. Nat.Hist.S.7.Vol IX. PU.VI.

R.I-Pocock del

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 53. MAY 1902.

LIV.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera,

By Herpert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Nymphalide.

Subfam. Brassorrvz.

Caligo agesilaus, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, thorax, tegule, and abdo-

men dark brown, the underside of the thorax reddish brown ;

the legs dark brown. Primaries dark brown, crossed beyond

the middle by a wide dark blue band, which becomes greyish

near the anal angle; a waved pale brown submarginal line

extends from the apex almost to the anal angle; a small

white spot on the costal margin near the apex; the fringe

cream-colour: secondaries almost black, with a submarginal

row of four large cream-coloured spots on the outer margin ;

the inner margin orange-yellow, shaded with brown; the

fringe cream-colour from the apex to the middle of the hind

margin, then black to the inner margin. The underside is

similar to that of C. atreus and C. dentina, but differs from

both in being much darker in colour, with fewer white lines,

and by the ocellus being very much larger.—Female similar to

the male, but rather paler in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 64, ? 74 inches.

Hab. Ecuador (Mus, Druce).

This species is most nearly allied to C. dentina, Druce, but

very distinct.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 23

322 Mr. H. Druce on some

Caligo zeuxippus, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, palpi, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs pale brown. Primaries pale brown, with a wide

submarginal paler brown waved line extending from the apex

to the anal angle; two indistinct black spots close to the

apex; the fringe pale brown: secondaries dark brown,

shading to almost black round the outer margin from the apex

to the anal angle; the cell pale brown; the middle portion of

the wing is shot with greyish blue; the fringe grey. The

underside is very grey and with the streaks of brown very

narrow ; the ocelli are rather small, but bright in colour.—

Female similar to the male, but much darker brown, the

greyish blue of the hind wing extending partly over the fore

wing; a row of four black spots edged with white on the

inner side near the apex ; the secondaries are browner than in

the male ; the underside is very similar, but rather darker in

colour.

Expanse, ¢ 53, 2 64 inches.

flab. Ecuador (Mus. Druce).

‘This species is very distinct from all others known to me;

it is at once distinguished by the pale brown primaries of the

male.

Fam. Syntomide.

Saurita hamon, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne black, tegule reddish brown,

thorax and the abdomen dark bluish black, legs dark brown.

Primaries glossy reddish brown: secondaries hyaline; the

costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin black, glossed

with dark blue; the fringe black. The underside of both

wings shot with dark blue.

Expanse 15% inch.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Sauritta cryptoleuca, Walk., from

the Amazons.

Fam. Arctiade.

Idalus suanus, sp. n.

Male.—Wlead and thorax pale yellow; tegule dark reddish

brown, edged with yellow; antenne brown; abdomen

yellowish brown, the middle segments reddish ; legs yellowish

brown. Primaries yellow; a large brown spot at the apex

and one on the inner margin close to the anal angle; between

new Species of Lepidoptera. 323

the two dark spots is a row of small whitish dots, edged

with a fine reddish-brown line; two spots in the cell and

three spots below the cell; a marginal row of minute dots

extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries semi-

hyaline white.—Female very similar to the male, but larger

and much brighter in colour,

Expanse, ¢ 1555, 2 24 inches.

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Mus. Druce).

Neritos sorex, sp. n.

Male.—The head, collar, and base of the tegule chrome-

yellow ; tegule and thorax pale greyish brown; abdomen

chrome-yellow ; antennz brown. Primaries pale greyish

brown, the veins slightly darker in colour; a large oval semi-

hyaline white spot at the end of the cell: secondaries pale

greyish brown, whitish on the costal margin; the fringe of

both wings pale greyish brown.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

The neuration of this species is the same as Neritos flavo-

rosea, Walk.

Fam. Pyralide.

Subfam. Scua@yvozsrwx.

Midila carneia, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennz, palpi, collar, tegula, thorax, and

abdomen pale yellow ; the underside of the abdomen and the

legs white. Primaries and secondaries pale yellow, slightly

clouded with pale brown near the base: primaries crossed

from the costal to the inner margin by two brown lines,

the first angular, near the middle, the second the darkest,

crossing from the apex to the inner margin; a semihyaline

spot at the end of the cell; fringe yellowish white: second-

aries with a small hyaline spot at the end of the cell and a

brown line crossing the wing from near the apex to the anal

angle. ‘The underside of both wings white, slightly yellowish

on the outer margins.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minea (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to M. quadrifenestrata, H.-S., but it

is much smaller and quite different in colour.

Obtusipalpis citrina, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen yellow; the

23*

324 Mr. H. Druce on some -

underside of the abdomen white; the legs yellow: the pri-

maries marked with dark brown, very similar to those of

O. pardalis, Hampsn.: secondaries white, the marginal line

yellow.—The female very similar to the male, but larger, and

the primaries marked with darker brown,

Expanse, 3 3, 2 lyy inch.

Hab. W. Africa, Gambia (Sir A. Moloney, Mus. Druce).

Subfam. CramBrn.

Erupa luceria, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, collar, tegule, and thorax dark

brown ; abdomen pale brown. Primaries dark brown, palest

along the costal margin ; a black dot in the cell and a curved

pale brown line edged with black on the outer side crosses

the wing near the base from the costal to the inner margin;

a submarginal white line edged with black on the inner side

extends from the apex to the inner margin; a marginal row

of black spots with white points from the apex to the anal

angle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark brown, with

a marginal row of small black spots extending from the apex

to the anal angle. Underside of both wings dark glossy

brown; the costal margin of the primaries reddish brown; a

submarginal dark brown line extends from the costal to the

inner margin of both wings.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Erupa patara, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale

reddish brown. Primaries pale reddish brown, palest near

the base; a dark brown spot at the end of the cell, beyond

which a waved whitish line crosses the wing from the costal to

the inner margin; on the inner margin the line is dark

brown; four small white dots on the outer margin; the fringe

dark brown: secondaries yellowish brown; the fringe pale

yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Subfam. HprpeascHun2.

Macalla mira, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, thorax, and abdomen

brown; anus yellow; the tegule greyish white; legs

new Spectes of Lepidoptera. 325

yellowish. Primaries brown, greyish black near the base and

partly along the costal margin; a black dot at the end of the

cell, beyond which a faint greyish curved line crosses the

wing from the costal to the inner margin; a large cream-

coloured spot on the inner margin nearest the apex; the

fringe brown : secondaries pale yellow, the costal margin and

the apex black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Loxa (Mus. Druce).

Cecidiptera albifasciata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale reddish brown; underside of thorax, abdomen, and

legs whitish. Primaries pale reddish brown, with a large

white spot on the costal margin nearest the base, extending

across the wing almost to the inner margin; two black dots

in the cell and several indistinct dark markings on the inner

margin near the base; a submarginal row of pale brown

points crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin; a

marginal row of small black dots extends from the apex to

the anal angle; the fringe pale brown: secondaries semi-

hyaline brownish white, the costal margin and apex clouded

with brown ; the fringe brownish white.

Expanse 1,°, inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Peru, Chanchamayo

(Mus. Druce).

Cecidiptera arctata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, thorax, and abdomen dark brown ;

thorax, tegule, and abdomen spotted with white ; legs brown.

Primaries pale whitish brown, dark brown at the base, apex,

and outer margin ; a black spot at the end of the cell anda

zigzag black submarginal line crossing the wing from the

costal to the inner margin; a marginal row of small black

dots; the fringe alternately light and dark brown: secondaries

semihyaline white, the apex broadly black ; the fringe white.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo (Mus. Druce).

Stericta flavomarginata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish white,

blackish at the anus; antenne dark brown; legs greyish.

Primaries grey, irrorated with brown scales; a curved sub-

marginal dark brown line extends from near the apex to the

inner margin; the outer margin broadly bordered from the

326 Mr. H. Druce on some

apex to the anal angle with pale yellow; the marginal line

spotted with black; the fringe brown: secondaries semi-

hyaline brownish white, the apex and outer margin edged

with dark brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. British Guiana (Whitely, Mus. Druce).

Stericta zetila, sp. n.

Male.—Uead, palpi, collar, and tegule pale greenish

yellow ; thorax and abdomen pale brown ; legs and underside

of the thorax and abdomen pale greyish brown. Primaries

pale brown, the basal half of the wing greenish yellow, with

some black markings on the inner margin nearest the base ;

a zigzag submarginal line crosses the wing from the costal

to the inner margin close to the anal angle: secondaries

pale brown; the fringes of both wings brown.—Female very

similar to the male.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Don Amo, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Stericta medusa, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax pale brown;

abdomen brownish white. Primaries brown, darkest at the

base; a central brownish-white band crosses the wing from

the costal to the inner margin, where it becomes quite narrow ;

a small black dot at the end of the cell and a marginal row of

small black spots extends from the apex to the anal angle;

the fringe alternately dark and pale brown: secondaries

white, the apex and outer margin clouded with black; the

fringe black.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano, 6000 feet (dus. Druce).

Stericta olivescens, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne brown; tegule and thorax

greenish white ; abdomen black, the first and second segments

banded with white; the anal tuft pale brown. Primaries

olive-brown, irrorated with white scales; a black dot at the

end of the cell and a zigzag black line beyond the outer

margin broadly bordered with reddish brown: secondaries

pale brownish white, clouded with dark brown at the apex

and partly round the outer margin.—VFemale very similar to

the male, but larger, and the secondaries much blacker.

Expanse, g 1, ? 1} inch.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso, 4000 feet (Mus. Druce).

new Species of Lepidoptera. 327

Stericta nigropunctata, sp. n.

Male.— Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale yellowish brown, the tegule banded with black ;

legs brown. Primaries pale yellowish brown, crossed from

the costal to the inner margin by two zigzag pale yellow

lines, the first about the middle, the second submarginal ; a

black dot at the end of the cell and one below the cell near

the base: secondaries pale yellowish brown, darkest at the

apex and round the outer margin.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab, Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Subfam. Prrarrmvz.

Sacada nerina, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale brown. Primaries pale brown, whitish along the

costal margin ; a faint brown curved line crosses the wing

near the base from the costal to the inner margin, and a

narrow white line extends from the apex almost to the anal

angle; the outer margin dark brown: secondaries dark

brown, crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner

margin by a wide bluish-grey band, edged with a fine white

line on each side; the fringes of both wings brown. The

underside uniformly brown; the outer margin of the primaries

dark brown.—The female very similar to the male, but larger

and slightly paler in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 1,45, 2? 1} inch.

Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Druce).

Constantia ornata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax pale greyish

brown; abdomen and legs white. Primaries pale greyish

brown, thickly irrorated with white scales; two white lines

cross the wing, the first nearest the base, the second beyond ;

a white line from the costal margin near the apex crosses the

wing to the middle of the outer margin; the marginal line

white, the fringe brownish white: secondaries white, edged

with brown from the apex to the anal angle.

Expanse ? inch.

Hab. E. Africa, Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro, Mus. Druce).

Constantia striata, sp. 0.

Female.—Head, antenne, thorax, tegula, abdomen, and

328 Mr. H. Druce on some

legs pale brownish white. Primaries pale brown, crossed

from the end of the cell to the inner margin by a white band ;

a submarginal white band extends from the apex to the inner

margin; the veins white: secondaries white, the outer margin

near the anal angle streaked with black, the costal margin

slightly irrorated with black scales.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. West Africa, Gambia (Sir A. Moloney, Mus. Druce).

Subfam. Currsavervz.

Saccopleura pallidalis, sp. n.

Female.— Head, antennz, palpi, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs pale pinkish brown. Primaries pinkish brown,

slightly greyish at the apex and along the outer margin:

secondaries pale brown; the fringes of both wings brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Costa Rica (Underwood, Mus. Druce).

Azamora lineosa, sp. n.

Male.—Head, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale

brown. Primaries yellowish brown, with two white spots on

the costal margin, the first about the middle, the second near

the apex; from each of the white spots a curved narrow black

line crosses the wing to the inner margin; the fringe dark

brown: secondaries pale yellowish brown, the apex and outer

margin rather darker.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to A. penicillana, Walk.

Fyalosticta estivalis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax pale brown;

abdomen blackish ; the anus pale brown. Primaries purplish

brown, crossed beyond the middle from the costal to the inner

margin by a pale greyish line: secondaries white, clouded

with brown at the apex and partly round the outer margin.—

Female similar to the male, but larger, and with a second

pale line crossing the primaries near the base.

‘Expanse, ¢ 1, 2 1} inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Garlepp, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to J/, obliqualis, Hampsn.

Schistoneura mathona, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

new Species of Lepidoptera. 329

dark brown. Primaries dark brown, with a purplish gloss

over the outer half of the wing; a marginal row of small

black spots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the

fringe dark brown: secondaries uniformly dark brown. The

underside of both wings pale greyish brown.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Subfam. PrravsrrvZ.

Eurrhyparodes calis, sp. n.

Male.— Head, antenne, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale

silvery grey; the anal tuft almost black. Primaries pale

silvery grey ; a spot in the cell, one at the end of the cell,

and two small ones below the cell very pale semihyaline

yellow; the fringe alternately pale yellow and grey : second-

aries pale yellowish white, the base, apex, and outer margin

pale silvery grey.

Expanse 1 inch.

flab. Colombia, Sierra del Libano, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce).

._ Eurrhyparodes lygdamis, sp. n.

Male.— Head, antennze, thorax, and abdomen pale brown,

the base of the abdomen and the anal tuft yellow. Primaries

pale brown, with two metallic-blue spots near the anal angle,

a yellow spot at the end of the cell, and one below both, with

a small black dot in the middle; a fine submarginal row of

small yellow dots extends from the apex to the anal angle; the

fringe brown: secondaries yellow, the apex and outer margin

brown, with a marginal row of small metallic-blue spots.

Expanse ? inch.

Hab. Mexico (Mathew) ; Panama, Obispo (Salvin) ;

Amazons, Ceara (Leech).

Syngamia eos, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, and thorax brown, collar and tegule

yellow, abdomen and legs white, anus black. Primaries

white, the costal margin, apex, and outer margin broadly

black ; the fringe black: secondaries white, broadly bordered

with brownish black from the apex to the anal angle; the

fringe greyish brown.—Female very similar to the male, but

with the black margins considerably narrower.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Madagascar (Mus. Druce).

330 Mr. H. Druce on some

Syngamia zena, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, antenna, collar, tegule, and thorax dark

purplish brown; abdomen yellow, the anal segments dark

brown. Primaries purplish brown, with a large oval-shaped

spot just beyond the cell; on the inner side of the large spot

are two very small yellow dots; the fringe brown: second-

aries hyaline yellow, broadly bordered from the apex to the

anal angle with dark purplish brown; a small brown dot at

the end of the cell.

Expanse ? inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minea (Mus. Druce).

Syngamia apicolor, sp. n.

Female.—HWead, antenne, tegule, and thorax brown;

abdomen brown, banded and striped with white. Primaries

white, the base dark brown; a small black dot in the cell

and a wide reddish-brown band crossing the wing from the

costal margin to the inner margin and the anal angle ; a dark

brown spot at the apex: secondaries white, the base brown,

and a broken brown band extends from near the apex to the

anal angle, the apex broadly reddish brown.

Expanse 1 inch,

Hab. Colombia, Cacagualito (Mus. Druce).

Syngamia simulata, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax brown; abdo-

men black. [Primaries purplish brown; a rather large

yellowish spot beyond the cell above the anal angle, and a

yellow spot on the inner margin nearest the base; a metallic

submarginal line extends from the apex almost to the anal

angle: secondaries pale yellow, with the apex broadly purplish

brown ; the fringes of both wings alternately brown and

yellow.

Expanse # inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja (Jfus. Druce).

Pilocrocis citrina, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo-

men pale yellowish white; the underside of the thorax,

abdomen, and legs white. Primaries semihyaline yellow, a

small dot in the cell and a streak at the end of the cell pale

brown; the fringe white: secondaries semihyaline yellow,

darkest round the outer margin from the apex to the anal

angle; the fringe white. Underside very similar to the

new Species of Lepidoptera. 331

upperside, excepting the primaries, which are broadly

bordered with brown on the costal margin and at the apex.

Expanse 1,%; inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Loxa (Mus, Druce).

Spilomela peonialis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, and collar yellow; antenna, tegula,

thorax, and abdomen black; the anus yellow. Primaries:

the basal half yellow, the base narrowly black; the apical

half of the wing purplish black, the apex yellow; a small

yellow spot close to the anal angle ; the marginal line metallic

silver; the fringe yellow: secondaries pale yellow, the base,

a spot on the inner margin, and the apical half of the wing

purplish black ; the marginal line metallic silver; the fringe

alternately yellow and black. ;

Expanse 2 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Acridura nigrans, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, tegule, and thorax black ; abdo-

men above metallic greenish black, on the underside white.

Primaries and secondaries hyaline bluish white, the veins

black ; the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margins of

both wings purplish black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Peru (Whitely); Bolivia, Charuplaya (Mus. Druce).

Acridura eusebia, sp. n.

Male.—Head and thorax black; tegule, abdomen, and

legs yellow, the second and fourth segments of the abdomen

and the underside black. Primaries semihyaline greyish

white, the costal margin from the base to the end of the cell

bright yellow; the veins, apex, and outer margin black ; the

fringe black: secondaries semihyaline greyish white, the

veins and margins black, The underside very similar to the

upperside.

Expanse # inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Acridura pudens, sp. n.

Male.—Head, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs chrome-

yellow ; antenne black. Primaries pale purplish brown, the

base and half the costal margin deep chrome-yellow :

secondaries pale yellow, the inner margin chrome-yellow, the

apex and outer margin pale purplish brown; the fringes of

332 Mr. H. Druce on some

both wings pale silky brown. The underside very similar to

the upperside, but paler in colour.

Expanse ? inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Zamora (Aus. Druce).

Phryganodes Buckleyi, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule,and abdomen chrome-

yellow ; legs and underside of the abdomen brownish white.

Primaries chrome-yellow, darkest at the base; the costal

margin, a rather wide band crossing the wing just beyond

the cell, and the apex and outer margin dark purplish brown ;

the fringe dark brown: secondaries pale chrome-yellow ;

the apex and outer margin to the middle purplish brown ;

a faint brown line extends from the end of the cell to the

middle of the outer margin. The underside very similar to

the upperside, but much paler in colour.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Zamora, Loja (Aus.

Druce).

This species is allied to P. mdlvalis, Druce.

Phryganodes grandis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, underside of the thorax, abdomen, and

legs chrome-yellow, the last four segments of the abdomen

above chrome-yellow, the anal tuft white; the tegule, thorax,

and basal half of the abdomen above dark bluish grey. Pri-

maries and secondaries glossy bluish grey, darker at the apex

and round the outer margins of both wings; the veins black ;

the fringe of the primaries black, on the secondaries white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

This fine species is allied to P. fulvicauda, Hampsn., but

very distinct.

Phryganodes mendelalis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen,

and legs greyish brown, abdomen with a purplish gloss.

Primaries pale purplish brown, palest at the base and in the

central area of the wing; the fringe dark brown: secondaries

pale semihyaline whitish brown, the apex and outer margin

the darkest; the fringe dark brown.

Expanse 1,', inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Lygropia albida, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs

new Species of Lepidoptera. 333

white, antenne black. Primaries and secondaries semi-

hyaline white; the fringe white; the costal margin of the

primaries shaded with grey.—The female very similar to the

male, but rather larger and much greyer in colour.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 13 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Zamora (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to L. flavicaput, Warr.

Lygropia quatrilis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennz, and legs black; collar, tegule,

thorax, and abdomen white. Primaries white, the costal

margin and all the veins black: secondaries semihyaline

white ; the fringes of both wings white.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Briceno, Mus. Druce).

Glyphodes mirabilis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennx, tegule, thorax, and abdomen black,

the anal tuft black and white; the underside of the thorax,

abdomen, and legs white. Primaries glossy purplish black,

with a large, square-shaped, semihyaline, bluish-white spot

between the end of the cell and the anal angle; the fringe

purplish black : secondaries semihyaline bluish white, broadly

bordered with purplish black.

Expanse 1 ,', inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Loja, Zamora (Mus. Druce).

Glyphodes semibrunnea, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennz, ¢ llar, tegule, and thorax dark

glossy purplish brown; the tips of the tegula, abdomen, and

legs white; the anal tuft purplish brown. Primaries semi-

hyaline white, the costal half of the wing from the base to

the apex dark glossy purplish brown, the outer margin near

the anal angle pale golden brown: secondaries semihyaline

white; the fringe white.

Expanse 1,%5 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Zamora (Mus. Druce).

Glyphodes confinis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, and the upperside of the

abdomen black; tegulex, sides of the abdomen, and legs

white. Primaries hyaline white; the costal margin, apex,

outer and inner margins black; a black band crosses the

wing from the middle of the costal margin to the anal angle ;

334 On some new Species of Lepidoptera.

a small white dot at the end of the cell, and a fine submar-

ginal white line extends from the apex to the anal angle;

the marginal line white; the fringe black: secondaries

hyaline white, the outer margin from the apex to the anal

angle broadly black.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Colombia, Minca (Mus. Druce).

Glyphodes speculifera, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, thorax, tegule, abdomen, and legs

black. Primaries black; a small white dot in the cell, a

large round white spot beyond, a white streak on the apex,

and several white spots on the outer margin nearest the anal

angle: secondaries black, with a large, central, semihyaline

white band extending from the costal to the inner margin;

several small white dots on the outer margin nearest the apex ;

the fringe black.

Expanse 1,5 inch.

Hab. Isabel Island (Alus. Druce).

This species is allied to G. conjunctalis, Walk.

Glyphodes eurygania, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, and thorax dark brown, tegule

tipped with white; abdomen black, banded with white at

the base, the anal tuft black. Primaries reddish brown, with

a large, semihyaline, oval-shaped, white spot beyond the

middle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries semihyaline

white, broadly bordered from the apex to the anal angle with

reddish brown.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Hab. New Guinea, Port Morsby (Goldie, Mus. Druce).

Glyphodes grandisalis, sp. n.

Female.—Head, antenne, thorax, and upper part of the

abdomen pale yellowish brown ; tegulz, legs, and underside of

the abdomen white. Primaries semihyaline white, the base,

costal and outer margin, inner margin, and a broken band

crossing the middle of the wing, all pale yellowish brown:

secondaries semihyaline white, the apex and anal angle

broadly yellowish brown.

Expanse 1} inch,

Hab. Venezuela, Merida; Ecuador, San Francisco, Loja

(Mus. Druce),

On a new Deep-sea Gadid Fish from South Africa, 335

LV.—Description of a new Deep-sea Gadid Fish from

South Africa. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

TRIPTEROPHYCIS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, compressed, much attenuate posteriorly,

with very short praanal region, covered with small smooth

scales. Head short; eye large; nostrils close together, close

to the eye; mouth moderate, jaws with a single series of

small, closely set, truncate, compressed teeth; palate tooth-

less; a mental barbel. Seven branchiostegal rays. Three

dorsal fins, the first very small and on the nape, the second

short and deep, behind the vertical of the vent, the third

elongate and low, widely separated from the second and

nearly reaching the caudal. A single anal fin, measuring

more than three fourths the total length. Caudal fin small,

but distinct from dorsal and anal. Ventrals reduced, with

narrow base, composed of five rays, the two outer of which

are prolonged and filamentous.

This new genus occupies an isolated position in the Phycine

group of the Gadide, being the only one to combine a tri-

partite dorsal fin with a single anal.

Tripterophycis Gilchristi.

Depth of body slightly greater than length of head, six

times in total length. Head once and a half as long as

broad, covered with scales above and on the sides, the scales

largest on the interocular region and occiput ; snout rounded,

Tripterophycis Gilchristi,

seareely projecting beyond the mouth, shorter than the eye, the

diameter of which is } the length of the head and 1} the inter-

ocular width; maxillary extending to below centre of eye;

336 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes, Batrachians,

mental barbel } the diameter of the eye. Gill-rakers long and

slender, 11 on lower part of anterior arch. First dorsal with

five feeble simple rays, the first the longest and measuring 4

the length of the head. Second dorsal much more developed

than and narrowly separated from the first, with 12 rays, all

branched except the first ; second and third longest, as long as

the head. Third dorsal with 38 short feeble rays, its base

shorter than its distance from the second dorsal. Anal

originating a little in advance of the second dorsal, composed

of 103 subequal rays, which measure about }$ the length of

the head. Pectoral rather high up the side, with 15 rays,

about 3 the length of the head. Longest ventral ray 14

the length of the head. Caudal fin obtusely pointed, half the

length of the head. 140 scales in a longitudinal series, 17

between the origin of the second dorsal fin and the lateral

line, which is perfectly distinct. Yellowish brown, finel

speckled with dark brown ; abdominal region bluish black.

Total length 210 millim.

I am indebted to Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist for the favour of

describing this most interesting fish, with which it gives me

great pleasure to connect the name of its discoverer. The

single specimen sent to me was obtained some 40 miles off

Table Mountain, at a depth of 250 fathoms.

LVI.—List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected

by the late Mr. P. O. Simons in the Provinces of Mendoza

and Cordova, Argentina. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

FISHES.

1. Trichomycterus Borellit, Blgr.—Rio Mendoza, Palmira,

900 m.

2. Trichomycterus Burmeisteri, Berg.—Rio Mendoza, Pal-

mira, 900 m.

3. Jenynsia pygogramma, sp. n.

D, 8-9. A. 9-10. L. lat. 32-35.

Closely allied to J. lineata, Jen., but scales on the back

much smaller, 18 to 25 transverse series between the occiput

and the dorsal fin. Depth of body equal to length of head

and contained 4 times in total length. Golden yellow above,

speckled and spotted with black, white beneath; a more or

and Reptiles from Argentina. 337

less distinct black lateral streak; fins uniform yellowish

white; female with a large, V-shaped, purplish-black marking,

edged with orange, on the belly, the point on the vent.

Total length, ¢ 40 millim., ? 60.

Numerous specimens from the Rio Cruz del Eje, Prov.

Cordova, 600 m.

4. Percichthys trucha, C. & V.—Rio Mendoza, Palmira,

900 m.

BATRACHIANS.

1, Bufo arenarum, Hensel.—Palmira, 900 m., and Cruz del

Kje, 600 m.

2. Leptodactylus ocellatus, L.—Cruz del Eje.

3. Paludicola Borellii, Peracca.—Mendoza, 900 m.

REPTILES.

1. Testudo argentina, Sclater.—Cruz del Hje.

“Tortugas del Pampa.’’ Live in the dry “ Monte,” eating

eactus “ Pinka.”

. Homonota Whitit, Blgr.—Cruz del Eje.

. Urostrophus Vautiert, D. & B.—Cruz del Eje.

Saccodira ornatissima, Gir.—Cruz del Eje.

. Saccodira pectinata, D. & B.—Cruz del Eje.

. Tropidurus hispidus, Spix.—Cruz del je.

. Tupinambis rufescens, Gthr.—Cruz del Eje.

aN arnn kre wo WS

. Tetus teyou, Daud.—Cruz del Eje.

9. Gymnophthalmus rubricauda, sp. n.

Differs widely from the known species of the genus in

having the nasal shield divided and the scales in even

numbers. Frontonasal in contact with the frontal, separating

the preefrontals; frontal hexagonal, as long as the fronto-

nasal, much shorter than the interparietal, which is the

largest head-shield; two supraoculars, first largest; three

narrow supraciliaries; 7 upper labials, fourth longest and

bordering the eye; an anterior azygous chin-shield, followed

by four pairs in contact on the median line, Scales smooth,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 24

338 On Reptiles from Argentina.

16 round the body, 30 from occiput to base of tail; 8 femoral

pores on each side. Black above, with 10 yellowish-white

lines, corresponding to the series of scales; lower parts

white; tail coral-red.

From snout to vent 34 millim.; tail 50; head 7; fore

limb 8; hind hmb 12.

A single specimen from Cruz del Eje.

10. Glauconia unguitrostris, sp. n.

Snout prominent, hooked, with sharp horizontal edge ;

supraocular present; rostral broad, truncate behind, ex-

tending to the level of the anterior borders of the eyes, which

are perfectly distinct; nasal completely divided into two;

ocular bordering the lip, between two labials. 14 scales

round the body. Diameter of body about 50 times in total

length, length of tail 26 times.” Pale brown above, white

beneath.

Total length 180 millim.

A single specimen from Cruz del Eje.

11. Boa occidentalis, Philippii—Cruz del Eje.

A male specimen, measuring 2070 millim. Called ‘“ Ampo-

lagua.” ‘The fat of this snake is used by the natives as

medicine.

12. Liophis sagittifer, Jan.—Cruz del Eje.

13. Lystrophis semicinctus, D. & B.—Cruz del Eje.

14. Philodryas psammophideus, Gthr.—Cruz del Eje.

15. Elaps Simonsii, sp. n.

Eye measuring ? its distance from the mouth. Rostral

much broader than deep; frontal as broad as the supraocular,

13 as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of

the snout, shorter than the parietals; latter as long as their

distance from the internasals ; one pra- and two postoculars ;

temporals 1+1; 7 upper labials, third larger than fourth,

third and fourth entering the eye; symphysial and 4 lower

labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are

shorter than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals

230; anal divided; subcaudals 27. ‘Tail ending very ob-

tusely. Body with 8 sets of 3 black annuli, the annuli of

each set separated by narrow, yellow, black-spotted interspaces,

the spaces between the sets red, spotted with black, and as

On the Common Agama of the Transvaal. 339

wide as the central black annulus, which is double the width

of the outer; the space between the parietal shields and the

first black annulus only 3 the length of the head; upper

head-shields all black, edged with white in front.

Total length 685 millim. ; tail 45.

A single female specimen from Cruz del Hje.

This snake is closely allied to EF. frontal’s, D. & B., from

which it differs principally in having the first lower labial

separated from its fellow by the symphysial.

16. Lachesis Neuwiedit, Wagl.—Cruz del Eje.

LVIT.—A new Name for the Common Agama of the

Transvaal. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

I HAVE hitherto identified with Agama hispid1, Linn., the

small Agama which occurs in abundance about Pretoria, and

which agrees very closely with that species in the very short

head and the shortness and proportions of the fingers and

toes. Renewed examination shows, however, that not only

does the Transvaal lizard constantly possess a yellowish verte-

bral band which is absent in the one from the Cape and lack

the wide-meshed dark network on the belly characteristic of

the young of the latter, but structural characters exist by

which specimens from both parts of South Africa can be

recognized quite apart from the coloration. These characters

are to be found in the larger size of the ear-opening and

the absence or feeble development of the keels on the ventral

scales in the Transvaal Agama. In bestowing a name on

the species now distinguished, I cannot choose a better one

than that of the naturalist who has paid so much attention to

the fauna of the Transvaal, and to whom the British Museum

is indebted for the first specimens of this lizard, which I

propose to designate as Agama Distantt. ‘The specimens

examined by me are from Pretoria and Rustenburg. The

largest male measures 82 millim. from snout to vent, tail 100 ;

the largest female 85 and 63.

The lizard from the Modder River described by Prof. Bar-

boza du Bocage as Agama pulchella (Jorn. Se. Lisb. [2] iv.

1896, p. 116), which has also a light vertebral band and

faintly keeled ventral scales, has longer hind limbs, the fourth

toe longer than the third, and is probably not separable from

A. aculeata.

24*

340 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

LVIIT.—On the Hymenoptera collected by Mr. W. L. Distant

in the Transvaal, South Africa, with Descriptions of sup-

posed new Species. By Lieut.-Colonel C. 'T. Binauam.

Tribe FOSSORES.

Family Mutillide.

Genus APTEROGYNA, Latr.

A pterogyna globularia, Fabr.

Scolia globularia, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 237.

Apterogyna globularia, Dalman, Anal. Ent. 1823, p. 101, pl. iv. figs. 1-

7; Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. p. 63; Radoszk. Hore Soc. Ent.

Ross. xix. (1885) p. 45, pl. ix. fig. 66.

A pterogyna Ehrenbergii, Westw. Griff. An. Kingd. xv. (1832) p. 515, 3,

pl. lyxvi. fig. 5.

A solitary male, Pretoria (Zutrzenka).

Genus Morita, Linn.

. . ;

Mutilla sycorax, Smith. :

Mutilla sycorax, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. p. 19, 2; Sich. & Rad.

Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 282, pl. viii. fig. 4. (

J é q

Three females, Barberton (2endall) and Pienaars River

(W. L. Distant), agreeing in all particulars with Smith’s |

types in the British Museum.

Mautilla comparata, Smith.

Mutilla comparata, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 1879, p. 161, 9. ,

Two females, Pretoria (Distant), and two females, Brak

Kloof, near Grahamstown (Mrs. White); one female, Waterval-

onder, one male, Durban (A. Loss).

Mutilla mephitis, Smith.

Mutilla mephitis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 21, 9; Sich.

& Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi, (1869) p. 256, pl. ix. fig. 3;

Sauss. Mitth. schweiz. ent. Ges. viii. pt. 7 (1891) p. 256; Grib

Mem. Accad. Sci. Bolog. (5) iv. (1894) p. 51.

Mutilla coryphasia, Pering. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i, (1899) pp. 367 &

439, ¢.

Mr. Peringue says that he has received his Mutzlla cory-

phasia in cottu with M. mephitis, Smith. In Mr. Distant’s

collection there is a male AMutilla from Pretoria (Distant)

agreeing exactly with the description of .W. coryphasia ; also

—

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 341

there are, collected by Mr. Rendall, six females of undoubted

M. mephitis, Smith, from Fort Johnston, Nyasaland, with

two males from the same locality which I should have

unhesitatingly ascribed to M. mephitis. These two males

closely resemble ML. coryphasia, but have, in addition to the

bands of white pubescence on the second and third abdominal

segments, a narrow band of like pubescence on the apex of

the first segment, lateral white spots midway on the middle

of the second, and a medial round white spot on the apices of

the fifth and sixth segments. These latter markings approxi-

mate so closely to the disposition of the markings in the

female that provisionally | consider these to be the true males

of AM. mephitis, but follow Mr. Peringue in joining M. cory-

phasia to M. mephitis.

Mutilla leucopyga, Klug.

Mutilla leucopyga, Klug, Symb. Physic., Ins. (1829) n. 10, 9, pl. iv.

fig. 10; Sich. & Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 231, 2.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Zenduall); one

female, Durban (A. Foss).

Mutilla tettensis, Gerst.

Mutilla tettensis, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1857, p. 511, 2 ;

id. Peters, Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 488, pl. xxxi. fig. 7, 9.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (2endall).

Mutilla guineensis, Fabr.

Mutilla guineensis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii, 1793, p. 367, 2; Gerst.

Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1857, p. 511, gd ; id. Peters, Reise

n. Mossamb., Zool. v. 1862, p. 486, pl. xxxi. figs. 4 & 5; Sich. &

Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 225; Magr. Ann. Mus

Civ. Gen. xxxy. (1895) p. 164.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Mutilla cloantha, Peringue.

Mutilla cloantha, Pering. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. i. (1899) p. 353, 9, &

p. 355, d.

One male, Pretoria (Distant).

Mutilla excavata, sp. n.

3g. Black, with the apical margin of the first narrowly

and the whole of the second abdominal segment bright

red; pubescence fuscous brown, mixed with white, fairly

dense on the head, sparse on the thorax and abdomen; the

342 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

apical margins of the second and third abdominal segments

ciliated with yellow hairs. Tlead transverse, about twice as

broad as long ; cheeks well developed, but narrow ; occiput

transverse ; eyes oval, emarginate internally ; antenne stout,

densely pubescent, the hollow below the base of the antenne

and the front remarkably deep; mandibles narrow; the

whole head closely and very coarsely punctured. Thorax

about as broad as the head, closely, coarsely, but shallowly

punctured; the pro- and mesonotum rounded, in front the

latter with three longitudinal caring; scutellum laterally

compressed, gibbous, rounded posteriorly, divided from the

mesonotum by a remarkably broad and deep but short trans-

verse sulca; postscutellum and median segment much de-

pressed below the scntellum, the median segment convexly

rounded and covered with large shallow fover; legs densely

pubescent ; wings fuscous, with three cubital cells; tegule

remarkably broad. Abdomen fusiform, broadest towards the

apex of the second segment, finely punctured, shining,

pygidial area foveate ; the carina on the first ventral segment

narrow, laminate, ending in a raised blunt point posteriorly ;

ventral surface of the second segment with a remarkable

broad bilobed excavation, smooth inside and bounded by a

punctured margin.

Length 13; exp. 25 millim.

Hab. South Africa, Rustenburg (Distant).

Mutilla charazus, Smith.

Mutilla charaxus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 17, g ; Sich.

& Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 282, ¢.

One male, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Mutilla acheron, Smith.

Mutilla acheron, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 18, ¢ ; Sich. &

Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 296, ¢.

One male, Rustenburg (Distant).

Mutilla atropos, Smith.

Mutilla atropos, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 22, ¢.

? Mutilla albistyla, Sauss. Dist. Nat. Transvaal, 1892, p. 225, ¢,

l. iv. fig. 7.

Mutilla artemisia, Perin. Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i. (1899) p. 868, ¢.

Six males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

It is somewhat doubtful whether J/. albistyla, Sauss., is

really identical with Smith’s insect. It is much smaller and

the white transverse band on the abdomen is different.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. 343

Mutilla medon, Smith.

Mutilla medon, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 20, ¢ ; Sich. &

Radoszk. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. (1869) p. 239, pl. xxi. fig. 12, ¢.

Three males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Family Scoliide.

Genus Myzine, Latr.

Myzine Guerint, Lucas.

Myzine Guerini, Lucas, Explor. sc. Alg., Zool. ili, (1846) p. 282,

pl. xv. fig. 5, d.

Four males, Pretoria (Distant).

Myzine ruficeps, Smith.

Myzine ruficeps, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 75, 9.

One typical female, Durban (A. oss).

Genus TrpHti, Fabr.

Tiphia natalensis, Smith.

Tiphia natalensis, Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hym. B. M. p. 184, 2.

One male, Pretoria (Distant).

Smith described the female. The male closely resembles

the female, but is smaller and more pubescent. Head, the

great part of the thorax, and the abdomen finely and closely

punctured ; the pronotum very large, broad, and unpunctured,

smooth and shining on its posterior half; mesonotum with a

few scattered punctures, smooth and shining; median seg-

ment with three smooth, shining, longitudinal carine ;

abdomen with fairly dense, hoary white, fine, erect, pubes-

cence, the basal segment petiolate, nodose at apex, the node

above depressed and with a preapical transverse groove; legs

pubescent ; wings slightly flavo-hyaline.

Length 9°5 millim.

Genus Scout, Fabr.

(a) With two cubital cells,

Subgenus Discox1A, Sauss.

Scolia ruficornis, Fabr.

Scolia ruficornis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 230, ¢ ; Guér. Voy. Coq.,

344 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Zool. ii. (1830) p. 254; Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. ii. (1845) p. 524 ;

Gery. v. d. Deck. Reise in Ost-Afr. (1878) p. 834, 2 ¢.

Scolia (Discolia) ruficornis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p. 85, 2d.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Scolia melanaria, Burm.

Scolia melanaria, Burm. Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle, i. pt. 4 (1853) p. 88,

3 ; Gerst. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 494, 2 d.

Scolia (Discolia) melanaria, Sauss.’& Sich, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p: 82, 2d.

Discolia ruficornis, var. melanaria, Grib. Mem. Accad. Sci. Bolog.

(3) iv. (1896) p. 47.

Ten females, one male, Pretoria and Durban (Distant) ;

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Durban (A. Ross).

Scolia erythropyga, Burm.

Scolia erythropyga, Burm. Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle, i. pt. 4 (1853)

p. 33, 2.

Scolia (Discolia) erythropyga, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol.

1864, p. 95, 9 gd.

Nine females, eighteen males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterval-

onder, Barberton (Rendall) ; Zomba (Rendall).

There is considerable variation in size, among the males

especially, less so among the females.

Scolia ebenina, Sauss.

Scolia ebenina, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) vi. (1858) p. 200, 2.

Scolia (Discolia) ebenina, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p. 80, 9.

Two females, three males, Pretoria (Distant); Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

The male closely resembles the female, but has the head

much smaller and rounder, with smaller mandibles, the clypeus

convex and comparatively large, legs more slender, and the

abdomen less pubescent.

Scolia alaris, Sauss.

Scolia alaris, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) vi. (1858) p. 208, 9 ¢.

Scolia (Discolia) alaris, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864, pp. 97

& 282, 9d.

Nine males, Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterberg ; Fort John-

ston, Nyasaland (endall) ; Durban (A. Joss).

M. Saussure (/oc. cit.) is inclined to think that Scolia alaris

and Elis fasciatipennis, Smith, may be the same insect; but

though, at first sight, the colour of the wings of the two

Llymenoptera from the Transvaal. 545

insects may appear similar, a careful examination will show

how really different they are in tint.

Scolia chrysotricha, Burm.

Se lia chrysotricha, Burm. Abh, naturf. Ges. Halle, i. pt. 4 (1853)

Dp. o2, 0°

Scolia (Discolia) chrysotricha, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol.

1864, p. 99, 2 g.

Discolia chrysotricha, Grib. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. (1893) p. 176,

2d.

One female, five males, Barberton (Rendall) ; Masil Nek

(Distant).

Scolia abyssinica, Sauss.

Scolia abyssinica, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (3) vi. (1858) p. 203, 2.

Scolia (Discolia) abyssinica, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Seol. 1864,

p- 87, 2d.

Twelve males, Johannesburg; Brak Kloof, near Grahams-

town (Mrs. White) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Scolia cyanea, Lepel.

Scolia cyanea, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins, Hym. iii. (1845) p. 525, ¢ ;

Burm. Abh. naturf. Ges. Halle, i. pt. 4 (1853), p. 38, o 33 ; Gerst.

Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 494, 29 d

Scolia i wraee cyanea, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spee. Ga. Scol. 1864,

p. 81, Qe.

Four eile thirteen males; Pretoria (Distant) ; Zout-

pansberg (Kessner).

Scolia dispar, Klug.

Scolia dispar, Klug, Symb. Physic. Dec. 5rd, 1852, Ins. t. xxvi. fig. 1, 2,

fig. 2, 5; Burm. Abh. naturf, Ges. Halle, i. pt. 4 (1853), p. 34 9g d.

Scola (Discolia) dispar, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. ‘1864,

p 76, 2d.

Two females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Scolia interstincta, Klug.

Scolia unifasciata, Fabr. (nec Cyrillo, 1787) Ent. Syst. ii. (1793)

. 233, ¢.

solia interstincta, Klug, Beitr. z. Naturk. i. (1819) p. 36, ¢ ; id. Symb.

Physic. Dec. 3rd, 1832, t. xxvi. fig. 13,

Scolia lucosa, Klug, Ww altl, Reise d. Tirol &c. 1835, P. 2, p. 88.

Scolia (Discolia) inter stincta, Sauss, & Sich. Cat. Spee. Gen, Scol. 1864,

p- 66,

One female, Brak Kloof, near Grahamstown (Mrs. White).

316 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Scolia bipennis, Sauss.

Lacosi bipennis, Sauss. Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. (1859) p. 177, ¢.

Scolia (Discolia) bipennis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p- 98, ¢.

One male, Pretoria (Distant).

Scolia precana, Sauss.

Discolia precana, Sauss, Dist. Nat. in the Transvaal, 1892, p. 222, ¢.

Five males, Durban (A. Ross).

Genus Ents, Fabr.

(a) With three cubital cells in the fore wing.

Subgenus TrI£ 1s, Sauss. & Sich.

Elis quinquecincta, Fabr.

Scolia quinquecincta, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 243; v. d. Lind, Nouv.

Mém. Ac. Bruxelles, vi. (1827) p. 293; Burm. Abh, naturf. Ges.

Halle, i. P. 4 (1853) p. 179, ¢.

Elis (Trielis) villosa, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864, p. 164.

Two males indistinguishable from European specimens,

Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Elis pardalina, Gerst.

Scolia pardalina, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1857) p. 512, 35

id. Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862) p. 495, gd, t. xxxi.

fig. 11.

Elis (Trielis) pardalina, Sauss, & Sich, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol, 1864,

p. 148, ¢.

One male.

(b) With two cubital cells in the fore wing.

Subgenus Dretts, Sauss. & Sich.

Elis fasciatipennis, Smith,

Scolia fasciatopennis, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii, (1855) p. 103, 2 d.

Elis (Dielis) fasciatipennis, Sauss. & Sich, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p. 169, 2 gd; Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 448, 2 ¢.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall).

Elis albicollis, Christ.

Sphex albicollis, Christ, Naturg. d. Insect. 1791, p: 260, pl. xxvi. fig. 1.

Scolia thoracica, Klug, Mag. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, ii. (1807) p. 48.

Campsomeris aureicollis, Lep. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii, (1845)

p: 499, 9.

TTymenoptera from the Transvaal. 347

Scolia eriophora, Klug, Symb. Physic. 1832, pl. xxvii. fig. 5, ¢.

Colpa ferruginea, Lep. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 542, 3.

Elis (Dielis) celebs, Sauss. & Sich, Cat. Spec. Gen. Hym. 1864,

p. 184, 9.

Sixteen females, nine males?, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(ltendall) ; Pretoria (Distant) ; Waterberg (Wildes) ; Durban

(A. Ross).

A species protean in its variations and of which the male

is not known for certain. I have followed Dalla Torre in

considering as the male the insect figured by Klug under the

name ertophora in the ‘ Symbole Physice.’

Elis clotho, Sauss.

Elis (Campsomeris) clotho, Sauss. Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. (1859) p. 268, 9.

Elis (Dielis) clotho, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864, p. 182, 9.

Two females, Durban (Distant); Zomba (Rendall) ; ? three

males, Durban (4. Joss).

The male assigned to this species resembles the male of

Elis collaris, Fabr., with which species the female E. clotho

has close affinities.

Elis collaris, Fabr.

Tephia collaris, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 354.

Scolia thoracica, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. (1787) p. 281.

Scolia senilis, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. (1793) p. 2387.

mae ae et S. discolor, Klug, Symb. Physic. 1882, pl. xxvii. figs. 6

Campsomeris ruficollis, Lep. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 500, °.

Colpa senilis et C. canescens, Lep. l. c. pp. 5387 & 588, 3.

Elis (Dielis) collaris, Sauss, & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p- 168, 9c.

Six females and seven males (typical), Pretoria (Distant) ;

Figtree Creek, near Barberton (Rendall) ; Lydenburg Distr.

(Zutrzenka) ; Zomba (Rendall) ; Brak Kloof, near Grahams-

town (Mrs. White) ; Durban (A. Loss).

Elis aureola, Klug.

Scolia aureola, Klug, Symb. Physic. 1832, pl. xxvii. fig. 11, 9.

Colpa dimidiata, Lepel. Hist. Nat. Ins., Hym. iii. (1845) p. 549, 9.

Elis (Dielis) aureola, Sauss, & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864,

p. 178, 9.

Three females, Durban (Distant) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasa-

land (Rendall).

Elis crinita, Sauss.

Elis crinita, Sauss. Mém. Soc, Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, xiv. (1854)

p. 65, pl. iv. fig. 14, g.

Elis (Dielis) crinita, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864, p. 166, ¢.

One female, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); one

male, Durban (Distant).

348 Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham on

Llis fasciatella, Klug.

Scolia fasciatella, Klug, Symb. Physic. 1832, pl. xv. figs.6 & 7, 9d.

Lilis (Dielis) fasciatella, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1834,

p. 170, 2d.

One male, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; three

males, Durban (4. Ross).

Elis undulata, Smith.

Scolia undulata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 104, 9.

Elis (Dielis) undulata, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 1864

p. 88, 2d.

A single male, Durban (A. Ross),

’

Family Pompilida.

Genus Pompius, Fabr. (sens. lat. apud Kohl).

Pompilus capensis, Dhlb.

Pompilus capensis, Dhlb. Hym. Eur. i. (1848) p. 49, 2; Smith, Cat.

Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 188.

Two males, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); Delagoa

Bay (Distant).

Pompilus frustratus, Smith.

Pompilus frustratus, Smith, Descr. New Sp. Hym. 1879, p. 145, 92.

Three females, Barberton (tendall) ; Pretoria (Distant).

The specimen from Barberton differs from the type in the

British Museum in being smaller and having the antennez

ferruginous yellow instead of black.

Pompilus diversus, Dhlb.

Pompilua diversus, Dhlb, Hym. Eur. i, (1845) p. 446.

Three females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ;

Pretoria (Distant).

Pompilus insidiosus, Smith.

Pompilus insidiosus, Smith, Descr. New Sp. Hym. 1879, p. 143, Q.

One male, two females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

Pompilus pilosus, Smith.

Pompilus pilosus, Smith, Deser. New Sp. Hym. 1879, p. 140, 2.

‘'wo typical females, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Lendall),

TTymenoptera from the Transvaal. 349

Pompilus tibialis, Klug.

Pompilus tibialis, Klug, Symb. Physic. 1834, pl. xxxix. fig. 6; Dhlb.

Hym. Eur. i. (1845) p. 445; Radoszk. Bull. Soc. N it. Moscou, 1891,

p. 574, pl. xxiil. fig. 73.

One male, Pretoria (Distant).

Pompilus dichrous, Brullé.

Pompilus dichrous, Brullé, Hist. Nat. Hes Canar. ii. (1840) p. 92, pl, iii.

fig. 21.

One female, Johannesburg, 27th November, 1898.

Pompilus tgnitus, Smith.

Pompilus ignitus, Smith, Cat. Hym. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 142, 9°.

One female, Barberton (/arrison),

This species and Salius basalis, Smith, bear a most

remarkable resemblance, but the armature of the legs separates

them at once.

Pompilus vindicatus, Smith.

Pompilus vindicatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 142,9.

One female, three males, Zoutpansberg (Kessner) ; Fort

Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Zomba (Lendall).

Pompilus pectinipes, v. d. Linden.

Pompilus pectinipes, v. d. Linden, Nouy, Mém., Ac. Se. Brux. iy. (1827)

p: 341; Dhlb. Hym. Eur, i. (1845) p. 450, 9 ¢ ; Smith, Cat. Hym.

. M. ili. (1855) p. 123, 9 g ; Tourn, Ent. Genev. i. pts. 11, 12 (1890)

p. 208; Saunders, Hym. Acul. Brit. 1893, pp. 56 & 65, pl. ix. fig. 8.

One male, Pretoria (Distant).

This solitary specimen seems to me typical pectinipes,

with the pronotum arcuate posteriorly and the apical ventral

segment carinate.

Pompilus Distanti, Bingh.

Homonotus cerulans, Sauss. (nec Lepel. Pompilus cerulans) Dist. Nat.

in the Transvaal (1892), p. 213, 9.

Four females, Pretoria (J/stant).

Pompilus ? latipes, sp. n.

9. Black, the tibie and tarsi of the anterior and the

femora, tibix, and tarsi of the posterior legs deep fulvous

yellow. The head, thorax, basal half of the median segment,

and the abdomen very minutely reticulate-punctate, but with

a shining gloss and devoid of pubescence; apical half of

350 Lieut.-Colonel C. T, Bingham on

median segment coarsely transversely strigate. Head trans-

verse, very much broader than long, almost flat in front, the

vertex above narrowed sharply, barely arched, the ocelli small

and inconspicuous; mandibles short, very convex, obtusely

bidentate ; clypeus transverse, narrow, the anterior margin

entire ; antenne: moderately thick, densely pubescent, planted

in deep hollows low down on the face immediately above the

posterior margin of the clypeus ; eyes long, narrow, reaching

to the base of the mandibles, their inner margins parallel.

Thorax elongate, strongly compressed, very slightly convex

above, almost flat; pronotum extraordinarily long, narrowed

anteriorly, the sides of the prothorax with a deep triangular

depression, the apex of which is directed forwards, the lateral

margins of the pronotum overhanging the depression ; ante-

rior and posterior margins of the pronotum transverse, not

arched ; mesonotum very short, compressed towards the apex ;

scutellum and postscutellum strongly compressed, together

longer than the mesonotum, median segment long, rounded

above and on the sides, and with a gradual rounded slope to

apex, the punctures on the basal portion coarser than on the

rest of the thorax; legs short, the tibie of the intermediate

and posterior legs strongly spined; the coxe and femora of

the anterior and the coxe only of the intermediate and poste-

rior legs extraordinarily thick and massive; claws short,

deeply bidentate at apex. Wings long and narrow, fuscous,

with a purple iridescence, paling somewhat on the posterior

wings: anterior wings with an elongate marginal cell, pointed

at base and apex; three cubital cells, the first nearly as long

as the second and third united, the second and third subequal ;

the second cubital cell receives the first recurrent nervure at

its apical third, the third cubital cell receives the second re-

current nervure at its middle. Abdomen fusiform, narrow,

slightly pubescent underneath and at apex; pygidium

convex.

Length 14; exp. 28 millim.

Hlab. Barberton (Lendall).

This remarkable insect resembles the species of the

American genus Chirodamus, Halliday, in its flat head and

immensely thick anterior femora. It will probably form the

type of a new genus, but as I have seen only one specimen,

1] have with some doubt recorded it under the genus Pompilus

for the present. In form and general appearance it recalls

species of the Ferreola group.

Hymenoptera from the Transvaal. B51

Genus Sattus, Fabr. (sensu lat. apud Kohl).

Saltus capensis, Fabr.

Sphex capensis, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. (1781) p. 449.

Pompilus capensis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 1804, p. 196.

Hemipepsis capensis, Dhlb. Hym. Eur. i. (1843) p. 123.

Mygnimia capensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M. iii. (1855) p. 186.

Twenty-two females and eight males, Pretoria (Distant) ;

Barberton (Rendall); Johannesburg (Cregoe); Waterval-

onder, Durban (A. Joss).

Salius sericeipennis, sp. n.

9. Resembles S, capensis, Fabr., but the head and thorax

are considerably wider and more massive, and the wings

have the apical third fuscous, with a brilliant purple irides-

cence.

Black, the head castaneous red; the tips of the mandibles,

the parts round the base of the antenna, the occiput, cheeks,

and region of the ocelli black; a line round the orbits and

the antenne, the apex of the femora, the tibie and tarsi of

the legs, and the basal two thirds of the wings deep golden

yellow, the extreme base of the wings black. ‘The head,

thorax, legs, and abdomen covered with a dense soft sericeous

pile, which in certain lights is seen to cover the wings, also

giving them a brilliant silky gloss. Head broad, as broad as

the thorax; the clypeus convex, widely emarginate ante-

riorly ; the face hollow about the base of the antenna, the

vertex obliquely sloping to the front, the occiput and cheeks

narrow; the eyes large, reaching to the base of the man-

dibles, their inner orbits slightly convergent above. Thorax

broad ; the pronotum broadly rounded in front, its posterior

margin arched; the mesonotum flat, with three distinct

longitudinal caring, the space between the carine trans-

versely concave ; scutellum and postscutellum convex, slightly

laterally compressed; median segment short, cylindrical

above, the apical third abruptly and rather steeply sloped,

the basal two thirds very coarsely transversely striate, the

apical sloping portion very smooth and shining, not striate ;

legs stout, the tibia and tarsi of the intermediate and poste-

ricr legs strongly and closely spinose; claws of the tarsi

bidentate at base. Wings broad, the first recurrent nervure

in the fore wing uniting with the second transverse cubital

nervure ; a hyaline spot at the base of the first discoidal cell.

Abdomen broadly fusiform, the pygidium densely covered

with stiff long black hairs.

352 On Hymenoptera from the Transvaal,

3. Similar, smaller; the occiput, cheeks, scutellum, and

postscutellum castaneous red; the abdomen proportionately

smaller.

9. Length 35; exp. 64 millim.

3. Length 26; exp. 52 millim.

Described from one female from Coomartie Poort (W. Z.

Dawson) and one male from Barberton (Rendall).

Salius basalis, Smith.

Pompilus basalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iti. (1855) p. 138, 9.

One female, Durban (Distant).

The type of this species is in the British Museum collec-

tion, and is a Salius, not a Pompilus.

Salius spectrum, Smith. |

Mygnimia spectrum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. iii. (1855) p. 187,92 ¢.

Priocnemis hirsutus, Sauss. Dist. Nat. Transvaal, 1892, p. 216, pl. v.

fig. 3.

Four males, Pretoria (Distant).

Salius Tamiseri, Guér. :

Pompilus Tamiserii, Guér. Lefebr. Voy. Abyss. vi. e 4 (1848), p. 356,

pl. viii. fig. 4; Gerst. Pet. Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. (1862)

p- 483, 29g.

Fompilus Combesii, Guér. 1. c. p. 356, var.

? Mygnimia insignis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 188,92. 7

Mygnimia depressa, Sauss. Dist. Nat. Transvaal, 1892, p. 219. |

Seventeen females and twenty-three males, Barberton

(Rendall); Pretoria (Distant); Johannesburg (Cregoe).

The insect I identify as the Pompilus Tamisertt of Guérin

agrees exactly with Guérin’s description and figure. It is a

variable species in size and in the amount of yellow on the

apical segments of the abdomen. Mygnimia insignis, Smith,

seems to me to be a large race of S. Tamisert.

Salius antennatus, Smith.

Mygnimia antennata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 186,

Cyphononyx antennata, Sauss. Dist. Nat. Transvaal, 1892, p. 217, 2 gd,

pl. v. fig. 2.

Salius Saussurei, Dalla Torre, Cat. Hym. viii. 1897, p. 240.

Three females, five males, Pretoria (Distant); Brak Kloof,

near Grahamstown (Mrs. White) ; Fort Johnston, Nyasaland

(Rendall).

————— ——— Oe ee

Mr. W. L. Distant on Tingidide. 353

Salius dedjas, Guér.

Pompilus (Pepsis) dedjas, Guér, Lefebr. Voy. Abyss. vi. (1848) pt. 4,

p- 355, pl. viii. fig. 2.

One female, Durban (Distant).

Salius atropos, Smith.

Mygnimia atropos, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. (1855) p. 186, 2.

Seven females, six males, Pretoria (Distant); Johannes-

burg (Cregoe) ; Barberton (Rendall).

Salius regina, Sauss.

Mygnimia regina, Sauss, Grandidier, Hist. Madagase. xx. 1 (1892),

p- 412, footnote.

Three females, Fort Johnston (Rendall).

[To be continued. ]

LIX.—Rhynchotal Notes—XIII. Heteroptera: Families

Tingidide, Phymatide, and Aradide. By W. L. Distant.

WALKER’S enumeration of these families is to be found in

his Cat. Heteroptera, vol. vi. pp. 170-197 and vol. vii. pp. 1-

41. I have examined all Walker’s types which are still to

be found, a few, as usual, being missing and probably placed

as synonyms of other species by Walker himself, without

any published comment. Some new genera and species are

also described from various zoological regions.

Fam. Tingidide.

Genus CANTACADER.

Cantacader uniformis, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; eyes piceous ; base of pronotum, an

irregular central transverse fascia to hemelytra, continued

along inner margin of same to apex, fuscous brown,

Shape and form of C. quinquecostatus, Fieb., from which

it differs by the two outer continuous carine of the pronotum

being nearly straight, not convexly curved; a pale line on

each side of claval apex, from which the adjacent discal vein

is almost entirely black.

Long. 5 millim.

Hab, North India (Brit. Mus.).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol. ix. 25

354 Mr. W. L. Distant on Tingidide.

PONTANUS, gen. nov.

Form and shape of Derephysia, differing by the foliaceous

margin of the pronotum not anteriorly produced, but con-

vexly rounded, the anterior angles not distinguishable,

It is necessary to denote the position of the following

species described by Walker, but his unique type is in only

moderately fair condition, and hence the above brief but

salient generic characters must be relied upon until further

material is available.

Pontanus gibbiferus.

Monanthia gibbifera, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 197 (1878).

Hab. Australia.

A species (excepting the structure of the pronotal margin,

as detailed above) having a general resemblance to Dere-

physia foliacea, Fall.

Genus LEPTOSTYLA.

Leptostyla cytharina.

Monanthia cytharina, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 90.

Hab. Galapagos Islands: James Island (C. Darwin, Brit.

Mus.).

Most nearly allied to L. constricta, Champ. Butler’s species

has not been recorded by Lethierry and Severin.

PARACOPIUM, gen. nov.

Allied to Copium, Thunb., in general structure and appear-

ance, but having the pronotum altogether without the cellular

margin and the lateral margin of the corium only somewhat

obscurely cellular on its posterior half. Antenne stout, but

less incrassated than in Copium, and not pilose ; second joint

very short and more slender than the first; third longest,

about twice the length of the first and second together ; fourth

fusiform, a little curved and reflected at base ; lateral margins

of the pronotum very slightly acutely prominent.

Paracopium cingalensis.

Dictyonota cingalensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 178 (1873).

Hab. Ceylon.

Genus PHYLLONTOCHILA.

Phyllontochila alicollis.

Tingis alicollis, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 182. n. 26 (1873).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Tingidide. 355

Phyllontochila erosa.

Monanthia erosa, Fieb. Entom. Monogr. p. 74 (349), tab. vi. figs. 5-9.

Tingis erosa, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 181. n. 25 (1873).

Walker appears to have correctly identified this species

and then to have described it as new.

Phyllontochila dilatata.

Tingis dilatata, Guér. Mag. Zool. 1831, pl. viii.

Lagos, Sierra Leone (Brit. Mus.) ; Old Calabar (Coll.

Dist.); Rhodesia (Brit. Mus.).

Phyllontochila philippinensis, sp. n.

Dark fuscous ; anterior callosity and bases of lateral lobes

to pronotum, basal fourth, and a little more than the same

length before apex of the lateral margins of the hemelytra

greyish, tessellated with dark fuscous; anterior pronotal

callosity with two small curved discal spots; basal angle of

the pronotum a little paler.

Allied to P. erosa, Fieb., but the lateral foliaceous angles of

the pronotum quite different, being narrower, only slightly

apically broadened, distinctly directed upwards and forwards,

their apices more or less angulately rounded, the angulations

somewhat obtuse; hemelytra distinctly narrower, especially

more obliquely narrowed towards apex, colour darker, &c.

Antenne mutilated.

Long. 6 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 3 millim.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Brit. Mus.).

Phyllontochila perakensis, sp. n.

Closely allied to P. erosa, Fieb., but paler in hue, the

foliaceous angles of the pronotum more produced and elon-

gate, their anterior margin obliquely, almost perpendicularly

raised at base (not concavely, as in P. erosa), their apices

narrower, posterior margin more concave ; posterior angle of

the pronotum more acute.

Long. 7-8 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 53-6 millim,

Hab. Malay Peninsula: Perak (Doherty).

CROMERUS, gen. nov,

Allied to Leptoypha. Costa moderately dilated, but not

reticulate; body elongate, pronotum with a single central

carination ; antennez long, about as long as the legs, slender,

fourth joint not incrassated and more than half she. length of

356 Mr. W. L. Distant on Tingidide.

third joint ; pronotum thickly punctate, moderately gibbous,

the margins not dilated ; anterior collar prominent, with its

disk concave, its posterior area granulate.

Characters founded on the unique carded type specimen of

Monanthia invaria, Walk.

Cromerus tinvaria.

Monanthia invaria, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 196 (1873).

Hab. New Guinea (Brit. Mus.).

Genus JTELEONEMIA.

Teleonemia atra.

Monanthia atra, Motsch. Bull. Mose, xxxvi. p. 91 (1863).

Genus MoNANTHIA.

Monanthia globulifera.

Tingis globulifera, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 182. n. 27 (1873).

Belonging to the JZ Echii group of species.

Monanthia capensis.

Piesma capensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 6. n. 12 (1873).

The nearest allied African species is J. ornatella, Stal,

from which, however, it is altogether distinct,

Monanthia monticollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 196. n. 99

(1873).

Represented by a single typical specimen in very bad

condition. Apparently somewhat resembling the genus

Diconocoris, Mayr.

Summarized Disposition of Walker’s Genera and Species

belonging to the Fam. Tingidide.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Dictyonota cingalensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 178, n. 14 (1878), belongs

to gen. Paracopium, g. n.

Tingis alicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 182. n. 26, belongs to gen. Phyllonto-

chila,

globulifera, Walk. loc. cit. n. 27, belongs to gen. Monanthia.

Monanthia lineifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 194. n. 88, belongs to gen. Lepto-

styla.

invaria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 196, n. 98, belongs to gen. Cromerus g. n.

giblifera, Walk. loc, cit. p. 197. 0.102, __,, », Pontanus, g. n.

Piesma capensis, Walk. loc. ett, vii. p. 6. n, 12 (1873), belongs to gen,

Monanthia.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Phymatide. 357

Species treated as synonymic.

Tingis erosa, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 181. n. 25 (1873),= Phyllontochila

erosa, Fieb.

Monanthia lucida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 191. n. 63,= Corythuca fuscigera,

Stal.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Monanthia lanceolata, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 194. n. 87 (1873),

monticollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 196. n. 99 (condition of unique type too

bad for description).

Genera and Species wrongly included in the Tingidida.

Gen. Phyllotingis, type P. arida, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 3 (1873), belongs

to the fam. Aradide,

Fam. Phymatide.

No Phymatids were described by Walker.

Genus CARCINOCORIS.

Handlirsch, in his excellent monograph of the Phymatide,

published in 1897, sank his Carcinocorts erinaceus (Verh. k. k.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvii. 1897) as a synonym of C. Bing-

ham?, Sharp (Ent. Month. Mag. 1897, p. 35). Since then

Sharp has figured his species (Cambr. Nat. Hist. vol. vi.

p. 054, fig. 267, 1899), and a comparison of the figures given

by each author proves the absolute distinctness of the two

species.

Carcinocoris Hampsont, sp. n.

Somewhat intermediate between C. Castets?, Handl., and

C. erinaceus, Handl. Scutellum long and slender, as in

C. erinaceus, but with the lateral margins straight, not

sinuate ; abdominal margins expanded and angulated, as in

C. Castetsi, Hand]., but all the marginal spines both to it

and the pronotum much less robust.

Ochraceous ; apex of corlum, membrane, and a transverse

central fascia to abdominal dilatations umber-brown ; scutel-

lum almost reaching apex of abdomen, its lateral margins

longly spinous, but much less so on basal area.

Long. 84 millim.; max. Jat. 5 millim.

Hab, Nigiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson) ; Ootacamund

(Atkinson Coll., Brit. Mus.).

358 Mr. W. L. Distant on Aradide.

Fam. Aradide.

ARADINE.

Aradus antennatus, sp. ni.

Black, obscurely greyishly pubescent; apical joint of the

antenne pale luteous; connexivum with distinct, oblique,

ochraceous fascizw ; body beneath and legs a little darker than

above ; membrane dull greyish.

Allied in structure to A. australis, Erichs.; pronotum with

six caring, as in that species, but differing by the shorter and

relatively broader body, the much paler colour above, and the

luteous apical joint of the antenne; in A. australis the

antenne are wholly black, and in A. albicornis, Walk., the

second, third, and fourth joints are pale stramineous.

Long. 43 millim.

Hab. Australia: Adelaide (Davis, Brit. Mus.).

Aradus albicornis.

Mezira albicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 28. n. 27 (1878).

BRACHYRHYNCHINS.

CAMERARIUS, gen. nov.

Head somewhat broad, not widened behind, but distinctly

constricted at base behind the eyes; a short, oblique, back-

ward directed tuberculous spine at posterior base of each eye;

a scmewhat long, slightly curved spine at base of antenna,

and the two anterior central spines distinctly inwardly curved,

with their apices almost meeting; antennae with the basal

joint incrassated, about as long as extreme length of head,

very strongly hirsute, second joint slender, faintly and

obsoletely hirsute, little more than half the length of first

joint (remaining joints mutilated). Pronotum not laterally

dilated, broadcr posteriorly ; lateral margins sinuate, with a

strong obtuse spine a little before anterior angle; anterior

disk depressed and centially carinate; posterior margin

moderately convexly sinuate. Apical abdominal angles

prominently and acutely produced ; the connexivum a little

ampliated, with its lateral margins moderately hirsute; legs

hirsute, the femora a little more prominently hirsute than the

tibie.

A genus resembling Fhyllotingis in the form of the antenne

and legs, but allied to Carventus in the structure of the pro-

notum and abdomen.

EEE

Mr. W. L. Distant on Aradide. 359

Camerarius pallescens.

Crimia pallescens, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 20, n. 18 (1873).

Hab. Aru.

Genus PROXIUS.

Prowius ferreus.

Mexia ferrea, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 27. n. 23 (1878).

Basal joint of the antenne not quite or only just reaching

the apices of the anterior processes of the head; in other

respects much resembling the genus Carventus.

Genus ARTABANUS.

Artabanus doreicus.

Crimia doreica, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 17. n. 12 (1873),

Artabanus bispiniceps.

Crimia bispiniceps, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 20. n. 17 (1873),

Genus BARCINUS,

Barcinus laminiferus.

Crimia laminifera, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 16. n. 10 (1873).

Bareinus polyacanthus.

Crimia polyacantha, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 17, n. 11 (1878),

Genus Dysop1us.

Dysodius fulvicornis.

Brachyrhynchus fulvicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. vil. p. 11. n. 13 (1873).

Brachyrhynchus? fulvicornis, Leth. & Sev, Cat. Gén, Hém. t. iii. p. 42

(1896).

Brachyrhynchus nasutus, Walk., nec Stal, Cat. Het. vii. p. 11. n. 11

(1873).

Closely allied to D. guaternarius, Bergr., but differing in

the lateral processes of the head, which have their apices

acute, as in the American species of the genus. Antenne

with the first joint much longer than the second ; third longest,

symmetrical, rather more than twice as long as second.

Hab, Singapore, Philippines, Ceram, New Guinea (Brit.

Mus.).

Borgroth’s species was described from Penang; the above

therefore makes a second Hastern species of the genus.

360 Mr. W. L. Distant on Aradide.

Genus BRACHYRHYNCHUS.

Brachyrhynchus cimicoides.

Mexira cimicoides, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 24. n. 13 (1873).

Brachyrhynchus humilis.

Mezira humilis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 26. n. 21 (1878).

Brachyrhynchus australis.

Crimia australis, Walk, Cat. Het. vii. p. 22. n. 25 (1873).

Genus PICTINUS.

Pictinus tricolor.

Mezxira tricolor, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 26. n. 22 (1873),

Pictinus verrucicollis.

Crimia verrucicollis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 13. n. 6 (1873).

Pictinus microcerus.

Crimia microcera, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 21. n. 19 (1873).

General appearance of Pictinus, but the head not produced

between the bases of the antenne.

Genus

parviceps.

Crimia parviceps, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 19. n. 16 (1873).

Represented by one carded specimen in the British Museum.

Hab. New Guinea.

Genus NEUROCTENUS.

Neuroctenus lateralis.

Crimia lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 14. n. 7 (1878).

Neuroctenus rubrescens.

Crimia rubrescens, Walk. Cat. Het. vii p. 14. n. 8 (1878).

Hab. Ceylon, Singapore, Sarawak.

Many of the habitats given by Walker appertain to other

species of the genus, while the Australian ones belong to the

genus Aneurus.

Neuroctenus basalis.

Crimia basalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii, p. 18, n. 13 (1873).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Aradidee. 361

Neuroctenus subfurcatus.

Mezxira subfurcata, Walk. Cat. Het. iii, p. 27. n. 24 (1878).

Genus CTENONEURUS.

Ctenoneurus Hochstetteri.

Neuroctenus Hochstetteri, Mayr, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. p. 865

(1866); Reise Novara, Hem. p. 166, fig. 47 (1866).

Crimia attenuata, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 22. n. 26 (1873).

Mextra maorica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 28.

Brachyrhynchus zealandicus, White, MS.

White’s proposed species was evidently intended for

description in the Zoology Voy. H.M.S. ‘Erebus’ and

‘Terror,’ and two specimens thus labelled by him have stood

under that name in the collection of the British Museum.

Genus ANEURUS.

Aneurus simulans.

Crimia? simulans, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 12. n. 3 (1873).

Two species were confused in the specimens standing

under this name in the British Museum—one the above, the

other a species of Brachyrhynchus.

Aneurus marginalis.

Crimia? marginalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 12. n. 2 (1878).

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species

belonging to the Fam. Aradide.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Crimia armata, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 15. n. 9 (1873).

Aneurus septentrionalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 80. n. 2.

Aradus proboscideus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 35. n. 387.

caliginosus, Walk. doc, cit. p. 36, n. 38.

faseicornis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 89.

— fenestratus, Wall. loc. cit. n. 40.

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision,

Brachyrhynchus fulvicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 11. n.13 (1873), be-

longs to gen. Dysodius,

Crimia? marginalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 12. n. 2, belongs to gen. Aneurus.

verrucicollis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 13. n. 6, ; ia LU Notbatdel

lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 14. n. 7, belongs to gen. Neuroctenus,

rubrescens, Walk. oe. cit. n. 8, eS ni i

laminifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16. n.10, ,, » Barcinus.

polyacantha, Walk. loc. cit. p. 17. n. 1], ,, .

« . ”

— doreica, Walk. loc. cit. n. 12, a 3) Artabanus.

362 Mr. O. Thomas on new Species of

Crimia basalis, Walk. loc, cit. p.18. n. 13, belongs to gen. Newroctenus,

varia, Walk. loc cit. n. 14, + » Artabanus.

— parallela, Walk. loc. cit. p. 19. n. 15, ,, » Neuroctenus.

parviceps, Walk. loc. cit. n. 16, c » Gen. nov.?

——- bispiniceps, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 17, ,, 5, Artabanus.

—— pallescens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18, 9 » Camerarius, g. n.

microcera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 19, ,, » Lictinus.

australis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 25, ,, » Brachyrhynchus.

Mezxira cimicoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24.n. 138, ,, ie ‘

humilis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 26. n. 21, ,, ss 9

—— tricolor, Walk. loc. cit. n. 22, ie » Pictinus.

FSerrea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 27. n. 23, — ,, a? regu.

subfurcata, Walk. loc. cit. n. 24, * », Newroctenus.

prozima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 28. n. 25, ,, % 4

— albicornis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 27, 4 » Aradus.

Aradus pubescens, Walk. loc.ctt. p. 38. n. 52, ,, », Aphleboderrhis.

truncatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 55, ,, », Odonia.

Species treated as synonymic,

Crimia cincticornis, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 11. n. 1 (1873),= Hesus cor-

datus, Fabr.

attenuata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 26,= Cltenonew'us Hochstetteri,

Mayr.

Mezira maorica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 28,= Ctenoneurus Hochstetteri,

Mayr.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.

Mezira leucotelus, Walk. Cat. Het. vii. p. 28. n, 26 (1873).

subfasciata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 25. n. 18.

LX.—WNew Species of Dipodillus and Psammomys.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Dipodillus mimulus, sp. n.

General appearance exactly as in D. pecilops, but size very

much smaller, approximately as in D. guadrimaculatus and

its allies. Colour above sandy buff; below pure white, the

line of demarcation running up on the cheeks, so that only a

narrow line below the eyes is sandy. Black nose-spot and

white eye and ear-spots as in D. pecilops. Hands and feet

white ; palms and soles naked, the latter with six pads.

‘Tail comparatively thinly haired, scarcely pencilled; sandy

above, white below; the pencil-hairs brown.

Skull shaped very much as in D, pecilops; bulle of

medium size.

Dipodillus and Psammomys. 363

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 82 millim.; tail 90; hind foot 20;

ear 10°5.

Skull: greatest length 25°5; basilar length 19°3; zygo-

matic breadth 14:2; nasals 9°8; interorbital breadth 4°6;

breadth of brain-case 11°8; interparietal 3°5 x 6°7; diastema 7;

palatal foramina 4; greatest diameter of bulla 9; length of

upper molar series 3°1.

Hab, Lahej, near Aden.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 11. 6. 44. Collected 23rd

August, 1899, by W. Dodson.

This specimen had been supposed to be a young individual

of D. pecilops, to which it has an extraordinary resemblance,

but an examination of its skull shows that it is fully adult

and belongs to a group, that of D. quadrimaculatus and its

allies, not previously recorded from east of the Red Sea.

The Larger Species of Psammomys.

Apart from Psammomys elegans, Heugl., which I do not

know, and the small pale-coloured Ps. Roudaire?, Lataste,

the species of Psammomys seem to be four, respectively in-

habiting Algeria, Tripoli, Egypt, and Palestine. Externally,

so far as our material shows, they are all very much alike,

but their skulls may be readily distinguished by size and the

relative development of their bull, as follows :—

1. Ps. algiricus, sp. n.

Size large, upper length of skull about 43-45 millim.

Bulle medium, their greatest diameter 16 millim.

2. Psammomys of ‘Tripoli (described in ‘ Proceedings of the

Zoological Society,’ 1902).

Size smaller, upper length of skull 41 millim. Bulle

small, their greatest diameter 14°1-14°3 millim.

3. Ps. obesus, Cretschzm.

Size greater than in the Tripoli species, upper length of

skull 43 millim. Bulle smaller, diameter 15°5 millim.

4, Ps. terre-sancte, sp. n.

Size very large, skull elongate, its upper length over

46 millim. Bulle largest in the group, their diameter

18 millim.

It should be premised that a very slight difference in the

linear diameter of the bulle indicates a very considerable

difference in their cubic bulk.

364 On new Species of Psammomys.

The following are further details about the new forms :—

Psammomys algiricus.

Size large. General colour above deep sandy buffy.

Sides rich yellow or yellowish buffy, belly paler yellow.

Cheeks whitish yellow, sharply contrasting with the deep

buffy forehead and top of muzzle. Tail dark fulvous, the

little developed brush blackish.

Skull elongate; nasals narrow; interparietal of medium

size, its anterior border evenly convex forwards; bulle

medium.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 151 millim.; tail 125; hind foot 33 ;

ear 13.

Skull: upper length 43; basilar length 37; zygomatic

breadth 25:3; nasals 16; interorbital breadth 6°6; least

breadth between ridges on parietals 11; breadth between

anterior lips of meatus 25; length of exposed upper area of

bulla 5; diastema 13°7; greatest diameter of bulla 16; lesser

diameter, from anterior lip, 12.

Hab. Southern Algeria. ‘l’ypical locality Biskra.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 97.6. 9.9. Collected 21st

February, 1897, and presented by the Rev. A. E. Eaton.

A skin from Sfax, Tunis, collected by Fraser, appears to

belong rather to the Tripolitan than to the Algerian form.

According to Lataste, whose identifications it seems wise

to follow, no new names were given by Loche or Levaillant

to the Algerian Psammomys, their specimens of it being

erroneously referred to Meriones robustus and Shawit.

It is probable that the smaller Tripolitan form also occurs

in Algeria, but I take the large Biskran examples obtained

by Mr. Eaton as representing the present species.

Psammomys terre-sancte.

External characters as-in the last species, except that the

colour appears to be a little paler, and the tail in the single

skin is of the same tone as the body instead of being darker,

but this is probably of no importance.

Skull much elongated, largest of the genus. Bulle very

large and well inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit, therefore no

doubt contracted) :—

Head and body 162 millim.; tail 138; hind foot 36;

ear 14.

Skull: upper length 47 ; basilar length 38°7; zygomatic

On a new Genet from British East Africa. 365

breadth 26°8; nasals 17:3; interorbital breadth 7; least

breadth between parietal ridges 11*°2 ; breadth between ante-

rior lips of meatus 26; length of exposed upper area of bulla

6°2; diastema 13°8; greatest diameter of bulla 17°6; lesser

diameter, from anterior lip of meatus, 12°7; length of upper

molar series 6:5.

Hab. Palestine. ‘T'ype from the Dead Sea. A skin from

Jebel Usdum.

Type. Old male in spirit. B.M. no. 64. 8.17. 23. Col-

lected by the Rev. H. B. Tristram,

Four skulls collected by Canon Tristram are all closely

similar to each other in size and in the great development of

the bullee.

LXL—A new Genet from British East Africa.

By OLprirLD THOMAS.

Mr. C. Stevart BETTON, who has been a constant contributor

to the National Collections during the last few years, has

recently presented to the Museum a further small collection

of Kast-African mammals. Among these there occurs a

Genet allied to the West-Atrican G. servalina, but evidently

distinct. I propose to call it

Genetta Bettoni, sp. n.

Size markedly smaller than in G. servalina. Character of

markings very much as in that species and the back similarly

without a central crest or black line ; but the general tone is

lighter, more fawn, less heavily blackened, and the simple

spots on the anterior half of the body, between the withers and

loins, are replaced by irregular rings, black, with fawn-

coloured centres. Under surface from chin to anus smok

buffy, spotted with black ; the throat yellower than the belly,

but without the marked ventral blackening found in G. serva-

lina. Face coloured much as in the allied species ; the light

mark on the sides of the muzzle less distinct than usual.

Back of ears black except their anterior margins, which are

naked. Nape with four narrow, irregular, black, longitudinal

lines, supplemented by additional elongated spots outside

them. Fore limbs dark brown to the toes; hind limbs

greyish brown, the upper surface of the feet grizzled smoky.

In G. servalina both fore and hind feet are black. ‘Tail

cylindrical, not shaggy ; black, with nine narrow well-defined

white rings, each on the upperside about one third of the

366 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

breadth of the black rings, but broadening in the centre

below, where they may equal or exceed in breadth the black

interspaces.

Skull markedly smaller than in G. servalina, the brain-

ease large and well rounded, but the face small and light.

Bulle very small and low, lower than in any other Genet.

Opening of posterior nares broadly rounded, its centre more

than 3 millim. behind the bony supports of the molars.

Teeth throughout small and delicate.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 500 millim.; tail 880; ear (dry) 31.

Skull: greatest length 83; basal length 77; zygomatic

breadth 40; nasals 13°5x6°2; interorbital breadth 12 ;

breadth of brain-case 29°5; palate length 39; length of

bulle (including thickness of paroccipital processes) 16-5.

Greatest diameter of p* 8°6, outer diameter of p* 7:2; trans-

verse diameter of m' 63; length of p, 6°4, of m, 6.

Hab, Lagari, Mau district, south of El Burgon Range,

British East Africa. Altitude 7600 feet.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 2. 2.6.1. Collected 17th

July, 1901, and presented by C. 8. Betton, Esq.

The far smaller skull and different coloration will readily

distinguish this species from G. servalina, to which alone it

appears to be allied.

LXII.—Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family

Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By Miss

GertRuDE Ricarpo.

{Continued from vol. viii. p. 315.)

Curysoprs, Meigen.

Ethiopian Region.

Loew, in his ‘ Diptera Siidafrik.” (1860), should be con-

sulted for the species from this region. There are eleven

described species, all from South, West, or East Africa, and

three new ones are described here for the first time, the types

being in the British Museum collection. I append a list of

the species, no separate catalogue having yet been published

of the African species.

*C. longicornis, 9 , Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (1) p. 156, pl. xix. fig. 2 (1838) ;

Gerst., Archiv f. Naturgesch. xxxvil. p. 362 (1871) ; Ww. tier List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 290 (1854); Gerst., Decken’s Reise in

Ost-Afrik. p. 385 (1873).—S., W., & E. Africa.

of the Family Tabanide. 367

C. obliquefasciatus, 9 , Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (1) p. 157 (1838) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. i. p. 195 (1848); id. ibid. pt. v. wl 1, p. 289

(1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 80 (1860).—Cape of Good Hope.

C. natalis, 2, Maeq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 48, pl. iv. fig. 13 (1846) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 290 (1854).—Port Natal.

*C. tarsalis, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 200 (1848).—Sierra Leone.

*C. calidus, 3, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 205 (1848).—South Africa.

C. ciliaris, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 28, pl. i. fig. 14 (not 17) (1860).

—Kattraria.

C. laniger, 3 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 28 (1860).—Cape of Good

Hope.

*C. confluens, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 30, pl. i. fig. 19 (1860),—Cape

of Good Hope.

*C. stigmaticalis, 2, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 28, pl. i. fig. 18 (1860) ;

Johnson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 157 (1898); Ricardo, Ann.

& Mag. N. H. (7) vi. p. 163 (1900).—Pretoria, Kaffraria, Somali-

land.

C. dimidiatus, 9, Wulp, Notes Leyden Museum, vii. p. 80 (1885).—

S.W. Africa.

C. trimaculatus, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 607 (1892).—

Senegal.

*C. fuscus, Q, sp. n.

*C. madagascarensis, 2, sp. Nn.

*C. fuscipennis, 2, sp. n.

1. Wings with a distinct transverse band

BUH NPLATE sta craia’s' ef unre: ale oi ias) eels 2.

Wings with no distinct transyerse band

CNTR Betis beech oil. othe as od vi 12.

2. Wings with clear spots in the fourth and

fifth PORUEION COM 23. 5tiais wished «> a2 3.

Wings with no such clear spots ...... 6.

3. Hairs on sides of thorax and breast

SL Ce CERT Cee SAO EOE Pee 4,

Hairs on sides of thorax and breast black. 5.

4, Hind border of wings grey. Legs red-

dish yellow and black.............. stigmaticalis, 2 , Loew.

Hind border of wings brownish. Legs

yellow, the tarsi darker ............ confluens, 2, Loew.

Posterior borders of abdominal segments

bordered with white .............. obliquefasciatus, 2, Macq.

Wings on the posterior basal border *

auaky:, -Lepsred: iiksthattagenss: natalis, 2 , Macq.

B. Waepsibiack and. red. & 4.04 = scmicls aiemkannsls Juscus, 2, sp. n.

Pea eS DERICK, 550 5's «: «4: 4\< signe fake Sette (A

Tibiz yellowish or brown............ 10.

J. eneomen: biath 3. .223 o4as dem «'e waes 8.

Abdomen not wholly black .......... 9.

8. First joint of antennz not incrassated.

Legs black and yellow ............ tarsalis, 2, Walker.

First joint of antennz incrassated, Legs

DierMG eos op ays Does eee ta oe madagascarensis, 2, sp. n.

9. Abdomen black, with yellow markings.. trimaculatus, 2 , Bigot.

Abdomen reddish yellow, with white

BESCOHES ssc) ssasuddenvens dam laniger, 3 2, Loew.

10. Abdomen yellowish ................ longicornis, 2, Macq.

Abdomen yellow, with black bands.... 11.

368 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

11. Antenne yellowish. Bands of abdomen

Lo: a ey ee ee eg a ee Suscipennis, 2, sp. n.

Antenne black. Bands of abdomen di- daft

vided in the middle. Fore tibia

blackish. 55.5. <2 kV ote OOP ee ciliaris, 2 , Loew.

12. Abdomen with one black central stripe. calidus, ¢, Walker.

Abdomen with two black stripes ...... dimidiatus, 2, Wulp.

Loew has a note to the effect that his species C. confluens

is nearly allied to C. obliquefasciatus, Macq. (Dipt. Siidafrik.

p. 30). The colour of the hairs on the sides of the thorax

is not mentioned in Macquart’s description of C. natalis ; I

have assumed they are yellow, and placed it accordingly in

the table.

Chrysops longicornis, 2, Macq.

Two females from Port Natal (G@uweinzius) and Natal

(Saunders).

Chrysops tarsalis, 2? , Walker.

Type (female) from Sierra Leone (Morgan), and another

female (Clements).

This species is not identical with C. longicornis, Macq., as

suggested by Gerstacker in Decken’s ‘ Reise in Ost-Afrik,’

p. 389. aa

For with in Walker’s description read Wings.

Chrysops calidus, g ¢ , Walker.

Type (male and female) from S. Africa, 48. 70.

Chrysops stigmaticalis, 3 , Loew.

One female from Pretoria (W. LZ. D.), three from Salisbury,

Mashonaland, Nov. 1899 (Marshall).

Chrysops confluens, ? , Loew.

One female from interior S. Africa, 43. 19 (Lord Derby

Coll.) ; one from 8. Africa, 44.6 (Dr. Smith); one from

George, Cape Colony, 80. 46 (Wilson).

Chrysops fuscus, 3 , Sp. 0.

Type (female) and four females from Salisbury, Mashona-

land, Oct. 1899 (Marshall); two from Estcourt, Natal,

Sept. 96 (Marshall) ; one from Delagoa Bay, 86. 20.

Black, with black hairs on sides of thorax.

of the Family Tabanide. 369

Legs black, with the middle and posterior metatarsi red

and the middle tibiz reddish.

Face shining black, with black pubescence and white

tomentum at the sides and in the centre ; the facial tubercles

are oblong ; forehead black, with black pubescence and some

yellow hairs on the vertex. Antenne black, the three joints

about equal in length, the first two with black hairs. Palpi

black. Thorax with dirty white pubescence and brownish

tomentum, the breast-sides with black pubescence. Abdo-

men with black pubescence and some pale brownish tomen-

tum, which gives it in some lights a pale brownish appearance.

Legs black, the middle tibiz faint reddish, the middle and

posterior metatarsi red ; on the cox and posterior femora

are scanty long white hairs, elsewhere the pubescence is

black. Wings are very similar to those of C. stigmaticalis

(Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. pl. i1. fig. 19), but the dark colouring

extends further up from the base, through the two basal

cells, leaving only a narrow clear band between it and the

transverse band.

Length 8 millim.

In some of the specimens the light colour of the legs is

more pronounced. ‘The species is related to C. stigmaticalis,

Loew, but is smaller and slighter, and easily distinguished

from it by the absence of the golden yellow hairs on sides of

thorax.

Chrysops madagascarensis, 3 , sp. Nl.

Type (female), and another female from Ambohimibombo

Forest, Madagascar, 98. 46 (Forsyth Major).

Wholly black. First joint of antenne incrassated.

Face with shining black oblong tubercles, which join in

the middle and extend to the mouth, not quite attaining the

border of the eyes; on the forehead is one large black

shining callosity extending the whole width, the vertex black,

the remainder of the forehead and face covered with golden-

yellow pile. Antenne long and nearly devoid of pubescence,

the first joint thickened and longer than the second, the

third with the divisions of the first annulation very distinct ;

there are a few hairs on the sides of the second joint only,

Palpi stout, club-shaped, nearly as long as the proboscis.

Thorax with two narrow grey stripes and some golden

pubescence on the anterior part and on the sides. Abdomen

short, with vestiges of golden pubescence on the sides and on

the last segment. Legs black, the posterior tarsi yellowish

(in the other female this does not appear). Wings grey, the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 26

370 Miss G. Ricardo oa the Pangonine

transverse band dark brown, reaching to the anal cell; the

shading at the base extends almost to the apex of the first

basal cell and more than halfway up the second, so that the

clear part between it and the band is narrow.

Length 7 millim.

This species is easily distinguished from C. tarsalis, WIk.,

by the first joint of the antenne, the wholly black legs and

abdomen, and the darker wings.

Chrysops fuscipennis, 2, sp. n.

Type (female) from Gaizima, Mashonaland, 95. 12; one

other from Salisbury, Mashonaland, Dec. 44 (Marshall) ;

and one, unlabelled, from unknown locality.

This species is allied to C. ciliaris, Loew.

Brown. Abdomen pale yellowish, with broad blackish

bands, which only leave the ground-colour free on the poste-

rior borders of the hind segments.

Face grey, with two black, shining, oblong spots on each

side below the antenne, the pubescence grey ; forehead with

a large central black spot reaching nearly to the eyes, rounded

posteriorly and joined in the centre by a small black spot

bearing one ocellus, the other two forming the base of the

triangle are placed on the border of two oblong black spots

which reach to the eyes on each side and are separated in

the centre of the vertex; the pubescence on the forehead

white. Antenne yellow, the third joint black except at its

base; the pubescence on the first two joints black, these

equal in length, the third slightly longer than the second.

Palpi long, yellow. Thorax black, with two grey stripes .

and some grey pubescence, sides grey, the shoulders yellow.

Breast-sides grey. Scutellum brown, with grey tomentum.

Abdomen with the first segment brown at its base, the

brownish-black band on the second segment does not quite

reach the side, on the posterior border of the segment the

yellow ground-colour becomes greyish; there is a similar band

on each segment which attains the side and entirely occupies

the anterior part of the segment, only leaving a posterior

border of grey colour; the short pubescence is black, with a

few grey hairs intermixed, grey at the sides, except on the

third segment, where it is black; the underside is yellow at

the base, then brown and grey, the pubescence being grey on

the light parts and black on the dark parts. Legs yellowish

brown, the last four joints of the tarsi darker; there is scat-

tered white pubescence on the coxz and femora; the pubes-

cence on the tibiz and tarsi short and black, longer on the

hind tibie, Wings clear, brown on the fore border, with a

of the Family Tabanide. 371

brown transverse band only just reaching into the anal cell

and not attaining the apex of the discal cell ; it is very similar

to that of C. ciliaris, Loew.

Length 8 millim.

Chrysops trimaculatus, ? , Bigot.

Type (female) and one other female, both in bad preser-

vation, the type on a card.

This species is distinguished by a singularly narrow fore-

head for a species of this genus ; there is a triangular space

in front, its base being the narrowest part of the forehead ;

the eyes approach very closely, receding a little on the vertex,

leaving a small triangular space on which the ocelli are

placed. For first segment in Bigot’s description read second

segment. So far as can be judged from the specimens, the

third segment seems wholly black and the fourth almost

wholly yellowish red. On the underside of the other female

(not the type) the second segment is yellow, and there is

some reddish-yellow colour on the third and fourth. Wings

with the basal cells infuscated on their basal half; the trans-

verse band reaches the hind border, extending to the apex of

the anal cell, becoming fainter in colour in the fourth and

fifth posterior cells ; the apical spot is narrow, reaching to the

apex of the wing.

Australian Region.

The Chrysops subcanus of Walker does not belong to the

Chrysops genus (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 287,

1901), which leaves only two species as yet described from

this region, viz. :—

C. testaceus, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 38 (1850).—Tasmania.

C. albicinctus, 2, Wulp, Tijd. v. Ent. xi. p. 103, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1868) ; id.

Cat. Dipt. 8. Asia, P; 66 (1896) ; Ost. Sack, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen.

xvi. p.418 (1880); Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891).—Sala-

watti and New Guinea.

1. Wings with dark transverse band and an apical

SPIO, 5: orn; winini ase «minis aininin pis’ a/etalelals'=\o-ule 2a. a: ei"

2. Abdomen black, the second segment with a

mattiw white Damd 2.3 2.4) eschew ett sss albicinctus, 9, Wulp.

Abdomen testaceous brown, with yellow spots. testaceus, 2, Macq.

C. cecutiens, L., is said by Macquart to have been found

in Australia (Dipt. Exot, Suppl. 4, p. 40, 1850).

26"

372 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Oriental Region.

The described species from this region included in Van der

Wulp’s ‘ Catalogue of the Diptera of S. Asia,’ 1896, number

twenty. Of these C. parallelus, Walker (Proc. Linn. Soc.

v. p. 276, 1861), does not belong to the genus Chrysops ;

C. ligatus and C. terminalis, Walker (List Dipt. pt. i. p. 195,

1848), are synonyms of C. dispar, Fabr. C. albicinctus,

Wulp (Tijd. v. Ent. xi. p. 103, 1868), from New Guinea and

Salawatti, is now included among the species from the Austra-

lian Region. OC. translucens, Macq., and C. pellucidus, Fabr.,

are regarded as two distinct species. C. Mlokosiewiczi,

Bigot, and two new species are added, which makes the

number still twenty. C. alter, Rondani (Ann. Mus. Civ.

Gen. vii. p. 460, 1875), owing to the imperfect description,

is not included in the synoptical table. To Wulp’s Catalogue

should be added :—

C. Mlokosiewiczi, 9, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 146 (1880).

(C. iranensis, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, v. p. 602 (1892).}

—N, Persia, Caucasus.

The Walker type named Chrysops parallelus apparently

belongs to the Tabaninz, as no spurs seem present on the

hind tibiz ; it should belong to the genus Diachlorus, where

it is placed for the present, but the fore tibize being straight,

not dilated, makes it doubtful whether it should remain

there ; only one species of this genus is as yet recorded from

the Oriental Region. The antennz (now broken off) have

the first joint long, the second very short, discous in shape,

the third as long or longer than the first, with five annula-

tions, the first of these as long as the other four together and

indistinctly marked with four divisions ; they are yellow in

colour, darker on the third joint.

A specimen marked C. cribrata, Wlk., from Java, evidently

only a manuscript species, is not a Chrysops, but a Hemato-

pota.

1. Wings with a dark transverse band and an

anleal Spot « adieasccceae voce sem cysites 2.

Wings with a dark transverse band, but

no. apical Bpot..; eas sane lice eens 15.

2. Wings with a hyaline sinus on the poste-

rior border of the band .............. 3.

Wings without a hyaline sinus on the

osterior border of the band .......... 10.

83. Abdomen yellow, livid at its base ...... semicirculus, 2, Wik.

Abdomen yellow, with black longitudinal

BIER 2. su sidnde ssNehy cv RaraoeeNe 4,

ba |

c© 00

10.

15.

14.

16.

of the Family Tabanide. 373

Abdomen yellow or white, with some seg-

WASH DING IS sn ss vsieais wantin seme ed

Abdomen black, with the first or the

second segment, or both, white or yellow.

. Abdomen with a black bifid stripe on the

second segment, often extending to the

third or fourth segment ............4-

Abdomen with four black stripes. ..... oe

PA TILONIMN GO STEOU Shia wtetas fc.1 Letactee Bledsoe

ANTenNs DIAGKIAN’ \... sos v< oes peeled t

. Abdomen pale yellow, with a black spot

on the second segment, and the last seg-

PPM AAC Pu Kies cheers tek oh whe pees

Abdomen whitish, with the anterior part

of the first segment black and a black

spot on the second segment .,........

. Face and antenne blackish ............

Face and antenne yellowish .........,

. Abdcmen with the first segment black ..

. Abdomen with the first segment white on

BHe IORIOr DALE 215 5 Se «a duels Cpaeteaes

Abdomen with the first two segments

vollow at, LHO'RIGES . » vib snide eo. c3. 0 si0.8

Wings with a clear spot in the discal cell.

Wings without a clear spot in the discal

ull” DSRS Se Mere ree One. Naa ae

Abdomen with a black bifid stripe on the

ROGOMOLMEPINONIE Kh). sree c's he Se cae ws

Abdomen yellowish, with black bands ..

. Abdomen with one black band ; face yel-

VOT he cre hcl ics Ad ld tegen seer bee

Abdomen with two black bands; face

PIRSRIROIE its, cekhen aig ete go cdcns oie

The black bands not connected laterally ..

The black bands connected laterally

The second black band concave in the

WANQOUG: godess vias Soe saWeS, aeialna a's sein Nidtee

The secund black band straight ........

. Wings with a hyaline sinus on the poste-

rior border of the band, ......s0.cces.

Wings without a hyaline sinus on the

osterior border of the band ..........

Abdomen black on the basal half, with a

grey band and stripe, yellow on the

SPIGA HALE. oa! ning ot ea aie ara

Abdomen black, with a yellowish band on

the second BOPMIENT? . 6. onus os te gs

striatus, ¢ 2, Wulp.

Mlokosiewiczi, 2 , Bigot.

dispar, 3 Q, Fabr.

bifasciatus, 2, Macq.

flaviventris, 2 , Macq.

rufitarsis, 3, Macq.

pellucidus, 2, Fabr.

translucens (? 2 ), Macq.

sinensis, 9, W1k.

stimulans, 3, W1k.

ll.

indianus, 3 2, sp. n.

Jivissimus, 2, W1k.

13.

signifer, 3d, Wik.

| cenctus, 2, Bigot.

| clavicrus, 2, Thomson.

16.

iy.

manilensis, 2, Schiner.

Jlavocinctus, 2, sp. n.

The species rufitarsis, bifasciatus, and flaviventris, Macq.,

are included under those which have an apical spot, as being

probably correct, though from the descriptions it is impossible

to speak with certainty.

C. alter, Rondani (Ann. Mus. Civ.

Gen. vii. p. 460, 1875), is not included ; the description of

374 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

the abdomen having been omitted, it is impossible to identify

the species.

Chrysops dispar, 3 ? , Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 567 (1798)

(Tabanus) ; id. Syst. Antl. p. 112 (1805); Wiedem..,

Dipt. Exot. i. p. 102 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i.

p- 196 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (1) p. 159 (1838) ;

id, ibid. Suppl. 3, p. 14 (1848) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.

p. 195 (1848) ; id. ibid. pt. v. Suppl. J, p. 292 (1854) ;

Ost. Sack., Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xvi. p.418 (1880) ; id.

Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 97 (1882) ; Bigot, Cat. Orient.

Dipt. p. 265 (1891); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65;

id. Dipt. Sumatra-Exp. p. 19 (1892); Roder, Ent.

Nachr. xix. p. 234 (1895).

Hematopota lunata, Gray, Griff. et Cuvier, Anim. Kingd. xv. p. 696,

pl. exiv. fig. 4 (1832).

Chrysops ligatus, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 195 (1848); Bigot, Cat.

Orient. Dipt. p. 264 (1890); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

Chrysops terminalis, 9, Walker, 7. e.

Chrysops impar, Rond. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 460 (1875),

Type of terminalis, 9 , Walker.

Type of ligatus, 9, Walker, from Bengal, 42. 25 (Camp-

bell), and other specimens from Nepaul (Hardwicke Bequest),

Mysore, Ceylon (Yerbury, Green), Malay, Sumatra, Java,

and Hong Kong.

Walker’s two types are similar to the other specimens of

C. dispar, F., in the British Museum Coll. C. ligatus, Wlk.,

is only a rather pale-coloured specimen with some lighter

spaces in the wing-cells. C. terminalis, Wlk., is a_pale-

coloured specimen with the black bifid stripe not reaching

beyond the second segment, as in Wiedemann’s original

description of C. dispar. The species seems rather variable,

the stripe extending sometimes only to the posterior border

of the second segment, but often to the third or even fourth

segment. Walker identified several specimens of C. dispar

correctly and then described his two new species, placing

them directly after C. dispar in his Catalogue; but I can

see no differences sufficiently marked to justify them being

made distinct species. There is only one specimen among

the series which has a darker face, as mentioned by Macquart.

On one of the specimens from Ceylon Col. Yerbury has the

following note :—‘‘ Common and_ generally distributed.

Torments cattle. The scutellum and the pilose stripe on the

pleuree in life bright gamboge-yellow.”

of the Family Tabanide. 375

Chrysops fasciatus, 2, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 103

(1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 198 (1828) ; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. i. p. 193 (1848) ; id. ib. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p. 291 (1854) ; Dol. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xvi. p. 84

(1858); id. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1. p. 112 (1857) ;

Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891); Wulp, Cat.

Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

One male from uncertain locality.

One female from Celebes.

These two specimens have the facial tubercle shining

black and two distinct black bands on the posterior borders

of the second and third segments, not attaining the sides and

not joined. Wiedemann gives the band of the wing as hardly

incised posteriorly. I have included it under those species

with no hyaline sinus, as the colouring only becomes fainter

on the posterior border and does not amount to a sinus.

Chrysops translucens, ¢, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. (1) p. 158

(1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 291

(1854); Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891) ;

Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

There are no specimens of this species in the British

Museum Collection, but there were two females sent me by

Dr. Kertesz, of Budapest, from Borneo, for identification,

which I think belong to this species. There is also a very poor

specimen of what I believe to be C. pe/lucidus, F., in the

British Museum Collection. From the examination of

these, together with the descriptions, it seems probable that

pellucidus and translucens are both distinct species, the latter

not being a variety of the former, as suggested by Macquart.

His s;ecies is distinguished from pellucidus by the almost

wholly yellow first segment of the abdomen, there being only

a narrow black band on its posterior border, whereas the

Fabrician species is said to have the first segment wholly

black ; the second segment in translucens is yellow, with a

central black spot, and a yellow spot in the centre of this

last continued into the third segment ; of this there is no

mention in the description of C. pellucidus: the face in

C. translucens is brownish, with a yellow central stripe ; in

C. pellucidus it is apparently shining black.

Chrysops semicirculus, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 196

(1848) ; Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891) ; Wulp,

Cat. Dipt. 8. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

376 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

Type (female) from the East Indies.

It is in too poor preservation to make it possible to supple-

ment the original description.

Chrysops stimulans, g, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 73

(1850); id. List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 289 (1854) ;

Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891) ; Wulp, Cat.

Dipt. 8. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

Type (male) from East India, 54. 13 (Saunders Coll.).

One male from the Persian Gulf, 91.84 (Cumming), which

seems identical, though the clear spot in the apex of the

wing is of a different shape.

Chrysops fixissimus, 9 , Walker, Journ, Proc. Linn. Soe. 1.

p. 112 (1857) ; Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. (1891); Wulp,

Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

Chrysops unizonatus, 2, Rond. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 459 (1873) ;

Osten Sacken, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 97 (1882).

The type is not to be found in the British Museum Collec-

tion, but only the variety. Col. Yerbury has a note on one

of the specimens to the effect that the species is “ Rare.”

Type (var., female) from Sarawak, 68. 4 (Saunders).

Two from Sandakan, Brit. N. Borneo, 98. 38 (D. Cator),

and one, ditto, 95. 134; one from Singapore, 96. 114 (Flower) ;

one from Sarawak, 56. 14 (Saunders) ; two from Trincomalee,

2. 10. 90—10. 9. 91 (Yerbury).

Walker describes the var. “ with two bands, one black,

the other brown.” I should rather describe it as having

one black band only, on the posterior border of the second

segment. It is related to C. fasciatus, but distinguished from

it by the facial tubercle being yellowish brown, becoming

black only at its upper corners, and by the absence of a

second band on the abdomen ; the third segment has some-

times traces of black colour. The species described by

Rondani as C. unizonatus is a synonym of this, and not of

C. signifer, Walker, as suggested by Osten Sacken, who states

that the face in the Rondani species is yellow, which agrees

with the colouring of the face of this species (see Osten

Sacken, in Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 97).

Chrysops signifer, 3, Walker, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. y.

p. 276 (1861) ; Osten Sacken, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxvi.

p. 97 (1882) ; Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. p. 265 (1891) ;

Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 65 (1896).

Type (male) from Batchian.

of the Family 'Tabanide. 377

This is a distinct species from the above and from C. fascia-

tus, having the second black band on the second segment

extending to the sides and continuing upwards, thus joining

the first band, so that a wide triangular space of the yellow

colour is left between the two bands. The face is shining

black, with a very short yellow stripe in the centre.

Chrysops sinensis, § 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. p. 453 (1854) ;

Wulp, Cat. Dipt. 8. Asia (1896).

The type (a female) is merely labelled “ China” ; there is

also a male specimen from Haining, Chekiang, China, 93. 52

(Walker).

Neither of the specimens is in good preservation; in

their general appearance they have more resemblance to the

species of the Palearctic Region, but do not seem identical

with any of the described species, so that they are included

among those of the Oriental Region for the present.

9. Black. Face and antenne yellowish.

Face yellowish; the callosities which reach to the proboscis

are tawny; the cheeks black, covered with yellow tomentum,

leaving only a round black shining spot apparent on the border

of theeyes. Palpiyellow. Antenne yellow; the third joint

is wanting (Walker says it is black at the tip). Forehead

yellowish, with the usual black tubercles. ‘Thorax black

(probably denuded of grey stripes). Abdomen black, the

first segment yellow at the sides ; the second yellow, with a

black spot (shape indistinguishable) in the centre ; the third,

fourth, and fifth segments black, with yellow posterior

borders, which attain in the centre to triangular spots ; there

is a trace of a yellow spot on the sides of the third segment ;

the pubescence seems chiefly yellow. Legs yellow, knees

darker. Wings with the usual band and apical spot; the

shape of the former is somewhat peculiar, projecting on its

outer border towards, but not attaining, the fork of the third

vein ; in the first posterior cell it becomes concave, then

slightly convex till it reaches the fifth posterior cell, where

the sinus is not very marked, and follows the fifth vein; it

is narrow in width, only filling the discal cell, not en-

croaching on the basal cells at all, and filling the fourth

posterior about halfway up; the basal cells have only dark

shading at their extreme base; the apical spot is the same

width throughout, only crossing the anterior branch of the

third vein at its apex.

In the male the upper half of the facets of the eyes is

larger and there is a well-marked dark band across and an

378 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

oblong spot. The thorax has a greyish-brown central stripe

and grey lateral stripes. The black marks on the second

segment consist of two oblong spots converging on the ante-

rior border and reaching the hind border; the wings are

similar to those of the female.

Chrysops Mlokosiewiczi, 3? , Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x.

p- 146 (1880).

C. tranensis, 2 , Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. France, v. p. 602 (1891),

Among the types kindly lent me by Mr. Verrall there is

one (? female) specimen with the head wanting, labelled as

above and from the Caucasus, but the specific name is crossed

out and “ iranensis”’ scribbled underneath ; there is another

female specimen only labelled “ N. Persia.” Bigot described

one female as C. Mlokosiewiczi, from N. Persia or Caucasus,

and later two females from N. Persia as C. iranensis; appa-

rently he concluded finally that all were one species, which

certainly seems likely judging from the descriptions : in this

case the name Mlokosiewiczi would have priority; it seems

nearly related, if not identical, with a species described by

Wulp from Amoy, China, and named by him C. striatus.

On comparison of the two specimens of his species in the

British Museum Collection with the Bigot specimens, the

only difference to be seen is the colour of the tubercle above

the antennze, which is nearly wholly reddish in the specimen

from N. Persia, not shining black, as Wulp describes; they

are exactly similar in the wing; the headless specimen has

the colouring of the abdomen more greyish than ochraceous,

as in C. striatus. Considering the distance between the

localities, it is perhaps preferable to keep the species apart

for the present, placing, however, the Bigot species among

those of the Oriental Region.

Chrysops cinctus, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 602

(1892) ; Wulp, Cat. Dipt. 8S. Asia, p. 66 (1896).

? Chrysops clavicrus, Thomson, Eugen. Resa, p. 452 (1868).

I have examined the type (female) from the Philippines

lent me by Mr. Verrall; it is darker than the three other

species with black bands, and the yellow colour of the abdo-

men is not diaphanous; it is nearly allied to C. fasciatus,

Wicdem., and C. signifer, Wlk., but the abdomen is darker

and the black bands broader.

1 believe it to be the same as C. clavicrus, Thomson, from

Malacca; and if this proves to be correct, Bigot’s name must

be sunk.

of the Fumily Tabanide. 379

The origiual description may be amended thus :—

Face black, yellow at the sides, and with a central short

yellow stripe. Abdomen with the first segment pale yellow

and a narrow black posterior border; the second is pale

yellow on its anterior border; the black band posteriorly is

nearly equal in width to the yellow colour ; the third segment

is almost wholly black, with only a narrow yellow border

anteriorly ; the two black bands join at the sides, but the

second band is entirely straight on its posterior border, thus

differing from C. signifer, Wlk., which is deeply indented in

the centre ; the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh segments are

reddish yellow, with obscure black square spots in the centre

of the fourth and fifth. The wings are clear, dark at the base

and along the fore border to the apex, and with the usual

transverse band which extends to the posterior border.

Chrysops striatus, 8 ¢, Wulp, Notes Leyden Museum, vii.

p. 79 (1885) ; id. Cat. Dipt. S. Asia, p. 66 (1896).

One male and one female from Tygosan, Chusan Archi-

pelago, 92. 196 (Walker).

Chrysops indianus, 3 2, sp. n.

One male from Nilghiri Hills, 88. 112 (Hampson).

One female from Khasi Hills district, India, 96. 135

(Chennell, 1878).

A species allied to C. dispar, Fabr., but in the wing

approaching C. fasciatus, Wiedem.; it is larger and more

robust than C. dispar, Fabr.

Yellow, with a black bifid stripe on the second segment,

enclosing a small, almost round, yellow spot, but the black

does not join on the posterior border.

3 & 2 (types). Face yellow, with yellow hairs on the

central stripe and at the sides. Antenne long and slender,

nearly equal in length to the head and thorax, all the joints

about equal in length; yellow, the third joint darker, the

first clothed with long black hairs, the second with shorter

ones, the third bare. Palpi yellow. Thorax and scutellum

brownish, with yellow pubescence, thicker at the sides, the

breast the same colour. Abdomen light yellow, the second

segment paler ; the first segment with a narrow black band on

the posterior border, the second with a black stripe which

begins in the centre and then divides, sending out a branch

on each side reaching to the hind border, and there extending

outwards till it ends in a point ; a small, yellow, oblong spot

is thus left in the middle, surrounded by the black, excepting

380 On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide.

on its posterior border ; the black stripes are continued very

faintly on the third segment; the sides of abdomen have

short black pubescence ; the underside yellow, with three

faint brown stripes on the third segment. Legs yellowish

brown, with short black pubescence ; the tibive dilated, espe-

cially the anterior and middle pairs. Wings clear, with

brown colouring at the extreme base only filling the basal

cells one third of their length, continued along the fore border

to the apex, and asa transverse band which attains the posterior

border just contiguous to the anal cell; it isa little fainter in

colouring in the fifth posterior cell; its apical border is

straight, also the inner one as far as the anal cell.

Length 114 millim.

The female is identical.

Chrysops flavocinctus, 2, Sp. n.

Type (female) and another female from Khasi Hills, Assam,

97. 82 (Heyne) ; two females from North Khasi Hills, Lower

Ranges, 96. 135 (1878, Chennell) ; one female from Sarawak,

56. 44 (Wallace) ; one female from Trincomalee, 54 (Yer-

bury).

Black. Abdomen with a yellow band on the anterior half

of the second segment.

Face black, shining, with a grey tomentose stripe just

below the antennz and an obscure yellowish spot where the

usual stripe begins; a line of grey tomentum divides the

cheeks from the upper part of the face ; forehead with the

usual black tubercles, which are large, a narrow band of

grey tomentum divides them. Antenne rather long, yellow,

the second and third joints darker ; the first two joints pubes-

cent, the third bare. Palpi yellow. Thorax black and

shining, with traces of a broad grey stripe, some white

pubescence on the dorsum and on the posterior border, and

yellow hairs at the sides. Scutellum black. Abdomen black,

with some white pubescence, with a yellow band on the ante-

rior half of the first two segments; that on the second is

widest and concave in the middle, becoming broader at the

sides; the underside yellow at the base and black on the

apex. Legs black, the anterior and middle femora and the

middle and posterior tarsi yellow. Wings clear, the dark

colouring hardly perceptible at the extreme base; along the

fore border it is narrow and only reaches the band, the apex

being quite clear; the band hardly attains the hind border

and becomes paler in the fourth posterior cell, only just con-

tinuing into the fifth; in some of the specimens it does not

Relationships of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee. 381

reach beyond the fourth and never attains the anal cell ; it is

straight ou both its borders.

Length 83 millim.

One of the specimens from Borneo does not measure more

than 64 millim.

(To be continued. }

LXIIJ.—Relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla) to the

living Zoanthee. By J. HE. DUERDEN *.

WHEN briefly discussing, in 1871, the Paleozoic corals in-

cluded under Milne- Edwards and Haime’s order Rugosa, the

late Count Pourtalés thus remarks :—‘‘ Mr. R. Ludwig has

shown (H. v. Meyer’s ‘ Paleontographica,’ vols. x. and xiv.)

that the tetrameral arrangement claimed for the Rugosa is

only apparent, there being originally six primary septa, but

that further development in each system is asymmetrical, and

that two of the systems remain generally undeveloped. I

had, before having knowledge of Ludwig’s researches, come

substantially to the same conclusions by the examination of

Lophophyllum proliferum, Edw. & H., from the Carboniferous

formation, a form very suitable for that study. ... When

the youngest stage of the coral is examined by cutting through

the tip of the conical Lophophyllum proliferum, six primary

septa and six interseptal chambers are found, placed sym-

metrically on two sides of a vertical plane, and unequally

developed.”

The very elaborate and painstaking researches of Ludwig

and the above definite statement of Pourtalés have appa-

rently never been accorded the full consideration they deserve

in any discussion of the affinities of the Rugosa. Supported

by the conclusions of Kunth (1869), it seems to have been

generally accepted by most students of this extinct group of

corals that the adult arrangement of the septa around four

principal members is sufficient evidence for assuming a

primary tetrameral plan. The procedure is in some measure

to be accounted for by the rarity with which the earlier stages

in the growth of the septa of fossil corals are procured, and

the difficulties involved in their investigation.

Tetramerism, both primary and secondary, has been the

conception underlying most of the recent attempts which have

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xxi. No. 155,

pp. 19-25 (Jan. 1902).

382 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

been made to bring the Rugosa either into line with modern:

hexamerous corals, or to associate them with other groups ;

in the suggestions of Quelch (1886) and Ogilvie (1895),

however, minor considerations of structure have prevailed.

G. von Koch (1896), with his mature experience of coral

morphology, has tried to show how from the six pairs of

primary mesenteries, arranged as in recent corals, a primitive

Fic. 1.

Transverse section through the tip of a corallum. The dark median lines

of only six primary septa are present, but the outlines of the septa as

a whole are not clearly determinable, their surfaces being fused

throughout. The two median septa are represented by a continuous

line, while the other four septa are arranged as an upper bilateral

pair and a lower bilateral pair. Of the six primary interseptal spaces,

the two upper are shghtly smaller than the others. By interseptal

spaces may be here understood the interval between the dark lines

of two contiguous septa; the septa are so broad as to occupy the

whole of the calicinal cavity, leaving no interseptal loculi. The

descriptive terms upper and lower are used merely to indicate the

pogiion of the parts in relation to the section as a whole, and can

save no morphological significance until the relationship of the

different aspects of the coral with modern forms is established. In

all the figures the upper border corresponds with the convex side of

the coral and the lower with the concave border ; the primary septa

are indicated by the Roman numeral I. and the later septa by the

letters A-D, according to their order of appearance within the four

primary interspaces,

septal tetramerism might be obtained ; while the distinguished

Belgian naturalist E. van Beneden (1897), assuming a

primary four-rayed condition, places the group near the tetra-

meral Scyphomedusa, far removed from the hexamerous

Madreporaria and Actiniaria,

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthec. 383

Recently the Geological Department of the United States

National Museum has generously prepared for me serial

transverse sections of several species of Paleozoic corals *,

for study in connexion with certain results upon the mesen-

terial and septal arrangement in Madreporaria. Among these

KrG:n2.

Transverse section through the tip of a second corallum, taken a little

higher comparatively than the former section. The two median

septa are still represented by a continuous line and the lateral

boundaries of all the septa are partly indicated by small oval inter-

septal loculi, which in the actual sections are filled with transparent

calcite or some opaque matter. In the drawings the loculi through-

out are represented as opaque. Within the middle and lower primary

interseptal spaces on the right side occur the dark lines of two new

secondary septa (A), but no trace of any is seen on the left side.

It is not unusual in modern corals for the growth of one region to be

slightly in advance of that in another. The interrupted line towards

the upper border of the figure marks the outline of the actual section,

In this and some of the other figures the sections represented had

been slightly fractured at one region or another during their prepa-

ration ; but in order to give somewhat of symmetry to the drawings

I have attempted restorations of the outline, the actual boundaries

being indicated by the interrupted lines,

are several specimens of Lophophyllum proliferum (McChes-

ney), the species investigated by Pourtalés. The fossils were

collected from the Coal-Measures, Springfield, Ill., and the

preservation, even to the tip, is very perfect, while the

practical absence of internal vesicular tissue enables the septal

arrangement to be followed with every degree of certainty.

The preparations enable me to assert that in each case the

* For the selection of the specimens and the supervision of the prepa-

ration of the sections I am indebted to Prof. C. Schuchert and Mr. T.

Wayland Vaughan.

384 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

section through the tip of the corallum displays the median

d rk lines of six primary septa, separated by six interseptal

spaces. One example exhibits the six septa only (fig. 1),

another shows two rudimentary secondary septa in addition

to the primary six (fig. 2), while a third presents four secon-

dary septa and the rudiment of a fifth (fig. 3). The sections

thus confirm in the most complete manner the statement made

by Pourtalés thirty years ago, and serve to establish beyond

Fie. 3.

Transverse section towards the apex of a third corallum, taken at a little

higher level than the two previous sections. The six primary septa

are recognizable by their greater size, the outlines being indicated

by the oval interseptal loculi and thin marginal lines; the two

median septa are now distinct from one another, and the upper is

larger than the lower, and is thereby already recognizable as the

main or chief septum. The two upper primary interseptal spaces

are much narrower than the middle and lower interspaces. Within

each of the latter an additional septum (A) has appeared, and within

the middle right interspace the rudiment of a second additional

septum (B) occurs. No new septa are ever developed within the

two upper interseptal spaces. As the calice increases in diameter

the angle at which the primary septa are inclined to one another

changes, owing to the intercalation of new septa at puch equal

distances apart; hence the irregularity in form of the dark median

line. In the inward growth of the new septa their inner extremities

necessarily come into contact with the older septa already stretching

as far as the middle, and thus give rise in lower sections to the

appearance of branching. Itissome time before all the septa become

rearranged as true independent radii (cp. fig. 6).

a doubt the primary hexameral character of this one member

of the Rugosa.

The six primary septa are represented in the sections at the

tip of the fossilized coral as follows:—A single continuous

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee. 385

median dark line, donoting the two axial or directive septa,

and on each side of this two other dark lines, which repre-

sent two bilateral pairs of septa. In later sections the single

median line becomes replaced by two nearly equal lines

(fig. 8), which soon show the enormous difference in size

characteristic of the “main” and “counter” axial septa of

this species (fig. 4). In the earlier sections the actual

Fic. 4.

Transverse section of the same specimen, taken still further from the apex

than that represented in the former figure. The larger or chief

septum now extends much beyond the centre of the nearly solid

calice; the opposite or counter septum is comparatively small; two

well-developed additional septa (B) occur within the middle inter-

septal space on each side. The superficial ridges and grooves are

moderately well marked in the section, and reveal that the median

dark line of each septum corresponds with a groove and that two

ridges occur between every two adjacent septa.

boundaries of each septum are not recognizable, but in trans-

mitted light the dark median line representing the centres of

calcification is very distinct all the way.

It is also possible to determine the ultimate fate of the two

bilateral pairs of primary septa. One pair forms the “ alar”

or lateral septa of paleontologists, while the two moieties of

the remaining pair, recognized by Ludwig and Pourtalés, but

not accepted by Kunth, are disposed one on each side of the

axial septum on the convex side of the calice.

The sections taken at a short distance above the tip indi-

cate that the subsequent septa are added within only four of

the six primary interseptal chambers or systems, according t

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. ‘Vol. ix. 27.

386 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

the law first recognized by Ludwig, and also fully elaborated

by Kunth, and likewise clearly indicated by Pourtalés in the

septal scheme given on p. 50 of ‘ Deep-sea Corals.’ No new

septa arise within the two remaining primary interseptal

Fie. 5.

Transverse section from the same coral taken about the middle of its

length. Compared with the previous figure, an additional septum

within the lower chamber on each side (B), so that now three

secondary septa occur within each primary middle system and two

within each primary lower system. Comparing all the figures thus

far, the new septa of the former series are seen to always appear

immediately next the upper ae of the lower lateral primary

septum on each side, and in the latter series on each side of the lower

axial or counter septum. Each new septum is intercalated between

a primary septum and the last-formed septum of the secondary

series, in each case on the same aspect of the primary septum.

spaces. The sections further reveal that the small septa,

which in the mature coral alternate with all the larger or

principal septa, do not make their appearance until the growth

of the calice is nearly completed. From what is known of

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee. 387

Fig. 6.

A transverse section taken towards the upper part of the same corallum

as before. The septa are now comparatively thinner, and wide inter-

septal chambers occur. The former are yet swollen and partly fused

at their inner extremity. The chief septum is enlarged at its middle

extremity, constituting a nearly free columella, and the counter

septum is greatly reduced. Compared with the previous section,

an additional pair of septa occurs (D), but, excepting the two axial

septa, the different members are so nearly alike in size as to render

it impossible to determine from this source alone whether the new

pair has arisen within the middle or the lower systsms, A serial

section, coming somewhat earlier, but too much fractured to be

drawn with the camera, shows distinctly a very small septum cn

the upper aspect of the lower pair of primary septa, and in this later

section I interpret them as being represented by the septa, D, D.

All the sections indicate that growth proceeds more rapidly within

the middle system than within the lower. Four bilateral pairs of

secondary septa now occur within the middle systems, and only two

bilateral pairs within the lower systems. Some variation exists in

the different calices with respect to the number of septa arising in

each system, but in most mature calices of the species four new pairs

of septa are developed within the middle systems and three pairs

within the lower systems.

27%

388 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

the relationship of the septa to the mesenteries in modern

corals, the larger septal series evidently appeared within the

entoccelic chambers of the polyps, while the smaller septa are

exosepta. In the early stages of recent corals it is not

unusual for the entosepta to appear in advance of the exo-

septa; but the interval would appear to have been enormously

exaggerated in the present form, until, in fact, the full com-

plement of entosepta had appeared.

Not only are the serial transverse sections of LZ. proliferum

favourable for the establishment of the primary condition of

the septa, as well as the sequence of the later members, but

the results can be confirmed in a most definite manner from

the well-defined ridges and grooves occurring on the outer

surface of the corallum. Sections through the lower part

of the coral demonstrate that two external ridges corre-

spond with each internal interseptal space, and each alter-

nate groove corresponds with a septum; in the upper part

of the calice, where the cycle of small septa has appeared,

each ridge then corresponds with a single interseptal space,

and each groove with a septum (cp. figs 6 & 8). On

specimens of which the tip and the external surface of the

coral are well preserved twelve grooves and ridges, repre-

senting the six primary septa and interseptal spaces, occur

practically as far as the apex, and can be followed all the way

upwards, and the successive intercalation of the later septa at

four regions can also be observed (figs. 9, 10).

All the more recent studies on the Anthozoa indicate that

the order of appearance and adult arrangement of the mesen-

teries are the surest guide to a phylogenetic or natural classi-

fication. In the divisions Actiniaria and Madreporaria,

including the sea-anemones and corals, two sharply distin-

guished stages in the appearance of the mesenteries are to be

recognized, the one embracing the development of the six

primary pairs of mesenteries ( protocnemes) and the other the

development of all the later mesenteries (metacnemes). With

a few exceptions the order of establishment of the six pairs

of protocnemes is the same throughout the Actiniaria and

Madreporaria, denoting these two to be a well-defined, primi-

tively hexamerous group. With the appearance of the later

mesenteries, however, divergences are introduced which are

to be regarded as of the most fundamental importance in

actinian and coral morphology.

Three distinct types of metacnemic succession are recog-

nizable. In by far the majority of recent corals and anemones

the new mesenteries arise successively as unilateral pairs

within each of the six primary exoccelic chambers, and in the

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthew. 359

end constitute alternating hexameral cycles; in the Zoan-

thea, as the researches of von Koch (1880), Erdmann (1885),

and many others have shown, the new mesenteries are deve-

Joped at only two regions, the exoccele on each side of the

ventral directives, and the adult polyps are strongly bilateral

(fig. 12); in the perforate corals Porites and Madrepora I

have recently found that the mesenteries beyond the six

primary pairs appear as bilateral pairs within the directive or

axial entocceles, thus recalling the method of mesenterial

growth characteristic of the Cerianthidea after the formation

of the first four pairs (1900).

It remains to be seen how close the septal conditions

oceurring in Lophophyllum can be brought into relationship

with those of modern corals or the mesenterial plan of

Actinians. The late Prof. H. de Lacaze-Duthiers (1873,

1897) and G. von Koch (1882, 1897) have described the

primary stages in the formation of the corallum of living

species of Astroides, Curyophyllia, &c., and in all cases either

six or twelve septa are formed simultaneously ; in the course

of the postlarval development of the West-Indian corals

Manicina areolata, Favia fragum, and Siderastrea radians I

have also found that six septa first appear, arising within the

entoccelic chambers of the six primary pairs of mesenteries.

Thus the protosepta are hexameral in all the representatives

of the three sections of living corals—Aporosa, Fungacea,

and Perforata—whose early development has been followed.

As far as the protoseptal stage, therefore, the hexameral

plan of its primary septa at once places the Paleozoic

Lophophyllum in agreement with recent Madreporarian

corals, and renders unnecessary any attempt to account for a

primitive tetramerism.

It is otherwise, however, with the subsequent stages of

development. Very few observations have been made upon

the actual manner of appearance of the secondary septa in

corals; but in practically all modern species the septa beyond

the primary six are found disposed within the six interspaces

separating the primary members, and ultimately they are

radially arranged in regular alternating hexameral cycles, just

as are the mesenteries. Certain exceptions to this general plan

occur, but do not in any way introduce any distinct funda-

mental type, except in the case of the genera Porites and

Madrepora, where new septa arise within the axial or direc-

tive entocceles—that is, in the position occupied by the

primary axial septa.

The later septa in Lophophyllum, as in most other Zaphren-

toid corals, arise bilaterally within only four of the six primary

390 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

Fig. 7.

Transverse section towards the upper region of a fourth individual coral

before the projecting columella becomes free from the septa. The

middle of the section is occupied by the large columella with which

the septa are fused ; the different centres uf calcification show that

the columella at this region is formed of the fused enlarged middle

extremities of the chief septum and the lateral septa. The section is

of particular interest as showing the late appearance of the small

alternating septa. In all the previous sections no trace of these was

present, but they are here represented by dark centres of calcification

within the thickened thecal wall. A septum occurs between every

two adjacent larger septa, so that the total number of septa now

corresponds with the number of superficial grooves ; in higher sections

and in mature corallites the small septa are seen as distinct projec-

tions from the inner surface of the wall. The additional smaller

septa therefore appear practically simultaneously, and only when

growth is nearly completed; they have thus no sequence value what-

ever; only the larger septa are of importance in this direction. The

section already shows the formation of the septal fossula by the

coalescence of the two interseptal chambers, one on each side of the

counter septum.

interspaces, and in the adult never assume a cyclical ar-

rangement, but remain bilateral. It is-the first characteristic

which fundamentally distinguishes the form from any known

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee. 391

modern coral, and in any natural taxonomic arrangement

must call for its sharp separation as the representative of a

distinct group. Though agreeing as concerns the protoseptal

stage, the metaseptal sequence shows Lophophyllum and

modern cyclical corals to be widely divergent.

Fic. 8.

Upper surface of a polished specimen, showing the alternating small septa,

which occur only towards the upper region of the cilice. The prin-

cipal septa, with the exception of the main and counter axial septa,

are now practically equal in size and radially arranged, presenting

little evidence of their successive origin in bilateral pairs. In sucha

figure it is impossible to determine the ordinal value of the septa,

but the total number present agrees with that in the previous figure.

The dark median lines are not seen by reflected light,

The Paleozoic corals sufficiently resemble those of modern

days to warrant the assumption that the general relationships

of the polyp to the corallum were the same as those now fully

understood, and therefore, knowing their septal sequence, we

can assume what must have been the mesenterial. With

such a metaseptal sequence as that above demonstrated, both

by the serial sections and by the external ridges and grooves,

modern coral morphology permits the assertion that in the

polyps of Lophophyllum new mesenteries were successively

developed within four of the primary exoccelic chambers, and

at only one region in each, immediately next a primary pair

of mesenteries. ‘hough no known living coral presents such

a mesenterial sequence, yet it bears the closest resemblance

to what is found to be characteristic of Zoanthid polyps,

except that here the mesenterial increase takes place in only

two exoccelic chambers, whereas in Lophophyllum the process

was carried on in four chambers. The researches of E. van

392 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

Beneden (1890) and MeMurrich (1891) have established that

the proteenemic stage in the Zoanthids is hexameral, and

such must also have been the case with the extinct coral ;

the metacnemes arise in succession within two exoceelic

1 2 48 OC 2D RAW POG es Oa eee

TO Tan ae 2

Fie. 9.

Diagrammatic representation of the grooves and ridges occurring on the

external surface of the thecal wall. The black lines represent the

grooves, the intervening spaces the ridges. The coral is supposed to

have been opened vertically along its convex border, and flattened

cut and viewed from the concave side. The sections have shown

that the larger septa correspond only with alternate grooves; hence

new ridges always appear in pairs, not singly. The middle line

corresponds with the small counter septum, the one on each side of

this with the small septa, one on each side of the counter septum.

New septa have Leen added successively on each side of the counter

septum, always at one region, so that as new members appeared the

older have been pushed further away. In the present instance three

principal septa (A, B, C) have appeared on each side of the counter

septum, between it and the lateral or alar primary septum. In the

space between the lateral primary septum on each side and the dorsal

lateral septum four principal septa (A, B, C, D) have arisen in

succession. in each case in the region immediately beyond the alar or

lateral septum. No septa have appeared between the upper lateral

primary septa and the main septum. Only twelve ridges and twelve

grooves continue as far as the apex of the coral, repesenting the

primary six septa and their interspaces.

chambers in Zoanthids, in the coral they appeared succes-

sively within four similar chambers. In Zoanthids the

incompletion of the directives at one axial extremity and their

completion at the other extremity may with good reason be

correlated with the usual difference in size between the main

of the Iugosa to the living Zoanthee. 393

and counter septa of the Rugosa ; also some such relationship

may perhaps hold between the complete (macrotype) or

incomplete (microtype) sixth protocnemic pair and the en-

larged or diminutive alar septa. ‘The presence of a gonidial

groove at one extremity of the stomodum in the Zoanthids

and its absence from the other border still further conform

with the marked difference between the two extremities in

the Rugose coral (ep. figs. 8 & 12).

The ontogeny of Lophop!yllum proliferum, both in its

primary and secondary phases, is thus in fullest agreement

with the history of living types known to the actinologist—

not, it is true, with any coral type, but with a group of the

closely related Actiniaria. So far as Lophophyllum can be

taken as a representative, the peculiar septal plan of the

Rugosa introduces no new conception into Anthozoan studies,

and any other peculiar features which the order possesses,

such as tabula and vesicular endotheca, are of very subordinate

morphological importance compared with the septal scheme.

A comparison of the septal plan in Z. prol/ferum with the

numerous figures of Zaphrentoid corals given in the works of

Ludwig and Kunth reveals a unity of arrangement in very

many cases, and from the scanty evidence yet adduced there

is no reason to suppose that the primary septal plan was in

anyways different from that here established, though in many

cases actual proof may not be forthcoming. Kunth every-

where assails the hexamerism of Ludwig, yet he nowhere

produces direct evidence of a primary tetrameral condition ;

indeed, I have not come upon any figure by any author

representing a section of a primary four-rayed condition in

the ‘etracoralla. ‘The converse is, however, true. Both

Duncan (1867) and Kunth (1869), apparently independently,

have found certain species of the Paleozoic Heterophyllia to

be primarily hexamerous. As a result of this the former

writer connects them with the Mesozoic and recent Astreide,

though acknowledging that certain of their other characters

ally them to the Cyathophyllide. ‘There now seems every

reason to suppose that the primary hexamerism of /etero-

phyliia is to be associated with that of Lophophyllum and that

the subsequent development follows the same essential plan

in both. It is impossible to accord the same treatment to

Lophophyllum as that to which Heterophyllia has been sub-

jected ; in the former the addition of the metasepta according

to Kunth’s law effectually prevents any suggestion of an

Astrean character. Considering how universal is the hexa-

meral protocnemic stage in modern corals and anemones, it

would not be surprising to find it a fundamental characteristic

ot the Madreporaria of Paleozoic times.

394 Dr. J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

F. Frech (1885) has also described and figured a new genus

and species of Rugose coral, Decaphyllum Keneni, in which

the smallest specimens possess six large and six small alter-

nating septa, exactly recalling the protoseptal stage of modern

hexamerous corals. In the fully developed corallites an

additional pair of septa has appeared within the two primary

systems towards each axial border. Frech considers two

opposite members of the smaller cycle to represent the main

C B44. TONG BALSA Cr ee eae

! |

Fig. 10

Diagrammatic representation of the superficial ridges and grooves of the

same coral as before, seen from the convex aspect. The coral is

supposed to be laid open along its concave border and then flattened.

The main septum is represented by the middle line and the counter

septum by the boundary line at each lateral extremity of the figure.

The other septa are as before, only the order is reversed.

(Hauptseptum) and counter (Gegenseptum) septa, and

attempts to derive the later stages according to Kunth’s law

of septal increase. Considering the septa, however, from the

standpoint of modern coral morphology, the members of the

small cycle are undoubtedly exosepta, and can scarcely be

regarded as axial or possess much value as indicating septal

sequence.

In a later paper Frech (1885*) has attempted to derive a

primary tetiameral septal plan from the different mesenterial

Diagrammatic representation of the ridges and grooves on the calicinal

wall, as seen from below. The upper border of the figure corre-

sponds with the convex side of the coral and the lower with the

concave. The apex is represented as a circular area, instead of as a

point, in order to better indicate the twelve primary ridges and

grooves, which extend thus far. On each side of the upper half the

septum (S), the oldest lying next the primary septum adjacent to

the main septum (H); on each side of the lower half the septa

(A, B, C) radiate from the counter septum (G), the oldest lying

next the alar septum.

Comparing the schematic figure with that of Streptelasma given

by Kunth (1869, p. 647) and copied into most of the text-books on

paleontology, it will be seeu that the positions at which the septa

are added in Lophophyllum are the reverse of those in Streptelasma.

In the latter genus, as appears to be also the case in most Zaphren-

toids, the new septa in the main quadrant are added immediately on

each side of the main septum, the oldest being next the alar septa;

while in the counter quadrants they are added immediately adjacent

to the alar septa, the oldest being next the counter septum.

396 Dr, J. E. Duerden on the Relationships

stages in the development of Actinian larve as presented by

Lacaze-Duthiers in 1873. In doing so, however, he assumes

septal and mesenterial relationships differing from any yet

established in Zoantharian morphology.

Fie. 12,

Diagrammatic representation of the mesenteries in a macrotypic Zoanthid.

Five pairs of primary mesenteries, represented by thicker lines, occur

at the dorsal aspect of the polyp, while the pair of sulcar directives

is ventral. New mesenteries, represented by fainter lines (A-E), are

added in succession within the exoccelic chamber on each side of the

ventral directives, the oldest (A) being next the dorsal group of

primary mesenteries. It will thus be seen that in the living Zoan-

thids new mesenteries are successively added at only one exoccelic

region on each side of the polyp, while in Lophophyllum they were

added at two regions on each side. The entoccelic chamber of the

incomplete dorsal pair of directives in the Zoanthids will correspond

with the large chief septum of Lophophyllum, and the entoccele of

the complete ventral pair of directives, enclosing the siphonoglyph or

gonidial groove, will corre-pond with the small counter septum and

septal fossula of Lophophyllum.

The most recent studies of the Actiniaria and Madreporaria

tend to establish a wide division between ordinary anemones

and corals, with a cyclical arrangement of the mesenteries,

and the Zoanthids and Cerianthids, with a strongly bilateral

symmetry. The separation is really founded upon the mode

of origin of the metacnemes in the three groups, adult sym-

metry in the Zoantharia counting for little compared with

developmental history. ‘The tendency is to regard each of

the three groups as 1anking in importance with any of the

other great divisions of the Anthozoa, such as the Alcyonaria

and Antipatharia. Considerations along such lines have

induced van Beneden (1897) to remove the Cerianthez alto-

gether from their usual association with the Actinians, to

make of them an order Ceriantharia, and to place them along

with the Antipatharia under a single division, Ceriantipatharia.

of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee. 397

It is quite certain that the Rugose corals with a metaseptal

sequence at all resembling that of Lophophyllum cannot be

associated with other corals, recent or extinct, in which the

metasepta arise within all the primary exocceles; nor can

they be placed along with the Ceriantheez, where growth is

axi:l, as was suggested by Lindstrén in 1868. As already

pointed out by Neumayr (1889), the considerations which

induced Quelch, in his report on the ‘Challenger’ reef-

building corals, to class the Rugosa with modern Aporosa

are altogether of secondary importance, and the same must

be said of the attempt of Ogilvie (L896).

Supremacy being accorded the manner of mesenterial

development as indicating natural relationships, the bilateral

Zoanthids, primarily hexameral, but with their metacnemic

development restricted to two exoccelic regions, are, more

than any other Anthozoan type, the modern representatives

of the Rugosa. ‘The Zoanthids, like the reef-corals with which

they live associated, flourish to-day only in tropical seas ;

they would seem to represent an old-fashioned Actinian type

which has been preserved as a result of the habit of forming

an incrusting skeleton and often compact colonies. In the

past they no doubt bore much the same relationship to the

Rugose polyps which the ordinary Actinians of to-day do to

the majority of recent corals.

The following arrangement will best indicate the different

fundamental types of metacnemic sequence now known within

the Actiniaria and Madreporaria and the position amongst

them of the Rugosa. With the exception of the Cerianthee

all possess a primary hexameral stage, consisting of six pairs

of mesenteries with six primary entoccelic chambers and six

primary exoccelic chambers. Calcareous septa may appear

within only one or both series of chambers. It is in the

succession of the later mesenteries and septa—metacnemes

and metasepta—that the divergences are introduced.

1, The metacnemes arise as unilateral pairs at one, three, seven, &c.

regions within all the six primary exocceles, and become arranged in one,

two, three, or more cycles :

a. Non-skeletal. b. Skeleton-forming.

Most Actinians. Most recent Madreporarian corals.

2. The metacnemes arise as bilateral pairs at only one region within

two or more of the primary exoceeles:

a. Non-skeletal. b. Skeleton-forming.

Zoanthids. Lophophyllum and probably other

Rugosa.

3. The metacnemes arise as bilateral pairs at one region within one or

both of the axial entocceles :

a. Non-skeletal. , b. Skeleton-forminy.

Cerianthids, Porites, Madrepora.

398 Relationships of the Rugos. ta the living Zoanthee.

References.

1862. Lupwre, R. “ Actinozoen und Bryozoen aus dem Carbon-Kalk-

stein im Gouvernement Perm,” Paleeontographica, x.

“Corallen aus Paliolithischen Formationen,” Palaeon-

tographica, xiv. 1865-66.

1867. Duncan, P. M. “On the Genera Heterophyllia, Battersbuia,

Paleocyclus, and Asterosimilia,” Phil. Trans. elvii.

1869. Kunru, A “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss fossiler Korallen,” Zeitsch.

der deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. xxi. 1869, xxii. 1870.

1871. pk Pourtatés, L. F. “ Deep-sea Corals,” Illustr. Catalogue

Mus. Comp. Zool, Harvard Dollane iv.

1873. Lacazg-Duruirrs, H. pg. “ Développement des Coralliaires,

Deux. Mém. Actiniaires ’ Polypiers,” Arch. de Zool. Exp. et

Gén. ii.

1880. von Kocu, G. “Notizen iiber Korallen,’ Morph. Jahrb. vi.

“ Ueber die Entwicklung des Kalkskeletes yon A sterotdes

calycularis und dessen morphologischer Bedeutung,” Mitt. a. d.

zool. Stat. zu Neapel, iii.

1885. Frecu, F. “ Die Korallenfauna des Oberdevons in Deutsch-

land,” Zeitsch. der deutsch. geol. Ges. xxxvil.

1885". . “Ueber das Kalkgeriist der Tetrakorallen,” Zeitsch,

der deutsch. geol. Ges. xxxvii.

1885. ErpMann, A. “Ueber einige neue Zoantheen,

Zeitschr. xix.

1886. Quetcu, J. J. “Report on the Reef-Corals,” ‘ Challenger’

Reports, Zoology, xvi.

1889. Neumayr, M. ‘Die Stimme des Thierreiches,’i, Wien und

Prag.

1890. VAN BENEDEN, FE. ‘Une Larve yoisine de la Larve de Semper,”

Arch. de Biologie, x.

1891. McMurricu, J. P. “Contributions on the Morphology of the

Actinozoa.—II[. The Phylogeny of the Actinozoa,” Journ,

Morphol. v.

1896. von Kocu, G. ‘Das Skelett der Steinkorallen.’ Leipzig.

1896. Oaitvre, M. “ Microscopie and Systematic Study of Madrepo-

rarian Corals,” Phil. Trans. elxxxvii.

1897. von Kocu, G. “ Entwicklung von Caryophyllia cyathus,’ Mitt.

a. d. zool. Stat. zu Neapel, xii.

1897. VAN BenepEN, E. “Les Anthozoaires de la Plankton-Expé-

dition,” Résultats de la “ Plankton-Expedition der Humboldt-

Stiftung,” ii. Kiel et Leipsic.

1897, Lacaze-Duruiers, H. pr. “ Faunedu Golfe du Lion. Coral-

liaires. Zoanthaires Sclérodermés,” Archiy. de Zool. Exp. et

Gén. 3 sér., v.

1900. DurrvEN, J. E. “Order of Appearance of the Mesenteries and

ani in the Madreporaria,” A okte Hopkins University Cir-

culars, xix. no. 146.

”

Jenaische

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Foraminifera: an Introduction to the Study of the Protozoa.

By Freperick Cnarman, A.LS., F.R.M.S., Paleontologist,

National Museum of Melbourne. With numerous Illustrations.

8vo. Pp. xx & 354. Longmans, Green, & Co., 1902. Price 9s.

Tue publication of this new manual of the Foraminifera must

be very gratifying to both the biologist and the geologist. To

the former the natural relationships and the life-history of the

Bibliographical Notice. 399

genera and species are well represented, and to the latter the

relative abundance of the groups in successive ages of the Earth’s

history.

This is not a mere compilation of statements from books on

special branches of the subject, but is honestly the result of

research by a real rhizopodist, working in touch with others and

fully acquainted with the manifold literature of the Foraminifera

and their allies. Their physical nature and modes of occurrence,

their shell-structare, plan of growth, and distribution are carefully

elucidated in 49 pages, and have 26 usefully illustrative text-

figures. The opinions of early authors and their notions of these

Microzoa are concisely given at pages 50-53.

Mr. Chapman then proceeds with a clear definition and classi-

fication of the Foraminifera. In this the advantages of a sound

critical knowledge of all the variations of the natural type species

support him in linking the divergent forms and in consolidating

the systematic assemblages of apparently specific groups. We may

note that at page 220 the genus Anomalina should by right be

referred to “ D’Orbigny, 1826.”

The resultant ten families are carefully described at pages 73-250,

and illustrated by 14 plates, each devoted to the types of one

family—mostly in outline, but very correct. Such separate groupings,

each giving a coup d’eil of the members of a family, were used with

advantage by Dr. J. G. Egger in his Report on the Dredgings of the

‘Gazelle’ (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., April 189+).

Very much new and authentic information, as to structure, range,

and relationships, has been worked into this important part of the

subject. At page 77 a diagrammatic table is introduced, giving

the relative persistency and abundance of the Foraminifera in the

geological series. The following families are indicated as ranging

from the Paleozoic age or the oldest-known fossiliferons strata, viz. :

Textulariide, Lagenide, Globigerinidw, and the Rotalide. From

the later Palsozoic times the Miliolide, Astrorhizide, Lituolide,

and Nummulinide continue upwards. The Chilostomellide seem

to be of only Tertiary age.

The geological range is treated in detail at pages 251-277, and

is illustrated by nine very good photographic text-figures of pieces

of strata, composed of Foraminifera, from the Cambrian formation

upwards to Tertiary limestones and recent deposits.

The geographical range (pages 278-290) and the notes on

collecting and mounting specimens (pages 291-326) are very

interesting, trustworthy, and full of new matter. Classified biblio-

graphic lists (pages 307-345) and a carefully constructed index

(pages 348-354) complete this very valuable, well-printed, and

inexpensive work.

The frontispiece shows the famous Foraminiferal sands of Dog’s

Bay, Galway, Ireland. :

There is a short, earnest, friendly dedication to Thomas Rupert

Jones, besides allusions to sources of information, and special

reference to Professors G. P. Howes and J. W. Judd having kindly

aided the Author in carrying out his work.

400 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ceratovacuna brasiliensis, Hempel: a Correction.

Tus writer described a supposed new species of Aphid under the

above name in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol viii., Nov. 1901.

Since the publication appeared he has received the ‘ Monograph of

British Aphides’ by Mr. G. B. Bucton, and in the Appendix of vol. iv.

found a description of Ceratophis l itanie (Boisd.). According to this

description the two species are identical, and C. brasiliensis, Hempel,

is a synonym of Cvratophis latanie (Boisd.). This species was first

described by Boisduval in 1867 as Coceus latanie. Later Signoret

described it as Boisduvalia lataniew, and after that Lichtenstein,

recognizing its true affinity, gave it the name of Ceratophis latanie.

It is clear that Zehntner had not seen this description when he

created the genus Ceratovacuna for his lanigera, as such a step was

unnecessary in view of the fact that both species have the same

distinguishing features and agree in many points. Ceratovacuna,

then, is to be regarded as a synonym of Ceratophis, retaining latanie

(Boisd.) as type of the genus, and regarding lanigera, Zehntner, as a

second species of the same genus, which may be characterized as

follows :—

Genus Creratopuis, Lichtenstein.

Syn. Ceratoracuna, Zehntner.

Wingless form with antenne of four joints, joint 3 being longest.

Cornicles represented by small perforated tubercles, Cauda not

developed. ‘Two large horns project forward on the ventral surface

of the head between the antennz. Larve and adults secrete a white

wax, which may entirely cover them or may be in the form of a

marginal fringe. Winged forms with antenne of five joints, of

which joint 3is the longest. Wings folded horizontally on the back,

Frontal horns and cauda not developed. Fore wings with four

oblique veins. Cubital vein with one branch. The first and second

oblique veins united at the base. Hind wings with two oblique

veins. All forms viviparous.

Type Ceratophis latanie (Boisd.).

Characters of the species :—

Ceratophis lutanie (Boisd.).

Syn. Coccus lataniea, Boisd.

* Boisduvalia latania, Sign.

Dark brown or nearly black, the dorsum of the apterous form

slightly covered with a very thin layer of white wax, a transverse

white band separating the thorax from the abdomen, and with a

conspicuous marginal fringe of white wax.

Ceratophis lanigera, Zehntner.

Syn. Ceratovacuna lanigera, Zelintner.

Light yellow to yellowish brown and nearly black. Covered

with a thick flocculent mass of white waxy secretion in the larve

and wingless form only. ay ee Avoten Hemper. ;

Campinas, March &, 1902.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 54. JUNE 1902,

LXIV.—New Species of Spiders belonging to the Genus Ctenus,

with Supplementary Notes. By FREDERICK PicKARD

CamBripGe, B.A., F.Z.S.

[Plate VII. }

THE following paper, prepared nearly four years ago, forms

a supplement to my three former papers on the “ Cteniform ”

spiders, published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society’ for 1898 and the ‘ Annals & Magazine of Natural

History ’ for 1895 and 1897. It contains descriptions of new

species of Ctenus, with records of those which have been

described (belonging both to this genus and to other genera

dealt with in my former papers under “ Cteniform Spiders’’)

since their publication.

I have also added a revised synoptic table of the species of

Ctenus from the Neotropics, and also a complete list of species

belonging to this genus, arranged alphabetically according to

their geographical distribution.

CoNTENTS.

Page

I. Descriptions of new Species OR COOMA bane cng 5a HF Sn 402

II. List oft new Species of Cteniform Spiders described since my last

Paper, published in P. Z. S., November 1898 .......... 407

III. Revised Synoptic Table of Neotropical Species of Ctenus.... 407

IV. Alphabetical List of Species of Ctenus, arranged according to

their Geographical Distribution ............0ceuee cues 412

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 28

402 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

I,.— Descriptions of new Species of Ctenus.

1. Ctenus falcatus, sp. n. (PI. VII. figs. 6, 7.)

Type ¢, gynetype ?, in Brit. Mus.

Hab. St. Lucia, W. Indies.

3. Tot. len. 23 mm., carap. 11x 85; legs i. 48, 11. 46,

iii, 41, iv. 55; pat.+tib. i. 16°5, ii, 12°75, iv. 16.

?. Tot. len. 26, carap. 13°5 x 10; legs i. 48°5, ii. 46, i, 40,

iv. 51; pat.+tib. i. 16°75, iii. 13, iv. 16.

g.— Colour. Carapace and legs entirely red-brown, clothed

with yellow-grey pubescence, the three terminal joints fringed

below with fine silky yellow hairs, the tarsi, and to some

extent the protarsi as well, furnished with a slight scopula.

‘The carapace bears a fine line of grey pubescence down the

centre. Abdomen clothed with ferruginous hairs, having a

basal, dorsal, central, narrow, pale bar, followed on each side

towards the spines by a row of four black spots.

3 .— Structure. Carapace strongly raised behind. Eyes:

second row straight by anterior margins; anterior centrals

smaller and closer together than posterior centrals, the former

less than one, the latter one diameter apart ; posterior laterals

smaller than posterior centrals ; clypeus less than the diameter

of anterior central eye.

Tibial spur of palpus broad at base, compressed, its apex

elongate, aculiform, directed abruptly forwards and slightly

outwards. Bulb very similar in structure to that of serra-

tipes, sinuatipes, &c. A description of the differences is of

no use, figures alone being of any value for comparison.

Posterior protarsi very slightly (scarcely noticeably)

sinuous, set with three groups of stout spines along two

thirds of their basal length, with a few at the apex.

?.— Colour. Much darker than the male, clothed with

dark chocolate-brown and yellow pubescence, rendering the

central pale line on the carapace very distinct.

Central pale bar on abdomen more conspicuous, but the

black spots are less so, their place being taken by spots of

golden-brown pubescence, the whole abdomen being clothed

with deep golden and brown pubescence. Ventral area pale

brown. Anterior protarsi and tarsi of all four pairs clothed

with a thick scopula beneath.

9? .—Structure. Carapace horizontal above in_ profile.

Eyes as in male, but rather further apart, as is usual in the

females of this group.

Vulva very simple, consisting of a broad, convex, chitinous

plate only (see Pl. VII.).

new Species of Ctenus. 403

This fine species belongs to the same group of which

stnuatipes is a typical example. A comparison of the figure

of the tibial spur of the male palpus with those on pl. iil. fig. 7,

of Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1897 (vol. xix.), will at once

show the difference.

The female will fall into the table immediately after

C. medius, Keys.

One adult male and four adult females were taken by

Mr. Ramage at St. Lucia, West Indies.

2. Ctenus Ellacome?, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 8.)

Type, ?, in coll. Brit. Mus.

Hab. Paramaribo, Surinam.

@ ad. Tot. len. 14 mm., carap. 6x5; legs 1. 22, ii. 21,

il. 18, iv. 25; pat.+tib. 1. 8, ili. 5°25, iv. 7°5.

Colour. Carapace and legs red-brown, the latter more or

less annulated and speckled with white tufts of pubescence.

Abdomen black, with central, broad, pale dusky grey band,

obliterate in second half. Sides mottled with black and grey.

Ventral area pale, with a narrow, central, deep black bar

extending from the genital rima halfway to the spinners.

Its anterior end circumscribed by a pure white horseshoe-

shaped mark. On each side lies a single white, broken, very

narrow bar, delimiting the ventral area and converging to

the spinners.

A single adult female was taken by Mr. C. W. Ellacome

in Surinam.

3. Ctcnus Thomasi, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 2.)

Type, 2, in coll. Brit. Mus.

flab. La Plata.

2. Tot. len. 10 mm.; pat.+tib. i. 5, iv. 5.

Carapace and legs pale straw-yellow, clothed with fine

black hairs ; carapace with a broad lateral and also a marginal

dusky band composed of dark pubescence ; central area devoid

of pubescence. Sternum and legs mottled with dusky patches.

Abdomen straw-yellow, with an interrupted narrow bar on

each side consisting of two or three black dots. Ventral

area black, with two white spots towards the genital rima.

Anterior central eyes much smaller and closer together than

posterior centrals.

A single female of this species was taken by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas at La Plata in the spring of 1896.

28*

404 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

4. Ctenus tarsalis, sp.n., ?. (Pl. VII. fig. 9.)

Type, 2, in coll. O. P. C., Bloxworth.

Hab. Rio Parana, Argentina.

9. Tot. len. 18 mm., carap. 8x6; legs i. 30, ii. 26°5,

iii. 23, iv. 29; pat.+tib. i. 10°75, ii. 9°5, iil. 7°5, iv. 8:5.

Colour. Carapace, legs, and sternum light red-brown,

clothed with grey pubescence. ‘Tibiz, protarsi, and tarsi of

the first two pairs of legs, and slightly less so of the third

and fourth pairs, dark brown. Abdomen dull clay-red,

clothed with grey pubescence, having a double row of five

dark spots on the second half of the central dorsal area.

Ventral area unicolorous clay-red.

Structure. Carapace horizontal above in profile. Second

row of eyes procurved, the anterior margins of the centrals

in a line with the centres of the laterals. Ocular quadrangle

slightly longer than broad, slightly narrower in front; central

posteriors half a diameter apart, the same distance from the

laterals; anterior centrals slightly smaller than the poste-

riors, two thirds of a diameter apart; clypeus equal to two

thirds the diameter of an anterior central eye.

A figure of the vulva is given on Plate VII.

A single adult female was taken by Mr. Rogers on the

Rio Parana, Argentina.

5. Ctenus vertebratus, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 11.)

Type, ¢, in coll. Brit. Mus.

Hab. Vaquara, Brazil.

?. Tot. len. 23 mm., carap. 11 x 8; legsi. 36, ii. 33, 11. 29,

iv. 38; pat.+tib. 1, 12°5, 11. 9°75, iv. 11°5; protarsus 1. 6°74,

iv.

Colour. Carapace, legs, and sternum red-brown, clothed

with fine yellow-grey pubescence (the clothing of the carapace

is worn off, and it is not possible to say how the pubescence

is distributed, whether in bands or not). Abdomen brown

above, with a central pale yellow dorsal band, which on each

side divagates into six dentate points, the posterior being more

extended. Ventral area pale yellow, unicolorous, without

any white lines or spots.

Structure. Carapace horizontal above in profile.

Eyes. Second row procurved, the posterior margins of the

laterals being aligned with a point anterior to the centre of

the centrals (but only very slightly anterior to it). Central

posteriors half a diameter apart, three fourths from the ante-

rior laterals, slightly more than half a diameter from the

new Species of Ctenus. 405

anterior centrals. Anterior centrals scarcely smaller than

posterior centrals, two thirds a diameter apart. Clypeus one

third greater than the diameter of an anterior central eye.

Central quadrangle slightly longer than broad, slightly

narrower in front.

Vulva broader than long, concave in the centre, with a dark

chitinous lobe on each side, flanked by a sharp, erect, stout,

conical spur. (The form varies in the two specimens before

me, but not materially.)

An adult female occurs in the Keyserling collection, taken

at ‘T'aquara, while another in Rev. O. Pickard Cambridge’s

collection was taken by Mr. W. Rogers on the Rio Parana.

6. Ctenus calcarifer, sp.n. (Pl. VII. fig. 10.)

Type, 3d, in coll. Brit. Mus.

Hab. Baram River, Borneo.

g. Carap. 75x 6 mm.; legs i. 30, ii. 26, ill. 21°5, iv. 32;

pat.+tib. 1. 10, i. 6°5, iv. 8°75.

Colour. Carapace and legs deep mahogany-brown, clothed

with silvery pubescence (this pubescence is almost entirely

worn off, so that greater definition of its distribution is im-

possible). Abdomen dull brown, unicolorous, except a double

row of indistinct black dots. No central band of white

pubescence, as in Floweri.

Structure. Carapace gibbous behind.

Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins; central

posteriors three fourths of a diameter apart, one third of a

diameter from the lateral anteriors. Ocular quadrangle

broader behind, broader than long; anterior centrals one

third smaller than posterior centrals, half a diameter apart,

the same distance from the posterior centrals, nearly one

diameter from the margin of the clypeus.

Pedipalp. 'Vibia twice as long as broad (excluding process),

bearing on the outer side a process whose base extends only

along half the outer side of the segment. ‘The process is not

very concave beneath, and terminates in a broad, rounded,

concave, somewhat spatuliform point. The tarsus bears on

the outer side at the base, seen from below, a stout triangular

spur, set at sight angles to the longitudinal axis of the

segment. Palpal organs not occupying the total width and

only two thirds the length of the tarsus. Central lobe long,

not quite so longas in /lowerd, broad, claviform, and strongly

concave on the inner margin, giving it a more or less falci-

form shape, strongly inclined inwards.

A single adult male was taken by Mr, Hose on the Baram

River, Borneo.

406 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

This species is very closely allied to Floweri (from Pinang).

It is, however, quite distinct, differing in the form of the

tibial spur, the form and length of the central lobe of the

palpal organs, in the presence of a distinct spur at the base

of the tarsus of the palpus, and by the absence of any abdo-

minal pattern of white pubescence.

7. Ctenus cuspidatus, sp. n. (Pl. VII. figs. 12, 13.)

Type, ¢, in coll. O. P. C., Bloxworth, Dorset.

Hab. Ceylon ( Thwattes).

ad. Tot. len. 11°5 mm., carap. 12 x5; legs i. 26, 11. 24,

iii, 20, iv. 29; pat.+tib. 1.°9, im. 6, iv. 83; prot. 1. 67d,

iii. 4°75, iv. 8.

Colour. Legs and carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with

grey pubescence, the latter being too much worn to enable

one to give any accurate description of its distribution. The

protarsi and tarsi of the legs are tinged with a deeper brown.

Abdomen dull red-ochreous, clothed with grey pubescence,

with five spots of brown hair on each side and a central one

on the dorsal line, this spot uniting with the laterals on either

side forms a A-shaped mark. Ventral area black, with five

lines of white spots.

Structure. Carapace raised behind, slightly bilobate.

Eyes. Second row straight by anterior margins. Central

quadrangle broader than long, narrower in front. Central

anteriors much smaller than central posteriors. Clypeus

equal to the diameter of an anterior central eye.

Tibia of pedipalp at least five times longer than its

diameter, bearing on the outer side towards the apex a very

short blunt spur, scarcely one third the width of the segment.

Tarsal segment very short, about two thirds the length of

the tibia.

A single adult male was taken in Ceylon by Mr. Thwaites.

A comparison of the drawing of the tibia of the pedipalp

of this species with those of Thorellit and ceylonensis, both

from Ceylon, will demonstrate the distinctness of the species.

Ctenus wnilineatus, Sim., ¢ ?. (PI. VII. figs. 3-5.)

Hab. St. Vincent, Antilles.

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. London.

E. Simon, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Noy. 16, 1897, p. 880,

I take this opportunity of figuring the vulva and palpus.

An adult male and female named by Mr. Simon are mm the

collection of the Natura] History Museum. The female can

best be recognized by the vulva, and the male from its

new Species of Ctenus. 407

nearest ally, C. néyritus, F. Cb., by the tibial spurs and

palpal organs.

II.—List af new Species of Cteniform Spiders described since

my last Paper was published in November 1898.

Ctenus unilineatus, I. Sim., ¢ 9 .—St. Vincent, W.L

C. Smythiesi, E. Sim., 2, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. 1897, p. 260,—Dehra-

Dun, N. India.

C. seopulatus, 2; C. rivulatus, Q; C. agilior, 2: Pocock.—Congo.

C. robustus, Thor., ¢ 2, Bihang till Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand. Bd. 22,

Afd. iv. no. 6, p. 12.—Burma.

C. simplex, Thor., 3, ibid. p. 16.—Tenasserim.

C. jucundus, Thor., 9, ibid. p. 17.—Burma.

C. supinus, F. Cambr., 2, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn. Aran. ii. p. 110.—

Costa Rica.

C. peregrinus, F. Cambr., 9, ibid. p. 110.—Guatemala.

C. bilobatus, F. Cambr., 9, ibid. p. 110.—Mexico.

C. incolans, F. Cambr., 9, ibid. p. 111.—Guatemala.

C. alienus, F, Cambr., 9, ibid. p. 111.—Guatemala.

C. excavatus, F, Cambr., 2, ibid. p. 111.—Mexico.

C. spiralis, F. Cambr., ¢, ibid. p. 112.—Costa Rica.

C. calcaratus, F. Cambr., ¢, ibid. p. 113.—Guatemala.

C. ensiger, F. Cambr, 3 Q, ibid. p. 114.—Mexico.

C. converus, F. Cambr., 2, ibid. p. 114.—Guatemala.

Celetycheus paradoxvus, F. Cambr., ¢, ibid. p. 115.—Panama.

Caloctenus luteovittatus, E. Simon, 9, P. ZS. Lond., Noy. 16, 1897,

p. 880.—St. Vincent.

C. penicilligera, E. Simon, ¢ Q, ibid. p. 181.—St. Vincent.

Apolania segmentata, E. Simon, ¢, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1897, p. 384.—

Seychelles. :

Nilus lanceolatus, E, Simon, 9, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 1898, p. 16.—

Cochin China.

N. amazonicus, E. Simon, 2 (pullus), ibid. p. 17.—Teffe.

Ancylometes amazonicus, IX. Simon, 3, ibid. p. 17.—St. Paulo d’Olivenga.

A, orinocensis, EK. Simon, 6, ibid. p. 17.—Venezuela.

Lycoctenus (? = Ancylometes) palustris, F. Cambr. P. Z.S. Lond., Noy. 29,

1898, p. 899.—Trinidad.

Thalassius pictus, E. Simon, 2 (pudlus), Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 1898,

p. 17.—Ogoue, W. Africa. TJ. margaritatus, 9; T. formosus, 9;

T. inornatus, 9; T. auratus, 2; T. leucostictus, 9; T. leonensis, 2 ;

T. Batesi, 2; T. regalis, 2; T. insignis, 2: Pocock. T. guineensis

(Lucas).

111.—Revised Synoptic Table of Neotropical Species

of Ctenus.

(Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 73, Jan. 1897.)

Males.

I. Tibia and base of tarsus of pedipalp set witha

thick velvety pad of soft hair on innerside.. C. boliviensis, ’. Cb.*

* Males and females of Ctenus boliviensis have been received by the

British Museum from various parts of Bolivia and Ecuador—from Charu-

laga, Bolivian Andes, taken by P. O. Simons, as well as from Paramba,

t. Javier, and Cavondelet, Ecuador.

408 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

II. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp without pad of

hair on the inner side.

A. Carapace not raised and gibbous at the base

BHAVE. « + sins see eae Sole aes Rm

Bb. Carapace distinctly raised, gibbous and

slightly bilobate at the base above.

A’. Ocular quadrangle broader than long ;

second row of eyes straight by anterior

margins.

i, Length of carapace equal to that of

peels toes iii. (Abdomen black

eneath, with central, pale, longitu-

dinal lanceolate band.)

a. Size larger, 17 mm, Abdomen uni-

COlQrOU BUGVG. “xs tits shat eRe

6, Size smaller, 75 mm. Abdomen

with pale dentated central band

GDOVG “Ts pcre sak cones eee ee a

ii. Length of carapace less than that of

patella and tibiaiii. (Abdomen black

or rufous beneath, with pale simple

or dentated central band above.)

a. Protarsus iv, quite straight.

aa. Tibia of pedipalp at least four

times longer than the tibial spur,

a*, Apex of tibial spur twice as

broad as at the base, its upper

margin concave. Abdomen

black beneath.......... Tee

b*, Apex of tibial spur onlyslightly

broader than the base, its upper

margin sinuous. Abdomen

rufous beneath ..........«.

bb, Tibia of pedipalp scarcely longer

than tibial spur. (Tibial spur

stout, bifid at apex, Abdomen

pale beneath, with central longi-

tudinal dusky brown line.) ....

b'. Protarsus iv. slightly sinuous.

* Size larger, 23 mm. Apical third

of protarsus iv. concave (but

only very slightly) on the outer

side. Tibial spur with a large

basal lobe, apex more elongate

and aculeate, geniculate at apex,

abruptly curved forwards......

** Size smaller, 155-105 mm.

Apical third of protarsus iv. con-

cave on the inner side. Tibial

spur with only a small basal lobe,

apex less elongate, not genicu-

late.

1. Tibial spur twice as long as its

breadth at base, directed for-

wards (apex acute) ........

2. Tibial spur not longer than its

C. longipes, Keys,

C. rectipes, F. Cb.

C. minimus, F. Cb,

C. nigritus, F, Cb.

C. unilineatus, E, Sim.

C. calcaratus, F, Cb.

C. faleatus, sp. n.

C. spiculus, F, Cb,

Neotropical Species of Ctenus. 409

breadth at base, directed for-

wards, deeply emarginate on

lower side (apex acute) .... C. planipes, F. Ch.

BL’. Ocular quadrangle longer than broad ;

second row of eyes strongly procurved.

1. Protarsus iv. quite straight.

a. Tibial spur of palpus very broad and

truncate at apex, without spurs.

Central lobe of palpus short, very

broad, Garecuien Via: der than long.

Stylum shorter, uniformly curved,

bluntly pointed, not filiform at apex. C. incolans, F, Ch.

b, Tibial spur less broad and more pointed

at apex, with two distinct spurs

springing from it, the smaller near

the apex above, the other towards

the baseabove. Central lobe of pal-

pal organs very long, much longer

than broad, four or five times its

breadth, sinuous, and dilate at apex. C. spiralis, F. Cb.

2. Protarsus iy. strongly curved.

Females.

I. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp with thick pad

of short hair on the innerside. Patella and

tibia i. much longer than patella and tibia iv.

I+, Vulva without pair of longitudinal dark

ridges.

A. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp black, with

two narrow, sulphur-grey, longitudinal

lines in front. Inner side of femur i.

sulphur-grey. Mandibles black, clothed

with scarlet hairs in front; a band of

black hairs along the side, fullowed by

* anarrow band of scarlet hairs, passing

into sulphur-grey at the base of the

mandible.

1. Vulva emarginate anteriorly.

a, Size larger, 40 mm........... vaca, Ca emmys, F Cb,

b. Size smaller, 32-33 mm........... C. Andrewsi, F. Cb.

2. Vulva not emarginate anteriorly .... C. Pertyi, F. Cb.

(C. rufibarhis, Keys.)

B. Patella, tibia, and tarsus of pedipalp

sandy grey; the two former segments

with a brown longitudinal band down

the centre in front, the latter segment

uniformly brown, slightly inclining to

grey on the margins beneath. Femur i.

sandy grey on the inner side, without

the sulphur tint. Mandibles black,

clothed with sandy-grey hairs, inclining

to rufous at the apex, and more de-

cidedly rufous along the upper margin

of the fang-groove. No brown lateral

line. (Vulva not emarginate ante-

le Bee eae ma Winans C. Loliviensis, F. Cb,

410 Mr. F. P. Cambridge on

II*, Vulva with pair of dark longitudinal ridges.

a. Abdomen with pale central, dorsal, scal-

loped. band: shove. ....8..siwnuweebeian ne

6. Abdomen unicolorous brown above ....

Il. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp without any pad

of short hair on inner side. Patella and

tibia i. equal to or only slightly longer than

patella and tibia iv.

A. Ocular quadrangle slightly longer than

broad, scarcely narrower in front. Eyes

of central quadrangle subequal, anteriors

slightly smaller.

a. Second row of eyes straight by anterior

margins,

* Size larger, 23-27 mm.

1. Vulva with a pair of oval, convex,

obliquely convergent tubercles on

anterior portion; length 27 mm.

(Patella and tibia i. longer than

patella, and. tibia iv.) Jason. hen

2. Vulva without tubercles, simple,

broad, convex; length 23 mm.

(Patella and tibia i. longer than

patella and tibia iv.) ............

** Size smaller, 14 mm. Vulva with a

convex shiny chitinous rim on each

side of anterior portion, encircling a

deep concavity. (Patella and tibia i.

longer than patella and tibiaiv.) ....

4. Second row of eyes procurved (straight

Jine touching anterior margins of cen-

trals passing through or above centres

of laterals or slightly below).

a**, Patellaand tibiai. longer than patella

and tibia iv.

a. Ocular area narrower in front ; cen-

tral anteriors smaller than central

posteriors.

1, Carapace equal to or longer than

protarsus lv.

la. Carapace equal to protarsus iv. ;

separable by form of vulva .,

2a. Carapace longer than protarsus

—

Pe)

ie)

—

rete

aie

©-

bee

pieceson each side, and behind

these on each side a stout,

curved, dentiform process ..

2**, Vulva without chitinous side-

pieces ; dentiform process very

small,

o. Size much larger, 23 mm.

Vulva very broad, produced

C. nigriventris, Keys.

C. Keyserlingti, F. Cb.

(C. ferus, Keys.)

C. medius, Keys.

C. faleatus, sp. n.

C. Ellacomet, sp. n.

C. supinus, sp. n.

C. vertebratus, sp. 1.

C. tarsalis, sp. n.

C. alienus, sp. n.

Neotropical Species of Ctenus. 411

oneach side into a rounded

UR rn ert, gots . C. bilobatus, sp. n.

oo. Size much smaller, 18 mm.

Vulva narrower, not nearly

so much produced laterally. C. incolans, F, Cb.

xx. Ocular area not narrower in front, if

anything slightly wider. Central an-

teriors equal to central posteriors . C. peregrinus, sp. n.

b**, Patella and tibia i. equal to patella

and tibia iv.

1, Carapace equal in length to patella

and. tibiawi¢2). Zosigh Lanene: C. sinuatipes, F. Cb.

2. Carapace longer than patella and

TTR 00. 5 ASE he. aps Bae eS oe

* Size larger, 20°5 mm. Patella and

tibia i. very slightly longer than

patella and tibia iv. (13:7-12°3

POURING) x a 6 8 Sts aat ale Nae via C. griseus, Keys.

#* Size smaller, 12°3 mm. Patella

and tibia i. equal to patella and

tibia iv. (6°7-6°8 mm.) ........ C. minusculus, Keys.

B. Ocular quadrangle as broad as long or

broader than long, distinctly narrower in

front. Anterior eyes of quadrangle dis-

tinctly smaller.

a. Patella and tibia i. longer than patella

and tibia iv. (9°9-7°5 mm.).

* Size smaller, 153mm. Legsi. scarcely

shorter than legs iv. (26-265 5mm.) . C. variegatus, Bertk.

** Size larger, 17mm. Legs i. distinctly

shorter than legs iv. (25-27°3 mm.) . C. obscurus, Keys.

6. Patella and tibia i. equal to, or almost,

patella and tibia iv. (87-82 mm.),

slightly longer (vehemens), slightly

shorter (brevipes), equal (all the other

species).

1. Second row of eyes procurved, straight

line touching anterior margins of

centrals pak through centre of

Faterale: ssi eustardos Gece es

2. Second row of ey es straight by anterior

margins.

* Clypeus narrower, equal to one dia-

meter of anterior central eyes.

aa, Size larger, 15°6-18 mm. ; sepa-

rable by form of vulva ........ C. ornatus, Keys.

C. excavatus, F. Ch,

C. vehemens, Keys.

C. unilineatus, Sim.

6b. Size smaller, 11-11'4 mm. ; sepa-

rable by form of vulva ........ C. brevipes, Keys.

C. adustus, Keys.

C. minor, F. Cb.

C. Thomasi, sp. n.

fot

. similis, F, Ch.

** Clypeus broader, equal to two dia-

megers of anterior central eyes.... C. albofasciatus, F. Cb.

412 Mr, F. P. Cambridge on

1IV.—Alphabcetical List of Species of Ctenus, arranged

according to their Geographical Distribution.

Neotropical Region.

Ctenus adustus (Keys.).—Santa Fé de Bogota, Colombia.

C. albofasciatus, F. Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C’. alienus, F, Cambr.—Guatemala, Central America.

C. Andrewsi, F, Cambr.—Santarem and Para, Lower Amazons.

C. bicolor (Van Beneden).— Had. ignota, ? Brazil.

C. bilobatus, F. Cambr.—Mexico, Gentral America.

C’. boliviensis, F. Cambr.—Bolivia and Ecuador.

C. brevipes, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

C. byrrhus (E. Simon).—Mexico, Central America.

C. calearatus, EF. Cambr. —Guatemala, Central America.

C. convexcus, F. Cambr.—Guatemala, Central America.

C. covalis, F. Cambr. (nom. nov. for velox, Keys., praeoce. by Blackwall).

C. curvipes (Keys.),—Panama, Central America.

C. dubius, Walck.—Cayenne, "French Guiana.

C, Ellacomei, F. Cambr.—Surinam, Dutch Guiana.

C. ensiger, F. Cambr.—Mexico, Central America.

C. evcavatus, F, Cambr.—Mexico, Central America.

C. falcatus, F. Cambr.—St. Lucia, West Indies.

C. ferus (Perty), Walck.—Rio Negro, Brazil.

(’. foliiferus (Bertkau).—Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

C. fuscus, Walck.—French Guiana.

C. giganteus, Tacz.—Cayenne, French Guiana.

C. griseus, Keys.—Taquara, Brazil.

C. hibernalis, Hentz.—New Mexico, N. America.

C. humilis (Keys.),—Nicaragua, Central America.

C. incolans, ¥. Cambr.—Guatemala, Central America.

C. janeirus, Walck.—Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

C. Keyserlingii, F. Cambr. [= C. ferus (Perty), Keys.].—Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil.

C. longipes, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

C. medius, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, ’ Brazil.

C. minimus, F. Cambr.—North America.

C. minor, F. Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C. minusculus, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

C. nigr itus, F. Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C. nigriventer, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

C. obscurus (Keys. ).—Santa Fé de Bogota, Colombia.

C. ornatus (Keys. ).—Neu Freiburg, Brazil.

C. parvus (Keys.).—Santa Fé de Bogota, Colombia.

C. peregrinus, F, Cambr. —Guatemala, Central America,

C. Pertyi, F. Cambr. [=C. rufibarbis (Perty), Keys.].—Neu Freiburg,

Brazil.

C. planipes, F, Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C. punctulatus, Hentz.—Alabama, 'N. America.

C. ravidus (E, Simon).—N orthern Patagonia,

C. rectipes, F, Cambr.—Iguarassu, Brazil.

C. Reidyi, ¥. Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C. rufibarbis (Perty), Walck. —Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

res rufibar his (Perty), Holmberg.—Argentine ome

C. rufus, Walck. —French Guiana.

Neotropical Species of Ctenus. 413

Ctenus sanguineus, Walck.—Brazil.

C. serratipes, F. Cambr. —Demerara, British Guiana,

C. similis, F. Cambr.—Santarem, Lower Amazons.

C. sinuatipes, F. Cambr.—Costa Rica, Central America,

C. spiculus, F. Cambr.—Colombia.

C. spiralis, F. Cambr.—Costa Rica, Central America,

C. supinus, F, Cambr.—Costa Rica, Central America.

C. teniatus, Keys.—Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

C. tarsalis, F. Cambr.—Rio Parana, Brazil.

C. Thomasi, F, Cambr.—La Plata, Argentina.

C. unilineatus, E. Simon.—St. Vincent, Antilles,

C. vehemens, Keys.—Espirito Santo, Brazil.

C. velox, Keys. (=covalis, F. Cambr.).—Neu Freiburg, Brazil.

C. vertebratus, F. Cambr.—Taquara and Rio Parana, Brazil.

C. Walckenaerti, Griff.— Ha. ignota,

Note 1.— Ctenus velov, Blackw., 1365.

Ctenus velox, Keyserling, 1891,

Blackwall’s species from Africa has priority, and it is necessary

therefore to rename Keyserling’s species. In view of the possession of

spurs on the cox of the fourth pair of legs, a chara:ter quite unique, so

far as I am aware, amongst the members of the genus, I propose the name

Ctenus covalis,

Note 2.—Ctenus corniger, F. Cb., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1898, p. 26.

Hab, Natal. There have lately come before me two adult males of a

Ctenus which is apparently identical with corniger, F. Cb., but taken by

Mr. Ridley in Singapore. I am inclined to think that the locality ascribed

to the type may have been erroneous. Of course it is possible that the

same or a Closely allied species might be found both in Singapore and

Natal; but so far one has no facts which would warrant an easy accept-

ance of such a conclusion.

Note 3.—The generic position of the following species, whieh have

been described under Ctenus, Phoneutria, and Leptoctenus, is very

doubtful :—Ctenus unicolor, Walck., Rio Janeiro; Ctenus eennamomeus,

cyclothorax, Bert., Tijuea, Brazil ; Phoneutria ochracea, C. K., and Lepto-

ctenus Tenkatei, Van Hass., Surinam. The following belong, or probably

belong, to Cupiennius, Sim., or Lycoctenus, F. Cb. (? = Ancylometes,

Bertk.) :—Ctenus concolor (Perty), C. K., Brazil; Ctenus Saléi, Keys.,

Mexico; Ctenus granadensis, Keys., St. Fé de Bogota; Ctenus bogotensis,

Keys., New Granada; Ctenus argentinus, Holmb., Buenos Aires ; Ctenus

rubripes, Keys., Panama; Phoneutria oculifera, Karsch, Mexico; Ctenus

mordicus, O. P, Cambr.

Ethiopian Region.

Ctenus aculeatus (E. Simon).—Rio Pungo, West Africa.

C. agilior, Pocock.—Congo. é

C. auricularis (Karsch).— West Africa.

C. Burtoni, F. Cambr.—Cameroons, West Africa. ;

C. Carsoni, F. Cambr.—Mombasa, Victoria Nyanza, Tanganyika,

C. corniyer, F. Cambr.—Natal.

C. debilis (Pavesi).—Arussi Galla, East Africa.

C. decora (Gurst.).—Mbaramu, East Africa.

C. erythrochelis (E, Simon).— Landana, Congo,

414 On Ethiopian &c. Spectes of Ctenus.

Ctenus Johnstoni, F, Cambr.—Zomba, East Africa,

C. Kingsleyi, F. Cambr.—Cameroons, West Africa.

C. lycosinus (KE. Simon).—Rio Pungo, West Africa.

C. Marshalli, F. Cambr.—Umfali River, Mashonaland.

C. melanogastra (Roésenberg).—East Africa,

C. modestus (KE. Simon).—Zanzibar, East Africa.

C. occidentalis, F. Cambr.—West Africa.

C. pallidus, L. Koch.—Abyssinia,

C. pulchriventris (E. Simon).— South Africa.

C. rivulatus, Pocock.-—-Congo,

C. scopulatus, Pocock.—Congo, West Africa.

C. Spenceri, F. Cambr.—King William’s Town, South Africa.

C. spinosissimus, Karsch.—Congo, West Africa.

C. syriacus, O. P. Cambr.—Plains of Jordan, Palestine.

C. torvus, Pavesii—Shoa, Abyssinia.

C. vagus, Blackwall.—Zambesi, East Africa,

C. velox, Blackwall.—Zanzibar, East Africa.

C. vividus, Blackwall.—South-east Africa,

Oriental and Australian Region.

Ctenus agalenoides (LL. Koch).—Gayndah, Australia,

C. agreendes (Thorell)—Cape York, Australia.

C. argentipes, Van Hasselt.—Sumatra.

C. barbatus (Thorell).—Burma.

C. bicostatus (Thorell).—Borneo.

C. calcarifer, F. Cambr.—Borneo.

C. ceylonensis, F. Cambr.—Ceylon. (PI. VII. fig. 14.)

C. cuspidatus, F. Cambr.—Ceylon.

C. denticulatus, E. Simon.—Burma.

*C, Fee, F. Cambr. (nom. noy. for obscurus, Thor.).—Borneo.

C. Flowert, F. Cambr.—Pinang,

C. fungifer, Thorell.—Pinang.

C. Hose, ¥. Cambr.—Borneo.

C. jucundus, Thorell.— Burma.

C. marginatus, Walck.—Solomon Islands.

C. philippinensis, F. Cambr.—Philippine Islands.

C. Pollit, Van Hasselt.—Sumatra.

C. pulvinatus, Thorell.— Borneo.

C. ramosus, Thorell.—Burma.

C. robustus, Thorell.— Burma.

C. sarawakensis, F. Cambr.—Borneo.

C. simplex, Thorell.—Tenasserim.

C. Smythiest, E. Simon.—Dehra-Dun, Northern India.

C. Thorellii, F. Cambr.—Ceylon.

C. trabifer, Thorell.—Burma, Ceylon.

C. tumidulus (1. Simon).—Burma.,

C. valvularis, Van Hasselt.—Sumatra.

Note.—Ctenus obscurus, Thor. Ann, Mus. Genov. 2°, vol. vy. May 31-

Oct. 7, 1887, p. 295. The specific name vbscurus has been preoccupied

by Keyserling for a species of Cfenus from Bogota in Werhaad: z.-b. Ges.

Wien, 1887. I therefore propose to substitute the specific name Fee,

in houour of the discoverer of the species, Count Fea,

On new Eastern and Australian ITeterocera. 415

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Ctenus Thomasi, sp.n., 9. Vulva.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Ventral surface of abdomen.

Fig. 3. Ctenus unilineatus, E. Simon, g. Tibia of palpus from outside.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Tarsus of palpus from beneath.

Fig. 5. Ditto, 2. Vulva.

Fig. 6. Ctenus faleatus, sp.n., $. Tibia of pedipalp from outside.

Fig. 7. Ditto, 9. Vulva.

Fig. 8. Ctenus Ellacomei, sp.n., Q. Vulva.

Fig. 9. Ctenus tarsalis, sp.n., 2. Vulva.

Fig. 10. Ctenus calcarifer, sp. n., $. Tibia and tarsus of pedipalp from

beneath.

Fig. 11. Ctenus vertebratus, sp. n., 2. Vulva.

Fig. 12. Ctenus cuspidatus, sp. n., 3. Bulb of palpus.

Fig. 13. Ditto. Tibia of pedipalp, showing apical spur.

ig. 14. Ctenus ceylonensis, ¥. Cb. Tibia of pedipalp, showing apical

spur.

LXV.—New Species of Eastern and Australian Heterocera.

By Colonel C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Family Microniide.

Urapteroides approximans, nov.

3 ?. Allied to A. geminia, Cram., but with darker bands

and borders; the costa of fore wings in the male is broadly

chocolate-brown, thickly striated and marked with dark

brown and with a few white marks; in the female it is

white, with striations of dark chocolate-brown; the outer

marginal band in both sexes on the fore wings and the

submarginal band of the hind wings are broadly chocolate-

brown, complete in the male, suffused towards anal angle in

the female, and in this sex the costal and marginal bands of

the fore wings are much attenuated at the apex; the inner

bands are much as in geminia.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 24, $ 3 inches.

Shortland Island, Key Island.

There are some specimens in the B. M. over Warren’s

MS. name as above.

Family Boarmiide.

Subfamily Prvroprvz.

Tasta reflexa, nov.

3 9. Ofa uniform purple mouse-colour: fore wings with

416 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

a pale marginal band containing a row of glistening sub-

marginal leaden-coloured spots : hind wings with a broader

marginal pale space, containing a nearly upright ocellus,

slightly inclining outwards, with some glistening leaden spots

above and below it; the ocellus is black, ringed with yellow ;

cilia purplish grey, shining. Underside pas white, with a

broad purplish-grey band to both wings and glistening

purplish-grey cilia.

Expanse of wings 1,9; inch.

Khasia Hills; many examples.

There is a female from Bhutan in the B. M.

This form differs from T. micaceata, Walker, =tridis,

Butler, from Borneo, chiefly in the position of the ocellus of

the hind wings, which has'a strongly inward incline, and is

consequently nearer to the margin; it is also not so white

below and has more or less distinctly a central grey band or

fascia.

There are examples in the B. M. from Sarawak, Singapore,

and Penang of tridis.

Peratophyga venetia, nov.

d. Dull ochreous : fore wings with basal third and outer

third purplish fuscous ; ; In some examples the two bands are

joined together by a narrow band on the hinder margin; the

outer edge of the inner band is nearly erect and well defined ;

the inner edge of the outer band is sinuous, as in P. wrata,

Moore, from India, but this band is nearly twice as broad:

on the hind wings the outer band corresponds in width to that

on the fore wings; the inner band is only faintly indicated

and in some examples is obsolete ; the yellow portions of the

wing, including the costa inside of the outer band, is irrorated

with purplish atoms, sometimes dotted with fine black points,

making its ochreous colour very dull.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

There are in the B. M. unnamed examples from Singapore,

Sandakan, and Sarawak.

Subfamily Lyvourw x.

Ilypochrosts languidata, nov.

3 9. Dark olive-green, the female with a dull yellowish

central fascia from middle of abdominal margin of hind wings

to apex of fore wings; this fascia is covered with brown

irrorations and is but very faintly indicated in the male;

Eastern and Australian Fleterocera. 417

there is a large black spot at end of cell of fore wings, a

transverse thin brown band or thick line, nearly straight and

even, on the outer side of the fascia; this line has a little

curved white mark on its outer side at the apex and a thin

white outer edging, and the space beyond on both wings and

the costal space on the fore wings in the female is suffused

with chocolate-brown; the male is uniform olive-green.

The underside in both sexes, including body and legs, is of a

nearly uniform bright scarlet-orange colour ; a brown spot at

end of cell of fore wings; a thick black line from near centre

of hinder margin to apex, where there is a white spot.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,°5, 2 3 inches.

Goping, Perak (Kunstler).

Subfamily Boar.

Buzura eximia, nov.

g. Antenne brown; top of head, thorax, and pectus dark

ochreous ; abdomen and both wings dull pale ochreous, wings

covered with black irrorations: fore wings with two small

black patches on the costa at one third and two thirds from

base; below the former is a short black thin band, bent

inwards on the hinder margin, with a black spot on its inner

side ; an outer macular band, dull pale black, from the hinder

margin close to the angle, terminating in a curve on to the

outer margin above the middle: hind wings with a dull

suffused blackish shade from the middle of the abdominal

margin ; a short black line from near anal angle and indica-

tions of a marginal, dull ochreous, rather broad band, con-

taining a pale whitish, sinuous, submarginal line, more or less

apparent also on fore wings. ‘The underside is like the

upper, the irrorations more dense, and also a large blackish

spot at end of each cell.

Expanse of wings 245 inches.

Nias (Barman).

Family Syntomida.

Syntomis amenaria, nov.

&. Frons, head, collar, sides of thorax, and abdomen dark

ochreous ; centre of thorax and segmental bands on abdomen

black. Wings black, spots dark ochreous: fore wings with a

round spot one fifth from base, a long oval spot in the cell,

another below with its inner edge below ceutre of cell, its

outer edge near hinder angle; two subapical spots—a long

one, with a short one above it; a long spot above the middle

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 29

418 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

near the outer margin, with a dot below it: hind wings with

tlle basal third dark ochreous, with rounded outer margin and

with a round spot beyond it in the disk.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement) ; three examples.

It may be a subspecies of S. Clementi, Hmpsn., of which

I have received several hundreds from the same locality ; but

Clement? has in place of the lower medial spot on fore wings

two large spots conjoined, forming with the subcostal spot

above almost a complete medial band ; the discal and marginal

spots are much larger, and all the centre portion of the hind

wing is ochreous.

Family Limacodide.

Thosea erecta, nov.

3 ?. Frons ochreous; head, body, and fore wings bright

dark chestnut-red; a white central straight band slightly

inclining outwards; a grey marginal broad band, which in

the male continues thinly along the hinder margin to the

central band and also along the costal line in some examples ;

in other male examples the outer half of the wing is pale, in

which there is a large oval, slightly darker space, with a dark

red patch in its centre: hind wings paler red, unmarked.

Underside uniform pale red, without markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 4%, ? 1 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement) ; many examples.

There are five pairs in the B, M. from the Sherlock River,

also collected by Clement.

Family Lymantriide.

Doratifera unicolora, nov.

g 9. Of a uniform bright chestnut-red, the female some-

what paler and tinged with ochreous; frons and top of head

pale ; some pale ochreous-red hairs on the body: fore wings

of the male irrorated with minute white atoms; costal and

outer borders dark chestnut, no markings. Underside with

the thorax and fore wings and upper halt of hind wings red,

lower half pale; legs red, tarsi pale.

ixpanse of wings 1,'5 inch.

Rockhampton, Rocbourne, W. Australia (Clement).

Type ¢, Rockhampton, in B. M.

Type 9, Roebourne, in Coll. Swinhoe.

Eastern and Australian ITeterocera. 419

Darala adriana, nov.

3. Shaft of antenne pale pinkish white, plumes black ;

head, body, and wings of a nearly uniform dull chestnut-

brown; the fore part of the thorax and the marginal spaces

of both wings are slightly darker than the general coloration,

and the hind wings are perhaps a little paler than the fore

wings, but there are absolutely no markings except some pale

pinkish-white spots in the cilia. Underside much paler and

brighter in colour; the costal spaces of both wings slightly

darker.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Type in B, M.; three examples.

Darala rubicunda, nov.

d. Antenne with the shaft rosy red, the pectinations

black ; wings and body above and below (also the legs) of

a uniform rosy-red colour, without any markings whatever,

the shade of colour below being quite as bright and as dark

as it is above.

Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement); a good series, all

males.

There are five males unnamed in the B. M. from the

Sherlock River, also collected by Clement, in Lymantrid

drawer no. 25.

Darala pudica, nov.

6 ?. Antenne of male with the shaft ochreous white,

pectinations black; head, body, and wings above white,

tinged with flesh-colour, in some examples tinged with pink,

without any markings; in some examples the costal line of

fore wings is pinkish, and so are the first two segments of

the abdomen: below, the wings are more clearly suffused

with pink, especially along the costal and outer borders; the

veins are somewhat prominent and the legs are pinkish, but

there are no markings.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement), 3 type; a good series,

all males.

Sherlock River, 9 type in B. M.

There are six males and three females unnamed in the

B. M. from the Sherlock River, Lymantrid drawer no, 25.

29%

420 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Marane rubricorpus, nov.

¢. Antenne with the shaft white, plumes pale red; head,

thorax, and fore wings white, suffused in parts with pale

brownish ochreous: on the fore wings the interspaces below

the median vein and vein 3 and also the interspace between

veins 4 and 5 opposite the end of cell are pure white; three

transverse thick brown lines or thin bands—subbasal, ante-

and postmedial—all curving outwards a little, the antemedial

band with a sharp outward angle below the costa: hind wings

nearly white, unmarked, suffused with chestnut-red on the

abdominal margin: abdomen dark bright chestnut-red ; anal

tuft white; cilia of both wings white. Underside dull white,

without markings.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement).

Allied to M. isalella, White.

Family Haliade.

Genus COssEDIA.

Cossedia, Walker, xxxiv. 1277 (1865).

Cossedia erateinalis.

Cossedia erateinalis, Walker, xxxiy. 1277 ; Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus, Oxon.

ii. p. 590 (1900),

‘Type, Sarawak, Borneo, in O. M.

This is a Noctuid, and not a Drepanulid, as shown in Cat.

Het. Mus. Oxon. ‘The genus Cossedia is closely allied to

Moore’s genus Chandica, type quadratipennis, and should

come immediately after the Acontiide.

Family Gonopteride.

Genus MOLoPA, nov.

Palpi upturned reaching as high as the vertex of the head,

smoothly scaled; second joint twice as long as the first,

terminal joint short, about one fifth the length of second ;

frons rounded; antenne of male bipectinated for five sixths

their length, the pectinations short: fore wings with the

costa straight, apex acute, outer margin erect and slightly

rounded ; hinder margin nearly as long as the costa, curving

slightly outwards to near the base, where it is bent inwards;

veins 3 and 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from just above

lower angle, 6 from just below upper angle; 7, 8, and 9

stalked; 10 joined to 7 near its base, thus forming a small

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 431

areole; 11 free, 12 terminating at one third from apex:

hind wing with the outer margin rounded; veins 3 and 4

from lower angle of cell, 5 from a little above the angle, 6

and 7 from upper angle.

Molopa planalis, nov.

3%. Sandy reddish ochreous, the pectinations of the

antenne in the male darker than the shaft; head, thorax,

and fore wings darker than the abdomen and hind wings :

the fore wings covered with very minute brown irrorations,

some brown points in the costa hardly visible to the naked

eye ; a brownish mark at the end of the cell: hind wings

with the central and basal parts palest, but without any

markings. Underside with the ground-colour pale, the costa

and outer margin of fore wings and the upper half of hind

wings brown, striated with whitish ; legs brown, tarsi whitish

grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 4%, ? 1 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement).

A long series of both sexes. There are one male and four

females unnamed in the B. M. in Quadrifid drawer no. 200,

and two males in Quadrifid drawer no. 110.

Family Trifide.

Caradrina ceca, nov.

g. Head, body, and fore wings olive-brown: fore wings

with subbasal and antemedial black lines; a postmedial black

line, with an outward tooth below the middle, being the outer

margin to a broad reddish-brown band, the inner margin of

which touches the orbicular, which is in the form of a black

ringlet ; the line itself touches the reniform, which is like a

brown figure of 8, with a whitish interior; the line divides

below the reniform and makes a ring round it; there is also

a subapical blackish band and a black marginal line: hind

wings and abdomen dark grey, without markings.

9. With the body and fore wings dark brown, nearly

black, the orbicular and reniform of a pinkish colour; no

other markings visible: hind wings a little darker grey than

in the male, and also without markings.

Underside of both sexes pale grey, without any markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 35, 2 75 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement) ; a long series, forty-

eight males, sixty-nine females.

422 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

There are some males in the B. M. from the Sherlock

River, unnamed, in drawer Trifine no. 194, and two males

and two females in Caradrinide drawer 3.

Leucania preclara, nov.

g. Head, thorax, and fore wings ochreous fawn-colour ;

abdomen paler, with grey segmental lines: fore wings with

the interior portion semihyaline, the subcostal and median

vein and veinlets prominent, giving the hyaline portion the

appearance of two broad longitudinal whitish streaks ; outer

margin brownish, the veins prominent: hind wings white,

without markings. Underside whitish, without markings,

except that the subcostal and median veins and veinlets are

brown.

Expanse of wings 1,% inch.

Sherlock River, W. Australia (Clement).

Type in O. M.

Family Quadrifide.

Polydesma pullaria, nov.

9. Head, thorax, and fore wings umber-brown, tinged

with ochreous and densely irrorated with dark brown atoms,

and with many small ochreous spots and places on fore wings ;

an antemedial, outwardly inclined, short brown band from

hinder margin one fifth from base, followed by a sinuous

brown shade ; a black, postmedial, highly sinuous line, out-

wardly edged with ochreous, and with some ochreous dots on

it; a similar submarginal line, which is continued across the

hind wing to the anal angle, a broad brown shade on its inner

side on both wings: the hind wings are pale dull greyish

ochreous; a very large brown spot at the end of cell; a

medial sinuous brown line in continuation of the postmedial

line of fore wings, very indistinct in one example; submar-

ginal lunules black, with whitish dots, close to the margin on

both wings. Underside white; large deep black spots at

end of each cell; broad, discal, outwardly curved black bands,

with a sort of looped-in black ring at the end of the band on

the hind wings near the anal angle.

Expanse of wings 1,‘5 inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement) ; two females.

Grammodes arenos1, nov.

¢d. Body and wings blackish brown; abdomen with the

first segment white, and the remainder with white segmental

Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 423

lines: fore wings with a broad white and even band from

costa before the middle to the middle of the hinder margin ;

a white streak on costa beyond the middle and a subapical

spot connected with the costa near apex by a short white

line; a whitish suffused submarginal shade, quite erect, but

not reaching apex: hind wings with a broad white central

fascia and a submarginal white diffused shade ; marginal line

of both wings brown; cilia of fore wings grey, with white

tips and a dark brown interline, of hind wings the upper half

white, the lower half brown. Underside white; palpi and

body pure white; the wings duller, fore wings with a large

brown patch on the costa beyond the middle, then a pure

white broad streak, then another brown subapical patch and

whitish marginal band: hind wings with two grey thin

bands, central and discal; cilia as above.

Expanse of wings 1,;%) inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement).

Acantholipes quadripuncta, nov.

?. Pale ochreous fawn-colour: fore wings with four black

linear spots in a square at the end of the cell; indications of

two pale grey, outwardly curved, sinuous interior lines; a

postmedial, fairly distinct similar line, outwardly acutely

angled below the costa, continued across the middle of the

hind wings; both wings with the outer margin broadly

‘greyish brown, caused by three sinuous bands close together,

containing on the fore wings a reddish-brown thick submar-

ginal line, from vein 3 curving on to the apex, this short line

having a pale outside edging; marginal lunules_ black.

Underside paler, the discal line and three submarginal bands

distinct.

Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Palawan (Everett).

Tathorhynchus fallax, nov.

3 ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark grey, irrorated

sparsely with very minute brown atoms; costal margin

brown, caused by minute brown irrorations packed together ;

orbicular and reniform small, white, the latter marked with

black, and both connected by a black line; an erect submar-

ginal row of spear-shaped blackish marks, with the points

inwards, and edged outwardly by a line of white spots, the

space beyond blackish; marginal line also black, divided by

the veins ; cilia dark grey: hind wings greyish white, with a

suffused dark grey outer border and marginal black line;

424 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

cilia grey, with dark interline. Underside whitish ; a black

spot at the end of each cell: fore wings and costal space of

hind wings suffused with grey ; square apical black patches on

both wings, with an attenuated continuous border on hind

wings.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inch.

Roebourne, W. Australia (Clement).

Allied to 7. vinctale, Walker, from India, with which it is

mixed up in the B. M.; but although I have examined many

specimens, I have not seen one from India with the row of

submarginal spear-shaped black marks on the fore wings

which this form from Australia always has.

Family Focillidx.

Rhesala mediofascia, nov.

3. Pale ochreous fawn-colour: fore wings with a black

dot in the middle of the cell and three black dots in angular

form at the end; a black sinuous antemedial line running

over the first dot ; both wings irrorated with minute brown

atoms ; a black straight band, slightly suffused on its inner

sido, from the middle of the abdominal margin of hind wings

to near apex of fore wings, where it suddenly curves round

inwardly and terminates; on the inside of the band at the

end of thie cell of hind wings is a blackish sinuous short line ;

some of the irrorations collected together form an indistinct

brownish thin band, submarginal on fore wings and discal on

hind wings; marginal points black, but very minute. Under-

side slightly darker than the upperside; a black spot in

middle of cell of fore wings and end of cell on hind wings; a

crenellated black discal line on both wings, straight on fore

wings, outwardly curved on hind wings.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Sarawak, Borneo.

There isan example from Borneo in the B. M. unnamed

in Tiifid drawer no. 210,

LXVI.—Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family

Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By Miss

GertrRubeE Ricarpo.

(Concluded from p. 381.]

Palearctic Region.

The following list comprises all the described species

of this region. Schiner published a list of the European

of the Family Vabanide. 425

species in his Catalogue of 1864. A supplementary synop-

tical table follows, including those species not in Loew’s

table (Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 615, 1858).

*C. cecutiens, § 2, Linn., Fauna Suec. p. 464 (1761); id. Syst. Nat.

vy. p. 1001 (1766); Scop., Entom, Carniol. p. 373 (1763); Degeer,

Ins. vi. p. 224, pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1778) ; Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 459

(1781) ; id. Ent. Syst. iv. p: 372 (1794) (Tubanus); Fabr., Syst.

Antl. p. 110 (1805); Latr., Gen. Crust. iv. p. 285 (1809); Meig.,

Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 67 (1820); Fallén, Dipt. Suec. p. 9 (1817);

Dahlb., Ins. Scand. och Nytta, p. 307 (1837); Zett., Ins. Lapp.

p- 518 (1840); Walker, List Dipt. v. p. 277 (1854) ; Zeller, Isis,

1840, p. 518; id. ibid. 1842, p. 823, pl. iv. figs. 38, 34; Loew, Verh.

z00l,-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. B 628 (1858); Schiner, Fauna Austr. i.

p- 42 (1860); Jeennicke, Berlin. ent, Zeit. x. p. 90 (1866); Gobert,

Mém. Soc, Linn. du Nord, v. p. 102 (1883); Pandellé, Rev.

Ent. ii. p. 165 (1883). [Tabanus lugubris, Linn., Fauna Suec.

p. 464 (1761). Tabanus maritimus, Scop., Entom. Carniol. p. 374

(1763). Chrysops viduatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 374 (1794) (Ta-

banus) ; id. Syst. Antl. p. 113 (1805). |—Europe, Siberia.

C. fenestratus, 2, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 373 (1794) (Tabanus) ; id.

Syst. Antl. p. 111 (1805) ; Latreille, Gen. Crust. iy. p. 285 (1809) ;

Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 71 (1820); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.

p. 194 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 279 (1854) ; Lucas, Explor. d’Al-

gérie, Zool. iit. p. 427 (1849); Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.

Wien, viii. p. 632 (1858).—S. Europe, N. Africa.

*C. sepulchralis, § 2, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 374 (1794); Zett., Dipt.

Scand. i. p. 126 (1838); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 202 (1848) ;

id. ib. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 279 (1854); Loew, Isis, 1840, p. 519; id.

Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell, Wien, viii. p. 622 (1858) ; Schiner, Fauna

Austr. 1. p. 41 (1862); Ost. Sack., Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii.

p- 395 (note) (1876); id. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878) p. 54 (observ.) ;

Pandellé, Rev. Ent. ii. p. 225 (1883) ; Austen, Ent. Month. Mag.

(2) viii. p, 224 (1897) ; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii.

p: 306 (1901).—C. & N. Europe.

*C. italicus, § 2, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 67, pl. xiv. fig. 7 (1820) ;

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 280 (1854); Loew, Verh.

zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 630 (1858); Jznnicke, Berlin.

ent. Zeit. x. p. 89 (1866); Gobert, Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord,

v. p. 101 (1883). [? Tabanus salinarius, Scop., Entom. Carniol.

p- 373 (1763). Chrysops nigriventris, ¢, Loew, Neue Beitr. iv.

p. 26 (1856). C. marmoratus, Gobert, Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord,

v. p. 101 (1883). Chrysops fenestratus, Wiedem. (nec Fabr.), Meig.,

Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 71 (1820) ; Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien,

viii. p. 631; Gobert, Z. c. p. 100. Tabanus flavipes, Meig., Klass. i.

p- 159, pl. ix. fig. 13 (1804).|—S. Europe.

*C. relictus, ¢ 2, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 69 (1820); Zett., Ins. Lapp.

p- 518 (1840) ; Loew, Isis, 1840, p. 518; id. ib. 1842, p. 825, pl. iv.

fig. 32; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 277 (1848); Loew,

Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 627 (1858) ; Schiner, Fauna

Austr. i. p. 42 (1862); Gobert, Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord, vy.

p- 103 (1883); Pandellé, Rev. Ent. ii. p. 225 (1883). [ Tabanus

cecutiens, Panz., Fauna Germ. xiii. p. 24 (1794). C. viduatus,

Fall., Dipt. Suec. p. 10 (1817).|—C. & N. Europe.

*C. quadratus, 3, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 70 (1820); 9, Loew, Isis,

1840, p. 519; Zett., Dipt. Scand. i. p. 125 (1842); Walker, List

426 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine.

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 278 (1854) ; Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.

Wien, viii. p. 626 (1858); Schiner, Fauna Austr. i. p, 41 (1862) ;

Gobert, Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord, vy. p. 102 (1883); Pandellé,

Rev. Ent. ii. p. 224 (1883). [C. pictus, 9, Meig., Klass. i. p. 158

(1804) ; Loew, Isis, 1840, p. 519; id. ib. 1842, p. 823, pl. iv. figs. 28,

29; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 278 (1854). C. viduatus,

Meig., Klass. i. p. 158 (1804). ]—Siberia, C. & S. Europe.

‘ufipes, 3 9, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 71 (1820) ; Loew, Isis, 1840,

p- 519; id. ib. 1842, p. 825, pl. iv. fig. 82; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.

Suppl. 1, p. 279 (1854); Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii.

p: 625 (1858) ; Schiner, Fauna Austr. i. p. 41 (1860); Jeennicke,

Berlin. ent. Zeit. x. p. 89 (1866) ; Gobert, Mém, Soc. Linn. du Nord,

v. p. 101 (1883).—C., N., & S. Europe.

' marmoratus, 2, Meig. (nec Rossi), Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 73 (1820) ;

Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. pp. 631, 632 (1858) ;

Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 40 (1860); Rond. Archiv. Canestr. iii.

p. 82 (1864). [? C. perspicillaris, Loew, 1. ec. p. 630; Gobert, Rev.

Monogr., Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord, v. p. 101 (1883).]—Europe.

*C. vitripennis, 3 2, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 74 (1820) ; Watker, List

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 281 (1854); Rondani, Prodr. Dipt. Ital. i.

p- 171 (1856); Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 616

(1858) ; Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 39 (1860); Griff., Boll. Mus.

Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, x. no. 218, p. 7 (1895). [C. Ranzonii,

3, Schiner, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, Dipt. Fragm. p. 34

(1858). Hemophila Fallottii, Kriech, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien,

xviii. p. 70 (1873). |—Styria, Italy.

. singularis, 2, Meig., Syst. Beschr. vii. p. 60 (1820); Walker, Cat.

Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 280 (1854); Rondani, Prodr. Dipt. Ital. i.

p- 171 (1856) (Nemorius) ; Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien,

viii. p. 617 (1858).—-Spain.

*C. japonicus, 3 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 203 (1830);

Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 291 (1854) ; Loew, Verh.

zo0ol.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 621 (1858) ; Ost. Sack., Wien. ent.

Zeit. iii. p. 316 (1884). [C. aterrimus, 9, Kirby, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 457 (1884). |—Japan.

C. pallidus, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 162 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt.

pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 280 (1854).—Locality unknown (? France).

C. nigripes, 2, Zett., Ins. Lapp. p. 519 (1840); id, Dipt. Scand. i. p. 125

(1842), vill. p. 2944 (1848); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,

p- 278 (1854); Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 623

(1858); Ost. Sack., Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 394, note

(1876); id. Cat. Dipt. N. America (1878),—Lapland, Sitka, N.

America,

C. parallelogrammus, 2 , Zeller, Isis, 1842, p. 823, pl. iv. fig. 31; Walker,

List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p.278 (1854); ¢, Loew, Verh. zool.-bot.

Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 621 (1858) ; Mik, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxiii.

p- 111 (1889). [C.d¢punctatus, Motsch., Bull. Soc. Imp, Nat. Moscou,

xxxii. 1859, p. 505.|—Europe, Amur.

C. melanopleurus, 3 2, Wahlberg, ify. k. Vet.-Akad. Forh. Stockholm,

1848, p. 200; Zett., Dipt. Scand. viii. p. 2943 (1848) ; Loew, Verh.

zool.-bot. Gesell, Wien, viii. p. 627 (1858). [C. morio, Zett., 1. ¢.]

—Lapland.

C. punctifer, 2, Loew, Neue Beitr. iv. p. 24 (1856); id., 9, Verh.

z00l.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 633 (1858),—Syria.

*C. persprcillaris, 3 , Loew, Neue Beitr. iv. p. 25 (1856); id., 9,

zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 633 (1858); Schiner, Fauna Austr,

i. p. 41 (1862); Gobert, Mém. Soc. Linn. du Nord, v. p. 100

#*C.

a“

on)

of the Family Tabanide. 427

(1883) ; Griff, Boll. Mus. Torino, x. no, 218, p. 6 (1895). [? C.

Jenestratus, Wiedem. (nec Fabr.), Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 71

(1820) ; Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 631 (1858) ;

Gobert, f. ¢. p. 100.|—N. Italy, Hungary.

*C. suavis, ¢ 2, Loew, Wien. ent. Monat. ii. p. 103 (1858) ; id. Verh.

zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 620 (1858).—Siberia, Japan.

C. hamatus, $ 2, Loew, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 617

(1858).—Asia Minor,

C. dissectus, 2 , Loew, 1. c. p. 618.—Siberia.

C. validus, 9, Loew, l. ec. p. 619.—Siberia.

C. concavus, 2, Loew, l. c. p. 622.—Russia.

C. lapponicus, 9, Loew, 7. e. p. 624.—Lapland.

., divaricatus, 2 , Loew, J. ec. p. 624.—Siberia.

C. ludens, 3 , Loew, l. c. p. 628.—Asia Minor.

C. connexus, 2, Loew, /. c. p. 629.—France, Italy.

C. maura, 3, Siebcke, Nyt Magaz. f. Naturvid. Christiania, xii. p. 108

(1863).—Norway.

C. novus, 3, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 103 (1866).—Gibraltar.

C. aurantiacus, Q, Jennicke, Berlin. ent. Zeit. x. p. 88 (1866),—Anda-

lusia.

*C. mauritanicus, 2, Costa, Rend. Accad. Napoli, (2) vii. p. 101; id.

Atti Accad. Napoli, (2) v. p. 22, pliv. fig. 78 (1893).—Tunis, Algeria.

C. Melicharti, 3, Mik, Wien. ent. Zeit. xvii. p. 158 (1898).—Mont-

falcone, Illyria. :

Of these mauritanicus, Costa, and aurantiacus, Jennicke,

are nearly related to italicus, Mg. The former seems a

distinct species, judging from the two specimens in the

Museum Collection from Algeria; of the latter I have no

knowledge.

C. melanopleurus, Wahlb., does not seem to have been

recognized by any author. Loew notes that it is unknown to

him,

C. japonicus, Wiedem., is a well-established species (see note

on it below). C. novus, Schiner, is a description of a male from

Gibraltar said to be related to guadratus, Mg., but distin-

guished by the continuation of the black spot on the second

segment. C. Melicharii, Mik, is described as nearly related

to C. rufipes, Mg., and also to C. relictus and C. quadratus,

Mg., the characteristics which distinguish it from these being

given ; only the male is known.

C. pallidus, Macq., is not included in the subjoined table, as

it is impossible to classify it from the vague description, and

the Jocality is uncertain. It is said to be related to italicus,

Mg., being a yellow species with black antennz and reddish

legs.

C. maura, 3, Siebcke, a black species, is for the same

reason omitted from the table; it is said to be in size like

sepulchralis, Fabr., but distinguished from it by its wholly

black abdomen and black pubescence ; this would bring it

428 Miss.G. Ricardo on the Pangoninem

near japonicus, Wiedem., but its smaller size is against

this supposition.

The nomenclature of some of the European species, more

especially of C. italicus, Mg., is most confusing. As regards

the latter | have followed Loew, who gives at some length, in

Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viil. p. 630, his views as to the

synonymy. Gobert and other authors have not followed

him, but still used the old name Tubanus marmoratus, Rossi

(Fauna Etruse. 11. p. 312, 1820), which he rejects entirely.

Chrysops fenestratus, Fabr. (Tabanus), he had no knowledge

of. He gives a full description of a species he believes to be

italicus, Meig g., and suggests that C. marmoratus, Meig., as

described by this author, may be the same as a ee

he describes under the name of perspicillaris. Gobert

suggests that the latter is only a variety of C. italicus, Meig.

(his marmoratus ), and considers the smaller size of the apical

spot of the wing, given by Loew as one of the chief charac-

teristics of perspicillaris, is an untrustworthy distinction ;

this conclusion is borne out by a comparison of the specimens

in the British Museum Collection, which are chiefly distin-

guished from C, italicus, Meig., by their smaller size and the

lighter colour of the abdomen in the females.

1. Wings banded and with apical spot . 2

2. Wings with a clear spot in the discal cell. 3.

Wings with no clear spot in the discal cell. 6

3. Outer border of band of wing with a deep

sinus in the middle in the first poste-

FIOP Ces: Ah. 6 Pas hes herent 4,

Outer border of band of wing with no such

GUNG <n, ad oini fone aie Crea teolem eee ae 5.

4, Antenne shorter and stouter than those

of tialicus, Mige 2). we eis ewes gee mauritanicus, 3 9, Costa.

5, Sides of segments 5and 4 orange-yellow ;

no outer black spots on the ‘sides of

the segments » Wasi sande bow Agauion aurantiacus, 9, Jennicke.

6. Sides of thorax mostly black-haired.... 7.

Sides of thorax yellow-haired ........ 8.

“J

Abdomen blackish; the apex of the seg-

ments ferruginous, the first two seg-

ments yellow at the sides ........ ». melanopleurus, 3 2 ,Wahlb.

Abdomen yellowish ; the three last seg-

ments wholly yellow iy ble Sou ceo Melicharii, 3, Mik.

Abdomen wholly black, with black pu-

POBCENES firsts ba 2 te o's id's cerAGe oles japonicus, 3 2, Wiedem.

8. The black spot on the second segment

reaches to the fourth segment ...... novus, 3, Schiner.

Chrysops ceculiens, 8 3, Linn.

Two females from Huilders, Germany, 87. 110 (Kirby) ;

of the Family 'Tabanide. 429

three from Boppard, Rhine, 97. 128 (Thomas); one from

Carlsbad, 6. 00; five females, 40. 4. 3 (Children), numbered

from 1030 to 1034; one male and one female from France ;

one male from La Foce de Vizzarone, Corsica, 93. 123

(20. 7. 93, Yerbury).

Chrysops sepulchralis, 8 ¢ , Fabr.

One female from Germany, 58. 80 (Butler); one female

labelled ‘ (Saunders Coll.) 68. 4,” which is the specimen

mentioned by me on p. 306 of the ‘ Annals’ (1901, viil.), as

having acard label ‘‘ Hudson’s Bay” below it. Kirby (in

Fauna Bor.-Amer., Ins. p. 314, 1836) mentions a specimen of

this species as having been caught in lat. 65°; but Osten

Sacken says he has not yet met with it in N. America.

Chrysops vitripennis, 3 2, Meig.

One female from unknown locality.

Chrysops italicus, 3 2, Meig.

Four females from Albania; one from Cyprus, 1909. 95

(Gennadino), pres. Hart Bennett; one from Albania (Saun-

ders), 43.1; two from Albania (Doubleday), 46.133; one

from Albania (Walker), 48. 5.

Chrysops rufipes, 3 2, Meig.

One male and one female from Germany, 58. 80 (Ruthe) ;

one female unlabelled.

Chrysops relictus, g 2, Meig.

Three females from Alfheim, Norway (June-July 1897),

98.2; one from North Cape, Norway (28. 7. 86, Ridley),

1900. 207; one from South France; one from unknown

locality.

Those from Norway have the antennz wholly black.

Chrysops quadratus, 8 ?, Meig.

Two males and two females from La Foce de Vizzarone,

Corsica, 93. 123 (Yerbury) ; one female from Raab, Hun-

gary (26. 1]. 98, Burr), with a note “caught in the train,”

99. 7; one from France; two from Germany (Ruthe),

58. 80; one from unknown locality.

430 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninse

Chrysops suavis, & ? , Loew.

Two males and four females from Yesso, Japan (1882,

Prior), 1901. 138.

The female only was described by Loew. The male is

very similar; the yellow colour on the first abdominal

segment is less marked and the black marks on the second

segment coalesce, forming a squarish spot, with only a small

yellow triangular spot on the hind border. The dark

colouring of the wings is more extended, as usual in the

males. .

Chrysops japonicus, g 2, Wiedem.

The two female types of C. aterrimus, Kirby, from Yoko-

hama, Japan, 77.11 (Jonas), are specimens of the above

species, as suggested by Ost. Sack. in Wien. ent. Zeit. ii.

p- 316 (1884) ; there are also two male specimens and one

female from Yokohama, 1901. 13 (Prior).

The species is mentioned by Loew in a note after his

description of C. suwavis, from which it is easily distinguished

by the entirely black face, a characteristic it shares with

C. sepulchralis, Fabr., from which it differs in its larger size,

the sides of the thorax black-haired, and the wholly black

abdomen with only black pubescence. The wing resembles

that of C. suavis, but in the female specimens the fifth poste-

rior cell is wholly clear, and nearly so in the male, in which

latter the basal colouring extends so far that it completely

coalesces with the band, only a very small white spot being

discernible at the base of the discal cell.

Length 9 millim.

Chrysops perspicillaris, 8 9 , Loew.

One male from Italy, 54.76; two males from France ;

three females from France, 74. 86 (Walker) ; one female from

Constantine, Algeria, c. x. 93 (Haton); one female from

Upper Jordan Valley above Bakeiret el Hileh (Waters of

Merom), 20. 7. 1901 (Cropper), with a note “ only amongst

papyrus.” This species is said to be “ not rare” near Turin.

There are no specimens of C. punctifer, Loew, in the

British Museum Collection, but I identified several males

and females from Syria as belonging to this species, which

were sent me for identification by Dr. Kertesz. They are

distinguished from C, italicus, Meig., by their smaller size,

but are difficult to distinguish from C. perspicillaris, Loew,

by the characteristics he gives.

of the Family Tabanide. 431

Chrysops mauritanicus, 2 , Costa.

Two females from Fontaine Chaude, Batna, Algeria,

19 c. iv. 94 (Haton).

These answer to the description and the figure of the wing

given by Costa.

From unknown Locality.

Chrysops crudelis, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 195

(1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 293

(1854).

From the description of the type it might well be a speci-

men of C. cecutiens, L., a common European species.

From a small collection of Pangoninz sent me by

Dr. Kertesz, of the Budapest Museum, for identification,

three species of Pangonia, Latr., and two of Scione, Wlk.,

are apparently undescribed, all from S. America. The

descriptions of these five new species and a table for the

identification of the species of the genus of Scione are here

appended.

Subgenus ErEpPHRosis, Rondani.

*Erephrosis fuscus, 2, sp. n.

Two females from Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Dark brown. Antenne reddish. Legs yellowish brown.

Abdomen with some white tufts of hair on the sides of the

second, fifth, and sixth segments.

Face reddish brown, with some greyish tomentum and

black pubescence; forehead black, with brown tomentum

and black pubescence. Antenne dull testaceous, the first

two joints with brown tomentum and black hairs. | Palpi

with the first joint black, the second reddish brown, with

black pubescence on the sides and at the tip; the second

joint longer than the first, curved, wide, tapering to a point.

Beard snowy white and thick. Thorax brown, with indistinct

stripes, short black pubescence, and greyish tomentum on

the sides of the dorsum ; between the base of the wings and

the head is a fringe of black hairs, with white hairs below;

on the posterior margin of the thorax above the wings is a

spare tuft of whitish hairs ; breast yellowish brown, with

white hairs ; scutellum the same as the thorax, but redder,

probably owing to being denuded. Abdomen in shape short,

432 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

oval, a little broader than the thorax at its widest part, dull

brown, with obscure black markings, brown tomentum, and

short black pubescence ; viewed from the front the second

segment has a band of dull grey tomentum on its posterior

border ; there is a tuft of white hairs on the sides of the

second segment, extending on the dorsum a short distance as

a fringe; there are also a few white hairs on the sides of the

first segment and on the extreme margin of the third and

fourth ; on the fifth and sixth are distinct tufts of the white

pubescence ; there are a few white hairs in the centre of the

fifth segment on its posterior border ; the underside is reddish

brown, with greyish tomentum, and the posterior borders of

the segments are pale yellow; the pubescence consists of

sparsely scattered silvery-white hairs. Legs yellowish brown,

with black pubescence, which is long and spare on the femora,

short and thick on the hind tibiz and tarsi; on the underside

of the first joint of the fore tarsi is some fulvous pubescence.

Wings clear, grey, the veins brown; no appendix ; the first

posterior cell is closed with a short petiole.

Length 14 millim.

This species is distinguished from E. auripes, Ricardo, by

the narrower smaller abdomen, the dull grey band on the

second segment, and the different colour of the legs.

Subgenus DiaromineurA, Rondani.

* Diatomineura seminigra, ¢, sp. 0.

Three females from Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Yellow-brown. Antenne yellow. Legs yellow. Abdo-

men with irregular black obsolete bands. Thorax chestnut-

brown.

Face reddish brown, with greyish-yellow tomentum and

rather long black pubescence, the forehead with a darker

central stripe. Antennz reddish yellow, the first two joints

with black hairs ; the palpi are y ellow, the second joint rather

short, about the same length as the first, very broad, ending

in avery short point, curved on the upper side and a little on

the lower side, with some black pubescence on the margins

and at the apex. Beard black, spare, with a few yellow hairs

below. Thorax with black and greyish pubescence inter-

mixed, the grey hairs predominating; there is some brown

tomentum, for ming two indistinct narrow stripes ; the pubes-

cence at the sides black anteriorly, chiefly grey posteriorly.

Breast yellowish red, clothed with long grey and black hairs.

Abdomen yellowish brown, shining, ~ with irregular black

of the Family Tabanide. 433

markings in the form of transverse bands on the posterior

half of the first two segments, covering the others with the

exception of a narrow band on the posterior borders, and

becoming blacker and more intense towards the apex; the

yellow-brown colour, however, predominates on the abdomen

as a whole; the pubescence consists of short black hairs and

a few whitish ones at the sides, especially on the second

segment ; the underside is yellowish brown, with the black

markings appearing faintly; the pubescence is short and

yellow. Legs yellow, with black pubescence and some -

fulvous, the latter chiefly on the underside of the tibiz and

the tarsi. Wings clear grey, veins brown; no appendix.

There are traces of green colouring on the knees of the legs.

Length 11 millim.

* Diatomineura longipennis, 2, sp. n.

Two females from Espirito Santo, Brazil.

Reddish brown. Thorax with four white spots. Wings

with shaded cross-veins. Antenne blackish. Legs brown.

Face reddish brown, with grey tomentum and _ black

pubescence, and long white hairs on the sides extending from

the base of the antennz to the palpi and covering the cheeks ;

some long black hairs are intermixed with the white ones on

the upper part of the face; the palpi obscure reddish brown,

the second joint the length of the first, broad, ending in a

point, with the upper edge rounded, the first joint with long

white pubescence, the second with short black on the edges.

Antennze black, the first two joints grey, with long black

hairs, the first annulation of the third joint dull red. Fore-

head brown, lighter at the sides; a broad band of grey

extends across on the anterior margin; the pubescence is

black. Beard whitish, as are also the hairs bordering the

eyes. Thorax brown, lighter at the sides, with four greyish

spots on the dorsum, the posterior pair contiguous, the ante-

rior pair more widely separated ; the spare pubescence consists

of black hairs, with a thick tuft of whitish hairs at the base

of the wings and on the posterior margin of the thorax, and

a few scattered white hairs among the black ones on the sides

of the anterior part of the thorax; the breast clothed with

black hairs, and a thick fringe of whitish hairs on the sides ;

the scutellum dark brown, with long black pubescence.

Abdomen oval, hardly wider than the thorax, reddish brown,

with an indistinct black central stripe, with irregular greyish

bands on the posterior borders of the segments, widest and

most noticeable on the second segment ; towards the apex

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 30

434 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

darker in colour, the pubescence black, chiefly on the sides

and on the posterior segments ; there are some whitish hairs

on the posterior border of the fifth segment and on the sides

of the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments ; the

underside is yellowish brown, with irregular black bands and

black pubescence. On the other female specimen there are

also fringes of white hairs on the posterior borders of the

segments. Legs reddish brown, the femora darker, the

pubescence black, long on the femora, short and thick else-

where. Wings grey, with brown veins, all the cross-veins

shaded, those enclosing the basal cells most intense; no

appendix.

Length 10 millim.

This small species is easily distinguished by the grey spots

on the thorax, the thick tufts of white hairs at the sides, and

the shaded wings, which are considerably longer than the

abdomen.

Scionr, Walker.

Scione, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850); Ricardo, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (7) v. pp. 98, 103 (1900).

Diclisa, Schiner, Reise der Novara (1866); id. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.

Wien, xvii. p. 310 (1867).

For list of the described species of this genus see Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 104 (1900), to which must be added

the two new species described by me in the same publication

(vol. vi. p. 291, 1900) and the two described below, bringing

the number up to eleven, all of which come from 8. America,

with the exception of S. singularis, Macq., from Australia,

and S. Alluaudi, Giglio-Tos, from the Seychelles, neither of

which seem typical of the genus, and will probably have to

be removed. ‘There is a great similarity in the colouring and

pubescence of the abdomen of the different species, which

must be chiefly distinguished by the wings. The description

of the female of incompleta given by Macquart in his fourth

supplement of Dipt. Exot. does not seem applicable to this

species, as Schiner remarked.

1, Eyeshatry <i. a Se eee 2.

Eyes naked: 4. p.<eb sae <5 DR ene 12.

2. Wings smoky brown, with aclear band. 3.

Wings with some or all the cross-veins

bhaded'')), .<00 =) ss cee en ee ee 4.

Wings hyabne 24 0507 .20.2: Wenoee 7

. Abdomen yellowish brown, with black

markings. Legs yellow............ fusca, 2, Ricardo.

4. Wings with the yein from the discal

celf complete’ °s*,,.).. 5.2.4 sahss oa eee 5,

of the Family Tabanide. 435

Wings with the vein from the discal

cell SAEOTUDIOLOS yc ba So onic VN aeons 6.

5, Abdomen brown, ‘with the posterior

borders of the segments yellow. Legs

BLT 7 ne ie RT et a ea albifasciata, 9, Macq.

Abdomen reddish yellow, with the apex

and central stripe black. Legs brown. maculipennis, 2 , Schiner.

6. Abdomen belie yellow, with black

markings. Femora dark reddish yel-

LOW, Gate, taekide Vd x veoh em ltt tale « incompleta, ¢ 2, Macq.

Abdomen brown, the first two segments

bright reddish yellow, with a black

central stripe. Femora blackish .... distencta, 9, Schiner.

. Wings with the vein from the discal

SGI GOMMMONS, 125s ciejad <iett Aas vas 8.

Wings with the vein from the discal

SPL ECM DIOEE Woes os «5:3 «= ssrie sce ae 8 1% 2

8. Thorax without the typical stripes of

RS PORUN, hour tae at dn alk oe Foose 9.

Thorax with the usual stripes ........ 10.

9. Abdomen brownish yellow. Legs pale

ar ES est Aare meee oe Pee ee misera, 9, Ost. Sacken.

10. Abdomen — brownish yellow. Legs

MRE Peas oe re PEs ag Fe Bale es claripennis, 2, Ricardo,

11, Abdomen yellowish brown, with a

black central stripe. Legs blackish... fulva, 2, sp. n.

Abdomen brown, the first two segments

reddish Meant with a black central

stripe ; the posterior segments fringed

with yellowish hairs. Legs reddish.. flavohirta, 3 Q, sp. n.

12, Abdomen black and shining, with some

white pubescence. Legs testaceous.. singularis, 9, Macq.

Abdomen, legs, and antenne pale brown. A/luaudi, g 2 , Giglio-Tos.

The species represented in the British Museum Collection

are the following :—

Scione incompletu, Macq.

Two females from Colombia.

Scione distincta, Schiner,

Three females from Mapiri, Bolivia (Simons), 1901.

Scione maculipennis, Schiner.

One female from Bogota.

Scione flavohirta, sp. n.

One female from Bolivia (Cillutincara),

Scione fulva, sp. n.

One female from Bolivia (Songo).

30*

436 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine

The types of the two new species are in the Budapest

Museum.

Scione fulva, 2, sp. n.

One female from Bolivia (Songo).

This and the following species are similar to Scione incom-

pleta, Macq., and Scione distincta, Schiner, in having the

vein from the discal cell incomplete, but they differ in the

clear wings with no shading on the cross-veins.

Yellowish brown. Antenne reddish. Legs blackish.

Abdomen reddish yellow, with a black dorsal stripe and

white-haired spots. Wings hyaline, the vein from the discal

cell not reaching the border.

Face brown, with greyish tomentum and black pubescence ;

the forehead is similar, the grey tomentum only leaves a

central and laterai stripes of the ground-colour clear, and

the space above the antennz. Palpi brown, the second joint

shorter than the first, conical in shape, both joints with

black pubescence, the first with long white hairs at its base.

Antenne bright red, the first joint grey, the second pale red,

both with black pubescence, the third black at the apex.

Beard whitish. Thorax brown, with the typical five greyish

stripes and some black pubescence ; sides with black hairs and

white tufts of hair at base of wing and on posterior border of

thorax ; breast brown, with grey tomentum and white and

black pubescence. Scutellum brown, with greyish tomen-

tum. Abdomen yellowish red, the first segment black on

its anterior half, the second with a black spot in the centre

aud traces of an obsolete black band on its posterior border,

third and fourth segments with a black central spot and

irregular black markings; the last three segments brown,

with black anterior borders ; there is a whitish tuft of hairs

on the centre of the posterior border of the second, third,

fourth, and fifth segments; on this last it extends as a fringe

towards the sides; there is some very short yellow pubes-

cence on the posterior border of the second segment; the

rest of the pubescence on the dorsum is black ; on the sides

of the second, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments are white

hairs, on the remaining ones it is black; the underside is

yellow, with a few irregular black markings and whitish

pubescence. Legs black, the apex of the femora, the tibiz,

and the tarsi reddish yellow, with long black pubescence on

the underside of the femora, short and thick elsewhere.

Wings clear, grey, with yellowish-brown veins, and faintly

tinged with yellow on the fore border, extending to the

of the Family Tabanide. 437

fourth longitudinal vein; the first posterior cell is closed

rather near the border; the incomplete vein from the

diseal cell is distant about a third of its actual length from

the border; no appendix. The wings are considerably longer

than the abdomen.

Length 10 millim.

One of the specimens differs from the type in having the

thorax clothed with black and fulvous pubescence, and the

typical stripes are hardly to be traced; the legs are almost

entirely reddish yellow and there are some white hairs on

the femora; the incomplete vein almost reaches the border

in one specimen and varies in all in the distance from the

border.

Scione flavohirta, 3 2, sp. n.

One female from Bolivia (Cillutincara).

Brown. Antenne red and black. Legs yellowish. Ab-

domen with the first two segments reddish, and yellowish

pubescence on the borders of the posterior segments. A

hairy species.

Type (male). Face pale reddish brown, with long black

pubescence ; the palpi brown, the second joint bright red, with

long white hairs on the basal half of the first jomt and long

black pubescence on its apical half and on the second joint,

both joints about equal in length. Antenne with the first

two joints brown, with long black hairs, the third bright red,

black at its apex. Beard whitish. The pubescence on the

eyes long and dark. Thorax dark brown, with five narrow

stripes of fulvous tomentum ; the pubescence consists of long

black hairs and shorter fulvous hairs; on the sides it is

black between the base of the wings and the head, with

yellowish tufts of hair at the base of the wing and on the

posterior border of the thorax. Breast with long white and

black pubescence. Scutellum brown, with long black hairs.

Abdomen black-brown, the posterior border of the first

segment reddish yellow, the second almost entirely so, with

a square black central spot; the third has only a trace of the

reddish-yellow colour at the sides; the others are entirely

black-brown, with their extreme lateral margins yellow,

transparent, and their posterior borders yellowish; the

pubescence consists of long black hairs on the dark colour of

the posterior segments, fulvous hairs on the second and third

segments, becoming thickest on the posterior borders, and

some black hairs on the central black stripe; the posterior

borders of the remaining segments are fringed with short

438 Mr. O. Thomas on the

yellowish hairs ; in the centre of all the segments, except the

first, sixth, and seventh, the hairs are thicker and whiter, ex-

tending halfway up the width of the segment; on the sides

the pubescence is mostly yellow on the first, yellow and black

on the second, third, and fourth, yellow on the fifth and

sixth, and black on the seventh; underside yellow, with

irregular black markings and whitish pubescence. Legs

reddish yellow, the coxze with long white hairs, long black

hairs on the underside of the femora, and short black pubes-

cence elsewhere. Wings hyaline, grey, with brown veins ;

no appendix ; the incomplete vein is distant about a third of

its actual length from the border, the first posterior cell

closed rather near the border.

Length 11 millim.

The female type issimilar ; the forehead is reddish brown,

with darker frontal stripe and black pubescence ; the second

joint of the palpi is as long as the first, curved, tapering toa

point, and yellower in colour; the yellow fringes on the

abdomen do not extend beyond the fifth segment.

LXVII.—The Lycaon and Pedetes of British East Africa, and

anew Gerbille from N. Nyasa. By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

J.—LYCAON.

THE British Museum received many years ago from Capt.

(now Gen. Sir Frederick) Lugard examples of the East-

African Lycaon, and later on from Mr. F. J. Jackson an

imperfect skin of the same form; but it is only now that,

thanks to further material from other regions and to the

receipt from Mr. C. 8. Betton of three perfect skins from Kast

Africa, that I am able to venture on a determination of this

animal.

Owing to their peculiar irregular coloration specimens of

Lycaon are particularly difficult to compare effectively with

one another, and still more to describe in a recognizable

manner. As is well known, no two individuals, even if from

the same pack, are precisely identical, and it is only by the

general average coloration that one is able to distinguish the

local races at all.

However, it appears that while (1) the Cape form (LZ. pictus

venaticus, Burch.) is more yellow than black, with yellow-

mixed backs to the ears, with a good deal of yellow on the

Lycaon and Pedetes of British East Africa. 439

belly, and a certain admixture of whitish hairs in the throat-

ruff, and in (2) the typical ZL. pictus from Mozambique, as

represented by a series of specimens from Nyasa, the two

colours are of nearly equal extent above and below, but little

white being present, and the back of the ears and the throat-

ruff are black, (3) the form found in Kast Africa is so much

darker throughout, with an extreme reduction of the yellow,

that it deserves subspecific distinction. It may be called

Lycaon pictus lupinus, subsp. n.

General colour above marbled black and yellow, with at

least twice as much black as yellow; in fact, the animal

would be called dark with yellow markings, while the Cape

one might be described as yellow with black markings.

White spots rarely present on the upper surface. Muzzle

black to level of eyes ; central dark line present and distinct,

passing down the nape to the back, or, rarely, obsolete on the

neck. ‘Temporal region greyish yellow, not nearly such a

rich yellow as in the other forms. Back of ears black.

Under surface marbled black and white, without yellow, the

two colours sharply defined from each other. The throat is

wholly black, and in a general way there is more white on

the chest and fore belly, and more black posteriorly, but in

each region there are marblings of the other colour, Limbs

black proximally, marbled black and white lower down, with

a little inconspicuous yellow present on the tibia; meta-

podials nearly entirely white, and the digits black throughout.

‘fail with its usual three colours—yellow proximally, black

mesially, and white terminally—all about equal in extent, or

with more black than either of the other colours.

Skull not definably different from that of the other forms.

‘he specimens received from Gen. Lugard and Mr. Jackson

are even darker than those here described, being almost

wholly brown or black, with scarcely any yellow, and but

little white marbling on the under surface and limbs,

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 930 millim.; tail 260; hind foot (s. u.)

183 (all approximate only).

Skull: greatest length 199; basal length 175; zygomatic

breadth 125; length of nasals diagonally 59; interorbital

breadth 42; breadth of brain-case 67; palate length 97 ;

length of upper carnassial 21.

Hab. British East Africa. Type from the Nyuki River

Swamp, iv the Rift Valley on Equator. Altitude 2000 m.

440 Mr. O. Thomas on a

Other specimens from the M’Kindu River, E. Athi plains ;

altitude 1600 m.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 4. 26. 2. Killed

17th January, 1901, and presented by C. 8. Betton, Esq.

This dark Lycaon might have been considered specifically

separable from the other forms had it not been that inter-

mediates occur in the Mweru region, where a specimen, now

in the Museum, was obtained by Mr, Richard Crawshay,

Curiously enough, the Abyssinian hunting-dog, as repre-

sented by a specimen collected by Kssler at Armalochoo, is

again equally black and yellow marbled like the typical

Mozambique form.

I],.—PEDETES.

That Pedetes inhabited East Africa has been long known,

but owing to the fact that the specimens sent had been young

ones, no proper comparison with the South-African P. caffer

had hitherto been possible. Now, however, Mr. C. 8.

Betton, to whom the Museum is indebted for so many East-

African mammals, has given us a fine skull of a Pedetes

obtained by him at Morendat, and a comparison of this with

South-African examples shows that the northern form should

be distinguished from the southern.

It may be called

Pedetes surdaster, sp. n.

Size, as judged by skull, rather less than in P, caffer, but

part of this difference is due more to the smaller nasals and

bullz than to a real reduction in general size. Nasals con-

spicuously smaller both in length and breadth, not reaching

back to the level of the hinder margin of the anteorbital

fossa. Premaxillary processes on each side of nasals very

narrow, barely 1 millim, broad at the broadest part, instead of

about 8 millim. ‘lop of brain-case more vaulted than usual.

Interparietal broad, short antero-posteriorly, its anterior

margin projected angularly forward instead of being evenly

convex. Bulls conspicuously smaller in every dimension

than in P. caffer, the visible surface above barely two thirds

that in the allied species; the distance from the most anterior

upper corner to the level of the most projecting point behind

is 13°3 millim., as compared with 18°5, 19, and 19°5 in three

skulls of P. caffer, while below the antero-posterior diameter

of the inflated bulla is 11°5 as compared with over 14 jn

P. caffer. Key-shaped process across bulla from back of

squamosal shorter (9°7 millim.) and narrower. Anterjor

new Gerbille from N. Nyasa. 441

palate much less deeply concave, the region of the palatine

foramina much less sunk below the general palatal level.

Palatine foramina shorter, their septum much narrower.

Basicranial region with only one mesial vacuity, the usual

opening in the basisphenoid connecting with the floor of the

brain-case absent, that in the basioccipital alone present,

Incisors comparatively weak, both narrower and less deep

than in P. caffer. Molars also rather smaller and narrower ;

the two laminz of each tooth more parallel with each other,

less opened out externally than in P. caffer.

Dimensions of the typical skull :—

Greatest length 82 millim.; basilar length 63; zygomatic

breadth 55°5; nasals 27x18°5; interorbital breadth 34 ;

breadth across postorbital processes 42; greatest mastoid

breadth 42; interparietal 8°8x14:°5; palate length 31:7;

palatal foramina 5°8x3°6; length of cheek-tooth series

(crowns) 15°7.

Hab. Morendat, mile 365 of Uganda Railway, British

Kast Africa. Altitude 2000 m.

Type. Skull. B.M. no. 2. 4. 5. 5. Collected and pre-

sented by C. Steuart Betton, Esq.

So far as is shown by a young specimen, P. surdaster does

not differ externally very much from P. caffer, though in

correlation with the smaller bullae we may expect to find the

ears rather shorter.

Il1.—Tatera liodon, sp. n.

Size of 7. valida, Boc., but with even less distinct grooves

on the upper incisors.

General colour, as usual, dark sandy, the back greyer and

the sides brighter. Under surface sharply detined white, the

hairs white to their bases on the chest and groins, slaty

basally on the belly. Iace like back, top of nose rather

darker; an indistinct lightish mark above the posterior half

of each eye. Ears of medium length, their backs rather

darker than the head, a lightish patch at their posterior bases.

Upper surface of hands and feet pure white; claws long and

powerful. Tail shorter than the head and body, greyish

brown above, whitish below, without terminal pencil.

Skull not unlike that of 7. valida, which it about equals

in size. Palatal foramina reaching back to the level of the

front of m’.

Upper incisors each with a very faint and scarcely percep-

tible median groove, as shallow as those of Gerbilliscus

Boehmt.

442 Mr. O. Thomas on the Species of

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 177 millim.; tail 142; hind foot (wet)

(s. u.) 35; ear (wet) 20.

Skull: upper length from back of interparietal 42; zygo-

matic breadth 22; nasals 16°5 x 4°3; interorbital breadth 6°5 ;

interparietal 5x10°5; palate length from henselion 20 ;

diastema 11°4; length of palatine foramina 8°5 ; length of

bulla 11; upper molar series 6 8.

Hab. Lake Mweru.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 2.1.6.16. Presented by Com-

missioner Alfred Sharpe, C.B.

This gerbille was at first taken for a Cerbdilliscus, but

further study convinces me that, like the 7. valida of Angola,

it is a Tatera with the incisive grooves shallower than in the

ordinary forms. From that species, of which the British

Museum contains a co-type, it is distinguishable by its still

less developed, indeed almost indistinguishable, incisive

grooves and the slaty bases to its belly-hairs.

From Gerbilliscus fraterculus, which is entirely without

incisive grooves, and is perhaps a similarly retrogressively

specialized Tutera, T. liodon differs by its much larger size

as well as by the structure of its incisors.

LXVIII.—On the Species of Mydaus found in Borneo and

the Natuna Islands. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

BESIDES the original Mydaus javanensis, Desm.* (JL. meli-

ceps, ¥. Cuv.f, auct.), of Java, from which the Sumatran

form cannot be distinguished, and the Palawan JJ. Marche?,

Huet (JL. Schadenbergi, Jent.), I find that there are two

detinable forms of the genus, occurring respectively in Borneo

and the Natuna Islands. ‘The former is very distinct from

all, while the latter, curiously enough, is most closely allied

to M. javanensis.

Mydaus lucifer, sp. n.

Size large, the typical female skull decidedly larger than

any other female Mydaus skull in the Museum collection.

Fur thick and coarse, uniformly directed backwards

throughout; not reversed forward on the nape asin ML. javan-

ensis. Light marking very broad and conspicuous on the

* Mephitis javanensis, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 187 (1820),

+ H. N. Mamm. (fol.) ii. pl. clix. (1821).

Mydaus found in Borneo and the Natuna Islands. 443

head and nape, narrowing or disappearing on the middle

of the back, becoming distinct again on the lumbar region,

where it passes without interruption on to the tail. Rest of

animal uniformly dark, without lighter intermixture on face,

chest, or feet. Tail short and stumpy, but its hairs extremely

long and forming a conspicuous brush, of which the hairs are

about 2 inches in length. In colour it is wholly light,

without basal dark ring, except inconspicuously below.

Skull smoothly rounded, little ridged ; brain-case large and

swollen; muzzle short and conical; supraorbital projections

little prominent ; zygomata not widely expanded ; posterior

nares broad, their upper edge without median spine.

Approximate dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 340 millim. ; tail 35, with hairs 90; hind

foot (s. u.) 55.

Skull: greatest length 89; basal length (basion to ena-

thion) 75; zygomatic breadth 41; mastoid breadth 40;

interorbital breadth 21; breadth across supraorbital projec-

tions 25; intertemporal breadth 24; breadth of brain-case

36°5; palate length from gnathion 44:5; breadth across

posterior nares on the outer side of the pterygoids 14:6.

Greatest diameter of upper molar 7:1.

Hab. North Borneo. ‘Type from the mainland near

Labuan ; a second specimen (in spirit) from Papar (Zverett).

Type. Female. B.M. no. 76. 9. 20. 10. Collected in

1876 by Mr. (now Sir) Hugh Low.

‘The roundness of the skull is generally a youthful character,

but the type seems fully adult, its sphenoid suture being quite

and its basilar partly closed. In any case, the large size,

conspicuously tutted tail, and the backwardly directed nape-

hairs distinguish this form from any of its allies.

Mydaus ollula, sp. n.

Size as in Jf, javanensis or rather smaller. Fur straight

and coarse; hairs of nape, from middle of neck to crown,

reversed forwards as in JZ. javanensis and sloping toa central

point in the middle of the crown. White marking well

defined, fairly broad on the nape, narrowing on the back to a

width of about half an inch, or, more 'rarely, altogether inter-

rupted ; posteriorly not passing on to the tail, but broken by

a black space at the base of that organ. Sides of face, throat,

chest, and upperside of feet more or less varied with greyish

white. Tail much longer than in JZ. Javanensis, its terminal

tuft little over an inch in length; its basal half black, its

terminal white.

444 Mr. O. Thomas on a

Skull conspicuously ridged and angular, even more so than

in Jf, javanensis, and quite the opposite to the smooth rounded

skull of J/. lueifer. Muzzle narrow and pinched in above.

Zygomata not widely expanded, the breadth across them not

or scarcely greater than the mastoid breadth. Supraorbital

projections well marked, as are the swollen prominences at

the anterior corners of the brain-case behind the temporal

fossee. Opening of posterior nares narrow, without distinct

median spine.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 3875 millim.; tail 47, with terminal hairs

77; hind foot (s. u.) 52. The hind foot in two males

measures 54 and 58 millim.

Skull: greatest length 82; basal length 70; zygomatic

breadth 37 ; mastoid breadth 37°3; interorbital breadth 19-2;

breadth across supraorbital projections 22°3; intertemporal

breadth 20; breadth of brain-case 31; palate length 43:3;

greatest diameter of upper molar 7:2.

Two male skulls measure 90°3 and 88:5 in greatest length,

with zygomatic breadth of 42 and 41:3 respectively.

Hab. Great Natuna Island. ‘Type from Sinubing ; another

specimen trom Mount Ranai, 1000 feet.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 95. 11. 8. 10. Collected

July 1894 by Ernest Hose.

‘This species is no doubt closely allied to M. javanensis,

but differs by its more markedly ridged skull, less expanded

zygomata, greater tendency to whiteness on the face and

under surface, and longer tail.

LX1IX.—On a new Marmot from North Siberia.

By OuprFieLp THomas, F.R.S.

Tue British Museum owes to the generosity of Mr. Talbot

Clifton the skin and skull of a marmot obtained by him in

the mountains east of Lena, in North-eastern Siberia. ‘This

specimen I cannot identify with any known species, and would

therefore propose to call it

Arctomys Cliftont, sp. n.

Size small, smallest of the Siberian species. Fur thick

and woolly. General colour very mucli as in A. camtschaticus,

new Marmot from North Siberia, 445

Pall., to which it is probably most nearly allied. Back and

sides whitish “ drab- -grey,”” heavily mottled by the black tips

to the longer hairs. Jndividual hairs dark smoky brown for

three fifths their length, their ends pale drabby grey ; longer

hairs black, with a median ring of dull whitish. Centre of

face black, the hairs dark to their bases; this colour no

doubt, as in other species, turns to a reddish brown when

faded. Region of whiskers pale rusty ; cheeks grey, like the

body. Ears and a small patch behind their posterior bases

bright ferruginous. Under surface dull rusty, faintly lighter

along the middle linc, not sharply defined on sides. Lips and

chin blackish. Limbs pale greyish, gradually becoming dull

rusty terminally. ‘ail about one fourth the length of the

head and body, greyish at its base, more drabby mesially, and

with an inconspicuous black tuft terminally ; underside dark

brown.

Skull conspicuously smaller than in <A. camtschaticus or

sibiricus. Nasals narrow, evenly tapering backward, squarely

truncated behind. Zygomata not widely expanded. Back

of palate without marked median spine. ‘Teeth of the usual

proportions, their combined length over 3 millim. less than in

A. camtschaticus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 505 millim.; tail 113; hind foot (s. u.)

c. 65; ear 25.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 84; basilar length

72°5 ; zygomatic breadth 51; nasals, length in middle line

32°5, anterior breadth 13:5, posterior breadth 8°5 ; interorbital

breadth (ignoring the very deep supraorbital notches) 22°5 ;

breadth across postorbital processes 37°5; intertemporal

breadth 17°5 ; least breadth of brain-case above meatus 30 ;

palate length 41; diastema (to front of p*) 25 ; palatal

foramina 6°5 ; length of tooth-series, excluding p’, 17.

Hab, Verkiansk Mountains, Yakutsk, N.E. Siberia. Alti-

tude 3000 feet.

Type. Female. B.M. no. 2. 4. 26. 1. Collected and

presented by Talbot Clifton, Esq.

“ Killed in winter while sleeping.”

This marmot is readily recognizable by its small size,

which is conspicuously less than in A. camtschaticus and

decidedly less than in the A. sébiricus of ‘Transbaikalia and

Amurland.

446 Ona new Uromys from the Solomon Islands.

LXX.— Description of a new Uromys from the Solomon

Islands. By Otprietp THOMAS.

Uromys sapientis, sp. 0.

Size intermediate between that of the large U. macropus,

aruensis, &e., and the small U. cervinipes and Bruijnii

group. Fur close and coarse, the woolly hairs about 13 millim.

long on the back, the straight ones about 10-12 millim.

longer. General colour above uniform cinnamon-brown,

mixed with the blackish tips to the longer hairs. Sides

searcely paler. Belly “pinkish buff,” not very sharply

defined laterally. Head like back, an indistinct brownish

ring round the eyes. Whiskers Jong, fine, brown. Ears

very short, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they barely reach

halfway towards the eye; practically naked, their substance

grey. Outer aspect of arms and legs like sides, inner like.

belly ; upper surface of metapodials whitish buffy, a darker

patch on their outer halves ; digits practically naked. Soles

broad, smooth, naked, the pads broad and low; fifth hind toe

without claw reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of

the fourth. ‘Tail with its basal inch thickly woolly, like the

body, then evenly and abruptly naked; its rings of scales

running eight or nine to the centimetre ; its tip smooth and

shining above, perhaps slightly prehensile, as in Pogonomys ;

its colour uniform dull brown. Mamme 0—2=4,

Skull broad and low, the zygomata well expanded; nasals

narrow, constricted mesially ; interorbital region smooth,

concave, its edges sharp, and passing outwards behind the

well-marked postorbital projections, behind which well-

defined ridges run backward to the outer corners of the inter-

parietal, Anterior edge of zy goma-root not projected forward.

Palatal foramina short, as usual, ending halt their own length

in front of m'. Palate ending behind opposite the hinder

end of m*. Bulle well inflated. ‘Teeth as usual.

Dimensions of an adult female in spirit (not the type) :—

Head and body 250 millim.; tail 250; hind foot 51;

ear 17°5.

Skull of the type: upper length 52°5; basilar length 44;

zygomatic breadth 28-7 ; nasals 18 x 6°3; interorbital breadth

83; breadth across postorbital processes 15 ; interparietal 7°5

x15; palate length 24; diastema 15; palatal foramina 7°3;

length of upper molar series 11.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

Type. Male; skin. B.M. no. 2. 5. 1. 4. Collected

On the “ Cahowe”’ of the Bermudas. 447

6th July, 1901, by Mr. A. S. Meek. About ten specimens

examined.

This fine rat is widely different from any species described

as a Uromys, and could only be confounded with Ramsay’s

“ Mus salamonis”’ *, which might be also a member of the

present genus. But the colour of salamonis is said to be

“light ashy grey,” and the skull, though in general very like

that of U. sapientis, has a distinctly projecting anterior

zygoma-root.

LXXI.—The “ Cahowe” of the Bermudas.

To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History.’

GENTLEMEN,—My attention has only just been called to an

article in your January number on the calhowe, a supposed

extinct bird of Bermuda. ‘The writer categorically asserts

that it was not a shearwater and that it is extinct. I venture,

on the contrary, to maintain that it is a shearwater and was

certainly not extinct a few years ago. I was resident in

Bermuda for three years, and the cahowe was well known by

that name to the fishermen. Before I obtained the bird I

mentioned it to Sir W. Jardine (‘ Contrib. to Ornithology,’

1849, p. 79). I, with the late Sir J. Campbell Orde, atter-

wards obtained both birds and eggs near Cooper’s Island;

so did Col. H. M. Drummond-Hay, Lieut.-Col. Wedderburn,

and afterwards Capt. Trotter, of Dereham Park, and (in 1874)

Capt. Reid, R.E. Neither Mr. Hurdis nor Mr. Jones (‘ Natu-

ralist in Bermuda,’ p. 94) ever doubted for a moment that the

cahowe was Puffinus obscurus (Gm.), with which Mr. Salvin

rightly identifies P. Audubont. ‘lhe ten reasons assigned

by Mr. Verrill for the cahowe not being a shearwater are most

of them proofs that it is—e. g., that it breeds in holes or

burrows, that it only visits the island in the breeding-season,

that it is nocturnal and rarely seen in the daytime, that it

lays white eggs (as do all the petrel tribe, but none of the

auks), that it has a sharp bite, &c. &c. &c. Then he informs

us that “ the shearwaters .... are inedible.” On the con-

trary, the young in many places are highly esteemed for food.

Willoughby, 250 years ago, described how they were captured

and sold for food in the Isle of Man. Numbers are caught

* P, Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vil. p. 43 (1882),

448 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Two new:

every season now on the Isle of Graciosa, north of Lanzarote,

Canaries. The mutton-bird (Puffinus brevicauda) used to be

taken in thousands off the coast of Australia, as described by

R. Elwes (‘ Ibis,’ 1859, p. 397) and by Gould. But I need

not occupy your space by further instances. The charac-

teristics of the cahowe, as given by Mr. Verrill, exactly fit

the shearwater, and can fit no other bird. In fact, he has

discovered a veritable mare’s nest.

Yours obediently,

Durham, H. B. ‘TRIstram.

2st April, 1902.

LXXII.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Bactrododema

(Phasmide) in the Collection of the British Museum

(Natural History). By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.

In the first two parts of Mr. Distant’s ‘ Insecta Transvaali-

ensia’ [ have described and figured a new species of

Bactrododema under the name of B. aculiferum (p. 47, pl. il.

figs. 1, la-c, 2, 2a). I now describe two more closely

allied species from single male specimens. There are probably

a considerable number of curious Phasmidz belonging to the

subfamily Palophine inhabiting Africa ; but they are so well

concealed by their resemblance to dried sticks when their

wings are closed, that they are generally only observed by

some accident, and sent home singly. ‘The sexes are so

dissimilar that it is useless to attempt to unite them, unless

insects which are possibly or probably sexes are received in

the same collection, or unless there is some more definite

evidence pointing to their possibly belonging to the same

species.

1. Bactrododema Lugardi, sp. n.

Male.—Reddish brown, dusted with grey; antenne very

pilose, reddish, the joints spotted with blackish ; ocelliferous

tubercles surmounted by reddish spines, the basal portion

shorter and stouter than the terminal portion, which is very

slender and bent backwards at an acute angle. Pronotum

irregularly and longitudinally striated, with a slender black

line on each side. Abdomen reddish, indistinctly carinated,

unarmed. Legs unarmed, pubescent; front legs grey, indis-

tinctly spotted with darker ; four hind legs reddish. All the

tarsi brownish, the basal joint longer than the succeeding

ones together, and on the front legs strongly carinated and

slightly raised ; indistinctly carinated and hardly raised on

Species of Bactrododema (Phasmide). 449

the others. Tegmina dark brown, pointed, with irregular

longitudinal carine, whitish towards the base and round the

reddish hump. Wings with the costal area black, otherwise

light brown, indistinetly spotted with grey. Hinder part of

the wings purplish brown, with subhyaline bands more or

less broken into spots, and with a few smaller, rounder, and

whiter spots placed rather irregularly among the others.

Dimensions.—Long. corp. 116 millim.; cap. 4; pron. 5;

meson. 23; met. cum segm. med. 13; segm. med. 7; fem.

ant. 36; fem. med. 25; fem. post. 33; exp. al. 120.

Hab. N’Gami Country. Presented by Sir F. D. J.

Luyard, K.C.M.G., C.B., in 1893.

This is the specimen alluded to in Ins. Transv. p. 47,

bottom paragraph.

2. Bactrododema Way?, sp. n.

Male.—Very similar to the last species, but with longer,

narrower, and darker wings. Antenne pubescent, reddish,

spotted with black at the joints; ocelliferous tubercles with

slender reddish spines, curved semicircularly backwards;

behind each eye isa broad, oblique, black stripe, continued on

each side of the central carina to two thirds of the length of

the mesonotum; the upper part of the head behind the

ocelliferous tubercles is brown, longitudinally striated with

white, and the pronotum and mesonotum are varied with grey

and brownish. Abdomen reddish (denuded ?), grey towards

the extremity. Legs brown, varied with yellowish. Teg-

mina pointed, grey, the hinder half bordered on both sides

with black ; the hump and a central carina well marked, the

latter marked with a black line towards the extremity.

Wings with the costal area black at the base, otherwise

light brown, broadly grey along the costa for more than half

their length, and with most of the longitudinal nervures

yellowish ; the rest of the wings darker purplish brown than

in the last species, and with more numerous subhyaline bands

of more or less connected spots and with other smaller and

isolated spots.

Dimensions,—Long. corp. 130 millim.; cap. 4; pron. 5;

meson. 24; met. cum segm. med. 13; segm. med. 7; fem.

ant. 38; fem. med. 29; fem. post. 40; exp. al. 140.

Hab. Fort Johnston, B.C.A.

Presented by Lewis C. Way, Esq., Vice-Consul, Fort

Johnston, B.C.A., who wrote on Feb. 5, 1902 :— Several

people who were present when it was caught had never seen

one quite the same. It flew into the billiard-room of the

Naval Club House here a few nights ago.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 31

450 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Coccide.

LXXIII.—A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Coccide.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Aspidiotus (Diaspidiotus) Fernaldi hesperius, subsp. n.

9 .—Scale scarcely over 1 millim, diam., circular, mode-

rately convex, blackish, with a rough, powdery, whitish in-

crustation; exuvie central or subcentral, orange. Young

scales show a white dot and ring.

¢ .—Scale elongated.

? .—Circular, no constriction between head and thorax;

dull orange, appearing by transmitted light pale, with brown

marbling, the caudal end orange. Two pairs of lobes, the

median lobes like those of Fernaldi; second lobes much

narrower than in Fernaldi and often notched; third lobes

altogether absent. Two pairs of interlobular incisions, with

chitinous processes or glands; in the first incision the inner

process is very much the largest, fusiform, not curved.

Spines large, but those at the outer base of the median lobes

are short and blunt. Squames (only seen in unboiled speci-

mens) very small, mostly truncate, not in the least fimbriate ;

a pointed squame in the second interlobular interval; short

truncate squames at intervals along the margin beyond the

second interlobular interval. Anal orifice to tips of median

lobes 30-33 w; genital orifice to tips of median lobes 96-

114 pw. Dorsal glands smaller than in Fernaldi, the fourth

row absent; first row of about 3 glands, second of about 11,

third of about 13.

Circumgenital glands: posterior laterals none to 5, usually

3; anterior laterals 3 to 7, usually 4 or 5; median none to 3,

usually 1 or 2.

Hab. Prescott, Arizona, March 1902, densely crowded on

the bark of a very large shrub with grey bark and small oval

leaves, which are very hairy on the midrib beneath, The

scales are so exactly the colour of the bark as to be almost

invisible.

This insect will doubtless be considered a valid species

hereafter, but it is very close to A. Fernaldi, and may stand

as a subspecies of it until we know more about the variation

of both. It is also close to A. ostreaeformis, but is readily

distinguished from that by the fewer circumgenital glands,

the inner chitinous process of first interlobular interval much

larger than the outer, and the anal orifice nearer to the

hind end.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Coccide. 451

ALICHTENSIA, gen. nov. (Lecaniine).

Female scale elongate, with a glassy covering, much like

the male scales of Lecaniine ; a little felted matter, in threads,

is visible on the underside of the glassy scale. No rows of

air-cells. No ovisac. Antenne and legs well developed.

Type, Alichtensia attenuata (Lichtensia (?) attenuata,

Hempel, Rev. Mus. Paulista, iv. p. 494).

The genus is allied to Ceroplastodes and Lagosinia.

AUSTROLICHTENSIA, gen. nov. (Lecaniine).

Female enclosed in a sac which has an elongated dorsal

aperture. Margin of female with very long bristles. An-

tenn and legs well developed. Skin with numerous tubular

glands. Anal ring with six hairs.

Type, Austrolichtensia hakearum (Lichtensia hakearum,

Fuller, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. for 1899, p. 457).

PHILEPHEDRA, Ckll., 1898.

The type is Philephedra ephedra (Pulvinaria ephedre,

Ckll.).

ee was described as a subgenus of Pulvinaria,

but recent studies show that it is in reality closer to Lich-

tensia. ‘Thesharp marginal spines are just such as are found

in Lichtensia crescentie, mimose, lutea, &c., though L, vi-

burni—the type of Lichtensta—has these bifid at the end.

It Philephedra should be considered only a subgenus of

Lachtensia, then Lichtensia ephedre, Newstead, would have

to be renamed.

NEOLECANIUM, Parrott, 1901.

This name was proposed as a subgenus of Lecanium; it

seems best to regard it as a valid genus. It contains the

following species, hitherto referred to Lecanium :—N. imbri-

catum (Ckil.), N. Urichi (CkIl.), N. perconveeum (CkIl.),

N. tuberculatum (Twns. & CkIll.), N. Selve’rai (Hempel).

The two following are referred here provisionally :—N. ch7-

laspidis (Ckll.), NW. Sallet (Signoret). All of these are

Neotropical.

MESOLECANIUM, gen. nov. (Lecaniine).

Type, IW. nocturnum (Lecanium nocturnum, Ckll. & Tar-

rott, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhyn. Homop. vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 13).

This appears to be the form from which Neo/ecanium was

31*

452 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on Coccide.

derived by the degeneration of the legs and antenne. The

skin shows many large circular or oval pits, a condition

intermediate between that of Ca/ymnatus and Saissetia.

The legs and antennz are well developed. It is a matter of

opinion whether this group should be regarded as a genus or

as a subgenus of Calymnatus. My principal reason for

treating it as a genus is that I] think it has been independently

evolved in the neotropical region, the true Calymnatus being

derived from the Old World, though some of the species are

now cosmopolitan through introduction by human means.

Calymnatus schini (from Mexico), C. rubellus (from Jamaica),

and C. nanus (from ‘Trinidad) are as yet known only from

the neotropical region ; but the first may possibly prove not

to be a genuine Calymnatus, while the other two have very

possibly been introduced from the Old World tropies *.

The following, described under Lecanium, are now trans-

ferred to Mesolecantum:—M. nocturnum (C. & P.), M. May-

tent (Hemp.), MW. phoradendri (Ckll.), M. batate (CkIl.),

M. obscurum (Hemp.), M. baccharidis (Ckil.), M. pseudo-

semen (Ckll.). The following are referred here provisionally :—

M. jaboticabe (Hemp.), M. campomanesie (Hemp.).

STICTOLECANIUM, gen. nov. (Lecaniine),

Type, Stictolecanium ornatum (Lecanium ornatum, Hempel,

Rev. Mus. Paulista, iv. p. 421).

Allied to Mesolecanium, with well-developed antenne: and

legs, but distinguished by the arrangement of the glands, as

described by Hempel. It perhaps represents a transition

towards Eucalymnatus. 1 have specimens from Mr. Hempel.

Other American species hitherto placed in Lecanium are to

be referred as follows :—

Yovmerrrra mirabilis (Ckll.), Hubbard, 7. quadrifasciata

(Ckll.), 7. turgida (CkIl.), T. parvicornis (Ckll.).

Doubtfully referred here are 7. sonorensis (C. & P.)

and 7. pint (King). All these are North American.

Maxzococevs lanigerus (Hempel). This reference may be

doubtful, but I cannot see what else to do with Leca-

nium lanigerum, Hempel.

* Aspidiotus sacchari and Pseudococeus sacchari (Dactylopius sacchari.

Ckll.), which I described from the West Indies, have now been traced to

the Old World tropics. Numerous other species are known to have been

brought to America from the Old World.

Mr. ‘I’, D. A. Cockerell on Coccide. 453

Axrrurs. For the present I will refer here A. punctatus

(Ckll.), A. Townsendi (Ckll.), A. monilis (Ckll.), and

the Australian A. levis (Mask.) and A. pinguis

(Mask.).

Evrrecantvm Eugenie (Hempel). A surprising reference, but

I do not see what else to do with the species.

Sarsserra discotdes (Hemp.), S. dura (Hemp.), S. y/anulosa

(Hemp.), S. zanthoxylum (Hemp.).

Evcatymwnatvs gracilis (Hemp.), LE. brunfelsie (Hemp.),

E, tessellatus (Signoret).

The above attempt to classify the American (particularly

Neotropical) Lecaniines must be regarded as more or less

provisional. In the Coccide the adults often show the closest

possible resemblance, when the larve indicate that there is

only the remotest real relationship. In order to construct a

perfectly satisfactory classification one should possess all the

stages and both sexes of every species *. This of course is

out of the question at present, and I had shirked the work of

grouping the species, referring them, as did others, to the old

genus Lecanium, which was made to expand indefinitely to

is about to bring out a bibliographic list of all known Coccide,

while 1 have undertaken to revise the genera for Wytsman’s

‘Genera Insectorum ’; so it becomes absolutely necessary to

place the species one way or another. This necessity becomes

even greater because of the discovery that Lecaniwm has to

be abandoned in favour of the prior Calymnatus and the

undesirability of referring all the species to the latter genus,

making a lot of binomials which are certain not to stand.

Dacty orpius, Costa (1836 ?) f.

Through the kindness of Mr. C, D. Sherborn and Mrs. C. H.

Fernald | have been able to obtain full particulars regarding

this genus, which has been altogether misunderstood by

authors. Dactylopius, Costa (‘ Fauna del Regno di Napoli,’

* For example, my genus I’seudolecanium was considered an aberrant

Dactylopiine, only the larva and adult female being known; but Mr. Ku-

wana has lately described the various stages, including the male, and

Mr. E. E. Green, after studying Kuwana’s figures, has reached the con-

clusion that D’seudolecanium is identical with the aberrant Lecaniine genus

Aclerda, Signoret. When I learned this from Mr. Green I was much

surprised, but, after going carefully over the ground, I am sure that he is

correct.

+ The date of Dactylopius has been given as 1835. Mr. Sherborn

writes: “ date unknowng, possibly 1836,”

454 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

vi. p. 15) was founded on two species— D, coccus, Costa, and

D. polonicus. The latter belonged to the already founded

genus Margarodes ; the former, which is the first mentioned,

is to be regarded as the type of the genus. J). coccus is said

to be Coccus cacti, L., but instead of being a synonym of that

species (JMJonophlebus cacti *), it is the first available name

for the commercial cochineal. The identity of D. coceus with

the cochineal is thoroughly established by the fact that there

is a short Latin description coming before the citations of

synonymy, while there follows later a full account in Italian.

The name ‘ Diasprotectus” or “ Diaprostocetus,” referred

by Signoret and Westwood to Costa, was given only in the

Italian vernacular, as I learn from Mr. Sherborn. Berlese

cites Diaprostechus, Costa, 1828.” Costa wrote ‘ Dia-

prostecte,””

The species of Dactylopius (usually referred to Coccus)

will be D. coccus, Costa, J). tomentosus (Lam.), D). confusus

(Ckll.), and D. confusus Newsteadi (Ck\l.).

Pseupococcus, Westwood, 1839.

This name must evidently be used for the genus called

Dactylopius by authors. It was based on the common

mealy-bug and the cochineal—the latter being, as we have

just seen, already provided with a generic name. ‘The species

first cited by Westwood is Coccus adonidum, and it is evident

from the context that he meant the mealy-bug, C. adonidum

&e. of Geoffroy (see also Spon’s Encycl. vol. 1. p. 699, 1882).

I have not been able to find where 7rechocoryx, Curtis (cited

as a synonym by Berlese), was published, but suppose that it

was later than Pseudococcus.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

April 9, 1902,

APPENDIX.

Some Brazilian Coccide.

The Coccide listed below were sent to me by Dr. Goldi

and Mr. Carlos Moreira and were all collected in the State of

Rio de Janeiro,

Asterolecanium bambuse, Boisd.

Rio de Janeiro, on cultivated Bambusa (Géldi, Moretra),.

* See Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philad. 1899, p. 261.

some Brazilian Coccide. 455

Calymnatus viridis (Green).

Rio de Janeiro, on leaves of orange; much attacked by a

fungus. The antenne of this species seem quite variable.

Collected by C. Moreira.

Paralecanium marianum, sp. n.

9 .—Long-oval, a little over 4 millim. long and 2 wide,

shining red-brown, strongly pitted; back obtusely longitu-

dinally keeled. Marginal area with some very thin easily

deciduous wax. After boiling the insect remains deep ferru-

ginous, with the submarginal area darker. The darkened

submarginal area contains numerous oval hyaline gland-pits,

the largest of which are 24 long; the larger are placed

longitudinally, the smaller mostly have their long axis placed

transversely. The central portion of the insect is similarly

provided with pits or orifices, but they are smaller and less

numerous; about the middle of the back they are 10 » long

and 75 w apart. Marginal spines or plates fan-shaped, with

fimbriate edges ; not close together, but separated by intervals

of about 30 uw. Stigmatal spines short, in threes, sunk in a

deep square cavity. Anal ring with six very long (150-L86 y)

very dark brown bristles. Anal plates dark brown, of the usual

form, 120 ~ long. Mouth-parts 105 w diameter. On each

side in the cephalic region is a large oval opening about 65 wu

long, apparently containing an eye. Legs ordinary ; femur+

trochanter 198, tibia 135, tarsus 72 mw long; claw-digitules

with bulbous bases and very large knobs. Antenne very

slender, 7-jointed, joints measuring in « :—(1) 30, (2) 45-48,

(3) 90-99, (4) 69-70, (5) 30-35, (6) 24-27, (7) 51-54. A

very long hair near end of second joint and a similar one near

end of fourth.

Hab. Maria, State of Rio de Janeiro, on leaves of a tree

not determined (C. Morevra).

Paralecanium has hitherto been known only from Australia

(P. Frenchii, Maskell) and Ceylon (P. planum, maritimum,

geometricum, marginatum, and expansum, all of Green). The

present form has the aspect of a Mesolecantum, but the fan-

shaped marginal scales and the cephalic orifices place it

without doubt in Paralecantum.

Ceroplastes Fairmairii, Targioni.

Rio de Janeiro, on the clove-tree (Géldz).

Very much like the Asiatic C. ceriferus, but apparently

distinct by the longer anal horn. New to Brazil.

456 Mr. F. E. Beddard on

Chionaspis citr’, Comstock.

Rio de Janeiro, on leaves and stems of orange (Moreira).

New to Brazil.

Pinnaspis pandani (Comstock).

Rio de Janeiro, on Areca catechu; a rather large red form

(Galdi}. Also on Areca lutescens.

New to Brazil. (This and the last have evidently been

introduced with plants.)

Pseudacnidia trilobitiformis (Green),

Rio de Janeiro, on leaves of Ficus scandens in cultivation

(Goldi).

An introduced species, native of the East Indies.

East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

April 25, 1902.

LXXIV.—On Two new Earthworms of the Family Mega-

scolicidea, By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S.

THE present communication contains a description of two

Acanthodriloid earthworms which 1 believe represent new

species of their respective genera, viz. Octoehatus and Ben-

hamta.

(1) Octochatus Beatriz, sp. n.

I refer the single specimen of this worm in my possession

to the genus Octochetus* by reason of the two pairs of

spermiducal glands in segments xvii and xix, the diffuse

nephridia, the single gizzard, and the eight sete in each

segment. But it is clearly a new species, though not very

widely removed in its structure from a species recent!

described from the same quarter of the world by Miss FedarbT.

The worm, which is fully mature, measures 70 millim.

in length, but is evidently rather contracted. ‘The diameter

is 4 millim. at most. The pigment of the skin, if any, has

* This genus was founded by myself (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 668)

for four species of earthworms tele reduced by Dr. Michaelsen, in ‘ Das

Thierreich, Lief. 10, Oligocheta, 1900, p. 319, to three) from New Zealand,

T cannot help agr2eing with Michaelsen (Zool. Jahrbiicher, xii, Abth. f.

Syst. p. 242) that Miss Fedarb’s Benhamia Aitkent must go into the same

genus,

+ Journ. Bomb. Soc, xi. 1898, p. 432.

Two new Earthworms. 457

been dissolved by the alcohol. The prostomium is largely

retracted within the mouth-cavity ; a groove half divides the

buceal segment.

The first four segments of the body are undivided by

secondary annulations. Each of the two following segments

is divided into two annuli. ‘The seventh and eighth seg-

ments are quadriannulate, and the ninth and tenth are tri-

annulate. There remain two segments before arriving at the

clitellum ; but these are at most indistinctly separated into

two annuli.

The sete are, as already mentioned, eight to each segment.

They are all very ventral in position. The distance between

sete c and d is about twice and a half the distance between.

sete a and b. I observed sete to exist upon the clitellum.

The clitellum is fully developed all round the body. ‘There

is no trace of any ventral area devoid of clitellar tissue. ‘The

length of the clitellum is 5 millim. and that of the preceding

section of the body 9 millim. It occupies segments xiii to

xvii inclusive, as in some of the other species of the genus.

I am uncertain about dorsal pores, as the worm was much

contracted by the alcohol in which it had been preserved.

The oviducal aperture (on segment xiv) appears at first sight

to be median and unpaired, as it has been stated to be in

Uctochetus Aitkent. A careful examination, however, reveals

two separate pores lying close together at the bottom of the

groove-like depression, which might be taken for the actual

pore. The area which bears the male pores is not very con-

spicuous, on account of the shortness of the postelitellar

segment; and, moreover, the end of the clitellum, where it

abru, tly terminates at the xviith segment, rather hangs over

and so conceals the anterior termination of the seminal grooves,

‘The whole area lies entirely within the ventral setz, the most

ventrally placed of which couple lies a little to the outside of

the seminal grooves. On either side of the seminal grooves

the surface of the xvilith and xixth segments was swollen

and tumid, looking over the space occupied by the ventral

sete, and the boundary-line of the two segments in question was

in consequence not quite so clear as elsewhere. ‘I'his species

therefore differs from the New-Zealand species of Octochetus

in the much more medianly placed male pores and seminal

grooves: in Octochetus antarcticus, for instance *, the spermi-

ducal gland pores correspond in position to the outermost of the

ventral couple of sete. . In Octochatus Beatrix, however, the

seminal groove, though it lies entirely within the ventral sete,

* Beddard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 669, fig. ] a.

458 Mr. F. E. Beddard on

has the same bowed shape as in other Octocheti. I think

that all the sete are present at least on segments xvii and

xix. In any case, I distinctly identified the ventralmost

seta of segment xix, and detached also a pair of sete with the

spermiducal gland of the same segment. I do not think that

there are any penial sete. Indeed, the existence of such

would be hardly expected from the position of the various

pores of the male system.

Of the internal anatomy I am not able to give a complete

account; but I can call attention to a few facts which appear

to aid in establishing the specific distinctness of this form.

‘The gizzard is single and large and lies in the segment near

to the spermathece, but Iam unable to fix the exact segment

which it occupies. I consider this segment to be vii or viii.

There is a single pair of unusually large calciferous glands in,

] think, segment xv—the same segment in which they occur

in Octochetus Aitken’. ‘Chey are, however, rather different

in shape in the two species. In the present species they are

long and curved round the intestine, embracing it closely ;

they suggest a ram’s horn in shape, and are divided by

constrictions into a series of lobes, which heightens the

resemblance.

The intestine is provided with a strong typhlosole, which

ceases some little way before the end of the body. The

typhlosole consists of a double fold projecting into the interior

of the intestine. The dorsal blood-vessel is single and the

last pair of hearts are in segment xiii.

The nephridia are, as I have already mentioned, diffuse.

The most striking feature about the organs of reproduction

is the small size of the various parts of this system. ‘The

conditions which characterize the present species are also

found, though not to so marked a degree, in the closely allied

Benhamia Aitkent?. Ido not think that this is due to imma-

turity, since the clitellum is so fully developed. I should

rather compare Octochetus Beatrix in this particular with the

two species of Pheretima, P. taprobane and P, virgo. Of the

former of these two species a very large number of examples

have been examined both by myself* and by Dr. Michael-

sen +, and the reproductive organs seem to be always small.

In LP. virgo} the same condition is met with, though the

number ot specimens dissected was much less, and there is

therefore room for doubt as to the mature or immature con-

dition of the few specimens examined.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, p. 168.

+ MT. Mus. Hamb. xiv. p. 245,

{ Proc. Zvol. Soc. 1900, p. 895.

Two new Earthworms. 459

The sperm-sacs I could not detect at all, so they must be

very small. ‘lhe spermiducal glands are short, not so long as

the diameter of the body, and lie in one or two curves. The

muscular duct is very slender. I have already referred to

the absence of penial sete.

The spermathecze are particularly small and inconspicuous.

They lie in the usual segments, ¢. e. viil and ix, and each

consists of a small oval pouch without diverticula, [ particu-

Jarly emphasize the absence of diverticula, since this is one of

the chief differences from the closely allied O, Adtkent.

Hab. Calcutta *.

(2) Benhamia tangany tke, sp. n.

I have described elsewhere t two species of this genus

which Mr. J. E. 8. Moore collected during his Tanganyika

Expedition. He has recently been so good as to place in my

hands another Benhamia which appears to be new. ‘The

differences which exist among the species of this now extensive

genus are apt to be not large; it is desirable, therefore, to be

as minute as possible in detailing the anatomical characters.

The present species, for example, if only such generalities as

are made use of by Dr. Michaelsen in his useful key for the

disc:imination of species | are employed, would probably be

referred to his species Benhamia sylvestris. 1 shall, however,

bring forward reasons which lead me not to associate the

specimen collected by Mr. Moore with Benhamia sylvestris,

but to create a new species for it.

The worm is 6 millim. long and 6 millim. in diameter,

It consists of about 112 segments.

‘The colour is yellowish with a touch of green; the clitellum

a dirty white.

‘The prostomium is epicheilous; it is prolonged about half-

way over the buccal segment.

‘The dorsal pores commence in front of the clitellum, but I

am not able to fix the segment where they commence with

accuracy. ‘lhe sete are strictly paired.

‘The clitellum is more extensive than in B. sylvestris ; it

extends over sezments vili-xxi and is not saddle-shaped, but

is developed all round the body.

The two oviducal pores are upon segment xiv and lie to

the inside of the ventral couple of sete. ‘lhe spermathecal

pores, on the other hand, correspond in position to the ventral

pair of sete; they lie intersegmentally—vii/viii and viii/ix,

* I owe the specimen to the kindness of Mr, F. Finn, F.Z.S,

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, ii. p. 190.

t Oligocheta in ‘ Das Thierreich,’ 1900, p. 335.

469 Mr. F. E. Beddard on

The male pores lie at the bottom of a deep sucker-like

depression, which includes one segment in front of and one

behind those pores. Its contour is that of an clongated oval,

the sides being straight and parallel in the middle. A con-

tinuous furrow lying at the bottom of the depression separates

the genital area from the vertical wall which bounds it. The

colour of the genital area is precisely the same as that of the

clitellum.

The seminal grooves connecting the pores of the xviith and

- xixth segments on each side are quite straight. In the middle

of this area is another perfectly straight furrow dividing it

into right and left halves.

The internal structure of this Benkamta shows no note-

worthy divergences from the typical structure of the genus,

though there are naturally details which allow of its being

distinguished from its allies.

The nephridia do not form only ‘ einen zottigen Besatz

an der Innenseite der Leibeswand,” as Michaelsen writes of

the nearly allied Benhamia sylvestris *. They are arranged,

at any rate, behind the spermiducal glands, in seven or eight

definite rows on either side of the nerve-cord, as in such a

form as Benhamia bolavi (= B. octonephra). This disposition

of the nephridia is very characteristic of certain species, and

is probably therefore a valid mark of distinction between the

Jenhamia which I describe here as B. tanganyike and

B. sylvestris.

None of the septa are especially thickened. Those separating

segments xi to xv are rather more emphasized than the

following.

The two large gizzards appear to lie in segments vill and ix,

The calciferous glands are unquestionably in segments xv,

xvi, and xvii. The first two pairs are kidney-shaped and

flattened from side to side; the last pair, those of segment xvii,

are plumper in form but not quite so large. The glands of

the fifteenth segment are larger than those of the sixteenth.

‘The intestine has a typhlosole. he last pair of hearts are in

segment xil and the dorsal vessel is single.

The organs of reproduction of this species are very noticeable,

on account of the large size of the spermatheca and the

spermiducal glands.

The sperm-sacs, on the other hand, are not quite so con-

spicuous. I can recognize, in fact, only one well-developed

pair, which lie in segment ix and are attached to the posterior

of the septa bounding that segment. They are rounded and

* ‘Die Regenwurmer Ost-Afrikas,’ 1896, p. 28.

Two new Earthworms. 4G1

project forwards. In segment xii are another pair of undoubted

sperm-sacs, which are small, smooth, and rounded, and attached

to the anterior wall of that segment. I found developing

sperm in these, which settles their nature, otherwise, perhaps,

on account of their small size, doubtful.

The anterior pair of supposed sperm-sacs seem, however,

rather to be put down as seminal sacs projecting or bulging

into segment ix, for a destruction of the wall of the sac

reveals the anterior pair of funnels lying inside. Corre-

sponding, however, to the small rounded sperm-sacs of sey-

ment xii are a perfectly similar pair in segment xi; so that

this species appears to be different to B. sylvestris, where

Michaelsen locates the sperm-sacs in segments x an] xi.

He mentions, however, a projection of the sperm-sae into

segment Xil, an appearance which may possibly bs correlated

with greater maturity and a consequent fusion of sacs originally

distinct.

The ovaries are fairly conspicuous and lie, of course, in

segment xiil.

The spermiducal glands of this species are very large and

much coiled. ‘They are so bulky as to extend into a segment

on each side of that which bears their external orifice. I do

not think it possible to say that the anterior pair show any

difference in size from the posterior pair. ‘he muscular duct

is rather long and folded upon itself. It is of less diameter

to begin with, widens in the middle tract, and again narrows

before its opening on to the exterior. Between the gland and

the duct there is no sharp demarcation. The duct itself has

the usual nacreous appearance, due, of course, to the muscular

folds of its walls. But before this nacreous appearance is

visible is a narrow tube of the same appearance as the

glandular part, but marked off from it by its narrower calibre,

which is suddenly acquired. This region, as it appears to

me, is the equivalent of the duct of the spermiducal gland in

some other Acanthodriloid types where the duct is not dis-

tinguished by its nacreous glitter—for exampie, in Octochetus

Beatrix, just described.

The penial sete of this Benhamia are extraordinarily long

and are present to the number of four only, ¢. e. one to each

spermiducal gland, as [ presume from the examination of one

penial seta-sac. ‘I'he sac is very conspicuous and presents

the appearance of a strap-shaped mascle lying in a straight

course among the coils of the spermiducal gland. The seta

itself is curved, and measured in a straight line from one end

of the curve to the other 5 millim. I calculate, therefore, that

the actual length of the seta, when straightened out, is about

462 On Two new Earthworms.

7 millim. This is proportionately longer than the penial sete

of any other member of the genus except B. sylvestris, which

species, as I have already mentioned, comes very near to

B. tanganyike. The proportions of the length of the penial

sete and the total length of the body are, in fact, roughly the

same, about one-ninth.

The penial seta is not only very long, but it is very thin;

at the basal end, where it is embedded in the sac, the

thickness is hardly, if at all, greater than that of the

ordinary sete of the body. The diameter gradually diminishes

to the other, free, extremity of the seta, which is not more

than one-fourth of the diameter of the thicker end. Coinci-

dently with this gradual diminution in thickness is an alteration

incolour. The embedded end of the seta is of a horn-yellow ;

the free extremity is perfectly colourless. The actual tip of

this seta is strongly hooked. Fora very short distance before

its termination the seta is spirally twisted in a way which is

very common in this genus. ‘This region of the seta has a

few irregularly arranged and sharp spinelets, whose points

are directed towards the extremity of the seta. Itis obviously

only in details that the penial seta of B. tanganyike differs

from that of B. sy/vestris. But this particular pattern is not

uncommon in Benhamia; and after all the spiral twisting

and the apparently fewer spinelets distinguish the penial seta

from that of its close ally B. sylvestris.

The spermathece are two pairs and lie in segments vill

andix. They show some differences from those of B. sylvestris

as figured by Michaelsen. The pouches themselves are very

large and thin-walled and their distinction from the thick-

walled duct is thus very evident. The latter is long and

coiled, not simply bent twice as in B. sylvestris; it is also

more slender than in that species, and thus appears longer.

The duct appears to be quite as long as the pouch. ‘Theend

of the duct where it opens on to the exterior is rather wider.

‘The diverticulum is single and spherical. It is connected by

a duct of its own length, which is narrow, with either the end

of the pouch or the beginning of its duct. It is a little

difficult to say which, for the pouch narrows rapidly but

gradually into the duct. ‘Lhe region, however, into which

the diverticulum opens is thick-walled and nacreous in

appearance, so we may, perhaps, regard it as the duct.

I shall now extract from the foregoing account of the

structure of Benhamia tanganyike the reasons which lead me

to regard it as a new species distinct from its obviously near

ally B. sylvestris. They are the following :—

Bibliographical Notices. 463

(1) B. tanganyike is almost exactly twice the size of

B. sylvestris.

(2) The clitellum of B. tanganyike is more extensive and

is developed all round the body instead of being saddle-

shaped.

(3) The orifices of the spermiducal glands and the sperm-

duct are enclosed in a depressed and sucker-like area, which

is divided by a median furrow. In B. sylvestris the clitellum

is shorter and there is no mention by Michaelsen of the

depressed genital area and the groove dividing the two sides.

(4) The duct of the spermatheca appears to be longer and

more slender in B. tanganyike than in B. sylvestris and the

diverticulum opens more distinctly into the duct.

(5) The nephridia of B. tanganyike are disposed in series.

Those of B. sylvestris are “ diffuse.” ;

(6) The sperm-sacs are somewhat different in the two

species.

(7) The penial sete of B. tanganyike are corkscrew-shaped

at end and have fewer denticulations than in B. sylvestris.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Fish River Bush and its Wild Animals. By W. T. Brack,

M.R.C.S., L.S.A. Edinburgh & London: Young J. Pentland,

1901.

Tus little work consists of a series of articles on the Natural

History of South Africa, from the ‘Edinburgh New Philosophical

Journal,’ published in 1853. Although many of these are interesting,

it is doubtful whether they are sufficiently so to justify their

resurrection after half a century.

* The Country.’ Edited by Harry Roserts. J. M. Dent & Co.

Tuts is another addition to the long list of ‘ Monthlies” having for

its object the record of the English fauna and flora, agriculture,

horticulture, and the habits, homes, and industries of the people of

rural England, as they exist at the present time. Folk-lore,

Archeology, and Sports are also to find a place in its pages.

Three numbers have already appeared, and these promise well

for the future. It is profusely and beautifully illustrated, and

the articles are good of their kind.

464 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 20th, 1901.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., V.P.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Notes on the Genus Lichas.’ By Frederick Richard Cowper

Reed, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

The various attempts which have been made to separate this

genus into subgeneric groups have not been altogether satisfactory,

owing to the difficulty of deciding what are the more important

structural features. A natural classification, as opposed to an

artificial one, should be based on the structural characters of the

head-shield ; and the variations in the form and lobation of the

glabella in the Lichadide (as Beecher has remarked) indicate dif-

ferences in the relative development of the appendages and organs

of the head. The origin and application of the various proposals

for classification are considered, and certain synonyms and names

of prior application to other organisms are rejected. Next, the

characters of the original type-species of the various subgenera are

summarized. The second part of the paper contains a critical con-

sideration of the homologies of the furrows and lobes in the glabella

of the Lichadide. Following Beecher’s scheme, the anterior lateral

portion of the so-called median or frontal lobe is considered to

correspond to the antennulary or true first lobe of the glabella.

The so-called ¢ first’ lateral lobes of Lichas would correspond to the

fused antennary and mandibular lobes, the true second and third

lobes of the glabella. The lateral lobes, which are usually termed

the ‘middle’ or ‘second’ lateral lobes, become homologous with

the fourth or first maxillary ; and the neck or occipital lobe or ring

falls into its right place as the second maxillary lobe, By means

of this principle an attempt is made to discover the principal lines

of modification along which the evolution of the head-shields of

the Lichadide has proceeded. In the third part of the paper the

Lichadid are divided into two great groups: (1) that with a pair

of bi-composite lateral lobes to the glabella and a more or less

definite fourth pair of lateral lobes; and (2) a group with a pair of

tri-composite lateral lobes, through the fusion of the fourth pair with

the bi-composite pair of the preceding group. Names are proposed

for each group, and also, where necessary, for the eight sections, of

subgeneric value, into which each group is subdivided. The paper

closes with a list of the British members of the family Lichadide, to

show their distribution among the groups and sections,

Miscellancous, 465

December 4th, 1901.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., V.P.R.S.,

President, in the Chair,

The following communication was read :—

‘On a new Genus belonging to the Leperditiadw, from the

Cambrian Shales of Malvern.’ By Prof. Theodore Thomas Groom,

M.A., D.Sc., F.G.S8.

Forms referred to Beyrichia have long been known from the

Cambrian beds of Scandinavia, Stockingford, and South Wales; and

the writer has obtained from the lowest part of the Malvern Black

Shales a species identical with the Stockingford form, which had

been provisionally identified with the Swedish Beyrichia Angelini.

The characters of these specimens serve to separate the species

from those now placed under the genus Beyrichia, a conclusion in

which Prof. T. Rupert Jones concurs. The specimens were obtained

from Black Shales at the northern extremity of Chase End Hill,

associated with <Acrotreta, Agnostus, Kutorgina pusilla, and Proto-

spongia fenestrata, The shales are nowhere actually exposed, and

can only be reached by excavation. The specimens are frequently

crushed and indented, ‘The new genus appears to be most nearly

related to those provided with broad lobes, such as Aledenia,

Beyrichia, Ctenobolina, and Tetradella. Specimens obtained by

Prof. Lapworth from the Oldbury Shales below the zone of

Spherophthalmus alatus are also referred to the same genus and

species. From Linnarsson’s description of Beyrichia Angelini it

would seem that this form may be related to the new genus, but it

clearly belongs to a different species.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Observations on the Flowering of Lobelia cardinalis and Lobelia

syphilitica. By Tomas Merman.

In my garden during the past year, 1900, I had some fifty plants

each of Lobelia syphilitica and Lobelia cardinalis in rows side by

side. They were so near each other that some of the flower-stems

of the latter fell over and seemed to be blooming among the plants

of the former. It surprised me one day to note that while numer-

ous winged insects visited the blue-flowered species, none cared for

the scarlet ones. This excited an interest that led to a continuous

observation through the whole flowering-period. At no time did I

see an insect-visitor on the cardinal flower, while every day the

blue-flowered species had abundant attention. On one occasion I

found a humming-bird, Z'rochilus colubris, at work on the cardinal

flower, and the zest with which numerous flowers were examined by

the bird attested to the presence of nectar, a fact which my own

test subsequently verified. ‘The bird is not numerous on my ground,

and with an abundance of flowers of various kinds over many acres

of ground, it may be inferred that it was not a frequent visitor to

the cardinal flower. I observed it only on this occasion. It wholly

neglected the blue-flowered species, that seemed so attractive to

the insects. Toward the end of the season the foreman in charge,

Mr. Hemming, captured specimens of all that were visitors to

Ann. &: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ix. 32

466 Miscellaneous.

Lobelia syphilitica during one day. These were identified by

Mr. William J. Fox as follows :—NXylocopa virginica, Bombus penn-

sylvanicus, Bombus fervidus, Bombus americanorum var. pallidus,

Apis mellifera, and a sand-wasp, Scolia dubia. It is worthy of

note that the honey-bee did not visit the flowers till late in the

season. About fifty yards away from these plants was a large bed

of Sedum spectabile, which at the earlier stage of these observations

were crowded by this well-known honey-gatherer. It may be inferred

that as long as they lasted they collected all needed from these flowers.

Honey-bees, at any rate, are not numerous in this vicinity.

At the end of the scason no difference could be observed in the

fertility of the two species. Every capsule seemed abundantly

seed-bearing. The presence or absence of insect-visitors had no

effect. Dissecting the flowers from time to time, and in various

stages before and after anthesis, some original and interesting

phenomena were observed. At the period when the anthers have

reached their full development a rest is taken, apparently till the

next day. Then the style elongates until it seems to be held fast

by the united anther-cap. After a short rest it is again in motion,

the anther-cells burst, and thie pollen is ejected so forcibly through

the crown as to sometimes cover the scarlet petals with powder.

In the case of the blue-flowered species, bees occasionally get a

portion of the pollen-shower.

Aside from the interesting fact in regard to the forcible ejection

of the pollen, and the free fertility under self-fertilization—for, not-

withstanding the freedom of insect-visitors, Lobelia syphilitica is

absolutely self-fertilized—note may be taken of differing observa-

tions. Of Lobelia fulgens, which is essentially identical with

Lobelia cardinalis, Mr. Darwin says, in his * Cross and Self-fertiliza-

tion in the Vegetable Kirgdom’: “ This plant is never visited in

my garden by bees, and is quite sterile ; but in a nursery-garden at

a few miles’ distance I saw humble-bees visiting the flowers, and

they produced some capsules.” Mr. Darwin once stated that one

might as well use organic dust as to endeavour to get seeds of

Linum perenne by the aid of its own pollen. I found Linum

perenne of our Rocky Mountains abundantly fertile with own-

pollen, and said so in one of my papers. Mr. Darwin took this

to be an attempt to discredit his observation, and naturally felt

aggrieved. My thought is rather that plants and insects behave

differently under different conditions, and that failure or facture

in perfecting seeds should often be referred to phases of nutrition

aside from the action of insects.

The facts here recorded afford a valuable lesson on this matter.

Lobelia syphilitica, with its shorter and more open corolla, could be

more easily rifled of its nectar, and as the flowers were in great

abundance, and fresh flowers opened daily, the insects worked in

the easiest lines. In the case of the Sedum it will also be noted

that the bees continued their easier work on this, before seeking

the more difficult Lobelia. ‘The failure of Mr. Darwin’s Lobelia to

produce, while mine were fertile, is obviously due to nutritive con-

ditions. He was mistaken in referring the failure to the absence of

insects, but no one would for a moment discredit his observation,—

Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci, Philad., Feb. 1902, pp, 35, 36.

467

INDEX to VOL. IX.

ACANTHOLIPES, new species of, 423,

Acridura, new species of, 351.

Adoretus, new species of, 91.

Agalychnis, new species of, 52.

Agama of the Transvaal, new name

for the, 339.

Agenia, new species of, 214.

Aglaojoppa, new species of, 145.

Aglauropsis, new species of, 285,

Akodon, new species of, 61, 134.

Alichtensia, characters of the new

genus, 451.

Alyczeus, new species of, 68.

Amblypygi, on the generic names of

the, [BF

Ampelita, new species of, 313.

Amphicodon, new species of, 276.

Amphisbena, new species of, 287,

Ampulex, new species of, 245.

Ancaria, characters of the new genus,

Andrena, new species of, 101.

Annelids, new, 456.

Auolis, new species of, 54.

Anuga, new species of, 170.

Apogonia, new species of, 94.

Arachnida, new, 162, 401.

Aradus, new species of, 358.

Aranez, revision of the genera of the,

Arber, E. A. N., on fossil plants from

New South Wales, 320.

Arctocebus, new species of, 48.

Arctomys, new species of, 444.

Aroa, new species of, 80.

Arrow, G. J., on beetles from Ma-

shonaland and East Africa, 89.

Aspidiotus, new species of, 450.

Asthenopholis, new species of, 97.

Atherura, new species of, 270.

Atkins, E., on some genera of bees,

Austrolichtensia, characters of the

new genus, 451.

Azamora, new species of, 328.

Bactrododema, new species of, 448,

Barbus, new species of, 288.

Barrett-Hamilton, Capt. G. E. H., on

the life-history of the salmon and

the phenomena of nuptial and

sexual ornamentation, 106.

Batrachians, new, 61.

Beddard, F. E., on two new earth-

worms, 456.

Benhamia, new species of, 459,

Bertula, new species of, 177.

Berycidx, on the classification of the,

197.

Bingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., on Hyme-

noptera from the Transvaal, 340.

Books, new :—Catalogue of the Lepi-

doptera Phalenz in the British

Museum, vol. iii, 74; Cooke’s

Flora of the Presidency of Bombay,

75; Willey’s Zoological Results,

pt. v., 75; Fauna, Flora, and Geo-

logy of the Clyde Area, 155;

Whiteaves’s Catalogue of Marine

Invertebrata of Eastern Canada,

156; Oates’s Catalogue of the Col-

lection of Birds’ ‘Eggs in the

British Museum, vol. i., 156 ; Lan-

kester’s Treatise on Zoology, pt. iv.,

234; Kidd's Use-inheritance, 235;

Guide to the Shell and Star-fish

Galleries of the British Museum,

235; Gardiner’s Fauna and Flora

of the Maldive and Laceadive

Archipelagoes, 236; Shipley and

MacBride’s Zoology, 318; Seeley’s

468

Dragons of the Air, 519; Chap-

man’s Foraminifera, 598; Black’s

lish River Bush,463; The Country,

463.

Boulenger, G, A., on the southern

snapping-turtle, 49 ; on new batra-

chians and reptiles from Ecuador,

51; on new species of Loricaria

from Ecuador, 69; on new Cyprinid

fishes from Morocco, 124; on anew

Characinid fish from Nigeria, 144 ;

on a new lizard fiom Pitt Island,

196; on the classification of the

Berycide, 197; on new fishes and

reptiles from S. America, 284 ; on

a new Barbus from Natal, 288; on

a new deep-sea Gadid fish, 335 ;

on fishes, batrachians, and reptiles

from Argentina, 336; on the agama

of the Transvaal, 339.

Browne, E. T., on Hydromedusze

from the Falkland Islands, 272.

Bulimulus, new species of, 69.

}unocephalus, new species of, 286.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on butte. flies fiom

British East Africa, 31.

Buzura, new species of, 417.

Bystra, characters of the new genus,

149.

Cecilia, new species of, 51.

Cahow, on the, of the Bermudas, 26,

447.

Caligo, new species of, 321.

Cambridge, F. P., revision of the

genera of the Aranese, 5; on new

species of Ctenus, 401.

Camerarius, characters of the new

genus, 368,

Cameron, P., on new genera and

species of Hymenoptera, 145, 204,

245,

Cantacader, new species of, 353.

Capnodes, new species of, 175.

Capoéta, new species of, 124.

Caradrina, new species of, 421.

Carcinocoris, new species of, 357.

Carcinoscorpius, characters of the new

genus, 260.

Catada, new species of, 179.

Catephia, new species of, 174.

Cecidiptera, new species of, 525.

Celzenorrhinus, new species of, 32.

Cenzeus, new species of, 41,

Cephalophus, new species of, 58.

Ceratovacuna brasiliensis, note on,

400,

INDEX.

Cercoleptes caudivolvulus, on the

geographical races of, 266,

Cerynea, new species of, 169.

Chelydra Rossignonii, note on, 49.

Chiaglas, characters of the newgenus,

142.

Chloritis, new species of, 315.

Chrysops, new species of, 368.

Cirrhochrista, new species of, 181.

Cissococcus, characters of the new

genus, 23,

Citharidium, characters of the new

genus, 144,

Clathe, new species of, 82. 166,

Clitopa, new species of, 99.

Clupea harengus, on a hermaphro-

dite example of, 195.

Coccidee, new, 20, 450.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on new genera

and species of Coccide, 20; on

North-American species of An-

drena, 10]; on some genera of

bees, 230; contribution to the

knowledge of the Coecide, 450.

Codonium, new species of, 72.

Coendou, new species of, 63, 141.

Cok optera, new, 90.

Conepatus, new species of, 126, 239.

Constantia, new species of, 327.

Corcobara, new species of, 86,

Cristigibba, new species of, 315.

Cromerus, characters of the new

genus, 355.

Crustacea, new, 264.

Cryptophyllaspis, new species of, 26.

Ctenomys, new species of, 228, 241.

Ctenns, new species of, 402 ; synoptic

table of, 407.

Curimatus, new species of, 285.

Dactylopins, new species of, 21; note

on the genus, 453.

Dama, on the generic term, 289.

Darala, new species of, 81, 419.

Dasypus vellerosus, new subspecies of,

244,

Dayro, characters of the new genus,

209.

Diaclaspus, new species of, 100

Diatomineura, new species of 432,433.

Diatoms, on the classification of, 65;

on a new genus of, 185,

Dindymus, new species of, 40,

Diomea, new species of, 85.

Dioxys, new species of, 233.

Dipodillus, new species of, 46, 362.

Diptera, new, 368, 451.

INDEX,

Distant, W. L., on the Pyrrhocoride,

34; onthe Tingididw, Phymatide,

and Aradide, 353.

Dolichotis magellanicus, new sub-

species of, 242.

Doratifera, new species of, 418.

Druce, H., on new species of Lepi-

doptera, 321.

Duerden, Dr. J. E., on the relation-

ships of the Rugosa to the living

Zoantheze, 381.

Dysdercus, new species of, 42.

Dysmorphosa, new species of, 277.

Eblersia, remarks on species of, 297,

298.

Elaps, new species of, 57, 338.

Eleutheria, new species of, 279.

Eligmodontia, new species of, 182.

griseoflavus, new subspecies of,

240.

Empecamenta, new species of, 95.

Epicoceus, characters of the new

genus, 24.

Episparis, new species of, 174,

Ercheia, new species of, 84.

Erepbrosis, new species of, 431.

Erizada, new species of, 172.

Krupa, new species of, 324.

Erythrojoppa, characters of the new

genus, 146.

Eulepida, new species of, 98.

Euproctis, new species of, 81.

Eurrhyparodes, new species of, 529.

Fenenias, characters of the new

genus, 211.

Fishes, new, 69, 87, 124, 144, 284,

288, 335, 336; on the classification

of Teleostean, 197.

Fulton, H., on new species of Aly-

czus and Bulimulus, 68; on new

land-mollusca from New Guinea,

182; on new species of Ampelita

and Tropidophora from Madagas-

car, 313; on new species of Heli-

coids from German New Guinea,

315.

Ganesella, new species of, 184.

Genetta, new species of, 365.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 320, 464.

Gephyroberys, definition of the new

genus, 203.

Gerbillus, new species of, 45.

Glauconia, new species of, 338.

Glyphodes, new species of, 333.

Gonionemus, new species of, 73.

469

Gotra, characters of the new genus,

206.

Grammodes, new species of, 422.

Groom, Prof. T. T., on a new genus

of Leperditiade, 465,

Gymnophthalmus, new species of,

337.

Gyrtona, new species of, 84.

Halictus, new species of, 253.

Hempel, A., on Ceratovacuna brasi-

liensiz, 400.

Ilepsidera, characters of the new

genus, 176.

Herring, on a hermaphrodite example

of the, 195.

Heterophrynus, new species of, 162.

Heteroptera, new, 34, 353.

Hiorada, characters of the

genus, 150.

Hippocrene Macloviana, note on, 278.

Hipposiderus, new species of, 271.

ILomoptera, new, 20, 450-452.

Hopetounia, characters of the new

genus, 175.

Hyalosticta, new species of, 328.

Hyblaa, new species of, 83.

Hydromeduse of the Falkland

Islands, on, 272.

Hylodes, new species of, 52.

Hymenoptera, new, 101, 145, 204,

233, 245, 340.

Hypena, new species of, 180.

Hypocbhrosis, new species of, 416,

Idalus, new species of, 322.

Jenynsia, new species of, 336.

Kedestes, new species of, 33.

Kercedon niata, new subspecies of,

229.

Kirby, W. F., on two new species of

Bactrododema, 448.

Laodice, new species of, 280.

teary borealis, new subspecies of,

=~VO-

se ari new, 32, 77, 165, 321,

415.

Leporinus, new species of, 284,

Leptodactylus, new species of, 53.

Leptognathus, new species of, 57.

Leucania, new species of, 422.

Lichas, note on the genus, 464,

Limulus, on the taxonomy of recent

species of, 256.

Lizzia, new species of, 278.

Lobelia cardinalis and L. syphilitica,

on the flowering of, 466.

Locastra, new species of, 181.

new

470

Loricaria, new species of, 69.

Luzulaspis, definition of the new

generic name, 25,

Lycaon, new species of, 439.

Lygosoma, new species of, 196.

Lygropia, new species of, 352.

Macalla, new species of, 324.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on abnormal colora-

tion in the Pleuronectids, 291; on

the British Syllidee, 2°6; on the

Syllide of the ‘ Porcupine’ expe-

ditions, 296; on Norwegian Syl-

lide, 298; on the boring of Poly-

dora in Australian oysters, 299.

Malacological nomenclature, on some

questions of, 120.

Mammals, new, 45, 47, 58, 61, 125,

216, 218, 220, 224, 237, 266, 270,

971, 362, 365, 438, 442, 444, 446,

Marane, new species of, 420,

Medusz, new, 72, 275.

Megalodes, new species of, 82, 168.

Megalurus, new species of, 87.

Megascolicide, new, 456.

Mehan, T., on the flowering of

Lobelia cardinalis and L. syphi-

litica, 465.

Melcha, characters of the new genus,

153.

Melioptis, new species of, 174.

Mereschkowsky, C., on the classifi-

cation of diatoms, 65; on Sella-

phora, a new genus of diatoms,

185.

Mesolecanium, characters

new genus, 451.

Mesonema, new species of, 72.

Methorasa, new species of, 173.

Michael, A. D., on the nomenclature

of genera in the Oribatide, 309.

Midila, new species of, 323.

Millendorff, Dr. O. v., on some

questions of malacological nomen-

clature, 120,

Mollusca, new, 68, 182, 518, 315.

Molopa, characters of the new

genus, 420.

Monoctenia, new species of, 167,

Monophlebus, new species of, 26.

Murbach, L., on Meduse from

British Columbia and Alaska, 71.

Mus, new species of, 218.

Mutilla, new species of, 341,

Mydaus, new species of, 442,

Nearcha, new species of, 79.

Neritos, new species of, 323,

of the

INDEX.

Nicoria, new species of, 53.

Nishada, new species of, 80.

Nodaria, new species of, 179,

Nomia, new species of, 248.

Nuptial ornamentation, on, 106,

Obelia, new species of, 281.

Obtusipalpis, new species of, 325.

Octochetus, new species of, 456.

Odontopus, new species of, 38.

Oribatide, on the nomenclature of

genera iu the, 309.

Oryzumys, new species of, 129,

Oxienanus, new species of, 178.

Oxymycterus, new species of, 139.

Oysters, on the boring of Polydora

in Australian, 299.

Pancra, characters of the new genus,

177.

Papuina, new species of, 183, 316.

Paracopium, characters of the new

genus, 354,

Paralecanium, new species of, 455,

Parodon, new species of, 285.

Paryphanta, new species of, 182.

Pasipeda, new species of, 175,

Pedetes, new species of, 440.

Pedipalpi, on the systematics of the,

157.

Peratophyga, new species of, 416,

Perodicticus, new species of, 48.

Phasmidee, new, 448.

Phenacaspis, new species of, 25,

Phialella, characters of the new

genus, 282.

Phialidium, new species of, 282,

Philetor, characters of the new

genus, 220,

Philodryas, new species of, 287.

Phryganodes, new species of, 332.

Phyllontochila, new species of, 355,

Phyllotis, new species of, 151, 224,

Phymatide, revision of the, 357,

Pilocrocis, new species of, 330.

Pleuronectids, on abnormal colora-

tion in the, 291.

Pocock, R. L., on the systematics of

the Pedipalpi, 157; on the taxo-

nomy of recent species of Limulus,

256.

Polydesma, new species of, 422.

Polydora, on the boring of, in Aus-

tralian oysters, 299.

Polyorchis, new species of, 72.

Pompilus, new species of, 349,

Pontanus, characters of the new

genus, 354.

INDEX.

Popillia, new species of, 90.

Potos flavus, on the geographical

races of, 266.

Proctoporus, new species of, 55.

Proechimys, new species of, 140.

Prorocopis, new species of, 84.

Psammomys, new species of, 303.

Pseudagenia, new species of, 215.

Pseudolecanium, new species of, 24.

Pterogonia, new species of, 83.

Pyrrhocoridie, revision of the, 34.

Pyrrhopeplus, new species of, 41.

Reed, I. R. C., on the genus Lichas,

464.

Reptiles, new, 3, 51, 196, 287, 337,

339.

Nhadinea, new species of, 56.

Rhamphorhynchus, new species of, 5.

Rhesala, new species of, 42-4.

Ricardo, Miss G., on the Pangonine

of the family Tabanide, 366,

424,

tipersia, new species of, 20.

Rugosa, on the relationships of the,

to the living Zoanthez, 381.

Sacada, new species of, 327.

Saccopleura, new species of, 828,

Salius, new species of, 351.

Salmon, on the life-history of the,

106,

Sarsia, new species of, 275.

Saurita, new species of, 322.

Schistoneura, new species of, 328.

Scione, new species of, 436,

Sclater, Dr. P. L., on the generic

term Dama, 289,

Sellaphora, characters of the new

genus, 186,

Shearer, C., on Meduse from British

Columbia and Alaska, 71.

Sittina, new species of, 82.

Southwell, T., on a hermaphrodite

example of the herring, 195.

Spathoschiza, characters of the new

genus, 96,

Spbeerodactylus, new species of, 54,

Sphex, new species of, 246.

Spilomela, new species of, 331.

Stearodea, definition of the new

genus, 13.

Stericta, new species of, 325.

Sterrha, new species of, 167,

Stictolecanium, characters of the

new genus, 452.

Stictoptera, new species of, 172.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new [astern

471

and Australian Ileterocera, 77,

165, 415.

Syllidie, on the British, 296; on the,

of the ‘Porcupine’ expeditions,

296 ; on Norwegian, 298.

Syngamia, new species of, 329.

Syntomis, new species of, 77, 417.

Tabanide, revision of the, 366, 424.

Tachypleinz, characters of the new

subfamily, 261,

Tachypleus, new species of, 264.

Tarentula, on the generic name,

158.

Tasta, new species of, 415.

Tatera, new species of, 441.

Tathorhynchus, new species of, 423.

Theraneis, new species of, 34.

Thomas, O., on a new blue duiker

from Nyasaland, 58 ; on mammals

from Parand, 59; on mammals

from Bolivia, 125; on the bear of

Keuador, 215 ; on two new species

of Mus, 218; on a new genus of

Vespertilionine bat, 220; on

mammals from Bolivia, 222;

from Central Cordova, 237; on

the geographical races. of the

kinkajou, 266; on a new species

of Atherura from the Congo, 270 ;

on a new Hipposiderus from

Borneo, 271; on new species of

Dipodillus and Psammomys, 362 ;

on a new genet from British East

Africa, 365; on the Lycaon and

Pedetes of Brit. E. Africa and a

new gerbille from N. Nyasa, 438 ;

on the species of Mydaus found in

Borueo, 442; on a new marmot

from N, Siberia, 444; on a new

Uromys from the Solomon Is.,

446,

Thosea, new species of, 165, 418,

Tiara, new species of, 277.

Tiaricodon, characters of the new

genus, 276.

Tiaropsis, new species of, 281.

Tingidide, revision of the, 353.

Tremarctos ornatus, new subspecies

of, 216.

Tripterophycis, characters

new genus, 335.

Tristram, Canon H. B., on the Ca-

howe of the Bermudas, 447.

Tropidophora, new species of, 314,

Turris, new species of, 73.

Typopeltis, new species of, 164,

of the

472

Umlima, characters of the new

genus, 208.

Urapteroides, new species of, 166,

415.

Uromys, new species of, 446.

Vallentinia, characters of the new

genus, 288.

Verrill, A. E., on the Cahow of the

Bermudas, 26.

Willia, new species of, 280.

Winton, W. E. de, on two new

gerbils from Egypt, 45; on two

new species of potto, 47.

‘INDEX.

Woodward, Dr. A. S., on two skulls

of the Ornithosaurian Rhampho-

rhynchus, 1; on an Amioid fish

from'the Cretaceous of Bahia, 87.

Xiphosurine, characters of the new

subfamily, 260.

Zanclognatha, new species of, 179.

Zethes, new species of, 85.

Zoanthee, on the relationships of the

Rugosa to the living, 38].

Zygiella, definition of the new

generic name, 15,

END OF THE NINTH VOLUME.

PRINIED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREBT.

- dInw.& Mag. Nat. Hest. 8.7 Vol IX. PLVU

PO.Pickard-Cambridge del.etlith. Mintern Bros.imp.

2), W

> ,

(

= @

> a

7 >

i) ~

mY 7 a

ve oe

‘

J =

‘) ad 7

a , orf

i A a eT

r ¥

Sy =

'. ‘7 ;

- yi ’

BINDING SECT. JUL 2- 196%

QH The Annals and magazine of

1 natural history

ser.7

v.9

Biological

& Medical

Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE

CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

—

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

dae Sree re a ee ee ae

Le eR, Oo. tee *

Whe rere a 8b pte Th Nee

ere ene

Lae eet Pe

- *

does Petite we

wer vert

Key OS HF HOF

en eerem er te we 2S 81 uae Oe

SSS

“ver SNS La, tare EES *! eae A

5 ihe TARAS, = beh ee Rance kee. “

Seen oo ee -*

MV a ree

Cee w eee ene

OF pe rey +

LU eee

3? ve Me

ee OPEN YY Pe Ee Fe ow

MER tien te Owes ey “7 -

see eee

uN ee oh

Se le ii

ete ee

Perr re gtaw

ew Re Ge wee ey

. ° he

ree:

LO ON IEE 4

Tote Wee mg

at OO

we Fore

Pepa oe Ate ete Btrtan Met mir “my tng

FE ree PON PI Wert ® met eet

LLP EO IEE LAE CBOE LEEE AUT ea He

LE EOL CDG LOO ERE LOMO PAE 8 EE

Wy,

eee oe

A Og oe

Pe bt OR GP * Bann pope 8 Ered

E daesidiatind on betilaaeal

rvs

”

whet ta Oe rae

‘a che Ty, re

Law

Cha

Artie

i - ¥

riot imo >

gt igh e” Ae

MOD ieee stares

. re .

ese ew fs

Tan bah Adie oy RP $B hy Mec PAGS

Ne ted hee ot +.

AAR gph pote bo

. i ere

rr?